《Star Wars: The Holy Empire》 Level/Power System Level/Power System Level System is based off of SWTOR with the high level being 70, but I modified the Level System a little. 0 = Jedi Initiate (Younglings) / Sith Initiate 1-5 = Low Level Padawan / Sith Acolyte 5-10 = Middle Level Padawan / Sith Acolyte 11-15 = High Level Padawan / Sith Acolyte 16-20 = Low Level Jedi Knight / Sith Master 21-25 = Middle Level Jedi Knight / Sith Master 26-30 = High Level Jedi Knight / Sith Master 31-35 = Low Level Jedi Master / Sith Lord 36-40 = Middle Level Jedi Master / Sith Lord 41-45 = High Level Jedi Master / Sith Lord 46-50 = Low Level Jedi Grand Master / Sith Overlord 51-55 = Middle Level Jedi Grand Master / Sith Overlord 56-60 = High Level Jedi Grand Master / Sith Overlord 61-64 = Low Level Chosen One / Sith Emperor 65-66 = Middle Level Chosen One / Sith Emperor 67-69 = High Level Chosen One / Sith Emperor 70 = Force God / Sith God Status Status Name: Jerid Physical Age: 16 Mental Age: 27 Height 6 Feet Level: Level 29 High Level Jedi Knight / Sith Master Exp: 303,200 / 350,000 upation: Bodyguard of Naboo Queen Money: 5,000,000 Credits Si Space Ring(Eternal Alliance Symbol): [5x Venator-ss Star Destroyer Vouchers][5x BSX-5 Silencer Type Dreadnought Vouchers] [4x Lightsaber Building Kits] [Special Force Unit Voucher] [2x Munificent-ss star frigate Voucher] [2x Companion Voucher] [Maul''s Double-ded Lightsaber] Ships: [Defender -Light Corvette] Droids: [HK-47] [R2-D4] [5 Marksman-H training remote Droids] Force Abilities: [Force Speed] [Force Stealth] [Force Jump] [Force Pull/Push] [Force Vision] [Farsight] [Mechu-deru] [Force Travel] [Midi-chlorian Maniption] [Flow-walking] [Force Lightning] [Force Drain] [Thought Bomb] [Force Throw] [Force Telekinesis] [Beast Control] [Mind Control/Maniption] [Transfer Essense] [Force Choke] [Force Heal] [Force Telepathy] Skills & Abilities: [Lightsaber Forms 1-7] [ Master Swordsmanship] [Basic Marksmanship] [Intermediate Piloting] [Jedi & Sith Alchemy] [Basic Commander Abilities] [Basic Diplomat Abilities] [Basic Telekic Lightsaber Combat] "Equipment: [Revan Armor Set] [ DISCORD DISCORD https://discord.gg/gyrYVnN Mission List Mission List [Complete Missions] [Gain your First Apprentice. Reward: Personal Holocron] [Completed] [Defeat Darth Maul. Reward: 1,000,000 Credits] [Completed] [Defeat the Trade Federation on Naboo. Reward: Companion Voucher] [Completed] [Make Padme Amid fall for you. Reward: 250,000 XP] [Completed] [Mission List:] [Reveal Darth Sidious. Reward: Force Skill Voucher] [Kill Darth Sidious. Reward: A Clone or Droid Army Voucher] [Protect Queen Amid for 1 Year. Reward: 250,000 XP] [Make Amid the permanent Queen of Naboo. Reward: 1,000,000 Credits] [Kill or Change the Fate of Anakin Skywalker. Reward: Force Skill Voucher and Lightsaber Building Kit] [Establish a Kingdom (Requirements: 15s). Reward: Fleet Voucher] [Establish an Empire (Requirements: 40s). Reward: Army and Fleet Voucher] [Conquer the Star Wars Gxy. Reward: An Uncorrupted Star Forge] [Repeal the Yuuzhan Vong Invasion. Reward: Yuuzhan Vong Legion Voucher or Gain manufacturing knowledge of one of the Yuuzhan Vong Biotechnology Items] [Defeat and Conquer the Yuuzhan Vong Invasion. Reward:???] [Hidden Mission] [No Hidden Mission have been discovered] Holy Armies Holy Armies Holy Droid Army --300 C-9979nding crafts --9000 Vulture Droid Starfighters --9000 Trade Federation troop carriers -3300 Multi-Transports --37,500 Armored Assault Tanks --834,000 B1 Battle Droids --130 Droideka Holy Clone Army -0 Holy Mandalorian Army --600 Mandalorian Knights Chapter 1: Prologue 1: Dying Chapter 1: Prologue 1: Dying My name is Jerid and I was 25 years old. I am currently standing in a world of whiteness, everywhere you look it was white. Behind was a world of white, to my left was white and to my right was white but in front of me was an old man in a white gown with white hair and a white beard. But before we begin this story let me tell you about my past and how I got to here. It all started when I was a little kid when I first watched the movie Star Wars Episode II: Attack of the Clones. After watching that movie, I became fascinated and obsessed with the Star Wars Universe ever since. Since that first movie, I became a Star Wars Fan. I read all the Star Wars books andics. I watched all of the movies from The Phantom Menace to thest one The Rise of Skywalker, I have seen all 12 movies and all of the cartoon especially the Clone Wars. I even yed all of the video games from Star Wars Battlefront II 2017 to Star Wars: Knights of the of the Old Republic I & II (SW:KOTOR) to Star Wars Gctic Battlegrounds but my favorite video games would have to be Star Wars: The Old Republic (SWTOR), and Star Wars Empire at War. I really loved the SWTOR and Star Wars Empire at War games. In SWTOR, I yed as every ss and romanced all of the women and I even used a mod so I could romance Vette and Jaesa at the same time when I did the Sith Warrior ss. The reason I liked Star Wars Empire at Wars was that it let me control the armies and wage battles and conquers which I found fun and exciting. I was able to sessfully conquer the gxy in the game with all of the factions from the original version and from my favorite game mods that let me conquer the universe as the Republic or Separatist during the Clone War Era. I even joined the volunteer organizations: the 501st Legion and the Rebel Legion. For the 501st Legion, I cosyed and dressed as Darth Revan who was one of my favorite characters in the Star Wars Universe who I felt was the most powerful and the best force user ever. He was a master of the light side and dark side --- war and peace. I try to be like Revan, a force user who was neither a sith or jedi. Revan had followed his own philosophy and morals. I also do the same and follow my own morals and philosophy. For the Rebel Legion, I was a 501st Clone Trooper. I choice to do that instead of a jedi was because I found that they were not that great, don''t get me wrong. I respect their fighting skills and abilities, but their ways of doing things didn''t really suit me, especially given how things turned out with Ashoka Tano in the Clone Wars and etc. I choice the clone trooper because I really love their armor and their cool paint designs. Besides doing volunteer work for the 501st Legion and the Rebel Legion, I was a dedicated swordsman and martial artist. Since I learned of Star Wars, I took up swordsmanship and martial arts to be as powerful as a jedi and a sith. I did a little bit of fencing, kung fu and karate which I was great at but my main passion and focus was Kenjutsu and Kendo which was where Jedi and Sith Lightsaber skills were inspired from. I was great at kendo and even won some national championships in America. I even went to Japan to study under many different dojos to learn their styles. While I went on my martial artist journey in Japan, I learned about many different sword styles and how to use different weapons like a bo staff and spear. I even learn Niten Ichi-ryu which was dual de wielding like the Jedi Saber Style: Jar''kai. I grew to love dual wielding and I took it up as my main style of fighting. I have been in Japan for four years, and after learning all that I could, I packed my things and mailed my katanas to America. The katanas were gifts and awards given to me by my many Sensei''s over the years. After four years, felt it was time for me to go back home to America. It has been a long and meaningful life for me. I did so much in my life to be like the powerful and lightsaber using force users of the Star Wars Universe. I enjoyed everything I have done in my life, from joining the 501st and Rebel Legion to learning swordsmanship in Japan. I found that I was one with myself. It wasn''t until the evening that everything changed. I got off a train in Tokyo and started heading to the airport by foot. It wasn''t until I was walking by a street when I saw a little girl running after her puppy who escaped from her grip. They both ran into the street when there was a loud honking sound and tires screeching, there was a big truck heading right towards the little girl. With my many years of martial arts training, I was able to act on reflex and jumped into action. I ran into the street, and I was able to pick up the girl and her puppy but it was toote to run out of the trucks way, so I did the only thing I could do. I used my own body to shield the little girl and puppy from harm. When the truck hit me, it sent me flying into the air with the girl and puppy. When we were about to hit the ground, I turned my body in mid-air and use my body with protect the girl and puppy. We kept rolling and we stopped 10 feet away. I was on the ground on my back with the little scared girl and puppy hugging onto me. I let them go and I started to feel like my whole body was broken and I wasn''t able to really breath. The little girl was on her knees looking at me with a crying face, with the remaining of my strength I smiled at her and patted her on the head to give her a show of encouragement. Even though I was putting on a brave face for the little girl, I was slowly dying. Chapter 2: Prologue 2: Into the Star Wars Universe Chapter 2: Prologue 2: Into the Star Wars Universe When we were about to hit the ground, I turned my body in mid-air and use my body with protect the girl and puppy. We kept rolling and we stopped 10 feet away. I was on the ground on my back with the little scared girl and puppy hugging onto me. I let them go and I started to feel like my whole body was broken and I wasn''t able to really breath. The little girl was on her knees looking at me with a crying face, with the remaining of my strength I smiled at her and patted her on the head to give her a show of encouragement. Even though I was putting on a brave face for the little girl, I was slowly dying. Soon, there was a crowd of people surrounding us. Some were recording videos, some were calling the 119 emergaency phone number. Eventually, a woman was pushing her way throught the crowd of people, and when she saw the little girl, she rushed forward crying and started hugging the girl. The woman was her mother. I smiled as I watch the scene of the reunion of mother and daughter but soon my eyelids started to feel tiresome, and they began to slowly close. The little girl saw this, and rushed to me. She grabbed on to my clothing while crying. With thest of my strength, I kept my eyes open and patted her on top of her head again with a smile on my face. With no more strength, my eyes closed shut and my hand fell down from her head. I just died. Here we are again. In this world of white and a gentle looking old man. "Hello, my child. Wee to the Afterlife." said the gentle old man "That means I am truly dead, then that must make you God." I said "Before you send me to heaven, can you tell me if the little girl I saved is going to be fine?" "The girl you saved is going to be fine. She was meant to die that day though but thanks to you she will be able to live to be 89 years old. 80 more years of life was given to her, by you. Now she will have a big family surrounding her in her future." said God "That''s good." I said "Welp, lets get this show on the road. Send me to heaven then." "I am not sending you to Heaven." said God "For your courageous deed, and your selfless action in giving up your life to save the little girl''s life, I have decided to let you be reborn in a different world in any era of your choosing along with three wishes." "Really?" I said "Will anyone else be going to the same world as me?" "No, no one will be reborn in the world of your choosing since I will be making the world for you to live in" replied God "Ok, then what worlds can I choice from?" I asked After I asked that question a screen appeared right in front of me, with a list of worlds in alphabetical order. The list appears to be made up of worlds I have seen in animes, cartoons and movies such as:[Alien vs. Predator World][Bleach World][Code Geass World][Dragon Ball World][DC World][Fairy Tail World][Gundam World][High School of the Dead World][Marvel World][Medabots World][One Piece World][One Punch Man World][Pirates of the Caribbean World][Pokemon World][Star Wars World][Terminator World] These few worlds where just some of the 100 worlds from the list but my main focus was on the [Star Wars World]. It felt like my wildest dream wasing true which was to live in the Star Wars Universe and wield a lightsaber and use the force and have an alien harem. "I pick the [Star Wars World]" I shouted out excitingly "I want to be sent to the year 32 BBY, a few months before the Trade Federation blockades Naboo." "Ok, that can be done" said God "What would you like your three wishes to be?" "My first wish is to have an Overpowered System to help me. I want it to help me be the strongest being in everything in the Star Wars Universe. I also want it to be able to summonpanions and to help me build a harem. And I want it to be able to let me summon armies and items to help me build an empire." I said "That can be done" said God "My second wish is to be able to use the powers of the Dark and Light Side of the Force at the same time without the Dark Side affecting my actions and behavior" I said "OK" said God "Myst wish is to have over 100,000 Midi-chlorians count and the ability to control my age and my wives ages." "So you want to be to be immortal along with your wives" said God with a serious expression on his face. "I see no problems with that" "Thank you God for giving me the opportunity to live my dream and make the Star Wars Universe a better ce." I said gratefully to God "Think nothing of it, my child" said God while smiling at me God then snapped his fingers and their was a blinding light. I couldn''t see because of the light but after a few seconds my eyesight soon recovered. I found myself on a great and wide green grass in. Chapter 3: Opening Start Up Pack Chapter 3: Opening Start Up Pack God then snapped his fingers and their was a blinding light. I couldn''t see because of the light but after a few seconds my eyesight soon recovered. I found myself on a top of a big grassy hill and a wide area of green grass ins as far as the eye could see. I inspected myself and found that I was about the same height as I was in my old world which was 6''3 feet. I also notice that I was wearing in robes and in pants but I didn''t have anything else on me besides the clothes. I look around from a top of the big hill, to turn around and from what I could see was a beautiful looking city far off in the distance, and from my memories I can tell that it was the city of Theed, the capital of Naboo and home to Queen Padme Amid, a woman who I n on making one of my wives. From what I could tell I am very far away from Theed and it will take around a day and a half to get to Theed. As I was about to head off on my journey to Theed, I heard a mechanical voice in my head. [Ultimate Star Wars System being uploaded into host] [Upload Complete in 5...4...3...2...1. System has been Uploaded into Host] [Wee Host to the Ultimate Star Wars System. I am here to help you be the strongest being, and to help you conquer the gxy.] And then a golden screen appeared in front of me with golden letter like from the opening credits of the Star Wars movies. [Host has been given a Start Up Pack. Would Host like to Open.] [Yes/No] I lifted my hand and press my finger on the [Yes] button [Start Up Pack is opening] [Recieve Space Ring x 1] [Receive Clothing Voucher x1] [Recieve LightSaber Building Kit x 2] [Recieve 1.1 Million XP Bact-Injector x1] [Recieve Basic Force Skill Book x 1] [Recieve Force Skill Voucher x 1] Then all of a sudden, a gold si ring appeared on my right index finger. [All items have been storaged in your space ring. Please choose an emblem for your ring] After think for a little bit, I know what design I want. Since I will walk the path of the Jedi and the Sith, a master of the Light and Dark side of the force, I need an emblem, a symbol that shows that, a symbol for my future empire and my beliefs. "Use the symbol of the Eternal Alliance from SWTOR game" I said to the System. After a few seconds, the symbol of the Eternal Alliance appeared on the ring. On the right side was half the symbol of the Gtic Republic and on the left was half the symbol of the Sith Empire. It looked beautiful and wonderful. For a few seconds I was admiring the ring but I can''t keep admiring it so I started to explore the items in my space ring. I first selected the [Clothing Voucher] since the clothes that I am wearing is kind of in. Once I selected the clothing voucher it told me to use it in the shop. I tried something and said ''Shop'' in my head and appearing before me was a Golden screen with a Shop pages with Armor & Clothing page, Weapon Page, Ship Page, Lightsaber Page, Companion Page and finally an Army Page. I went to the Clothing Shop page. After looking through the items in the clothing shop, it looks like the clothing voucher will let me choice any of the clothes I want, so I decide to choice Darth Revan''s robe which includes the mask in the purchase. [You have just used the Clothing Voucher to buy Darth Revan''s Robe.] [Do you wish to equip Darth Revan''s Robe] [Yes/No] I selected [Yes] again and then the clothes on me disappear and what reappeared on me was Darth Revan''s Robe. After having cooler clothes on, I selected the two [Lightsaber Building kits] and it gave me the options on a screen of hilt designs which appear to be similiar to the ones from Saberforg and UltraSabers, the best ce to get a replica lightsaber in my past life. I was looking throught the selections for my hilts and I found my favorite two hilts: the Savior Hilt and the Butcher Hilt. After selecting the hilts, it wanted the color of the kyber crystals I wanted. I pick a violet kyber crystal for the Savior Hilt and a red one for the Butcher Hilt. After finishing my selection, told me to hold my hands out with my palms upward. I did what it told me and what appeared in my hands where my two lightsabers. After looking at my lightsaber and admiring their beauty, I ced them on my belt, one on my left and one on my right. I now selected the Basic Force Skills Book. [Do you wish to use the Basic Force Skills Book] [Yes/No] I selected [Yes] [You have learned Force Speed] [You have learned Force Stealth] [You have learned Force Jump] [You have learned Force Pulll/Push] [You have learned Force Vision] [You have learned Farsight] After the notification went off, I gained the knowledge of how to use the force and the force abilities I just learn. I then used the ''Force Skill Voucher" and selected to learnt he Force ability of Mechu-deru, the ability to use the force to control technology and machines which will be helpful since I selected the Pre-Clone Wars era to be resurrected in. I then used the final item in my space ring, the 1.1 Million XP Bacta-Injector. I took the Bacta-Injector out of the ring, and then stuck it into my neck. STATUS Name: Jerid Level: 0 upation: None Force Abilities: [Force Speed] [Force Stealth] [Force Jump] [Force Pull/Push] [Force Vision] [Farsight] Skills: None Chapter 4: Heading to Theed Chapter 4: Heading to Theed I then used the ''Force Skill Voucher" and selected to learnt he Force ability of Mechu-deru, the ability to use the force to control technology and machines which will be helpful since I selected the Pre-Clone Wars era to be resurrected in. I then used the final item in my space ring, the 1.1 Million XP Bacta-Injector. I took the Bacta-Injector out of the ring, and then stuck it into my neck. ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 1. Gained Mind Maniption Force Ability] ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 2. Gained 1,000,000 Credits] ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 3. Gained a HK-47 Assassin Droid Voucher] ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 4. Gained 1,000,000 Credits ] ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 5. Gained Astromech R2 Series [R2-D4] Voucher] ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 6. Gained 5 Marksman-H training remote Droids] ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 7. Gained Lightsaber Form 1-7 Book] ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 8. Gained Jedi & Sith Alchemy Skill Book] ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 9. Gained Force Travel Skill] ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 10. Gained Midi-chlorian Maniption Force Skill] ..... ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 13. Gained 1,000,000 Credits ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 14. Gained Intermediate Piloting Skills] ''Ding;'' [You have leveled up to Level 15. Gained 5 BSX-5 Dreadnought Vouchers] ..... ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 25. Gained Thought Bomb Force Skill ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 26. Gained 5 Venator-ss Star Destroyer Vouchers ] ''Ding'' [You have leveled up to Level 27. Gained Force Flow-walking Skill] [Your items have been ced in your Space Ring] After the notification went off, all of the information of the force abilities I gained from leveling up started rushing in my head. All of the knowledge of the powerful force abilities rushed into my head then the knowledge started to cause pain inside my mind. The pain was so much that I fell to my knees, and grabbed and held onto my head. The pain kepting anding, it felt like it was going tost forever. After 10 minutes of this unspeakable pain which felt like there were tiny ants tearing my mind into pieces, it still didn''t go away. After suffering this pain for another 10 minutes , I fell over and I felt the Force around me gathering and started help me to faint, since my level is level 27 I am now more durable and resist but with the Force helping me, I was able to faint. Once uncouscious, the Force in the environment started gathering around Jerid''s body , and starting entering into his mind. The Force started to protect his mind and started healing and nourishing his body and mind. The Force started to make his body stronger and his connection to the Force stronger. After a few minutes of unconsciousness, I started to wake up and the pain in my mind was no longer there, in fact after gaining cousciousness I felt even better and stronger than ever before and I could feel my connect to the Force to be very strong. It also looks like all of the knowledge of the powerful force abilities was a little too much, and my mind couldn''t handle learning the knowledge of 8 powerful Force Abilites I started to look at my new Force Abilities and found them to be very powerful and useful. I even gained some skills from leveling up but the best things were the new Force Abilites especially my favorite ones which are [Mechu-deru] [Force Travel] [Midi-chorian Maniption] [Flow-walking] and [Thought Bomb]. I look forward to using these new abilities soon, especially against Darth Maul, and with my new level and abilities I should be able to save Qui-Gon Jinn from dying since I can see a litle with the Force that the Jedi Counsel and Republic will need him. I started going through the items and found a lot of useful things. I first took out the Droid Vouchers and used them. Appearing before was two droids, a HK-47 Assassin Droid with a rusty red color scheme wielding a DXR-6 disruptor rifle and a R-series Astromech called R2-D4 in a white and red color scheme. "Statement: Greetings. HK-47 is ready to serve, master." said HK-47. "Hello, Master. I am R2-D4. Nice to meet you." sai R2-D4 in a person''s voice. "Oh, so you can talk?" I asked "Yes, I have a vocalizer installed in my body, so that it is easier for me tomunicate with you, Master." said R2-D4. "That''s good then. Ok R2-D4, I will call you Red and HK-47, I will call you HK." I said to the droids. "Statement: I like my new name, master" HK-47 said "I also like my new name too." said R2-D4 "Query: Where are the ''meatbags'' for me to kill, Master." said HK-47 "There are no ''meatbags'' for you to kill yet but there will be some in the future, so don''t worry HK. I said. "Statement: I am not worrying, Master. I just want to kill some ''meatbags'' and be of use to you Master." said HK "Don''t worry about it, you will be useful soon" I said to HK-47. "Now let''s head out, we have some stuff to do." "Statement: Following you, Master" said HK-47 "Okay-dokey, Master" said R2-D4 After we finished talking, I headed out to Theed to find Queen Amid with my two new droids right behind me. STATUS Name: Jerid Level: Level 27 High Level Jedi Knight / Sith Lord Exp: 0 / 250,000 upation: None Money: 4,000,000 Credits Si Space Ring(Eternal Alliance Symbol): [5 Venator-ss Star Destroyer Vouchers] [5 BSX-5 Dreadnought Vouchers] [5 Marksman-H training remote Droids] [6 Lightsaber Building Kits] Force Abilities: [Force Speed] [Force Stealth] [Force Jump] [Force Pull/Push] [Force Vision] [Farsight] [Mechu-deru] [Force Travel] [Midi-chlorian Maniption] [Flow-walking] [Force Lightning] [Force Drain] [Thought Bomb] [Force Throw] [Beast Control] Skills: [Lightsaber Forms 1-7] [ Master Swordsmanship] [Basic Marksmanship] [Intermediate Piloting] [Jedi & Sith Alchemy] [Basic Commander Abilities] [Basic Diplomat Abilities] Chapter 5: Arriving at Theed Royal Palace Chapter 5: Arriving at Theed Royal Pce "Don''t worry about it, you will be useful soon" I said to HK-47. "Now let''s head out, we have some stuff to do." "Statement: Following you, Master" said HK-47 "Okay-dokey, Master" said R2-D4 After we finished talking, I headed out to Theed to find Queen Amid with my two new droids right behind me. While we walked, I started training myself on feeling the force which was very easy to do and took me 4 minutes to get the hang of feeling and using the force. It must be because of my super high Midi-chlorian count in my body. While walking, I felt that the Force around me was strong and connected to me like it was a part of me. I felt that I could use the Force to do anything, I decided to try an experiment and try to do something that Darth Traya does. I started to use the force to lift my two lightsabers from my belt into the air while I continued forward with the lightsabers doing the same. I used the force to turn the lightsabers on, one purple and one red, and then I started using the force to swing them both. After I did that, I recieved a notification. ''Ding'' [You have learned the Skill ''Basic Telekic Lightsaber Combat''] After 30 minutes of using the Force to wield the lightsabers, I felt myself drained and stopped. I used the Force to but the lightsabers back on my belt. Even though I felt tired and drained, I also felt great knowing that I gained a useful skill which wille in hand when I fight future battles. I even felt that I could wield three lightsabers when with Force, and if I trained the skill and level up my Level I bet I could wield even more for a longer time but I feel I should save it as my trump card. After walking for most of the day, we were almost at the city of Theed but it was night time so I decide to stop where we were and rest, well rest for myself since the droids don''t need it. After the long walk, Iid down on the soft grass under the starry sky, looking at the beauty of the stars. I then closed my eyes and drifted off to sleep. In the morning, the sunlight shone of me and awakened me. I opened my eyes and sat up. "Report: There was noting out of the ordinary while you were sleeping, Master." said Hk-47 "Statement: I wish there was something for me to kill." After waking up, I felt a little hungry but I couldn''t waste my time hunting when I should get to Theed soon and meet the Queen, I will use the Credits I have to buy some food on the way. "Ok HK and RED, lets move out and head to the city." I said to the droids. After half a day of walking, we finally arrived at the entrance into the city. The city of Theed was beautiful, with its domed buildings which maintained a handcrafted aesthetic. It was as beautiful as it was in the Star Wars games and movies. The City of Theed consisted of many buildings, streets and alleys. The city''s architect showed the Naboo People''s artisitic nature. All of the streets were lined with blooming trees, and the public squares were decorated with beautiful gardens and fountains. The buildings were wonderful and magnificant as well with the sand colored brickes and there jade green dome roofs. The main street were I am now was like a massive corridor and you can see two archways down the path. On both sides of the main street, there were mazes of smaller streets and alleyways through out the city. Beyond the two archways I could see my destination, the Theed Royal Pce which was clearly thergest building in the whole city. I began walking down the street with my droids. While we were walking down the street, many people started to stare at us with curiousity and wonder. Some women even began whispering and gossiping about us, while some men just stared and then went on with their business. It is kind of easy to understand why they were staring at us with me dress like Darth Revan and my HK-47, a brand of droid so unique that its the only one of its kind. So people would be curious about a masked man and a never before seen droid. I ignored the stares and kept my eyes on the Royal Pce. When I was was halfway to the pce, I noticed on my right was a small park with benches and fountains and on my left was a marketce. While looking at the marketce, my stomach started to rumble. I headed into the marketce and looked through of the inventory of the vendors looking for something to eat. I was then stopped by a little girl with a basket of fruit. that looked like apples "Mister, would you like to buy a fruit?" said the little girl "Query: Master, should I get rid of this tiny meatbag" said HK-47 "No, HK. It''s alright" I said "Yes, little one. I would like to buy some fruit. " "O..o..ok" said the little girl frighten by HK-47. "How much are 5 fruits" I asked "That will be 1 credit, please." said the little girl I reached behind my cape with my right hand and used the Space Ring to withdraw 5 credits. The little girl but 5 apples into a little bag for me to take. While I grabbed the bag of apples with my left hand, I used my right hand to hand her the 5 credits. "Mister, this is too much?" said the little girl "Don''t worry, little one. It''s my gift to you." I said to her I then took the bags of apples and when to the little park across the street. I sat down on one of the many benches while Hk-47 and R2-D4 stood behind me. I lifted my Revan Mask up just enough for me to eat two of the apples while not letting my face be seen by people. After eating two of the apples, I put thest three in my space rings and got up from the bench. I then head to the Royal Pce. When I finally arrive before the Royal Pce, I can see the wide front steps leading up to the pce with the steps lined with statues of the Naboo deities. At the top of the steps were towering pirs standing firm before the pce doors. Chapter 6: Meeting Queen Amidala Chapter 6: Meeting Queen Amid After eating two of the apples, I put thest three in my space rings and got up from the bench. I then head to the Royal Pce. When I finally arrive before the Royal Pce, I can see the wide front steps leading up to the pce with the steps lined with statues of the Naboo deities. At the top of the steps were towering pirs standing firm before the pce doors. I slowly walked up the steps while my HK-47 was following and R2-D4 was using its jet thrusters to fly up the steps behind me. As I approached the Royal Pce Entrance, I found two Royal Naboo Pce Guards guarding the main entrance into the pce. The two Pce Guards were wearing their durasteel helmets with their red stifiber which was from my perspective was ugly looking. The designer of this outfit should really be ashame of themselves. The Pce Guards were also wearing Ubese leather boots and gloves while they carried modified D-18 pistols in their holster on their belt. As soon as the two Pce Guards spotted me walking up the top steps, they both pull out their D-18 ster pistols and aimed them at us while they held their other hands out, with their palms facing me. "Stop where you are!" said the two Pce Guards. "This is the Theed Royal Pce, you are trespassing!" When we finally reached the top of the steps, HK-47 was standing on my right, while R2-D4nded on my left. "Query: Master these meatbags seem hostile to us? Shall I dispose of them?" said HK-47 eagerly waiting with its right hand on the DXR-6 disruptor rifle strapped to its back. "Calm down, HK. We aren''t here for killing" I said while looking at HK-47 I turned to the Pce Guards and said "Pce Guards of Naboo, inform Queen Amid that I am here to offer her protection!" The Pce Guards looked at each other and made a face that said ''what the hell is with this guy''. "Tell her that a powerful Force Knight is here to see her" I said while I lifted up my left hand used the Force to pull their D-18 sters out of their hands and towards me. The D-18 sters were now hovering in the air above my left hand. The Pce Guards looked at each other again and then one of the Pce Guards stayed to watch me while the other went off to report what''s happening. After waiting for 8 minutes, 20 Pce Guards swarmed out of the pce gates and surround us. "Statement: These meatbags are surrounding us." said HK-47 "Suggestion: We should dismember these meatbags. It would be much so fun." When the 20 Pce Guards heard that, they aimed their D-18 sters at HK-47. "HK, don''t frighten these people too much." I said "I need to meet the Queen, and you dismembering her Pce Guards will make that kind of hard to do." "Retraction: Then we won''t dismember these meatbags then" said HK-47 "Statment: I am so sad that I can''t kill any meatbags today? Out of the many guards that surround us, I recognized one of them from the movie Phantom Menace. The guard was Captain Quarsh Panaka, the head of the Royal Naboo Security Force and loyal retainer to Queen Amid. "We are hear to escort you to meet the Queen" said Captian Panaka "I am..." I held up my hand to him, to stop him from talking. "I know who you are Captain Panaka" I said "Take me to the Queen" The Pce Guards surround us and escorted me and my droids into the Royal Pce. Once inside the pce, I was breathtaken. The Pce is just like I remembered from ''Phantom Menace'' and ''Battlefron II''. It was magnificent and beautiful. The floors and walls are made of reflective marble and corridors lined with the paintings of past kings and queens. As we entered in the entrance hall there were two doors to on the left and right side of the hall which both led to control rooms which contains the Pce''s security systems. We walked further in and entered the central hall with marble columns which paved the way to the Pce throne room. In the centeral hall were two marble staircase on the right and left which lead up to the throne room. We walked up the right staircase, and as we got to the top we entered the throne room which was an immense and cavernous hall with high vaulted ceilings and the hall walls and floor was adorned with polished marble bs in different colors ranging from gray to red. Beyond that the throne room was barely furnished and barren. With the throne, the sovereign''s desk and a few seats for the members of the Royal Advisory Council. Even though the throne room was barren, it was still spectacr with its ample windows that bathed the room in sunlight and offered an impressive panorame view of the city and surroundings. I see the Queen''s Handmaiden Sabe disguise as the Queen sitting on the throne which was behind the raised soveregin''s desk fronted by a low t surface divider at the center of the throne room. On the right and left side of the throne were four more handmaiden, one of which I recognized as the real Padme Amid. I walked towards the Disguised Queen and the Handmaidens and stopped 20 feet away from the throne. HK-47 and R2-D4 were standing behind me. "Why do you wish to see me, Master Jedi ?" said Sabe disguised as the Queen I turned to face the real Queen Amid disguised as a Handmaiden. "I am no Master Jedi, Queen Amid" I said to the real Queen. "I am a powerful Force Knight, the Jedi are inferior, weak and stubborn." "Why are you talking to me?" said Padme "You should be talking to the Queen." "But I am talking to the Queen." I said "I know you are Queen Amid" "I see" said Padme "Sabe, please move" Sabe dressed as the Queen got up and stood at the side of the throne while Padme sat down on the throne. "How did you know I was the Queen? Not even a Jedi should be able to tell who I am" said Padme. Even though I know what she looks like and how she does things from the movie, I couldn''t tell her that. "The Jedi are a joke, their ways and connection with the Force isughablepared with me." I said "Plus they are ignorant and stubborn which will bring them to their doom" "Back to the matter at hand" said Padme."Why do you want to see me?" Chapter 7: Becoming Queen Amidalas Bodyguard Chapter 7: Bing Queen Amid''s Bodyguard "How did you know I was the Queen? Not even a Jedi should be able to tell who I am" said Padme. Even though I know what she looks like and how she does things from the movie, I couldn''t tell her that. "The Jedi are a joke, their ways and connection with the Force isughablepared with me." I said "Plus they are ignorant and stubborn in their old ways which will bring them to their doom" "Back to the matter at hand" said Padme."Why do you want to see me?" "That is simple." I said to her "I am here to offer you my protection for a year." "Why would I need you protection" Padme said "Trust me, you will be happy when you have my protection in three months" I said "In three months? What will happen in three months?" she asked me. "I can''t tell you too much but I can tell you that there will be a blockade and an invasion" I said "A blockade and an invasion by who!?" asked Padme "Sorry but I will say no more since I don''t want to influence your decisions and choice of the future." I said mysteriously. "Since this invasion will help you grow into who you will be." "I see." said Padme "But why are you telling me this anyway?" "That''s my little secret" I said "But know this, I will protect you and make sure no harmses to you, this I promise" "Ok I will hire you as my bodyguard." said Padme "Your Highness, don''t you think this is too far fetched? Also your decision is made too quickly to hire this man. We don''t even know if he is skilled enough to protect you." said Captain Panaka "Also we don''t even know who he is." "My name is Jerid." I said to both of them "Also I am more powerful then all of youbined. Even my Assassin droid, HK here can kill you all without difficulty." I said while gesturing at HK-47. "I don''t think you can defeat all of the guards here" said Captain Panaka. "Why don''t I show you how powerless you truly are?" I said I quickly raised both of my arms with my palms face out towards the Royal Guards and used the force to push all 21 of them against the surrounding walls and pirs of the throne room. Once they were pressed against the walls and pirs, I started to move my arms up which also lifted the Royal Guards off the ground. I continued to raise my arms and the Royal Guards continued to rise as well. "As you can see, Queen Amid. I am a very powerful Force Knight." I said "If I wanted, I could kill you right now and these Royal Guards of yours can''t even stop me" Padme who was sitting on her throne know I that I won''t harm her but she wanted to be safe rather than sorry, so she slowly reached for the hiddenpartment in her throne that contained her two ELG-3A ster pistol. "Don''t worry your Highness, I won''t cause you any harm." I said "Also please don''t take out the two ELG-3As hidden in your throne. I only wanted to show you and your guards, one of my many powers." When I mentioned the two ELG-3As hidden in her throne, she was awed and surprised to find out that I knew about them. "How did you know about the hiddenpartment, the head of the Royal Pce Guards and the current ruler knows about it? I basically knew the information from the Phantom Menace movie so I decided on a lie right there. "I know and see a lot of things because of my connection with the Force." I said seriously to her. "Your connection must be really strong then" said Padme "My connection with the Force is unimaginable, and no living being in the past, present or future will have what I have." I said. "Ok, I will hire you as my bodyguard." sighed Padme ''DING'' [You haveplete the mission: Bing Queen Amid''s Bodyguard. Gained 1 SWTOR yer Ship Voucher and Force Skill Voucher] [ Congrattions, You have unlock the Mission Page. Gained] After hearing the ding and reading the notification in front of me, I was happy to find out that I have a Mission Page and happy to receive two new vouchers I can use. After reading the notification, Padme started to speak again. "Can you also let down my Royal Guards, please?" said Padme "They won''t cause you any trouble." "Oh, almost forgot about them." I said looking away from the system notifications to looking at the .Royal Guards held against the pirs and walls 20 feet of the ground. I slowly lowered my arms which also lowered the 21 Royal Guards. After I had my arms down, the Royal Guards were safely on the ground. The Royal Guards still held onto their holstered sters, when the Queen yelled at them. "Enough, this man will be my bodyguard so please behave." said Padme "Now that you are my bodyguard, what is your pay requirement?" "I don''t really need much" I said "All I require is 3 meals a day, with a room to living in and to use your hangar as a training room since I need arge area to do my training." "Hmmm. Fine, your requirements will be met." said Padme "Are you sure that is all you want? You don''t want any money or treasure?" "I don''t need money since I have a lot of it already, and treasure is something I don''t need." I said "Now I would like to find my room please" "I will have Captain Panaka escort you to a room you can use." said Padme "Alright your Highness." said Panaka "Follow me, Jedi" "I need to remind you that I am no Jedi." I said "I am a Force Knight, please try not to make that mistake." Chapter 8: Exploring the System Chapter 8: Exploring the System I said "Now I would like to find my room please" "I will have Captain Panaka escort you to a room you can use." said Padme "Alright your Highness." said Panaka "Follow me, Jedi" "I need to remind you that I am no Jedi." I said "I am a Force Knight, please try not to make that mistake." "I will remember that then." said Captain Panaka. "Follow me then and I will take you to your room." After walking for 3 minutes, we arrived at a door. "This is one of the many Ambassador Rooms that we have here, and this one will be yours." said Captain Panaka "Also its near the Queen''s Chambers and the Barracks, so don''t cause any trouble." "Don''t worry Captain Panaka, I am here to protect Queen Amid" I said "So lets try and get along." Captain Panaka touched an electronic panel next to the door which opened the door. Captain Panaka stepped aside and waved me to enter. I walked inside the room with my droids right behind to find that it was a marvelous and luxurious room, it contained a bed that could hold up to 4 people, a lounge area, arge desk, arge window with a view of the whole city, and a full bathroom with a jet bath tub, a walk-in shower and marble sink and toilet. "This room is really marvelous." I said while turning around to face Captain Panaka. "Thank you for escorting me to my room, Captain." "Your wee" said Captain Panaka in a serious tone. "The Queen will have some meetingster today, so you can stay here until then" "Alright Captain. Pleasee and get me when its time for the Queen''s meeting." I said while I used the Force to close the door. "RED and HK take a seat and rest or look around." I said " I will be meditating I then sat down with my legs crisscross and started looking at the Notifications I recieved in the Throne Room. I now have two new vouchers, one for a SWTOR ss Ship and one for a Force Skill. I summoned the Force Skill Voucher from the Space Ring, and used it. The Force Skill page opened up in front of me and I start to scroll through the page looking at the various Force Skills to pick. I found the Force Power I wanted, [Mind Control/Maniption] which I believe will be very useful for me. After selecting the Force Power, the knowledge of how to use it was flowing into my mind and I understood how to use it. This power can control or maniption someone, it can even change someone''s memories if you are powerful enough. I also decided to save the [SWTOR ss Ship Voucher] for ater time. I then tried to use my mind to open up the System since I don''t know how to open the System yet. After saying ''Open System'' in my mind nothing happen then a notification appeared before me. ''Ding'' [If you want to open the System Page, please use the Force and your Mind] I started gathering the Force in my Mind and said ''Open System''. The System opened in front of my eyes. I found Four Tabs in the System, the system looked like the ones from the KOTOR games. The Tabs were STATUS, INVENTORY, MISSION, SHOP. I looked at the STATUS and found it had everything about my status such as my name, level, Force powers, skills and etc. The Inventory had a list of the items in my Space Ring as well as a money counter which shows my 4 million credits. Then I stopped at the Mission Tab and looked at the missions. [Gain your First Apprentice. Rewards: Force Skill Voucher & Item Voucher] [Defeat Darth Maul. Reward: 1,000,000 Credits] [Reveal Darth Sidious. Reward: Force Skill Voucher] [Kill Darth Sidious. Reward: Clone or Droid Army Voucher] [Protect Queen Amid for 1 Year. Reward: 250,000 XP] [Make Amid the permanent Queen of Naboo. Reward: 1,000,000 Credits] [Make Padme Amid fall for you. Reward: 250,000 XP] [Kill or Change the Fate of Anakin Skywalker. Reward: Force Skill Voucher and Lightsaber Building Kit] [Defeat the Trade Federation on Naboo. Reward: Companion Voucher] [Establish a Kingdom (Requirements: 10s). Reward: Fleet Voucher] [Establish an Empire (Requirements: 30s). Reward: Army and Fleet Voucher] These missions are just some of the many missions I can do. It looks like the System has given me a lot of missions toplete with wonderful rewards. I almost can''t wait for my rewards especially for the ones with the Army Vouchers. I can see it now, memanding a fleet to conquer after. After finishing looking at some of the missions, I went to the Shop Tab In the Shop Tab, it had a multiple tabs for all of the things I can buy such as Weapons & Ammo, Armor/Clothing, Aid, Buildings, Droids, Ships/Vehicles, Force Skills and Misc. I looked at the items I could buy and found I could use Credits for buying things in my shop which makes me happy since I have 4 million Credits on hand. I even found Darth Nihilus outfit for 100 Credits. I looked through the Tab from Weapons to Armor to find that it contains all of the weapons from lightsabers to sters from every era of Star Wars. I can even buy armor/clothing from every era of Star Wars as well. I looked at the Aid to find medicial supplies and enhancements. After finding nothing I want from the Aid Tab, I moved onto the Buildings Tab to find buildings I could buy such as a Cloning Facility, a Droid Manufacturing Facility, to Fortresses, and apartment buildings. It seems I could easily use the System to buy buildings and create a military base or even a city in one day. It makes me think of those Supreme Commander and Command & Conquer games were you buy buildings and ce them down. After looking at the Buildings, I decided to move on since I can''t really use the Building Tab at the moment. The Droids, Ships/Vehicles, and Force Skills Tabs are pretty self-exnatory. While the Misc. Tab has stuff ranging from crystals, to metals, circuits and books about history. It had a lot of things that aren''t pretty usefull but I do like the thought of having books to read about Star Wars history since I can''t remeber everything about the Star Wars Universe. After looking through all the Tabs in the Shop page, I heard a knock on the door to my room. I turned to face the doors, and waved my hands and used the Force to open the door. Standing there was Captain Panaka. "Mr. Jerid, Queen Amid is having her meetings so its time to do your job as a bodyguard" said Captain Panaka "Alrighty then, Captain." I said while standing up to my feet. "Take me to the Queen." Chapter 9: Advising the Queen Chapter 9: Advising the Queen I heard a knock on the door to my room. I turned to face the doors, and waved my hands and used the Force to open the door. Standing there was Captain Panaka. "Mr. Jerid, Queen Amid is having her meetings so its time to do your job as a bodyguard" said Captain Panaka "Alrighty then, Captain." I said while standing up to my feet. "Take me to the Queen." "HK, REDe with me." I said to the droids standing in the room doing nothing. HK-47 and R2-D4 started to follow behind me. We walked for a few minutes before we were back in the throne room with a bunch of minister from the Naboo Royal Advisory Council sitting down in some chairs discussing with the real Queen Amid in her Naboo Queen outfit. "Stand beside the Queen and make sure she stays safe"manded Captain Panaka "Don''t worry, I am a man of my word. If I say I will do something, I will do it." Imented to Captain Panaka. I walked into the throne room, past the Advisory Council and around Padme''s desk to stand besides the throne, while Imanded my droids to stand at both sides of the entrance into the throne room. "Hello Queen Amid, its good to see you not dressed as a Handmaiden this time." I whispered to her while beside her. Queen Amid stayed silent while she started to discuss political issues with her Advisory Council. "Please continue Governor Bibble." said Padme "Before we continue your Majesty, who is this man?" said Governor Bibble "This man is a bodyguard that I just hired to protect me." said Padame "He is a Force user and he calls himself a Force Knight." "I see but can he even be trusted?" said Governor Bibble "We don''t even know who he is or what he wants? He might be an assassin after your life." "I have a feeling that we can trust him" said Padame "Besides if he meant me harm, then he could of killed me earlier today." "If you say so your Majesty" said Governor Bibble as he was eyeing me. "Let''s get back to the matter at hand, the matter about Captain Quarsh Panaka''s request to create a military force for Naboo." "Please continue Governor." said Padme calmly "Captain Panaka has requested the increase in our armed forces which I strongly advise against besides we already have the Royal Naboo Security Forces." said Governor Bibble firmly "We don''t need a military, the Security Forces is enough for us. So please your Highness, deny the request." "We need more than just Security Forces to protect ourselves" shout out Captain Panaka "The Security Forces are a policing organiztion, they aren''t trained well enough to handle military situations. What will be of the people we were ever invaded" "I believe the Security Forces is enough to protect us and besides, Naboo is part of the Gctic Republic, there hasn''t been a need for a military force in the Republic for ages." said Governor Bibble "Also the Naboo people are a peaceful people, and everyone knows that, no one will harm us since we haven''t harmed or been rude to anyone. We are safe and sound as we are now." "Hmmm" said Padme while thinking. She turned her head to me and said "Sir Knight, what are your thoughts this matter." When she asked for my opinion, the whole room turned their attention onto me. I didn''t think that she would ask for my opinion on such a subject. So I started rubbing the chin of my mask and started thinking, just like you would see wisemen or schrs do when they were thinking. "Youjr Majesty, why are you asking this man? He knows nothing about our people and we don''t know if we can trust him yet." said Governor Bibble "For me, I believe that a strong military will bring peace and order" I said while rubbing the chin of my mask. "Its better to have it and not need it, then to need it and not have it. Also if you have a strong military, you will never be bullied and protect your people from harm." "The Naboo people are a peaceful race, and we don''t condone violence, so we don''t want a military because they are representation of violence." said Governor Bibble "I know, the Naboo people are a peaceful race, but will that stop a violent and warring race from attacking you" I said to the Governor "Also if you don''t want a military, just make apromise, you should build a Naboo Self-Defense Force. You can have 1,000 to 2,000 people join, and they will be trained in only defensive warfare to protect Naboo." The Advisory Council, Captain Panaka and Padme started thinking about my advice when the Governor started to speak. "But Defensive Warfare is still violence" said Governor Bibble "It''s not peaceful at all" "You are truly a foolish old man." I said while shaking my head "You need a way to defend your people, if your is invade and your people are being ughter, will you still try to protect them with your peaceful and naive way. If you still try it your way, then your whole and people will be doomed." I turned my head to Queen Amid and started talking. "Queen Amid, I believe you should make apromise between Governor Bibble and Captain Panaka by creating a Self Defense Force, because its better to have it and not need it than to need it and not have it" Padme started to think with her hand cupping her chin. "I will need time to think about this" said Padme "So we will end the meeting for today." After everyone except the Royal Guards left, I leaned down to Padme. "Your Majesty, I need to go out and fetch my ship." I said softly to her "Would it be ok for me to pick it up and store it in the Royal Hangar?" After hearing my request, Padme was thinking for a few second and looked at me. "You may do that" said Padme. She turned her head to Captain Panaka and spoke to him "Knight Jerid is going to leave and pick up his ship, and he will return and store it in the Royal Hangar." "Yes, your Majesty" said Captain Panaka "I will inform the the Space Fighter Corp and Royal Guards about this immediately." He started to walk away andmunicate with the some people on hismunicator. "Alright, your Highness. I will go pick up my ship and be back soon." I said Chapter 10: Picking a Ship Chapter 10: Picking a Ship "Alright, your Highness. I will go pick up my ship and be back soon." I said I turned away from the Queen, and headed out of the throne room. As I was about to exit the throne room, I turned to HK-47 standing at the entrance. "HK. I want you to stay here and protect the Queen." Imanded "Query: Why must I protect a meat bag, Master?" HK said "I want you to protect her because I don''t trust the strength of her Royal Guard." I said "You are strong enough to wipe out her entire Royal Guard, and I know you will be able to protect her." "Affirmation: I am stronger than all of these meatbagsbined, Master." HK said "Statement: I will protect the Queen then Master but I would rather kill some meatbags" "Don''t worry, you will be able to fight in the future" I said while walking out of the throne room with R2-D4 right behind me. "Master, where are we going?" asked R2-D4 "We are going to pick up our ship and bring it back here." I said "Oh, we have a ship? I can''t wait to see it." said R2-D4 As we walk through the marble halls of the Royal Theed Pce, we soon approached the main entrance into the pce. The guards at the entrance stood there in ce as they eyed me leaving down the pce steps. I traveled through the main roaded leading out of the city. I traveled 5 miles outside the city, and I am now in the middle of arge grassy in. I took out the [SWTOR ss Ship Voucher] from my ring, and crushed it in my hand. ''Ding'' {You have used the [SWTOR ss Ship Voucher] please select a ship you want.} Six golden screens appeared before with the names of the ships and information about them. [BT-7 THUNDER CLAP] ssification: Rapid assault/deployment craft Manufacturer: Rendili Hyperworks Dimensions: 96 x 61 x 80m Standard Armaments: Heavyser cannons, missiles Features: Command briefing room, onboard armory, medical bay advertisement [D5-MANTIS] ssification: Patrol craft Manufacturer: Kuat Drive Yards Dimensions: 68 x 74 x 58m Standard Armaments: Three retractable, independently powered weapon foils Features: Compact frame, force cage, long-range capability [DEFENDER] ssification: Light corvette Manufacturer: Rendili Vehicle Corporation Dimensions: 71 x 94 x 29m Standard Armaments: Twinser cannons, missiles Features: Meditation chamber, diplomatic amenities , library,rge cargo hold, strengthen hull,test hyperdrive engines [Fury] ssification: Interceptor Manufacturer: Sith Empire Dimensions: 100 x 88 x 33m Standard Armaments: Precisionser cannons, missiles Features: "Strike foils" for increased close-range mobility, interrogation chambers This [X-70B PHANTOM] ssification: Prototype covert operations craft Manufacturer: [CLASSIFIED] Dimensions: 80 x 94 x 18m Standard Armaments: Heavyser cannons, missiles Features:Stealth hull ting, high-power sensor array, capacity for limited short-term use of cloaking device [XS Stock Light] ssification: Light Freighter Manufacturer: Corellian Engineering Corporation Dimensions: 88 x 108 x 27m Standard Armaments: Heavyser turrets, multiple concussion missileunchers Features: Secret Compartments, Strengthen Aft Hull,test engines The six golden windows also shows me pictures of the inside of the ships, its like looking at apartments online. I then narrowed down my choices to the Defender and the X70B Phantom. I like both of them but they both have their pros and cons. The Phantom has great stealth capabilities and speed but its hull can take a lot of damage while the Defender has a strong hull and good speed but it has no stealth if I want to sneak up on someone. I also find that the inside of the Phantom was kind of dark, and the Defender was more to my liking since it has bigger space so it can carry more people and has better light. Plus, it has a library, and arge cargo hold I can use to continue my training while my ship is flying to a destination. After thinking for a few seconds, I decided to go with the Defender because if I need a stealth ship, I just need to kill Maul and take his. So basically, I will have two ships soon. I ced my hand on the golden window that shows the Defender Corvette. ''Ding'' {You have selected the [Defender Corvette]. Do you wish to make any customizations to the Ship? (Yes/ No) When I recieved the notification, I selected yes. A screen appeared before me again with options of customization. The first customization was the color scheme of the ship''s hull. For that choice I picked white as the main color and ck as the seondary color which represents the Yin-Yang of the Chinese philosophy of good and evil. The second choice was my quarters on the ship. I was able to increase the size of my bed to hold 5 people, and I switched the two statues in the room to statues of Revan with his arms crossed in an X shape holding his two lightsaber hilts and I added a huge Eternal Alliance Symbol on the wall between the two statues. I then add a metal wardrobe which can hold 15 pairs of clothings. The other options where for themon room where I hanged Eternal Alliance banners on the wall and there was much else to do so I decided that everything was now good. So I ended the customization. [Do you wish to finish your customizations? (Yes / No)] I selected yes. When I selected yes, the golden screen disappeared, and a bright light appeared in front of me so I used my right hand to block the light. After a few seconds, the light was gone and when I brought my hand down before my eye was a white and ck Defender Corvette ship. I slowly walked into the Defender by using the ship''s lowered ramp. As I got in, I started to explore the ship. It looked just like it did in the game except for the few customizations I added. After exploring the ship for 6 minutes, and loving the look and feel of the interior, I decided it was time to head back to the Royal Pce since I still need to do my job as a bodyguard. I went to the cockpit, I saw the three main seats of the cockpit with the pilot''s seat on the left side of the holomap thats ced in the front middle of the cockpit, a copilot''s seat on the right side and a third chair for the captain ced right in front of the holomap. I sat down in the pilot''s seat and started the Defender up. Thanks to the [Intermediate Piloting] Skill I got from one of my level ups, I know how to fly to this ship. The ship started to lift off the ground, and I started flying it towards Theed. Chapter 11: Chatting with the Queen Chapter 11: Chatting with the Queen I went to the cockpit, I saw the three main seats of the cockpit with the pilot''s seat on the left side of the holomap thats ced in the front middle of the cockpit, a copilot''s seat on the right side and a third chair for the captain ced right in front of the holomap. I sat down in the pilot''s seat and started the Defender up. Thanks to the [Intermediate Piloting] Skill I got from one of my level ups, I know how to fly to this ship. The ship started to lift off the ground, and I started flying it towards Theed. As I was flying in the sky, the view from the ship was magnificent. It was like looking at the picture of a utopia, Theed and its surrounding rolling green hills and ins was very picturesque , it made me think that this was the perfect ce to live if you don''t consider the sea monsters living in the''s oceans. In another direction, far, far away I can spot some waterfalls which also added more beauty to the. It''s no wonder why Padme tried to protect her and her people so much. It was beautiful and peaceful here. It made me sad to think what will be happening here soon with the Trade Federation but I need it to happen for my ns for the future. I am now approaching Theed in my Defender, and choice to fly around the city and down the cliff. I then approach the Royal Theed Hangar; where they kept the Royal Starship and 27 N-1 Starfighter. I slowly approached the Hangar and soon Inded it inside the hangar. I got up from the pilot''s seat and walked out of the cockpit, down some stairs into the lower deck and down the loading ramp. As I walking down the ramp, I notice Captain Panaka and Queen Amid walking towards me. "This is a very nice looking ship," said Captain Panaka gazing at the Defender "Looks brand new too" ''It is basically brand new since I just got it a few minutes ago.'' I thought to myself "Thanks, its a called the Defender. Its a Light Corvette, designed just like its name to defend the owner. It has thetest equipment and everything equipped to give her a edge over other starships" I replied "It''s a old ship but I try to keep her maintained and clean. It''s like I always say ''Take care of your ship and she will take care of you''." "It is a nice ship" said Padme "I have never seen a ship like this before." "Of course you haven''t seen a ship like this before. This ship was designed and built during the Old Republic." I said "This ship probably thest one in the known universe. It''s also the perfect ship for diplomatic missions and as a base of operations." "That''s amazing" said Padme with amazement on her face "It seems to be an amazing ship." "Your Highness, do you need something? I asked Yes" said Padme "I have a meeting with some officials and I want you by my side during the meeting." "Yes, your highness." I said to her "Come with me, and let''s walk and talk." said Padme "As you wish, your highness." I said while bowing my head a little. As I said that, RED and HK-47 were walking down the ramp after they were finished inspecting the Defender. "RED, HK head back to my room" Imanded "Confirmation: Affirmative, Master." said HK-47 "Okey-dokey Master" said RED cheerfully When RED spoke the people around turned their heads and were shocked with surprise since they have never seen an Astromech talking without using beeps and boops. As the surrounding people were staring, RED and HK ignored everyone and headed out to my room. "Your little droid can talk" said Padme with surprise and curiosity " That''s amazing, I''ve never seen an Astromech talk with out beeps and boops" "RED is a little special, I modified him to be able to talk." I said "Also he has a very cheerful personality, you will like him a lot." As we were talking, we were also exiting out of the hangar and walking through the corridors while continuing chatting. "I look forward to getting to know your little droid but what is with your other droid? Why does he want to kill people so much" asked Padme "HK-47 is a little special as well, he is a Hunter Killer Assassin/ Protocol Droid" I said "He is designed that way." "Why don''t you reset or change his personality so that he would be more peaceful?" asked Padme "I choice not to do that because I feel that a lot of droids in this universe have some sentience in them, and their personality is who they are." I said "It''s like forcing someone to change against their will by brainwashing them, would you be willing to brainwash people to be more like you want." "You have a good point there." said Padme "Plus his personality and abilities made him a good fighter whiches in handy when you are in battle." I said As we continue chatting about things, we soon arrived at the throne room so Queen Amid had to stop chatting with me and focus on governing her world. That''s how everything continued for the next two and half months. I would guard her, and we would walk and talk through the pce and a lot of times we would walk through the pce gardens. We chatted about a lot of things some where about politics, philosophy, government, military , the force but we mostly talk about life. Through our talks, we became a lot closer and learned a lot about one another. She even told me about her dreams for the future. She hopes to be able to create a better and more peaceful world for the citizens of the Republic. After our long walks and talks, she grew closer to me and found me intriguing and mysterious. When one day, she asked me a question "Jerid, may I see your face please?" asked Padme "As you wish" I said I brought my hands to the back of my mask, and undid the fasten straps that strapped the Revan mask to my head. Very slowly, I was taking off my mask. Chapter 12: The time has come Chapter 12: The time hase "Jerid, may I see your face please?" asked Padme "As you wish" I said I brought my hands to the back of my mask, and undid the fasten straps that strapped the Revan mask to my head. Very slowly, I was taking off my mask. After a few seconds of suspense, and with Padme gazing with curiosity. I finally took off my mask. Behind my mask was a simr face from my previous life but my face in this life looks much more handsome. I had dark blonde hair with sky blue eyes with a smooth face and skin. I was reborn in this world as a 16 year old boy. "How old are you?" asked Queen Padme "I am 16 years old, your Highness. I said while thinking ''Technically I am 25 years old mentally but now I am physically 16 years old.'' "Your 16 years old, and your already very powerful!" said Padme with awe "Yes, your Highness." I replied "Jerid, while we are alone, I want you to call me by my name." said Padme "I really want you to call me by my name instead of ''Your Highness''" "Yes, Padme." I said calmly "What are your dreams, Jerid?" asked Padme "I wish to create a universe where everyone can live in peace and harmony. Where there is no war" I said "Also I wish to have a big family." "This is a wonderful dream." said Padme "How will you aplished your dreams? Will you create an organization like the Jedi Order?" "No, for me to create a world where everyone can live in peace and harmony. I must create an empire. " I said with my fist clenched with determination "You see, the Republic you know is corrupt and weak while the Jedi Order is arrogant and stubborn in their ways and unable to change. To bring peace to this world it must have a firm ruler." "An empire isn''t the answer to peace in the gxy." said Padme "In an empire there is no senate or representatives for the people, an empire is basically a dictatorship." "You are right about that Padme, but have you ever considered that your Republic is doomed to fail because politicians can be corrupt and power hungry" I said "But not every politician is like that. There are definitely good people in the senate, and the good will prevail." replied Padme "True there are good people in the senate but because of the corrupt and cowardly senators in the Senate, there will be consequences for the Republic. Such as the speed to make decisions in a crisis. In an empire, there is no Senate to make decisions for the government, an Emperor can make a decision right there on the spot while a Senate needs a lot of time to make their decision. Can you see the plus side" "That might be true but when the emperor of this empire dies, and the next in line is rotten what will happen then?" asked Padme "That will be impossible, since the Emperor will be immortal" I said "EHHH! Immortal, what do you mean by that?" asked Padme with surprise in her tone "The Force is a metaphysical, spiritual, binding, and ubiquitous power. It can be found all around us, and it''s very powerful. Just like how I can use the Force to heal, and attack. There are many ways to use the Force, like telepathy, telekinesis, healing, attacking and the list goes on. With the Force, it''s possible to make the impossible, possible. I can even use the Force to stop me and anyone close to me from aging for ever, but right now I am not powerful enough to do that." I exined to Padme "Padme, its gettingte. "What about the Jedi Order then? Why do you dislike them so much?" asked Padme "I don''t really dislike them but the Jedi Order is too old fashioned and stubborn in their ways. For instance, a Jedi must get rid of their emotions and attachments. So that means they can''t fall in love." I said "The Jedi Order knows that the lost of a love one or a dear friend can cause a Jedi to turn to the Dark Side because it has happened before so they made it a rule that a Jedi must get rid of such attachments, and to do so will make them stronger but for me I believe that such attachments can make you strong because it gives you a reason to fight and be stronger so you can protect them. Also in a different time, this rule was the Jedi Order''s downfall " "Wow" Padme awed and then she asked curiously "What do you mean it was the Jedi Order''s downfall?" "Sorry Padme, I can''t tell you that." I said "Now, we should head back now for dinner." "Alright Jerid, lets head back." replied Padme while thinking about our little talk. "Also Padme." I said "Yes, Jerid." replied Padme "In theing month and years, you will see a new side of the Republic, the corrupt side but don''t give up on your ideals and beliefs." I said "You are a great person, and you will do a great job as Queen of Naboo. I know you are scared and don''t have a lot of faith in yourself to be a good Queen but you should believe in yourself because I believe in you and I know you will be great." "Ok" said Padme blushing After our walk and talk in the Pce Gardens, we went inside for dinner. That was what everyday life was like for us when we were together. I would guard her, and when she wasn''t busy we would have our little walk and talks. Besides doing my job as the Queen''s bodyguard, most of the time I would bemitted to my training regime. I would mediate for 2 hours a day to strength my bond with the force and my mental abilities. When I first meditated, I received a surprise. When I meditate, I am able to increase my exp. I found out that 1 hour of mediation is able to give me 100 exp. With the two and half months of meditation, I was able to gain 15,000 exp Besides meditating, I would do 3 hours a day of lightsaber training with the 5 Marksman-H training remote Droids I have in my inventory inside my ship''s cargo bay. When I first started the training, I had a hard time deflecting the shots fired by the droids but after awhile I got the hang of it and now the droids can''t even touch me, even when they were in rapid fire mode which was like being shot at with 5 light machine guns. After that was my force training which I did for 2 hours a day. I would test out my force abilities and try to make sure I could use each one efficiently. After two and half months I am able to use most of my force abilities efficiently but I couldn''t use the [Thought Bomb] since it was too powerful. As I continued my training in the hangar, I felt a disturbance in the force. I felt 6 giant spaceships appearing in the space above Naboo. I stopped my training and looked up at the sky from the open hangar bay doors. "The time hase" I said Chapter 13: Trade Federations Blockade of Naboo Chapter 13: Trade Federation''s Blockade of Naboo As I continued my training in the hangar, I felt a disturbance in the force. I felt 6 giant spaceships appearing in the space above Naboo. I stopped my training and looked up at the sky from the open hangar bay doors. "The time hase" I said As I look up in the sky, I could feel the presence of 6 Lucrehulk-ss Battleship which is like a trademark of the Trade Federation. From my memories I remember that each of these Lucrehulk Battleships should have 50 C-9979nding crafts, 1,500 Vulture Droid Starfighters, 1,500 Trade Federation troop carrier, 550 Multi-Trop Transports, 6,250 Armored Assault Tanks and 329,000 B1 Battle Droids with an unknown number of Droidekas on broad. With all six battleshipsbined, it brings the Trade Federations forces of the blockade of Naboo to a total of 300 C-9979nding crafts, 9000 Vulture Droid Starfighters, 9000 Trade Federation troop carriers, 3300 Multi-Transports, 37,500 Armored Assault Tanks, and 1,974,000 B1 Battle Droids. When I am able take control of these six battleships, I will have the start of my Holy Crusading army but I have to act quick if I want to take these battleships and put them under my control since I know that 4 of the battleships will leave in the future, leaving only two to blockade and invade Naboo. After thinking of my ns for these 6 battleships, I started walking to the hanger''s exit. As I exited the hanger, I noticed a bunch of the pilots from the Royal Naboo Space Fighter Corp rushing to the hangar from the barracks near the hanger, some of the pilots were still getting dress while half-naked and one who was hopping to the hanger trying to get his boots on. The pilots were tumbling about in a chaotic fashion. They were aplete mess which shows how inexperience and pathetic they are. If they were a true military, they would have been dressed in uniform and in the hanger already waiting for orders. I turned my head and ignored there tumbling about and I started walking to the throne room to meet Padme who had just recently finished her summit with the representatives and a Governor from the neighborings in the Chommell Sector. The summit was her hope to make ties and bonds with the neighborings in the system, which will help Naboo be stronger. As I was walking calmly through the halls, a lot of officials and Royal Guards were running about to here and there with panic faces because of the 6 Trade Federation ships encircling Naboo. I continued walking calmly ignoring all of the panic and chaos. I soon was walking into the throne room to see Padme with a darken expression, she was talking to Viceroy Nute Gunray through a holo-terminal on her desk. I can easily tell from her expression that she was unhappy about what''s going on. "Why is the Trade Federation surround Naboo, Viceroy Gunray?" asked Padme "We are blockading Naboo in protest of the Republic''s Prop 31-814D Bill, Queen Amid" said Viceroy Gunray "Viceroy, this blockade of your is illegal and I demand you to leave Naboo space at once!" demanded Padme "Queen Amid, our blockade is perfectly legal, so there is nothing you can do to stop our blockade." said Viceroy Gunray "You will not be able to this utter nonsense for long, I will inform the Republic of your illegal blockade and they will have you stop your illegal actions at once." said Padme while cutting off themunication link with the Viceroy Padme was upset with the Viceroy and his illegal blockade of Naboo. Her Advisory Council were in the throne room as well when she was talk to the Viceroy. "Gentlemen, we need to ask the Republic''s help." said Padme "Send an urgent message to the Supreme Chancellor Valocrum, requesting the Republic''s help in this crisis." "Alright, your Highness" said some members of the Advisory Council. Padme turned her head to me "What are your thoughts of this matter?" Padme asked me "I will only tell you this, there is a greater conspiracy to this matter at hand then you know but I will help guide you and protect you through this crisis" I said "Why won''t you tell me what''s going on?" asked Padme "I want to know what''s going on so I can have more information so I can know how to protect my people." "This crisis is an important journey for you to go on" I said "This crisis will help guide you and make you stronger. This crisis is your destiny and will help shape you into who will be in the future." "Alright" sigh Padme with her eyes closed and her head leaned against her throne "What should we do know?" asked Padme "We will wait for the Chancellor to send two people to negotiate, and then your journey will begin." I said " I will be heading out" "Where are you going?" asked Padme "I am going to make some preparations that will help us in the future." I said I slowly walked out of the throne room and soon I was out of sight of Padme''s sight. I headed back to my room where HK-47 and RED were waiting. I soon entered my room to find HK-47 polishing his DXR-6 disruptor rifle while RED was in a corner in sleep mode. When I entered my bedroom, HK-47 stopped what he was doing and RED soon woke up from sleep mode. "HK-47, the time for you to have some fun is almost here." I said to Hk-47 "Statement: I am so happy, Master." said HK-47 "Statement: I have been getting bored of this doing nothing lifestlye. Query: Will I be able to do a lot of killing of meatbags?" "You won''t be able to kill a lot but there will be quite a few for you." I said "Statement: That is so sad but at least I can kill some meatbags" said HK-47 " "You will be destroying some droids as well "Ok, you two, stay here until I get back." Imanded I soon held my hand out. I started using the Force to tear open a hole in space and time. What appeared before me was a ck hole with a height of 7 feet and width of 4 feet. The ck hole was one of my many powerful Force powers, [Force Travel]. With this power, I am able to travel to a hole in space and time and travel anywhere in the universe in a matter of seconds. As soon as the [Force Travel] gate appeared in front of me, I walked through it and disappeared from the Naboo Royal Pce . +Author''s Note: I am here to inform you that my work is not dropped and not to worry but I am super busy with my work. One of the teachers at my school has left, so I am taking over some of his sses, and there is a summer camp for some little kids next week so I will be busy but I will try to release a chapter once a week for my Star Wars and Ultron fan fic. I am sorry for worrying my reader. I hope you continue reading and loving my stories. Chapter 14: Finishing my Preparations Chapter 14: Finishing my Preparations As soon as the [Force Travel] gate appeared in front of me, I walked through it and disappeared from the Naboo Royal Pce . On Viceroy Gunray''s Lucrehulk-ss battleship, one of the six battleship fleet surrounding Naboo, a ck hole appeared out of nowhere near the ship''s Droid Control Computer Core. As soon as the ck hole appeared on the battleship, a figure was slowly walking out of the ck hole, and that figure was me. As soon as I walked out of the [Force Travel] gate, I started using the Force to feel the presence around the ship, especially near the Droid Control Computer Core. I could sense some humanoids above the Computer Core on the bridge and there was nobody really nearby except for a few patrolling B-1 battle droids in the halls. As soon as Jerid was done using the Force to scan the surrounding area and found no one near him, he started to gather the Force around himself. After a two seconds, I started using the Force Power; [Force Stealth] and I turnedpletely invisible. With [Force Stealth] no one or droid can see me, so I started walking closer to the Droid Control Computer Core, and as soon as he was close enough to the Computer Core, I slowly raised my left arm and ced my hand on the Computer Core. Once my hand was on the Computer Core, I started to use the Force Power; [Mechu-deru] to manipte the Computer Programs and Systems of the Trade Federation ship and the Droids it controls. After a few minutes of rewriting codes and programs in the Computer Core, I was finally done. I was able rewrote the programs and codes for all of the droids. One of the codes was that the droids aren''t allowed to harm the Naboo citizens and I have even hidden a Prime Directives for all of the Droids which will active on the day of his return to Naboo from Coruscant. The Prime Directive that I installed was this: Force Knight Jerid is your Supreme Ruler and General, you will only obey his orders, and you will dismiss all previous orders you have received. I even imprinted my image and voice into the Prime Directive so all the droids will know who I am and once this Prime Directive for the Droids actives, the Trade Federation''s little droid army will be my personal army. While rewriting codes and such, I also learned more information about what is on each of the six Lucrehulk battleships. With the exact same number I remembered from myst life, there are 50 C-9979nding crafts, 1,500 Vulture Droid Starfighters, 1,500 Trade Federation troop carrier, 550 Multi-Troop Transports, 6,250 Armored Assault Tanks and 139,000 B1 Battle Droids with 250 Droidekas on each of the six Lucrehulk Battleships around Naboo. ''Too bad that the B-2 Super Battle Droids and the IG-100 MagnaGuards aren''t created until 10 years from now'' I thought to myself ''Maybe I will check out the my System''s Shop Page to find knowledge on how to build these Droids and I should buy a few to protect Padme and Sabe for me, once I leave Naboo on my journey.'' After thinking about my future ns for Padme and Sabe, I started to use [Mechu-deru] again to creating another little program on the battleship''sputer, a little program to record allmunications on the ship and send it to the Defender. After everything was done, I used [Force Travel] again while I was still using [Force Stealth]. After the [Force Travel] gate appeared again, I walked through it, and he appeared on one of the other Lucrehulk Battleships around Naboo. I kept repeating this process of appearing on a ship and rewriting codes and programs. In less than 25 minutes, Jerid was able to rewriting all of the codes for all droids on the six battleships. A [Force Travel] gate appears on the Defender Light Corvette, and I slowly walk out of the gate. Under the Revan mask, I was smirking and lightlyughing to himself. ''Now that everything is in ce, all I have to do now is wait for those idiots to invade'' I thought ''Then I just need to guide everything else to the oue that I want'' Soon, the loading ramp of the Defender was lowering and once it was fully lowered, and I soon walked out of the Defender and headed towards the throne room to meet back up with Padme. After a few minutes, I was back in the throne room. "Are you already done making your preparations? That was pretty fast'' asked Padme "Yes, everything ispleted" I said while walking around his desk while looking at her. Soon I was standing right beside her. "The preparations weren''t that difficult to do, so I was able to get them done very quickly." "Can you tell me what kind of preparations you made?" asked Padme "Sorry, your Majesty but that is a little secret" I said to Padme "Beside I don''t want to ruin the surprise." Soon, Governor Sio Bibble came walking into the throne room. "Your Highness, I have sent your message for help to the Supreme Chancellor and the Senate." said Governor Bibble "Hopefully the Supreme Chancellor and the Senate will handle this matter, and have this illegal blockadee to an end." "I hope so too, Governor" said Padme "You shouldn''t put your hopes into this crisis being over soon." I said to them "There are dark and powerful forces behind the scene, stringing this blockade along but don''t worry their ns for Naboo will failed and Naboo will be safe." "I will trust your words then" said Padme "I am heading to my room" Padme stood up and walked away with a deep expression on her face towards her room, she was probably thinking really hard about the Trade Federation''s blockade and trying to find a solution for the problem. After Padme left my sight, I headed back to the Defender. After I was back on the Defender, I went to my bedroom on the Defender. When I entered the bedroom, the closet for my clothes was straight ahead, to my right was the bed, and to the left was two statues with a little meditation area between the two statues. One of the statues was one of Revan with his arms crossed and holding two lit lightsabers, the other statues was of Nihilus holding in front of him with both of his hands, a lit lightsaber. I sat down on the bed, and started looking through the System Shop, I went to the Clothing Tab in the shop and scrolled through all of the outfits until I found Darth Nihilus outfit. It was selling for 300 Credits, so I bought it. Each of the outfits that I buy from the store have effects, just like in a game. The effects represent the people who once wore the clothing. For example, Darth Nihilus outfit increases the power and effectiveness of [Force Drain], [Force Scream, [Force Whirlwind] and other such powers that Darth Nihilus. While Darth Revan''s outfit increases my speed and power when dual wielding, increase the power of my [Force Lightning] and such. I took out the Darth Nihilus outfit from my Inventory. I took off my Darth Revan outfit, and put on my Darth Nihilus outfit. Once the outfit was on, I walked out of my room. Chapter 15: Making a Deal with Darth Plagueis Chapter 15: Making a Deal with Darth gueis After putting on my Darth Nihilus outfit, I could felt the range and strength of my Force Power, [Force Drain] increase a lot but it wasn''t to the range level of draining an entire life force of a like Nihilus once did but I felt I could probably drain the life force of everyone with in the range of a battleship or small town. After feeling the increase in [Force Drain], I exited out of my bedroom and headed towards the Main Conference Room on my ship. In a few seconds, I went into the Main Conference Room, you can see in the middle of this round room was a Secure Holoterminal and in the very back were couches and my personal library full of history and philosophy Holobooks ranging from the era of the Old Republic to the Clone Wars Era to the New Republic and First Order Era. I slowly approached the Holoterminal and started typing on the keyboard and soon there was a Hologram of a female alien behind a desk in the middle of the Holoterminal. "Hello, thank you for calling the Intergctic Banking ns" said the figure "How many I be of assistance?" "Hello, is there a Magister Hego Damask II there?" I asked the alien receptionist in a sinister-like voice "He is currently busy at the moment." said the Receptionist "If you wish, you can leave a message and he can call you back" "No that won''t be necessary." I said "Tell him there is a man who has information about gueis and Sidious. Once you tell him this, he will take my call." "Alright then, please wait a moment while I go and inform the Magister." said the Receptionist After waiting for 30 seconds, the hologram was soon transferred to another hologram, this hologram was of an alien man, from the alien species known as Muun. The hologram of the man was none other then Magister Hego Damask II aka Darth gueis, the master of Darth Sidious. He was ring at me with a questioning look like, wondering who I am. "How do you Darth gueis?" I said "I am not disturbing you am I." "Who the hell are you? How do you know who I am?" asked Darth gueis "You may call me Darth Nihilus." I said "Also I known who you are because I know and see all through the Force." "So are you a Sith like me then, also what the hell do you want?" ask Darth gueis "I am here to give you a little forebode warning" I said chuckling behind my mask "Unless you want to die in your sleep?" "What do you mean?" asked Darth gueis while he was startled about him dying "I saw your future, and you were killed in your sleep." I said to him "Do you want to know more? Do you want to know who kills you?" "Yes, I want to know." answered Darth gueis "What do you want for this information?" "The only thing I want is your loyalty and you to be vassal in my Holy Empire" I said "and If you serve me well, I can even make you an Immortal." "WHAT!!!! screamed Darth gueis "YOU HAVE FOUND A WAY TO IMMORTALITY!" "Yes I have" I chuckled "I know you have been researching a way to be an immortal for many years, so I can help you be immortal but you have to serve my Empire." When I told Darth gueis, my requirements for making him immortal, he started thinking about my offer but I know he will ept my deal since from my memories I know that he has been researching ways to be an immortal for all of his life. After thinking about my offer for a few minutes, Darth gueis started talking again. So how long do I have to serve you until you make me immortal?" asked Darth gueis. "You only have to wait for maybe 10 or 15 years until my Empire is strong enough to conquer everything in sight." I said "But before then I will adjust your midi-chlorians and make you stronger and able to live longer so you won''t die anytime soon." "I am willing to serve your empire then if you can actually make me an immortal" replied Darth gueis "Now tell me how did I died in your vision?" "Your precious apprentice, Senator Sheev Palpatine will kill you in your sleep once he bes the Supreme Chancellor. Your n to make him the Supreme Chancellor, and yourself his Co-Chancellor will not happen." I said to him "On the night before his election into office, he will get you drunk with wine and kill you because you will have outlived your usefulness to him." "I see, that is the way of us Sith isn''t." said Darth gueis to himself Also don''t even think your Sun Guard will save you, they are now in the pockets of your apprentice." I said to him. "So do we have a deal?" "Fine, we have a deal, I will serve your empire so long as you make me immortal." said Darth gueis "That''s great, so long as you serve me you will be immortal but if you ever betray me, I will take away your immortality and drain away your life so that you will suffer the most painful death but if you never betray I will treat you well" I said smiling behind my mask " Ok now that that is out of the way, my first order for you as your Emperor is to let Palpatine go along with your old n so that there will be great civil war" "What is your n?" asked Darth gueis Don''t worry about my ns, but if everything goes ording to my wishes, then I will rule this gxy and create an evesting Holy Empire with me as it''s Immortal Emperor." I said "So you really do know the way of gain immortality!" said Darth gueis with excitement in his eyes. "Of course I do. I know you have been researching ways to be immortal, just know that I know multiple ways of gaining immortality, so rest assured that I will make you and your love ones immortal." I said "Ok, my Immortal Emperor. I will follow your orders" said Darth gueis "Also make sure you distance yourself from Palpatine and your Sun Guards since they can''t be trusted. Only stay in contact with Palpatine through Holoterminals and never meet in person." I said "You should also get yourself a small army of Battle Droids or Asssassin Droids to be your bodyguards since they can be programed to be loyal to only you." "I will do as you say" said Darth gueis "Will I be able to see you in person?" "I will meet you in due time." I said "Now go about your business and continue with your old ns of causing a Gctic Civil War." "Yes, my Emperor" said Darth gueis with desire for immortality in his eyes. I cancelled the call with Darth gueis and the Holoterminal went dark. "Know that I have my first vassal for my Empire, all I need to do now is to wait for the Jedi toe then the real fun will begin." I said out loud Chapter 16: War is inevitable Chapter 16: War is inevitable "Know that I have my first vassal for my Empire, all I need to do now is to wait for the Jedi toe then the real fun will begin." I said out loud *DING* [You haveplete a mission] [A Growing Empire: Gain a Vassal - Reward: Force Power - Transfer Essence] I looked at the notification and noticed the reward. This Force Power was a godsend for me, especially when I am so close to the Clone War Era. With this Force Power, it will give me another way to be the Immortal Emperor I wish to be. When I thought about bing an Immortal Emperor, it made me think of two other Emperors that used [Transfer Essence] to achieve immortality. They were Emperor Sidious from The Rise of Skywalker movie and the most powerful emperor in the Star Wars Universe from the SWTOR game, Emperor Vitiate aka the Sith Emperor. With Sidious using clones to gain immortality and with Vitiate stealing other people''s bodies. If I need to I n on using clones instead of stealing other people''s bodies since I prefer my looks and body. After thinking about bing immortal, I decided to train and mediate my powers and skills. -1 monthter- During that month, Padme was waiting for the reply for help from the Senate while I trained to increase my strength since I need to be powerful enough to fight Maul and eventually Sidious. So to increase my strength I increased the time that I trained my lightsaber skills, and the time I mediate. From 2 hours of meditation to 5 hours, then 3 hours of lightsaber training to 3.5 hours and I kept my Force Training to 2 hours. With my usual 7 hours of bodyguarding Padme, I am barely getting 6.5 hours of sleep. I really wish to find a cheat like meditation technique that I can do while I sleep so I could increase my exp even more. Thanks to the 5 hours of meditation, I was able to gain 500 exp a day and with a whole month of meditation I was able to gain 15,500 exp. Then one day while I was guarding Padme in the Throne Room, she was discussing with her Advisory Council about the Trade Federation when I sensed a shiping out of hyperdrive. I turned my head and looked up as I was able to sense two Jedi on the ship appearing in Naboo space. As time passed by in the throne, I sense an explosion on the main Trade Federation ship. ''It looks like the time hase for my ns to begin'' I thought While I was thinking and focusing on the Trade Federation ships, Padme started talking to her Advisory Council when she received a message. As she was reading, she started to smile a little "It looks like the Ambassadors sent by Supreme Chancellor Valorum should arrived today to end this illegal blockade by the Trade Federation." said Padme "Connect us to the Viceroy" "Yes, your Majesty" said Governor Bibble Soon, the Holoterminal was connected and a hologram of Viceroy Gunray appeared "Again youe before me, Your highness. The Federation is pleased." said Viceroy Gunray "You will not be pleased when you hear what I have to say, Viceroy...Your trade boycott of our has ended." said Padme with confidence Viceroy Gunray smirked when he heard Padme "I was not aware of such a failure." smirked Viceroy Gunray "I have word that the Senate is finally voting on this blockade of yours." replied Padme "I take it you know the oue. I wonder why they bother to vote." smiled Viceroy Gunray "Enough of this pretense, Viceroy! I''m aware the Chancellor''s Ambassadors are with you now, and that you have beenmanded to reach a settlement." Padme said angrily at the Viceroy "I know nothing about any Ambassadors...you must be mistaken." smirked Viceroy Gunray Padme was surprised about what the Viceroy said so she tried to study his reactions very carefully, to see if she could she whether he was lying or not but since she was still inexperience, she was unable to tell if he was lying. "Beware, Viceroy....the Federation is going too far this time." replied Padme with a look of angry "Your Highness, we would never do anything without the approval of the Senate. You assume too much."ughed Viceroy Gunray "We will see." said Padme while squinting her eyes at Viceroy Gunray Padme then disconnected the call with Viceroy Gunray. "Governor Bibble, connect us to Senator Palpatine immediately."manded Padme "I want to know what is going on" In a few minutes, the holoterminal projected another hologram, this time the figure appearing was Senator Palpatine "Senator Palpatine, what is going on?" asked Padme "I was told just now that the Chancellor''s Ambassadors aren''t here yet, what is the meaning of this?" "How could that be true? I have assurances from the Chancellor...his Ambassadors did arrive." said Palpatine "It must be the...get...negotiate..." The hologram of Palpatine started to be blurry and fades away. "Senator Palpatine?!?" said Padme then she turned to Captain Panaka "What''s happening?" Captain Panaka turned to one of the Royal Guards in the Throne Room "Check the transmission generators" Captain Panakamanded to the Royal Guard "A malfunction?" asked Governor Bibble "It could be the Federation jamming us. Your Highness." said Captain Panaka to Padme "Amunications disruption can only mean one thing. Invasion." said Governor Bibble with a look of horro "Don''t jump to conclusions, Governor. The Federation would not dare go that far." said Padme "Don''t be too sure about that" I said to Padme "There is a force behind them that is going to make them invade Naboo." "That shouldn''t happen. Her Highness is correct, if they did invade then the Senate would revoke their trade franchise, and they''d be finished." said Captain Panaka refuting what I said "We must continue to rely on negotiation." said Padme "Negotiation? We''ve lost allmunications!...and where are the Chancellors Ambassadors? How can we negotiate? We must prepare to defend ourselves." said Governor Bibble "This is a dangerous situation, Your Highness. Our security volunteers will be no match against a battle-hardened Federation army." said Captain Panaka "I will not condone a course of action that will lead us to war." said Padme with conviction "I am afraid you will not have a choice in this matter, your Majesty" I said while standing beside Padme "War on Naboo is inevitable, you have no way to stop it." Chapter 17: Queen Amidala is Captured! Chapter 17: Queen Amid is Captured! "I am afraid you will not have a choice in this matter, your Majesty" I said while standing beside Padme "War on Naboo is inevitable, you have no way to stop it." "What do you mean, Sir Jerid" asked Padme curiously "Why is war on Naboo inevitable?" "There is a dark force pushing for the invasion of Naboo." I said "The Invasion of Naboo is just a tiny part of their ns, in their big scheme against the Gxy." "Who are these dark forces that want to invade my" ask Padme with a tinge of anger in her eyes When she asked that, I suddenly felt movement from the Trade Federations ships surrounding the. I turned my head upward and felt 3 C-9799nding crafts departing from the surrounding 6 Lucrehulk ships, for a total of 18 C-9799nding crafts. "It looks like its toote, the invasion has already begun" I said "What!?!?!?" shouted out Padme, Captain Panaka and Governor Bibble "The Trade Federation has just started their invasion, they are sending theirnding crafts down to Naboo as we speak" I said -On the Main Lucrehulk Ship- "The invasion is on schedule, My Lord." Viceroy Gunray says to a holorgram of Darth Sidious "Good. I have the Senate bogged down in procedures. By the time this incidentes up for a vote, they will have no choice but to ept your control of the system." replied Darth Sidious "The Queen has great faith the Senate will side with her." curiously asked Viceroy Gunray "Queen Amid is young and naive. You will find controlling her will not be difficult. You have done well, Viceroy." said Darth Sidious sinisterly "Thank you, My Lord." replied Viceroy Gunray -20 minutester on Naboo- Padme is looking through a window in the pce overlooking an army of B1 Battle Droids marching down the main street of Theed and dispersing to take control of the city while I stand behind watching the droid army as well. "Why are they doing this to us?" asked Padme "We are a peace loving people, we have done nothing to them so why are they doing this my and people" "People are like this, your Highness." I said calmly to her "People will be motivated by many things. For instance, you. You are motivated to help your people and make your prosper, you fight for a good cause but you don''t have the power to make it happen, while others can be motivated by money, women, and power. They will take what they want because they have the power to do so." Padme sighed very sadly "Let''s go back to the Throne Room to discuss with the Advisory Council on how to handle this situation ." said Padme -15 minutester While Padme was discussing the current crisis with Governor Bibble and the rest of the Advisory Council with her Handmaidens behind her, soon 20 B1 Battle Droids stormed into the Throne Room and surrounded everyone in the room. After the B1 Battle Droids secured the Throne Room, Viceroy Gunray and his Settlement Office Rune Haako came into the Throne Room, soon they were standing in the middle of the room. "How will you exin this invasion to the Senate?" shouted out Governor Bibble "The Naboo and the Federation will forge a treaty that will legitimize our upation here. I''ve been assured it will be ratified by the Senate."ughed Viceroy Gunray "I will not co-operate." Padme said angrily "Now, now, your Highness. You are not going to like what we have in store for your people. In time, their suffering will persuade you to see our point of view." said Viceroy Gunray "Commander" A droid known as OOM-9 steps forward "Process them."manded Viceroy Gunray "Yes, sir!" said OOM-9 OOM-9 turns to one of the B1 Battle Droids surrounding the group "Take them to Camp Four." said OOM-9 Soon 10 Battle Droids were marching us out of the pce. We were soon marching out in the za outside of the pce I soon looked up ahead towards a walkway since I could feel the presence of Qui-gon Jinn, Obi-wan and Jar Jar on the walkway. As soon as we approached the walkway, Qui-gon and Obi-wan soon jumped down from the walkway and began attack to rescue Padme. 4 Battle Droids were instantly cut down while more droids moved forward and pointing their sters toward the jedis. When that happen, I took out of my lightsabers and actitvated it, and I was able to cut down 5 Battle Droids instantly which left the Droid Sergeant still operating. Qui-gon and Obi-wan looked at me with confusion and curiosity but they started to focus on the remaining Battle Droid. The Droid Sergeant looked at the three of us with our lightsabers out and then the droid started to run but is pulled back by Qui-gon with the Force and dispatched by him with his lightsaber "Yousa guys bombad!" said Jar Jar After all 10 Battle Droids were dispatched, we then moved between two buildings. "Your Highness, we are the Ambassadors, for the Supreme Chancellor." said Qui-gon "Your negotiations seem to have failed, Ambassador." said Governor Bibble "The negotiations never took ce. Your Highness, we must make contact with the Republic." said Qui-gon sadly Captain Panaka soon stood forward "They''ve knocked out all ourmunications." said Captain Panaka "Do you have transports?" asked Qui-gon "In the main hanger. This way." said Captain Panaka Soon we are at a side door into the Hangar, Captain Panaka cracks open the side to peek inside with Qui-gon looking over his shoulder. There are several Naboo spacecraft and pilots guarded by about 50 Battle Droids "There are too many of them." whispered Captain Panaka "That won''t be a problem."mented Qui-gon then he turned his head to Padme "Your Highness, under the circumstances, I suggest youe to Coruscant with us." "Thank you, Ambassador, but my ce is here with my people." said Padme "They will kill you if you stay." said Qui-gon "They wouldn''t dare." said Governor Bibble "They need her to sign a treaty to make this invasion of theirs legal. They can''t afford to kill her."mented Captain Panaka "The situation here is not what it seems. There is something else behind all this, Your Highness." said Qui-gon "There is no logic in the Federation''s move here. My feelings tell me they will destroy you." "Please, Your Highness, reconsider." said Governor Bibble "Our only hope is for the Senate to side with us... Senator Palpatine will need your help." "Getting past their blockade is impossible, Your Highness." said Captain Panaka "Any attempt to escape will be dangerous." Author''s Note: For my notices and or updates here is my discord: https://discord.gg/gyrYVnN Chapter 18: Breaking out of the Blockade Chapter 18: Breaking out of the Blockade "The situation here is not what it seems. There is something else behind all this, Your Highness." said Qui-gon "There is no logic in the Federation''s move here. My feelings tell me they will destroy you." "Please, Your Highness, reconsider." said Governor Bibble "Our only hope is for the Senate to side with us... Senator Palpatine will need your help." "Getting past their blockade is impossible, Your Highness." said Captain Panaka "Any attempt to escape will be dangerous." "Your Highness, I will stay here and do what I can..."said Governor Bibble "They will have to retain the Council of Governors in order to maintain control. But you must leave..." "Either choice presents a great risk...to all of us..." said a handmaiden disguised as the Queen "We are brave, Your Highness." said Padme disguise as a Handmaiden "If you are to leave, Your Highness, it must be now." adviced Qui-gon Jin "Then, I will plead our case before the Senate." said the fake Queen to Governor Bibble "Be careful, Governor." "Now that is settled, all of you follow me" I said to the group "I can get us out of here" The door into the main hangar opens. I walked in with Qui-gon, Obi-wan, Jar Jar, Captain Panaka, Two Royal Guards, Three Handmadians; the disguised Padme, Eirtae and Rabe, and the Fake Queen. We headed towards my personal ship the Defender instead of the H-type Nubian yacht parked in front of my ship. I wanted us to use my ships since it was bigger and roomier unlike the cramp Nubian yacht. "We need to free those pilots." said Captain Panaka while pointing to the twenty guards, ground crew members and pilots sitting and held in a corner by six B-1 droids "I''ll take care of that." said Obi-wan But before Obi-wan could head toward the group of prisoners, I pulled him back with the Force "You don''t need to do anything, little Padawan" I said "Just follow me and everything will be alright" We approached my ship when one of the B-1 droids in the hangar stopped us "Where are you going?" said the B-1 droid "You and your droid subordinates will let the prisoners go and follow us" I said waving my hand using the Force activating the code in all of the B-1 Droids in the hangar, which made them extremely loyal to only me. "Roger, roger, Supreme Emperor" said the B-1 Droid "Everyone follow me, we have been ordered to leave this ce and follow" Soon, all 7 B-1 Droids in the hangar started marching onto my ship. While the B-1s were boarding my ship, Hk-47 and R3-D2 appeared with the R2 Units from the Nubian yacht, and I could see R2-D2 with them. "We havepleted your orders, Master" said Hk-47 "We took the Astromechs from the yacht, what do you want to do with them?" "Why are you getting more Astromechs, Master" said R3-D2 with jealousy "I am far superior then any of these outdated Astromechs "RED, HK bring these droids onto my ships" I ordered while ignoring RED''s jealous ranting "This is one impressive ship, if I am not mistaken this was a ship design for the Jedi Council, to be used as a Jedi''s base of operation for missions during the Old Republic Era." said Qui-gon "Since you used Force powers earlier, are you a Jedi?" "Qui-gon, you are correct about my ship but I am no Jedi" I said "I am something else entirely. We have wasted too much time talking, lets board the ship now." As soon as I said that, I boarded my ship with everyone else following me. We walked up the Boarding Ramp and walked to the cockpit. "Your Highness, please go into that room and sit down while Master Qui-gon, his padawan and I fly us out of here." I said while point at the door that leads into the Secondary Conference Room. "Ok Sir Jerid." said the Fake Queen followed by Captain Panaka, two Royal Guards, two Handmaidens and Padme. As I was walking to the cockpit, Jar Jar tried to follow us to see what we were going to do. I held my hand out and lifted him up with the Force and moved him to the Secondary Conference Room''s door "I didn''t say you cane with us" I said "Now stay in there and staty Once we were in the cockpit, I sat down in the pilots seat while sat down in the copilot seat and observed me while Obi-wan sat down in one of the seats in the back. "Ok, lets get out of here" I said while firing up my ship As soon as the ship was firing up, I hovered the ship and slowly turned it to face the Hangar Bay Entrance, and as soon as my ship was facing the exit, I stepped on it and my ship zoomed out of the Hangar. When that happen, the B-1 Droids standing outside the hangar started opening fire on my ship, but each shot missed but even if a shot it, it could do nothing to my ship''s armor. Soon, we were in space speeding away from Naboo and heading towards the Federation Blockade. "What is your n?" Qui-gon asked me "Just rammed straight through their little blockade" I said As soon as we were approaching and in distance, the Lucrehulk Battleship started firing upon us but I kept dodging shots fired at us with the guidance of the Force with each shot from the battleship missing each time. With the Force, I knew where the shots will be and with the help of the Force, dodging the shots was like walk in the park. After dodging the shots for a whole minute, we passed the Federation Blockade and started racing away from the Federation Battleship, and after a few minutes we were gone and out of sight of the Trade Federation. Soon after clearing the Federation Blockade, Captain Panaka, the Fake Queen and Padme walked into the Cockpit with Jar Jar not far behind them bumbling around. "We need to refuel my ship soon" I said "We''ll have tond somewhere to refuel the ship" replied Qui-gon Qui-gon started to study the star chart Holomap between the Pilot and Co-pilot seat. "Here, Master." cried out Obi-wan "Tatooine... It''s small, out of the way, poor... The Trade Federation has no presence there. "How can you be sure?" questioned Captain Panaka "It''s controlled by the Hutts..." said Qui-gon slowly "The Hutts!?!?" shouted out Captain Panaka "Are you insane!?!?" "It''s risky..." said Qui-gon "but there''s no alternative." "You can''t take Her Royal Highness there! The Hutts are gangsters..." cried out Captain Panaka "If they discovered her..." "It would be no different than if wended on a system controlled by the Federation"mented Qui-gon "...except the Hutts aren''t looking for her, which gives us an advantage." After agreeing with Qui-gon with that fact, Captain Panaka took a deep breath in frustration. Auther''s Note: Sorry for myte update but I moved to my new apartment and also my back started to hurtst week so I had to go to the Hospital to get some medicine. I am feeling much better now and if you want, you can see my new apartment on my Youtube Channel: Jerid in Taiwan Also I have a discord now so if you want you can talk to me on there or you can talk with other fans about my works. Discord: https://discord.gg/UypnXa6 Chapter 19: Arriving on Tatooine Chapter 19: Arriving on Tatooine At the same time as the Defender races away from the Federation Blockade, Viceroy Nute and his Settlement Officer Rune were sitting around a conference time with a hologram of Darth Sidious at the head of it "We control all the cities in the North and are searching for any other settlements..." said Viceroy Nute "Destroy all high-ranking officials, Viceroy...slowly...quietly. And Queen Amid, has she signed the treaty?" asked Darth Sidious "She has disappeared, My Lord. One corvette style ship got pass the blockade." said Viceroy Nute " We believe she is on it" "Viceroy, find her! I want that treaty signed." said Darth Sidious angrily "My Lord, it''s impossible to locate the ship. It''s out of our range." replied Viceroy Gunray "...not for a Sith...:" said Darth Sidious slowly Once, he said the word ''Sith'' a hooded figure with a red face and ck tattoos appeared behind Darth Sidious "...Viceroy, this is my apprentice. Lord Maul. He will find your lost ship." said Darth Sidious "Yes, My Lord." said Viceroy Gunray Once the hologram fades away and disappeared, Viceroy Nute started talking again "This is getting out of hand" said Viceroy Nute "...now there are two of them." "We should not have made this bargain." said Settlement Officer Rune "What will happen when the Jedi be aware of these Sith Lords?" - Back on the Defender- Qui-gon, Obi-wan, Captain Panaka, the Fake Queen, Padme, two Handmaidens, and I were in the Main Conference Room in the back of the ship. We were discussing the n on refueling and resupplying at Tatooine. While Captain Panaka looks on to Obi-wan and Qui-gon nervously, Qui-gon started exining his decision to head to Tatooine. "Your Highness, we are heading for a remote called Tatooine. It is a system far beyond the reach of the Trade Federation." said Qui-gon "There we will be able to refuel and resupply then travel on to Coruscant. "Your Highness, Tatooine is very dangerous. It''s controlled by an alliance of gangs called the Hutts." Captain Panaka exined "I do not agree with the Jedi on this." "You must trust my judgement, Your Highness." Qui-gon says to the Fake Queen While Qui-gon and Captain Panaka were discussing ns with each other for Tatooine, they walked towards the cockpitl. The Fake Queen and Padme exchange looks. So the Fake Queen left the Main Conference Room and headed to my bedroom since I gave it to the Fake Queen to give the impression to the Jedi that she was the real Queen. Padme sits down on the red couch to the side, which was one of the three couches in the Main Conference Room. When Padme sat down, I stood near the holoterminal trying to look busy while staying near Padme While Padme was sitting down, R2-D2 came out of nowhere and appeared in front of Padme. She started patting R2-D2 "Hello little one" says Padme Soon Jar Jar approached them from the side "Hullo!" shouted Jar Jar Both Padme and R2 jump up and let out a little shriek. Jar Jar started to feel embarrassed that he frightened the two by ident. "Sorry, nomeanen to scare yousa." said Jar Jar with a sad look "That''s all right." said Padme "Hullo, mesa Ja Ja Binksss" says Jar Jar "I''m Padme, I attend Her Highness." said Padme "You''re a Gungan, aren''t you? Jar Jar gives her a nod to answer her question "How did you end up here with us?" asked Padme "Me no know...mesa day starten pitty okeyday witda brisky morning munchen. Den boom...." said Jar Jar with a lot of hand gestures "getten berry skeered, un grabbed dat Jedi, and before mesa knowen it...pow! Mesa here...getten berry berry skeered." While I was trying to look busy at the holoterminal, I was eavesdropping on the conversation but I decided to leave because the way Jar Jar talks, was kind of annoying that it might give me a headache I walked into the cockpit to find Qui-gon, Obi-wan, and Captain Panaka watching over Hk-47''s shoulder while he was piloting the ship for me. They were gazing at therge yellow that was directly ahead of us. Soon, HK turns to the Star Map Holoterminal and starts searching thes "That''s it." said Obi-wan "Tatooine." "Statement: There''s a settlement and a builing that looks like a spaceport." stated HK-47 "Inquiry: Do wend at the crummy looking spaceport ornd near the outskirts "Land near the outskirts."manded Qui-gon "We don''t want to attract any attention." "Statement: I don''t take orders from you puny ''meatbag''" said HK-47 "I only listen to the orders given to me by the Master." Qui-gon and Obi-wan were shocked from the weird personality of HK-47, but Captain Panaka wasn''t to surprised by it since in thest three months, HK has called him a meatbag hundreds of times and he grown use to HK''s personality. "Land at the spaceport" Imanded "We don''t have to be afraid to attract attention with my ship since my ship isn''t that eye catching unlike the Naboo Royal Yacht" "As you wish Master" said HK-47 "Hmmm... you are right about that" said Qui-gon "Also your droid is really weird "Correction: I am not weird. I am wonderful droid" said HK-47 "Statement: It''s you meatbags who are weird." Once again Obi-wan and Qui-gon were shocked once again. The Defender heads toward the of Tatooine and soon the Defendernds in the spaceport with the sand swirling around caused by thending. The Boarding Ramp of the Defender lowers down, and once it was fully lowered, I walked down from my ship. As soon as I stepped onto the ground I felt two beings on this who have strong connections with the Force, though one was stronger than the other. The stronger one was to the East and the other one was to the North From my guess, the one with the stronger connection with the Force must be Anakin Skywalker, so to make sure my guess was right I started using the Force to look towards the East. Soon, I could see the being with the strong connection with the Force, it was Anakin Skywalker. Once I confirmed that my guess was correct, I stopped using the Force and started walking towards the spaceport counter in the dock. Following behind me is Obi-wan and Qui-gon, who were talking with each other. "Be wary...I sense a disturbance in the Force." said Qui-gon "I fell it also, Master." replied Obi-wan I overheard there little conversation and stopped and turned to them. "What you feel is the puppet master behind the current events of the Naboo Invasion, and soon the puppet master''s apprentice wille for us" I said "How can you know so much?" asked Qui-gon curiously "I know because I am one with the Force" I said "Since I am one with the Force, I am able to see what has happen, and what will happen" "Hmmm" said Qui-gon while rubbing his chin I am now at the spaceport counter in the docks paying for the refueling and resupplying of my ship. After I was done, I walked towards Qui-gon and Obi-wan "Also Qui-gon, I suggest you go to the East of the city" I said "There you will meet your future apprentice" "What!?!?" said Qui--gon and Obi-wan "What do you mean?" asked Qui-gon "Just find a junk shop owned by an alien known as Watto" I said "There you will find your new young apprentice" After informing Qui-gon on where to find Anakin, I turned towards the North and gazed towards the direction. I started to walk towards the North to find the other being with a slightly weaker connection with the Force but before I could even leave the spaceport "Wait!" "shouted Captain Panaka Captain Panaka and Padme in peasant garbs soon approached us "Her Highnessmands you to take her handmaiden with you." said Captain Panaka "She wishes for her to observe the local..." "No moremands from Her Highness today, Captain." said Qui-gon "This spaceport is not going to be pleasant..." "The Queen doesn''t want her to go with you Master Jedi but with her bodyguard." said Captain Panaka "I don''t think that is a good idea." said Qui-gon "I''ve been trained in defense, Master Jedi." said Padme "I can take care of myself." "If you say so" said Qui-gon "Alright, you can stay with me, young one" I said ying along with Padme''s disguise "But before we leave, let me grabbed something from the ship first." "Ok" said Padme cheerfully Chapter 20: Smashing My Way In Chapter 20: Smashing My Way In "Her Highnessmands you to take her handmaiden with you." said Captain Panaka "She wishes for her to observe the local..." "No moremands from Her Highness today, Captain." said Qui-gon "This spaceport is not going to be pleasant..." "The Queen doesn''t want her to go with you Master Jedi but with her bodyguard." said Captain Panaka "I don''t think that is a good idea." said Qui-gon "I''ve been trained in defense, Master Jedi." said Padme "I can take care of myself." "If you say so" said Qui-gon "Alright, you can stay with me, young one" I said ying along with Padme''s disguise "But before we leave, let me grabbed something from the ship first." "Ok" said Padme cheerfully I walked back to the Defender. I was standing halfway up the Boarding Ramp when I yelled out "HK,e here" I yelled into the ship After 20 seconds, HK came walking down the Boarding Ramp "What is it, Meat....Master?" said HK-47 "Query: Do you need me to kill some meatbags?" "There might be an opportunity for you to do some killing" I replied back ignoring him almost calling me a meatbag "Statement: I am ever so joyous about disposing of some meatbags, Master" said HK-47 "Statement: I was afraid my skills and body would rust away from doing nothing for thesest few months" "Yeah, yeah, yeah." I said "You will be protecting the girl over there for today and killing anyone that tries to harm her" I pointed to Padme disguised as a Handmaiden. When I pointed at Padme, HK-47 looked at her. "Query: Master, isn''t that the mea...Human Queen, you are protecting?" asked HK-47 "Query: Why must I protected her?" "Because this is run by the Hutt Cartel, so it''s dangerous" I said "So, maybe some meatbags will try and attack her, and you can have some fun with them" "Statement: That would ever so wonderful" stated HK-47 "Hurry it up then, we don''t have all day" I said walking back down from the Boarding Ramp towards Padme I walked up to Padme and stood in front of her "HK here will be protecting you" I said "Why is it protecting me instead of you" replied Padme then she whispered to me "Aren''t you supposed to be my bodyguard?" "I have something to do on this, so I will be busy" I said "Since I might not be able to concentrate on protecting you, HK will do it instead" "Ok" said Padme while pouting "Follow me now you two" I said I started walking out of the spaceport with HK-47 and Padme. I turned towards the North where the other being with a strong connection to the Force was. I don''t know why but I could feel the Force pushing me towards the North, telling me I need to find the person with the Force Connection. I started to feeling excited at the prospects of finding the person with a strong Force Connection almost as strong as Anakin''s. I bet if I take that person under my wing, they can be even more powerful than Anakin ever was during the Clone Wars and when he was Darth Vader. The closer we got to the person, the stronger my excitement became and the stronger the Force was pushing me towards the person, which told me that this encounter will bring me good things. After walking for 20 minutes, we were getting close to the person with the strong Force Connection. I could feel my heartbeat increase, and my excitement growing with each step I got closer towards the person. As the Force kept guiding me, I continued walking, letting the Force guide me. Soon, we were in front of a huge building which looked like a little fortress with 4 Gamorrean Guards, which looked like Orcs from a fantasty world, guarding the entrance. As I stood in front of the building, the Force was rushing me to go in, which caused me to gaze at the building with great excitement and curiosity of who this person with a strong Force Connection is. I then turned my gaze towards the Gamorrean Guards, I known of one person of Tatooine who used Gamorreans as their bodyguards, and that is Jabba the Hutt. I started walking towards the entrance, when the 2 Gamorrean Guards on each side of the entrance stopped me from entering by crossing their two vibro-axes in a X. "Is Jabba the Hutt here?" I asked One of the Gamorreans started to grunt and squeal in itsnguage, that I could understand. "HK, trantion" Imanded "Trantion: Why do you want to see the Great Jabba the Hutt?" tranted HK Tell him, their is someone in Jabba''s presence I want" I said HK then tranted what I said to the Gamorrean who spoke. The Gamorreans turned their heads to each other, and spoke with each other then one of the them walked in the building. After a minute or two, the Gamorrean Guard, came back and spoke to us in it''snguage again. "HK, trante what he said" Imanded "Expletive: Damn it, master, I am an assassination droid... not a Trantor!" whispered Hk-47 but I could he what he said "You are the only one that can understand them and trante for me" I said "and I don''t have a protocol droid that can trante for me yet." "Yes, Master" said Hk-47 "Trantion: The Great Jabba doesn''t want to see any visitors at this moment" "Tell Jabba I will pay him some credits for his time" I said Then HK-47 tranted what I said to the Gamorrean, and the Gamorrean left to send my message to Jabba. After another 2 minutes, the Gamorrean guard came back and squealed and grunted at us. "Trantion: The Great Jabba doesn''t want to be disturbed" said HK-47 "Trantion: So go away you puny bugs" "So you want to do this the hard way then" I said while sighing "Guess I have to smash my way in then" I lifted up both of my hands and used the Force to push and smash the 4 Gamorrean Guards against the building very hard, then I used the Force to pull them away from the wall and smashed them against the building again. I kept doing this 5 more times until they were all knocked out and then I dropped them on the ground "Statement: That was an excellent show of force and violence, Master"plimented HK-47 "Statement: I wish you were like this more often" "Did you really have to do that?" asked Padme "I needed to go it" I said "and we don''t have a lot of time to waste here, so this was the fastest way to get inside" "Ok" sighed Padme "Alright, let''s go inside" I said while walking through the entranceway. Chapter 21: Meeting Jabba the Hutt Chapter 21: Meeting Jabba the Hutt I lifted up both of my hands and used the Force to push and smash the 4 Gamorrean Guards against the building very hard, then I used the Force to pull them away from the wall and smashed them against the building again. I kept doing this 5 more times until they were all knocked out and then I dropped them on the ground "Statement: That was an excellent show of force and violence, Master"plimented HK-47 "Statement: I wish you were like this more often" "Did you really have to do that?" asked Padme "I needed to go it" I said "and we don''t have a lot of time to waste here, so this was the fastest way to get inside" "Ok" sighed Padme "Alright, let''s go inside" I said while walking through the entranceway. When we entered into the building, we were in a 20 feet long hallway. We walked to the other end of the hallway which opened up to a huge area with a lot of gambling going on. There were a bunch of gamblers ying a lot of games such as Pazaak, Sab, Ratts Race, Holochex and etc. As I looked around at all of the gamblers, I searched my memories about the Star Wars Universe both Legend and Canon and realized what this ce is. This ce is must be Jabba''s Game za, which was like a small casino. There were three areas of the casino. The first area is the Fighting Arena to the right of the building known as the Fighting Zone where gamblers ced bets on fights. All of gambling games are in the middle of the building and the area was called the Gaming Zone. To the left was the entertainment area with a bar with Bith Muscians, Twi''lek dancers, Twi''lek waitresses and a human bartender. This area is called the Entertainment Zone. I started using the Force to search the whole building when I felt the strong Force Connectioning from the Entertainment Zone. I stopped using the Force, and turned my head to the area and walked to the area. Once in the Entertainment Zone, I started searching for the person when I ced my eyes on a beautiful young 16 or 17 year old Twi''lek girl with pink skin with deep ck eyes, serving customers of the bar their drinks. She was was wearing a ve outfit simr to the one Leia wore in Star Wars: Return of the Jedi, and she also has a ve cor on her neck. As I gaze at her, I could feel her powerful connection with the Force. My heartbeat started to speed up and pound like crazy. She was very beautiful, and had a strong Force Connection, I couldn''t take my eyes off her. After a minute of staring at her, I came out of my daze. She was still young but I could tell once she grows older, she will be a beauty that can topple kingdoms with her looks. Padme walked up next to my side, and looked around and stared at the cors on the Twi''lek dancers and waitresses. "What are those cors for? " asked Padme "Those are ve cors" I said "They help identify ves and to control them" "What! I can''t believe there''s still very in the gxy!" said Padme out loud "Don''t these people know about the Republic''s anti-veryws.." "Please stop" I said to Padme "Thews of the Republic can''t even reach or touch Hutt Territory. The Republic doesn''t exist here in Hutt Territory" "But the Republic is supposed to stand up for the people and stop inhumane acts like very" whispered Padme "The Republic can''t do a thing here, since the Republic is too weak to protect anyone." I said "That can''t be right, there must be something that the Republic could do?" asked Padme "There is nothing, it can do." I said "The Senate is far too disorganized and corrupted to do anything to help and the Hutt Cartel has to much economic power to be stopped by the weak Republic" "That can''t be" said Padme dishearteningly "Don''t worry, one day in the future I will change the whole gxy and make it a better ce where there is no such cruelty." I said "Really" said Padme with excitement "Yes" I replied" Alright, you stay here. HK stay close to her, this ce has a lot of troublemakers" "Affirmative, master" said HK-47 I walked to the bartender at the bar with Padme and HK-47 a few feet behind me. I leaned on the bar counter, and stared at the bartender. "What will your poison be?" asked the human bartender "I don''t want anything to drink" I replied "But I want to know more about that pink Twi''lek." "Why do you want to know about her?" asked the Bartender "I would like to buy her" I said "Jerid, what are you saying!?" said Padme "Why are you participating in very!?" "Please, lower your voice" I asked again "We are in a dangerous ce with a lot of sketchy people" "The pink Twi''lek''s name is Dia, and every ve here is owned by Jabba the Hutt" said the Bartender "Where can I fi..." before I could finishing speaking 10 Gamorrean Guards rushed in the Entertainment Zone and surrounded us. The Entertainment Zone became so quiet when the 10 Gamorreans rushed in, that you could probably here a needle drop. The patrons and workers of the bar were silent and stared at us and the 10 Gamorreans "Oh, looks like I don''t need to ask now" I said while smiling "Jabba has sent us an escort to see him" The lead Gamorrean started squealing and grunting "What is he saying HK?" I asked "Trantion: The Great Jabba wants you to see you now, to exin your rude behavior in front of his establishment" tranted HK "Alrighty then, guide me to the Great Jabba" I said "HK, you stay here with her and kill anyone that tries to harm her." "Affirmative: I will protect her and kill any ''meatbgs'' that try to harm her" said HK-47 "Query: May I kill the ''meatbags'' slowly and painfully?" "Do whatever you like" I said "Statement: I hope there are some idiotic ''meatbags'' here that will cause us some trouble" stated HK-47 I ignored HK-47''s statement and walked towards the 10 Gamorrean Guards "Alright, take me to Jabba" I said The 10 Gamorrean Guards escorted me towards the back of the Game za, we walked through a back door and through a long hallway. After exiting the long hallway, we entered into a big room where Jabba was ying holochex with a someone. I looked around the big room, and found around 15 bodyguards armed with a variety of rifle and pistol sters, for a total of 25 bodyguards with the Gamorrean Guards armed with Vibro-axes. Next to Jabba was his protocol droid, catering to his wishes. Jabba noticed us entering, and turned towards us, ignoring his game of holochex. He started speaking in Huttese. "The Great Jabba wants to know why you knock out four of his guards" said the protocol droid "Jabba, I came here to find someone that I want" I said "I am sorry about your little guards, but they got in my way and anyone that gets in my way, I will removed them out of my way, with ''Force'' if I have to." Chapter 22: The Bet Chapter 22: The Bet "The Great Jabba wants to know why you knock out four of his guards" said the protocol droid "Jabba, I came here to find someone that I want" I said "I am sorry about your little guards, but they got in my way and anyone that gets in my way, I will removed them out of my way, with ''Force'' if I have to." Jabba started talking again "The Great Jabba wants to know ''Who are you looking for, that you are willing to make an enemy out of him?''" said the protocol droid "I want one of your ves, I want the Twi''lek that works in your Entertainment Zone named Dia" I said "But I won''t steal her from you, I am willing to buy her. How about 17,000 credits for her and I will add an extra 3,000 credits as an apology for beating up your guards When I gave my offer to Jabba, he red down at me and then started to ponder over my offer. After thinking for about a minute, he started talking again. "The Great Jabba says he will not ept your offer and apology" said the protocol droid "He also says he knows you are a Jedi since you used the Force to dispose of his guards but he doesn''t want to cause any conflict with your Jedi Order so he will demand an exnation and apology from the Jedi Council for your behavior. "I think you are mistaken about something here Jabba, I am no Jedi. Have you ever heard of a Jedi as violent as me" I said " Since I am no Jedi, that means the Jedi Order has no power or control over me." After hearing my statement, Jabba started talking again "The Great Jabba says if you have no connection with the Jedi Order, then he will just kill you for your offense against him" said the protocol droid When the protocol droid tranted what Jabba said, his 15 bodyguards aimed their sters at me. While the bodyguards had their sters on me, I stared at Jabba and he stared back at me, and I thought why not do something fun. "I know you want to kill me, but how about we make a bet?" I asked Jabba "Wouldn''t that be much more entertaining for you?" Jabba was piqued by my suggestion and looked at me. He started talking. "The Great Jabba wants to know what do you want to bet for?" asked the protocol droid I will bet 1,000,000 credits, and you will bet the Twi''lek, Dia, 250,000 credits and two favors for me" I said "The Great Jabba says he will bet the Twi''lek, 60,000 credits and two favors, that is his only offer" says the protocol droid "Hmmm.... alright, it''s a deal" I said "The Great Jabba wants to know what game you want to gamble with?" asked the protocol droid "Games are too boring, why don''t we have a Death Match in the Fighting Zone instead,." I said "You can send 20 armed guards to kill me or if you want, you can use beasts to fight against me." Jabba stared at me, and then he startedughing with joy. Afterughing for a minute, he started talking again. "The Great Jabba says he likes your suggestion." said the protocol droid "He epts your offer but he wants to use 30 armed men instead of 20" As I was thinking of Jabba''s counter proposal for a few seconds, I started thinking that I should ept it, since this would be a good challenge for me to test mybat and Force skills, that I have been training for thest three months. With this battle, it can help me put my skills to the test to see if I can handle actualbat, this battle will be the whetstone to sharping my skills for my future battles. It was like one of my sensei''s told me "Without bloodshed and battle, a warrior can never be stronger. If you just train your skills in the dojo without ever facing bloodshed and battle, then you would stay weak forever." I find what my sensei told me to be true. Just like how the Jedi trained and never faced bloodshed, they stayed weak which resulted in 179 Jedi killed out of a total of 202 Jedi at the first Battle of Genosis, which was basically a 90% casualty rate. I can''t stay weak, I need to be stronger with bloodshed and battle. "Alright Jabba. You can use 30 men" I said " With 30 armed men, it will make our gamble a lot more fun and less boring and we don''t want to have a boring gamble do we?" "HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA" Jabba startedughing and started talking whileughing "The Great Jabba says he is starting to like you" said the protocol droid "He says if you survive the Death Match, he will give you what you want and he will like to have lunch with you afterwards" "It would be my pleasure to have lunch with you" I said while smiling behind my mask "Instead of using your own men, why don''t you put a bounty on my head for those in the arena, that way none of your men will die." "MUHAHAHAHA" Jabba wasughing with joy. He started looking at me like I was a good drinking buddy "The Great Jabba says he loves your idea and he will put a bounty in arena for your head" said the protocol droid while Jabba started slithering out of his seat "The Great Jabba wants go to the Arena now, and he wants you to walk with him" I stood up and walked side by side with Jabba to his Viewing Room above the Fighting Pits which was connected by a hallway to this room. When we entered Jabba''s Viewing Room, I looked left and I could see the Fighting Arena which was a big dirt arena which was the size of a ser field. Surrounding the Arena were spectator seats with about 200 people sitting and watching the current fight happening at the moment. After looking, I found that the Fighting Arena resembles a square mini version of the Roman Coliseum. While I was looking down at the square Coliseum, one of Jabba''s bodyguard came up to me. "Follow me to the Arena" said one of Jabba''s bodyguards I followed the bodyguard down some stairs into a big room below Jabba''s Viewing Room, and he gestured me towards the rooms exit. I walked through the exit and was standing inside the Fighting Arena. I looked ahead and found that the fight that I saw from Jabba''s Viewing Room is no longer happening. I then continued walking, while walking a lot of people in the stands were whispering and gossiping about me and wondering what is going on. Soon, I was standing in the middle of the arena. Once I was in the middle of the arena, Jabba started speaking through a microphone and his voice was amplified for everyone to hear. "The Great Jabba says he is here to bring to you glorious event, a massive Death Match." said the protocol droid " A once in a lifetime 1 vs 30 Death Match" After the protocol droid gave the announcement, the audience in the stands started cheering. "The man standing in the center of the arena is going to fight to the death with 30 armed men" said the protocol droid "The Great Jabba wants to know if there are any volunteers? The Great Jabba will give the 30 winners 2,000 credits each, if they can kill this man." Once the reward for my death was given, there was a lot ofmotion in the stands, with a lot of people cheering while some were thinking of volunteering for the fight thinking it would easy money. Soon there were 30 people armed with sters gathering with the thought of earning some easy money. I just kept standing in the center of the arena waiting while the 30 armed thugs were gathering in the arena. After waiting for 4 minutes, the 30 thugs were gathered in a group, 30 feet away from me I slowly took off my hood and started to unhook my hooded cloak. After unhooking my hooded cloak, it dropped to the ground. "You must be thinking killing me will be easy, right?" I asked whileughing I lifted up both of my arms to make a ''t'' with my body. With my arms in the air, I used the Force to unholster my two lightsaber from my belt and quickly brought them into my hands and I then quickly crossed my arms into a ''x''. "If you think this will be easy, you are dead wrong" I said while activating my lightsabers. Chapter 23: He who strikes first, wins Chapter 23: He who strikes first, wins "If you think this will be easy, you are dead wrong" I said while activating my lightsabers. Once my lightsabers were activated, the 30 armed thugs who wanted to make some easy money were in shock, when one of the thugs snapped out of his shock. "Fuck, he is a jedi!!!!" said thug who snapped out of his shock, while aiming his rifle ster at me. When the thug cursed out loud, it helped the other 29 thugs snapped out of their shock, and when they noticed the thug who yelled was aiming his ster at me, they copied him and aimed all of their sters at me as well. With 30 sters aiming at me, I started feeling excited about prospects of fighting a real battle to the death. When I was still alive in my old world, at the dojos I trained at, I would sometimes fight 1 vs many battles with the other students but it never made me this excited. I ced my hands down and pointed the lightsabers down towards each other, almost making a ''v''. I started slowly walking towards the thugs, and when the thugs noticed me moving slowly towards them, they backed up a little. They were frozen in ce, when all of a sudden, a scared young thug started firing his ster wildly, in a spray and prey manner with his eyes closed and scream at the top of his lungs. I stopped moving when the thug started firing and didn''t move an inch from the spot I was standing in. I just stood there doing nothing, while all of his shots were missing me by a foot or a few inches. It was thanks to the Force, that I was able to tell that I didn''t need to dodge his firing since I was feeling the Force telling not to move. After a minute of his spray and prey shooting, his ster stopped firing because he fired all 50 of his ster ammo, and his ster ammo pack was now empty. I slowly looked around myself and saw all of the ces the young thug shot, and thought how stupid this young thug was, to fire his weapon with his eyes closed. While the other thugs were shock to see all of the shots missed me, they unconsciously lowered their sters. I turned my head back towards the thugs. "Everyone, fire at the bastard!" cried out one of the thugs "We can''t miss, if we all fire everything at him!" As soon as that thug yelled out what he said, all of the thugs thought that was true, and they all began aiming their sters at me again. When they raised their sters at me again, they started to fire everything they got, and when they did, I used [Force Speed] to dodge to the left out of the way. When the thugs saw that, they aimed again and sted away, and then used [Force Speed] to run around them in a circle. With my [Force Speed], I was to fast for the thugs to shoot me, and it took them a while to move around each other and aim again so I was able to keep dodging their shots and getting around them. After awhile an older thug who had a lot of scars on his face who seemed to have some experience inbat, started to takemand of the thugs. "Form a circle, you idiots"manded the Scar-faced thug "If you all want that prize money then form a circle and then we can shoot him" I stopped circling them and charged at them, I wasn''t stupid enough to let them try and formte a n against me. It''s like one of my master''s told me "He who strikes first, wins the war" When 6 of thugs noticed that I was charging them, they aimed their sters at me, and started shooting. With both of my lightsabers, I started deflecting the shots at me, I was able to deflect quite a few of them into the crowd of thugs, killing 5 of the thugs. ''DING'' [Gained 500 XP] When I was close enough to the crowd of thugs, I used [Force Jump] to jump into the middle of the crowd. Once Inded on the ground, I swirled around with my lightsabers, cutting 7 thugs in half. ''DING'' [Gained 700 XP] When the rest of the 18 thugs saw that, they ran away from me. While they were running away, I used [Force Pull] on a thug to sent him fly towards me and then I used my lightsaber to stab him in the back. Once the thugs were 30 feet away from me, they stopped and turned towards me again to see the all of the corpses around me. "You thugs are really weak" I said while knowing that they are weak was because thugs like these are more used to ambushing their victims and fighting weaker people. They aren''t used fighting on an open field like this arena. If they were professional soldiers like the clones then this would of been a more fun challenge for me. The thugs have now encircled me and aiming their sters. Out of the corner of my eye, I could see Jabba the Hutt in his Viewing Room,ughing and eating while he enjoyed my little battle. I then spotted Padme with HK-47 in the spectators seat. She was watching in horror since she hasn''t seen anyone being killed before. She was also startled seeing some of the spectators booing me, some cheering for more killing and some yelling at the thugs to kill me because they gambled and betted on my death. While I was watching her, and seeing her shocked face, it reminded me of pure see was, she who didn''t understand that only the strongest can survive in this world and that there is a lot of cruelty in this world but I really liked that purity of her. I took my eyes off of Padme and started staring at the remain 17 thugs around me. "Lets end this" I said to the thugs with a cold voice After I said that, I held up right hand sideways while pointing at a thug with two fingers and started to use [Mind Control] on him. I was able to take control of the thug''s mind and I then made him aim his ster at the thug next to him. The thug noticed the mind controlled thug pointing his ster at him. "Hey fucker, what the hell are you doing?!" cried out the thug I made the mind controlled thug fire his ster killing the thug, and then I had him aim his ster to the next thug. He fired his ster and killed another thug then before I could have the mind controlled thug kill another thug, the Scar-faced thug was quick and killed the mind controlled thug. "Everyone, watch out!" cried the Scar-faced thug "He can control your mind!" With 14 thugs remaining, a lot of them were now scared by what I could do since they never fought against a strong opponent before and always picked on weak people. While they were staring at me in fear, I spotted a few of them with their legs shaking in fear. "BOO!" I cried out When I did that, 5 of the thugs screamed and dropped their sters and then they ran away towards the arena exits and soon escaped the arena. "GET BACK HERE YOU COWARDS" screamed the Scar-faced thug at the cowardly thugs While the Scare-faced thug and the rest of the thugs were distracted, deactivated my lightsabers and started using [Force Drain] on the remaining 9 thugs. When I used [Force Drain], all of the thugs started screaming while I drained away their life force and after a minute of draining their life force, they fell down and died. ''DING'' [Gain 900 XP] Chapter 24: Do you wish for power Chapter 24: Do you wish for power While the Scare-faced thug and the rest of the thugs were distracted, deactivated my lightsabers and started using [Force Drain] on the remaining 9 thugs. When I used [Force Drain], all of the thugs started screaming while I drained away their life force and after a minute of draining their life force, they fell down and died. ''DING'' [Gain 900 XP] -15 minutes Ago- (Padme POV) As Padme was left alone with HK-47 and watching Jerid being escorted by a bunch of armed thugs, she started getting worried. "Do you think he will be ok?" asked Padme "Affirmative: Master will be fine, he is very powerful" replied HK-47 "Statement: If the Master so desires, then he could kill all of those weak Meatbags with ease" As Padme watch Jerid go through a door in the back of the building, she turned to HK-47 "What do you think Jerid wants with that pink twi''lek girl?" asked Padme "Answer: I don''t know what Master wants with that pink Meatbag" said HK-47 "Statement: Knowing Master, he must want it for something important since I know Master always has a reason the things he does." "I see" said Padme as she watches the pink Twi''lek, Dia. As Padme watches Dia, Dia also felt Padme''s eyes on her and turns towards her and when their eyes connected, they just stared at each other before Dia went back to serving drinks to the customers. "She is very pretty" stated Padme while wondering why Jerid wants her. Padme started looking around and noticed a bunch of people rushing to the other side of the building. Padme was curious about what was going on, so she followed the people rushing, soon she was in the stands of the Fighting Zone. She looked down to spot Jerid in the middle of a big dirt arena. As Padme stares at Jerid, she then heard a loud voice and turn her head to see Jabba the Hutt and a protocol droid. "The Great Jabba says he is here to bring to you glorious event, a massive Death Match." said the protocol droid " A once in a lifetime 1 vs 30 Death Match" After the protocol droid gave the announcement, Padme sees the people in the stands cheering. "The man standing in the center of the arena is going to fight to the death with 30 armed men" said the protocol droid "The Great Jabba wants to know if there are any volunteers? The Great Jabba will give the 30 winners 2,000 credits each, if they can kill this man." Once the rewards was heard, the crowd started cheering wildly causing her to be shocked by how people can be excited about people killing each other. Soon the Death Match started, while Padme was holding her hands close to her chest, worried about Jerid''s safety. Soon, the match was over with Jerid as the only one standing. "I am d he is safe" said Padme with joy "Statement: Of Course, no harm woulde to the Master" said HK- 47 (Padme POV end) -Present- As I receive the System Notification, I soon heard a lot of booing from the crowds in the stand. Most of them were cursing me and telling me to go die since they made huge bets on me dying in the Death Match. I ignored all of the booing and cursing and used [Force Telekinesis] to lift up the 24 Thug''s sters in the air. I then used the Force to bring them towards me. Once the sters were in front of me, I stored them in my Space Ring. The crowd stopped booing and cursing when they noticed that sters were floating disappeared right front of their eyes. I started walking towards the door that I used to enter the arena. Once I exited the arena and in the waiting area, a servant was waiting for me. "Master Jabba would like to invited you for lunch" said the servant "Lead the way" I said to the servant The servant lead me up the stairs into the Jabba''s Viewing Room, where there was food and drinks being brought in and ced and a long table that was brought in and ced in front of Jabba. There was also a seat on the other side of the table facing Jabba, which was most likely a seat for me. I went to the seat and sat down, facing Jabba. "I hoped you enjoyed the little show, Jabba" I said Jabba replied in Huttese "The Great Jabba says he really enjoyed the little show" said the protocol droid Jabba then waved his hand towards a servant who was carrying a metal briefcase. The servant approached me and held the briefcase sideways and opened it up, showing that the briefcase was full of credits. Jabba started talking. "The Great Jabba says he is a Hutt of his word, so here is a briefcase full of 60,000 credits" said the protocol droid "Bring in the Twi''lek ve!" Once the protocol droid issued Jabba''smand, two guards brought in the Pink Twi''lek, Dia. Dia was extremely beautiful, and probably one of the most beautiful Twi''leks, she was as beautiful as Talon and Aa Secura from the Star Wars Universe. Her pink skin was very attractive and smooth. She was very slim Her two pink 2 foot lekkus (her head-tails) that were hanging over her shoulders, reached to the top of her C-cup size breasts. Her lekkus were a wonderful sight because on them were white tiger stripe patterns which added to her beauty. Jabba spoke to me again "Here is the Twi''lek ve, you wanted" tranted the protocol droid "She is still a virgin and she is now all yours" When Dia heard that she was being given to someone, she had her head down and held her hands together near her slim and fit waist and prayed hopefully that her new master was a little less cruel than other masters that she knowns of, but she knows that anyone who knows Jabba cant be a good person. She looked up to see the face of her new master and when she saw me, she felt a mysterious feelinging from me, like she belongs by my side but she soon took her mind of that mysterious feeling and held her head down again. I stood up from my seat and approached her. Once in front of her, I ced my thumb on top of her chin and my index finger under chin and lifted her head up. I looked into her beautiful pink eyes and she stared at my masked face. In her eyes, she was a little afraid of what will be of her and deep down inside her I could feel a little bit of anger and sadness. I could sense her anger at this world, she hated the world for making her a ve and was sad about never being free again. "Do you want to change your fate? Do you want to break out of the shackle known as very?" I asked her while gazing into her eyes "Do you wish for power? The power to never be enved again. The power to kill anyone who tries to hurt you. The power to change your fate and destiny."" When I asked Dia that question, and finished my statement about power. She started wondering about me, and about what I said. After two minutes, she started looking at me with a determine look in her eyes. Chapter 25: First Mission Completed Chapter 25: First Mission Completed "Do you want to change your fate? Do you want to break out of the shackle known as very?" I asked her while gazing into her eyes "Do you wish for power? The power to never be enved again. The power to kill anyone who tries to hurt you. The power to change your fate and destiny."" When I asked Dia that question, and finished my statement about power. She started wondering about me, and about what I said. After two minutes, she started looking at me with a determine look in her eyes. "I want power" said Dia with a voice of determination "I want to be powerful. I don''t want to be a ve." "If you want power, I can teach you then but there are some conditions you must agree to first" I replied to her After hearing my reply, she looked down and started to think about what kind of conditions she would have to ept. Were the conditions to make her my sex ve forever or to turn her into some kind of guinea pig for me to experiment on. With many thoughts about what the conditions could be going through her head, she stopped thinking about it after 20 seconds, she looked back up again and looked at me with determination to change her life. "What are your conditions?" Dia asked "My conditions aren''t bad, in fact they are great for you." I said "The first condition is that you will be my Disciple and the second condition is that you be one of my future wives." After hearing my second condition, her jaw dropped and she was shocked. "Why do you want to marry me, a ve?" asked Dia. "You must have felt it, didn''t you?" I asked "That mysterious feeling when we first met in the Bar. You must of felt that feeling again when you saw me just now, that was pushing you towards me." "I did feel something both times" said Dia "That mysterious feeling that you felt is known as the Force." I said "The Force is guiding us together." "Really?" said Dia thinking about that feeling she felt earlier when she saw me. "But why do you want to marry me?" "I find you very beautiful" I said cherishing her cheeks with my left hand "I won''t force you to love me this instant, but overtime we will get to know each other better and maybe you wille to love me." When Dia heard me calling her beautiful and felt my hand cherishing her right cheek, she started blushing and her heart started to race, since she was never really told by anyone that she was beautiful before. She also never felt someone cherish and being gentle with her either. Her past masters would usually use a shock baton or a whip to train her or get her to behave. "Now, do you ept my conditions?" I asked her "Once you ept my conditions, the shackles of very that bind you will be broken and your destiny will change forever." Dia looked at me with a look of hope and determination "I ept!" Dia yelled out ''DING'' [Mission- First Disciple Completed] [Rewards: Force Skill Voucher & Item Voucher] "Since you have epted my conditions, you are now my disciple and future wife" I said I held up both of my hands and started to use the Force on the ver choker around Dia''s neck. I started using the Force to pull the ve choker apart, and after 2 seconds the ve choker was pulled apart, releasing Dia from her life of very. After seeing what I did, Dia started to feel her neck, and realized that the ve choker that defined her as a ve was no longer there. Once Dia realized that she was no longer a ve, she began crying tears of joy with her head down. "Now, stand up with your head held up high" I said "No wife of mine shall need to lower her head to anyone." I went back to the seat across the table from Jabba the Hutt, where Jabba was enjoying the little drama in front of him After my words of encouragement, Dia stood up and started to hold her head up high. After seeing her listening to me, I smiled behind my mask. "Come and be beside me." I said to Dia Dia walked over with her head held up, and stood right beside me. Jabba the Hutt started talking "The Great Jabba says so the ve must able to use the Force." tranted the protocol droid "No wonder you wanted her." "That''s right Jabba, she is Force-sensitive" I said "Also don''t call her a ve, she is now my Disciple and future wife." When Dia heard me call her my wife again, she blushed and her heart started racing again. Jabba talks "Ok, I won''t call her a ve again." tranted the protocol droid I turned my head towards Dia standing next to me, and I used the Force to levitated and bring over a chair for Dia to sit down in. When Dia saw what I did for her, she smiled a little and sat down beside me. Jabba started talking again "The Great Jabba would like to invite you to go see the Pod Races that are being held tomorrow?" tranted the protocol droid ""Will you ept Jabba''s invitation? "I will ept your invitation" I replied "The Great Jabba is happy that you epted his invitation." tranted the protocol droid "Now, let''s eat!" After finishing speaking, Jabba started stuffing his mouth with food. I tilted my mask to the side, just enough so that only my mouth could be seen. I started to eat some fruit and meat. I looked towards to Dia who was sitting and not eating. "You should eat" I said to Dia "Ok" replied Dia who start to slowly eat the food on the table. Jabba, do you mind if I invite two of mypanions to our little feast?" "The Great Jabba says he doesn''t mind." tranted the protocol droid "Guard, go escort my friend''spanions here." "Yes, sir" said a human bodyguard "What do they look like?" "That''s great, there are two of them. There is a girl wearing a blue shirt underneath a grey tunic with ck pants outside waiting for me." I said "Also by her side is a reddish droid but be careful he is kind of dangerous." Soon, Padme and HK-47 came into Jabba''s room and I motion Padme to sit on my left side. Padme came to my left side and sat down in a chair, that I used the Force to bring over. While HK-47 walked and stood behind me, being vignt against Jabba and his bodyguards. While eating, Jabba kept talking about his hobbies but he mostly discuss about the strategies he liked to used in Holochess, while I listen and talked back about different things. After 20 minutes of eating and enjoying the music that was being yed, I decided it was time to leave. "That was a delicious feast Jabba" I said "But now we have to get back to my ship. When do you want to meet for the Pod Race tomorrow?" "The Great Jabba wants to meet here an hour before the race." tranted the protocol droid "Will that work for you?" "That works great for me" I said "I look forward to seeing you again in the morning Jabba." I stood up and walked out of Jabba''s room with Padme, Dia and HK-47 right behind me. Chapter 26: Back to the Ship Chapter 26: Back to the Ship I stood up and walked out of Jabba''s room with Padme, Dia and HK-47 right behind me. As we exit, Jabba''s room, we were back into the main area of the building, the Gambling Zone. As we walked through the Gambling Zone, a lot of people were giving me hateful res. These people are most likely the ones that gambled a lot of money on me dying in the Fighting Zone, but that all they did since they knew they would die if they messed with me. Soon, we were out of Jabba''s Game za. I took out a spare hooded cloak out of my space ring, and held it out towards Dia. "Wear this." I said not wanting other men to stare at her luscious body since the only eyes that are allowed to gaze at her body shall be mine Dia quickly put on the hooded cloaked covering her and the ve bikini which barely covered anything, since her privates are only hidden by the cloth attached to the ve bikini. "Thank you, Master" said Dia After Dia gave me her thanks, we started walking back to my ship. "So, why do you want her?" asked Padme curiously while pointing at Dia. When Padme pointed at Dia, Dia also paid attention and was also looking at me, waiting to see how I would answer. "She is Force-sensitive, and she has a very powerful connection with the Force" I replied to Padme "So I decided to make her my Disciple and one of my future wives." "Future Wife?!" said Padme When I called Dia, my future wife she blushed. "Yes, you remember how I told you on Naboo that I want a big family right?" I asked "Yes, I remember." said Padme "Where Ie from, a person with a strong connection with the Force must have many wives, so we can have a lot of strong Force-sensitive children" I exined "So your people practice polygamy?" asked Padme "Yes, my people practice polygamy just like the Cereans and Kaleesh" I said "I am also thest surviving member of my n, so it is my duty to rebuild my n and increase my bloodline." "What about me?" asked Padme with a blushing face "Do you want me as a wife?" "Of course, I want you to be one of my wives." I said "I find you to be wonderful, I love your ideals. I love howpassionate you are. Yourmitment to your people, and your determination to help and protect peace and freedom is all the things I love about you." When hearing about what I loved about her, Padme started blushing from myments "But I am not able to use the Force." said Padme "That doesn''t matter to me. What I care about is the heart of a person, and your heart is strong and beautiful" I said "Also if you want, I can even help you be Force-sensitive and teach you how to wield the Force." "WHAT!?" cried out Padme "Is that true?" While Padme was shock, so was Dia. "Yes, I can help you be Force-sensitive. For someone to be Force-sensitive, they need a high Midi-chlorian count" I said "What are Midi-chlorians?" asked Padme When Padme asked that question, Dia was also curious about it as well and looked at me with her full attention. "Midi-chlorians are microscopic life forms that resides within all living cells and these life forms are connected to the Force." I said "So the higher someone''s Midi-chlorian count is, the stronger the connection with the Force will be. An average person has an average of 2,500 Midi-clorian per cell, and to be Force-sensitive, someone needs four times that amount." "That''s really amazing" said Padme While Dia nodded her head in agreement with Padme "But how can you make me Force-Sensitive?" asked Padme "You see, I am able to use a Force power called [Midi-chlorian Maniption]. I believe that I can use this power to increase the Midichlorian count in your body which I believe will help increase your connection with the Force and help make you Force-sensitive." "Wow, that is such a god-like ability" said Padme "So you can make anyone into a Force user then with the Midi-chlorian power?" "Maybe, but I don''t really know since I never really tested out this power before and not much is known about this power except that it can create, maintain and save life by manipting someone''s midi-chlorians." I said "But I believe it''s possible to make someone Force-sensitive with this power by using the power to manipte the midi-chlorians into somehow duplicating or replicating themselves. " "That''s amazing" said Padme "Will you be able to make me Force-sensitive then?" "Hypothetically Yes, I believe it is possible but I just need to test it out, and experiment with to see if my hypothesis is correct." I replied "But lets wait for after the crisis on Naboo is over so I can focus on testing this power and after I seed then I can help you be Force-sensitive. "Ok, I will look forward to it then." said Padme cheerfully After 20 minutes, we were back on my ship. When we arrived on board, Captain Panaka was waiting for us. "Captain, have the Jedie back yet?" asked Padme while standing next to me "No, your majesty." replied Captain Panaka "They did send us a message byms, saying that they will be back tomorrow." "Do you know anything about this?" Padme asked me "Qui-Gon, has found a new Padawan for himself but there is someplications which should be solved by the end of the day tomorrow." I said "Ok" said Padme "I will go to my temporary bedroom and rest then" I leaned towards Padme and whispered into her ear "Have a good rest beautiful." I whispered "Thank you" said Padme while blushing with her head down Padme walks away from me and heads to the Captain''s bedroom Dia and I went to my training area in the Cargo Bay of my ship and I sat down with my legs crossed. When Dia saw me sat down, she followed my examples and sat opposite of me. I used the Force to open my Shop Page of my System and looked for a couple of items. After a minute of looking, I found what I wanted. I bought two items that are from the SWTOR game. I bought Vette''s Headband and the Rxed Vestments Armor Set for a total of 350 credits. The two items were deposited into my space ring by the System. I took out the two items and used the force to float the towards Dia. "These will be your new clothes from now" I said As Dia grabbed her new clothes from the air, she hugged on to them "Thank you, Master" said Dia bowing her head I used the Force to move the boxes in the Cargo Box to make a wall. "Go behind the boxes and get changed." I said "Once you get changed, we will being your training." "Yes, Master" said Dia Dia stood up and ran behind the boxes while hugging her new clothes close to her chest. Chapter 27: The Code Chapter 27: The Code I used the Force to move the boxes in the Cargo Box to make a wall. "Go behind the boxes and get changed." I said "Once you get changed, we will being your training." "Yes, Master" said Dia Dia stood up and ran behind the boxes while hugging her new clothes close to her chest. After 3 whole minutes, Dia was finished getting changed and appeared out from behind the wall of boxes. When I saw her in her Rxed Vestments Armor set and Vette''s Headband, she looked lovely and sexy. The top of the armor covered her whole chest, and didn''t show any cleavage, and her pants covered her whole bottom half of her body unlike the ve bikini bottoms, which barely covered anything at all. She came running back to me, and sat back down across from me. "Before, we begin your teaching, I will teach you about our code." I said "I am what the Jedi would consider a Grey Jedi of sorts, someone who uses the Light and Dark side of the Force." "So you will train me to be a Grey Jedi?" asked Dia "No, I don''t really consider myself a Grey Jedi, so you also won''t be a Grey Jedi." I told her. "I call myself a Force Knight but you won''t be a Force Knight. I will train you to be an Imperial Valkyrie of my Order of the Imperial Valkyries." "An Imperial Valkyrie? What is that?" asked Dia "It''s like the Jedi Order, but this Order will be made of my wives who are Force users" I said "I see" said Dia "What is this about a Code?" "You see, there is a Jedi Code and Sith Code,these codes were basically mantras that express the core beliefs of their orders." I exined "The Jedi and Sith mainly have 1 code which hasn''t really changed since they were created, while the Grey Jedi who settle between the Light and Dark Side of the Force have had many codes over the centuries since many of these Grey Jedi had different beliefs." "Wow!" said Dia "So, Master. What is your code that you follow?" "My code is inspired mostly by the True Revanite Code and little bit of Grey Jedi Lenor Danal''s Final Code" I replied "There is no light without the dark. Without emotion, there is nopassion. Without strength and power, there is no victory. Without ignorance, there is no learning. Without knowledge, there is no foundation. Without passion, there is no beauty. Without serenity, there is no contemtion. Without Bnce, there is no peace The Force is all things and I am one with the Force Through Bnce, I am powerful" "WOW" eximed Dia "It sounds very philosophical" "This code is something that Ibined together from other past Codes and I even add a little bit to it. I found this Code to best suit me and my ways." I said "This Code tells you to try and bnce the power of the Force. You need both sides, the Dark Side and the Light Side "Bnce the Force? The Dark Side? The Light Side?" asked Dia with a puzzled face. "You see, since a long long time ago, there has been two Orders that believed and represents the Dark and Light Side of the Force." I exined "They are known as the Jedi Order who represent the Light Side and the good, and there is the Sith who represent the Dark Side and the evil." "I have heard of the Jedi before but I never heard of the Sith before." said Dia "That''s because the Jedi believe that they have eradicated the Sith but they are still among us, hiding in the shadows, waiting for their time to strike back at the Jedi." I said "So, when you say to ''Bnce the power of the Force'', do you mean to embrace both the Light and Dark Side and try to bnce them?" asked Dia "Yes, that is correct" I said "You see, if you can embrace and bnce both the Light and Dark Side of the Force, you can gain many abilities and powers to be powerful." "That''s amazing!" eximed Dia "Alright, that''s enough of the philosophy lesson." I said "Times to teach you to feel the Force. You see, the Force isn''t a power but an energy field created by all living things. It surrounds us and prates us; it binds the gxy together" "Now, I want to you to close your eyes and breath slowly" I instructed Dia Dia closed her eyes and started to slowly breath in and out. "Now, reach out and try to feel the Force" I instructed When Dia heard my instruction, he raised her right arm and reached out, like she was trying to physically touch the Force When I saw what Dia was doing, I facepalmed myself. I then took my hand away from my face, and took out a scarf from my inventory that had tassels, and used the tassels to tickle the tips of her finger tips "I can feel something" shouted out Dia "Can you feel it?" I asked "Yes!" shouted Dia I then toss the scarf on top of Dia head, surprising her. When she opened her eyes, she grabbed the scarf from the top of her head to see the scarf with tassels. She soon figured out that I was teasing her, and she started to puff her cheeks and pout. "Master" cried out Dia "I don''t mean to literally to reach out with your hands but to use your heart to reach out and feel the Force" I said while using my index finger to tap her chest and point at her heart. "Now, try again to reach out with your heart, and feel your surroundings" I instructed "Try to remember the feeling of when you first saw me, and reach out." Dia started breathing slowly again, trying to reach out to the Force with her heart. She then started to remember that feeling of when she first met me in person and soon, she was in a meditative like state. I could feel the Force in the surrounding area slowly gathering near her but it was moving at a snail''s pace. I decided to help her out and speed things up a bit. I held out my hand and started forcing the Force to speed up and I started controlling the Force to circle around her and move through her. "I can feel something" cried out Dia when the Force started circling and moving through her around her "Good, now keep your eyes closed" Imanded while continuing controlling the Force "And concentrate on that feeling, this feeling is the Force." As Dia continued to concentrate, the surrounding boxes and Dia started to levitate into the air. I stood up and stared at Dia "You are doing wonderful, Dia" I shouted out happily When Dia heard thepliment, she blushed and open her eyes. When Dia opened her eyes, she lost concentration, and the surrounding boxes and her fell to the ground. I swiftly moved and caught her. I was now holding her in my arms in a princess carry. Dia looked up at me, and realized that she was being princess carried, she started to blush even harder and redder. "Thank you, Master." said Dia softly Chapter 28: Teaching about Form VI Niman and Jarkai Chapter 28: Teaching about Form VI Niman and Jar''kai I was now holding Dia in my arms in a princess carry. Dia looked up at me, and realized that she was being princess carried, she started to blush even harder and redder. "Thank you, Master." said Dia softly "It''s no problem" I said gently I just stood princess carrying Dia for a few seconds. Even through my gloves, I could somehow feel how smooth her skin was. With her body pressed against mine, I could also feel how soft her body was. Dia''s head was near my chest, and she could here my heart beating, and she could also feel my muscr body. After 10 seconds of silence, Dia realized she was still being carried and became embarrassed and her whole face was now bright red even though it''s hard to tell with her pink skin. "Master, you can let me down." said Dia shyly while finger twiddling her index fingers, just like what Hinata did in Naruto. ''I wouldn''t mind be carried a little longer though'' thought Dia I slowly lowered my right arms which were holding her long and skinny legs. When her feet were on the ground, I raised her upper body with my left arm. "Thank you again Master." said Dia with her head down in embarassment "It''s no problem, anything for you." I said while gently stroking her left cheek with my hand which caused Dia to continue blushing. "Now that you are able to feel the Force, and it''s time to do move on and do somebat training." I said "But before we do anybat training, do you have any experience with any kind of melee weaponry?" Dia started thinking about it. "When I was younger, I learned how to use a bo staff from a traveling monk, who stayed in my vige for a year before he left." "A bo staff...hmmmm." I said while rubbing my chin I turned around and opened a random box. While I was pretending to shift through box, I opened my Shop Page in my System. I used the Filter Function of the Shop, and checked the boxes for Doubled ded and Training Swords. When I fixed with the Filter, it showed me a few Training Weapons. There is a Double de Electrode Training Sword for 200 credits. a Double ded Training Lightsaber for 400 credits and a Double ded Sith Training Sword for 250 credits. I decided to buy the Double de Split Electrode Training Sword for Dia. When I bought it, it went straight to my Inventory. I took the Training Sword out of the Inventory. The two Electrodes of the training sword wasn''t extended and was sheath inside the hilt of the training sword. I stood back up, with the Training Sword in hand, and turned around to face Dia. I tossed the Training Sword to Dia, who was able to catch it but when she caught it, she identally press the button to extend and activate the two electrodes sheath inside the hilt, which gave her a little surprise when it happen. "Since you have had experience in Bo staffbat training, I will be teaching you how to wield a Double ded Lightsaber" I said "You will learn Form VI: Niman which is best suite for a double ded lightsaber since it is a simple, and easily mastered fighting form." "Fomr VI: Niman?" said Dia with curiosity "The Form VI: Niman is abat form which has fairly rxed focus on dework and encourages the inclusion of Force-based attacks inbat, such as Force Pull and Force Push while you use your lightsaber to strike at your opponent. " I informed "Also Niman''s sess inbat will be solely dependent on your intuition and creativity while inbat. To help you increase your intuition, we will be doing a lot ofbat training." "Ok, Master" said Dia "But why do you want me to learn to use a double ded lightsaber, why not a single de lightsaber?" "The double ded lightsaber enables the user to generate a high rate of attack with rtively little bodily movement." I said "But a con of using a double ded lightsaber is that you must continuously adjust your posture and movement to avoid interfering with the motions of the lightsaber. " "Will I only be learning the Form VI?" asked Dia "Nope, as well as the Form VI, I will be teach you Jar''kai" I informed her "Jar''kai is a method of utilizing two lightsabers inbat, so basically dual wielding." "So, am I suppose to carry three lightsabers on me?" asked Dia "No, since the dawn of the Sith and the Jedi Order, they both have created many things to help them inbat and win a battle" I said I then used the Force to pull the double ded split electrode training sword out of Dia''s hands and when I got a hold of it, I twisted the hilt, and split the doubled ded electrode into two individual electrode swords. "WOW!" eximed Dia "You see, this training sword is a split saber." I said "This allows two individual ded tobine into one to form a double ded weapon." "That''s amazing Master." cried out Dia "I am teaching you these two forms ofbat because I find that they will give you an advantage in battle." I informed "The double ded lightsaber will give you a powerful and high rate of attack but has limited movement. While Jar''kai will give you a wide range of movements, and a swift and quick offense with a high rate of attack, as the speed of attacks that two des allowed would overwhelm most opponents but the con is that the power of your attacks aren''t very powerful unless you increase your arm strength." "I see" said Dia while thinking about what I informed her. "Master, what form ofbat do you specialize in?" "I have trained and mastered many forms ofbat methods such as spear arts, lightsaberbat forms, bo staff, hand to handbat, and even range weaponry." I said "But my favorite form ofbat is Jar''kai" "Oh, that''s wonderful" cheered Dia "So I will also be learning the same form ofbat as you" "Yes, you will." I replied "With both of these forms ofbat methods, you will be able to confuse and overwhelm your opponent by switching between them." Ibined the split electrode training swords back into a double ded electrode training sword. I pressed the button to retract the blunt des back into the hilt. I raised my hand holding the training sword, and put my palm up and opened my hand. "Now, try to focus and feel the Force, then I want you to use it to take your training sword out of my hands" I said "Try to feel the Force, and use your will to gather the Force around the sword and use the Force it grab your sword and pull it back to you." Dia held out her hand, and focused, trying to feeling the Force again. She started to feel the Force but she was unable to control it. After 30 minutes of trying, she was able to lift the sword up. Then she tried to pull with one strong tug of her arm, which caused the sword to be pulled towards her but since she used to much force in it her pull, the sword came rushing too fast and hit her on her forehead, causing her to be knocked backwards andnding on her butt pretty hard. "O" cried Dia while rubbing her sore butt Thanks to Vette''s Headband that she was wearing, she didn''t feel much pain from the sword hitting her in the head. I walked towards Dia, and held out my hand to help her up. "That was a very good try Dia" Iplimented "With some more practice, you will get the hang of [Force Pull] in no time." Chapter 29: Combat Training Chapter 29: Combat Training "That was a very good try Dia" Iplimented "With some more practice, you will get the hang of [Force Pull] in no time." "Thank you Master" said Dia cheerfully while still rubbing her sore butt For the next hour, I taught Dia the basics to Form VI: Niman and Jar''kai. Dia was sweating but that didn''t stop her. She stay focus with a determine look in her eyes which I found to be very appealing. "Ok. lets stop practicing the forms" I said "Now that you have some of the basics down, those basics will be useless to you if you don''t know how to use them inbat, so we will begin yourbat training." I then rummaged through another box and used my Shop Page to buy two more electrode training swords. I then walked towards Dia and stood 15 feet away from her. "Now, these electrodes we are using are very useful for training." I said "These training swords will give you a small electroshock to let you know that you were hit, and it will cause the part of your body to be numb and paralyzed, to stimte the feeling of losing a piece of your body. It will help you learn to fighter better and help perfect your forms" "Ok, Master" said Dia while she twisted her hilt and turned it into two individual des. "Ah, I see you prefer the style of Jar''kai" I said "Yes, Master." replied Dia "I felt like this style fits me better then using the double de sword style." "That''s a very good observation." Iplimented "With your light body, and small size, you can be swift, and nimble with the Jar''kai style which can be very useful but if you want to use Jar''kai mainly then you have to increase your upper and lower body strength." "Increase my upper lower body strength" said Dia "Yes" I said" Since Jar''kai users use both hands to wield individual lightsabers, two-handed blows are almost impossible for anyone to put all their weight behind blocks and parries, weakening your defensive capabilities. Because of this, an enemy with a single de can simply attack a Jar''Kai practitioner''s defense with brute force, battering away until the Jar''kai users defense gives way." "So, to fix that, you need to increase your upper and lower body strength so it can block blows from two handed blows." said Dia "The Upper body so you can block the attacks, and the lower body to keep your whole body stabilize against those attacks." "Correct" I said "Now, time forbat training. Come at me" "Ok" said Dia Dia came charging at me and started attacking me. She lifted her right sword up while the left sword was pointed at the ground. She used the right sword took a swing diagonally at me. I stepped back and dodge the attack by half an inch. When I dodged her attack, Dia used both of her swords that were now pointed at the ground at swung them up at me. I stepped back some more and dodged by half an inch again. Dia kept on attacking me with differentbos that I showed her and I am impress with the little progress she has shown me. While I continued dodging her attacks, I started talking. "You are doing good for a beginner." Iplimented "But when you are fighting, you need to be unpredictable and dirty." "Dirty?" Dia said puzzledly I used [Force Jump] to jump backwards 10 feet away, and started using [Force Telekinesis] to lift 4 empty cargo boxes in the area and started hurling them at Dia, when Dia saw that she ran and got out of the way of them since I was making them easy to dodge. byunching that the same point. "MASTER, THAT"S CHEATING!" cried Dia after she dodged the cargo boxes. "There is no such thing as cheating when you are fighting an enemy. You need to use everything you got so you can defeat and kill your enemies." I lectured Dia " There is a saying were I am from ''Everything is fair in war.'' It means you need to use anything you can to win no matter what. Just like what I did just now" "I see, thanks for the advice Master." said Dia after thinking about what I said. When Dia stepped forward, and cried out. "OWWW!" cried Dia and suddenly knelt down on one knee and started clutching her left ankle. "Master, I think I twisted my ankle" said Dia "Ok, lets end the training her then" I said while knowing what she is probably doing. I started walking towards Dia. Once I was 3 feet away from her, Dia stopped clutching her ankle, and quickly grabbed both of her training swords and jumped at me. Knowing that she might try something, I sidestepped to the left out of the way of her attack, and used the training swords in my right hand to smack her butt, shocking her in the butt. She fell to the ground. "You will have to sneakier than that to surprised and defeat your enemies." I said "Master, you pervert" whispered Dia quietly while rubbing her numb butt. "Ok, continue attacking me" I said to Dia Dia stood back up and ready herself in an attack position. Just like that, we continued our high intensitybat training for 2 hours, and Dia gradually improved her lightsaber skills andbat intuition. "Ok, that''s enough training for today." I said "Go take a shower, then eat and go to bed to rest." "O...ok...Ma..st...er" said Dia exhaustedly while covering a lot of sweat. "RED" I called out to R3-D2 that was off to the side waiting for any orders from me. "Yes, Master" said R3-D2 in its robotic voice "Take Dia to a shower" I said "Also, send down C2-N2" Asking for the droid that came with the ship when I got it. "Roger that Master" said R3-D2 "Ok, Ms. Dia. Follow me." Dia slowly walked away following after RED. I then sat down in a mediation position, then I opened the Shop Page. I bought 5 Vette''s headbands, two sets of Satele Shan''s Armor, two sets of the Dashing Hero''s Armor and another set of the Rxed Vestments Armor for total of 750 credits, and I used the money that I got from Jabba the Hutt. I decided to buy Dia all of these armor sets, so she can have a variety of clothes to wear and not wear the same outfit every day. I ced the folded clothes and the Headbands besides me, when C2-N2 came down the steps. "Master, how may I be of service." asked C2-N2 "That these clothes to my disciple" Imanded "Affirmative Master." replied C2-N2 C2-N2 picked up the pile of clothes and went back upstairs. I continued sitting down and decided to use the Force Skill Voucher & Item Voucher I got forpleting my first mission. I used the Force Skill Voucher to learn [Force Choke] and then I used to the Item Voucher. I scrolled through the list of items looking for something useful to use the Item Voucher on. After a couple of minutes of looking, I found an item to get. The {Ring of Control} which has the effect of increasing the power of a Force User''s Mind Maniption ability so it can effect someone who has strong willpower who isn''t a Force User. I used the Item Voucher to get the {Ring of Control}. When the {Ring of Control} appeared in my hands, it looked like a in men''s silver ring with the word ''Control'' in Ancient Sith Prophecy writing, inscribed going around the ring. Chapter 30: Control of 1/5 Chapter 30: Control of 1/5 I used the Item Voucher to get the {Ring of Control}. When the {Ring of Control} appeared in my hands, it looked like a in men''s silver ring with the word ''Control'' in Ancient Sith Prophecy writing, inscribed going around the ring. ''With this ring, I can move forward more of my ns for the future'' I thought to myself ''But too bad it won''t help against Force Users'' I ced the ring on my right ring finger since I am wearing my Space Ring on my left ring finger. Once the {Ring of Control} was ced on my right ring finger, I could feel my ability to use [Mind Maniption] improve by a significant amount. With this ring, I can maniption the minds of people who are strong willed, and now I can proceed with one of my ns for building the foundations of my Holy Empire. I stood up and walked up stairs. After finishing up somest minute things that needed to be done, I went to bed. As I wasying in bed, and about to go to sleep, I quickly sat up on the bed, when I felt a darkness arriving on Tatooine. ''I don''t know how but it looks like Maul was able to find us'' I thought staring in the direction the dark feeling wasing from. ''I look forward to testing my skills against you'' Iid back down and went to sleep -Next Day- I was out of bed, showered and dressed in my Revan outfit. When I went to see Dia, she was awake, wearing the Rxed Vestment Armor set. She was eating breakfast very slowly and quietly say ''ouch'' repeatedly from her sore muscles from yesterday''s hard training session. With her was Padme, the Handmaidens and Captain Panaka and his men "Dia, after you finish eating, go to the Medical Bay downstairs and get some painkillers" I said "Then we will head out." "Yes, Master" said Dia Dia finished up her breakfast and headed down to the Medical Bay while C2-N2 was cleaning up. I quickly ate some apple and grape like fruits. "Where are you go..." asked Captain Panaka "It''s alright Captain, I know where he is going." said Padme "Would you like to go with us, your Majesty?" I asked "Yes, I will" said Padme "I am curious as to see these podraces that people love to watch" Soon after finishing our breakfast, I headed down to the Cargo Hold/Training Room with Padme. When I got downstairs, Dia and HK-47 were waiting for me by the exit. I walked down the ramp while HK-46 walked by my side and Dia and Padme followed behind me. 30 minutester, we were at Mos Espa Grand Arena when two Gamorrean Bodyguards approached us. The two Gamorreans escorted us to Jabba who was waiting for us. "Hello, my dear friend" I said while approaching Jabba who was eating with open arms. Jabba replied back to me "The Great Jabba is happy to see you" said Jabba''s protocol droid "Come and sit next to him, he says" I sat down on a chair next to Jabba, and we began talking about things such as his holochess strategies while I slowly started to use the Force to alter Jabba''s mind. Padme and Dia stood off to the side and started to chat and get to know one another. As the podrace was about to begin, Jabba and I stood up and walked out onto the balcony overlooking the starting line. Dia and Padme also followed after me onto the balcony, and started looking down at the race track. As I looked down towards the starting line, I spotted Qui-Gon with Anakin Skywalker. Noticing my stare, Qui-gon looked up to see me with Jabba, and then he had a wondering look on his face but he then looked forward and went off the race track. Jabba began speaking in Huttese "" said Jabba "" The race was getting started, all of the racers where in their pods, waiting for the start signal. As the signal went off, all of the racers sped off, while Jabba was eating some food off to the side. "Jabba. can we talk privately" I said smiling evilly behind my mask "The Great Jabba wants some privacy" said Jabba''s protocol droid "He wants everyone to stand back by 30 feet" I motion HK-47 toe to me "Yes, Master" said HK-47 "I am going to be discussing some business with Jabba here" I said "So I need you to trante for me" "Expletive: Damn it, master, I am an assassination droid... " said HK-47 "Not some damn stupid protocol droid." "Yes, yes." I said "But you are the only one here that I trust to trante for me." "If you put it that way Master, I have no choice" said HK-47 Soon, I was alone with Jabba. No one was in ear shot to hear us, and everyone was 30 feet away. "I would like to propose a proposition for you" I said starting to use my [Mind Maniption] powers which have been amplified by the [Ring of Control] Jabba spoke "Trantion: What is this proposition you speak of?" said HK-47 "I want you to be a vassal of my Empire and serve me" I said using [Mind Maniption] Jabba spoke again "Trantion: Yes, my Emperor" said HK-47 ''It worked'' I thought to myself then I heard the system''s ding ''DING'' [New Mission Unlocked - Conquer Hutt Space] [You have taken control of 1/5 of the Hutt Council and Hutt Space] ''DING'' [Mission Completed - Take Control of a Criminal Empire] [Reward: Force Heal Skill and Level Up] ''DING'' [You have leveled up] [You are now a Level 28 High Level Jedi Knight / Sith Master] ''Now this is what I am talking about'' I thought ''Now, I just have to meet the other four members of the Hutt Council, and then I will have Hutt Space under my control. Once I conquer Hutt Space, it will help me build the foundations of my Holy Empire'' After basking in my triumphing moment, I had Jabba let the peoplee back, and I continued watching the race. After 20 minutes the race was over, and just like in the movie, Anakin won the race. As I learned over the balcony, I watch Anakin jump up and down with joy over his victory, then I saw Qui-Gon walking towards him with that big kind smile of his. "I wonder how your future will turn out now with me here" I said softly "Will you take the same path and be Darth Vader, or will you stay on the right path? I can''t wait to see if you can change your future." I walked away from the balcony "Jabba, I have to leave now, but I will be back to talk some more" I said while shaking Jabba''s hand "HK-47, Dia, and Handmaiden,e" I said I walked out of the Mos Espa Grand Arena and waiting outside the arena for Qui-gon and Obi-wan. Soon, I spotted Qui-gon and Obi-wan with Anakin and his mother Shmi. Chasing after them was Watto, the owner of Anakin and his mother. As I approached them, I could hear what they were saying. "You! You swindled me! You knew the boy was going to win! Somehow you knew it! I lost everything." Watto cried out Watto flied up to Qui-gon and puts his face against Qui-gon''s face. While Watto was angry, Qui-gon just smiles at him. "Whenever you gamble, my friend, eventually you''ll lose." said Qui-gon "I''lle by your shopter so you can release the boy." "You can''t have him!" cried out Watto "It wasn''t a fair bet!" " Would you like to discuss it with the Hutts..." replied Qui-gon "I''m sure they can settle this." "No, no! I want no more of your tricks!" shouted Watto "Take him!" As Watto was leaving, I spoke out "Hold it right there" I said as I slowly approaching the group Chapter 31: The Force is Neutral Chapter 31: The Force is Neutral "No, no! I want no more of your tricks!" shouted Watto "Take him!" As Watto was leaving, I spoke out "Hold it right there" I said as I slowly approaching the group "What do you want!" shouted Watto angrily Watto gave me an angry re "You shouldn''t be so rude" I said "If you don''t watch out, you could be killed by someone who doesn''t like how rude you are to them." "Are you threatening me boy" shouted Watto "You better watch out because I have a lot of friends in high ces here, some who are even Jabba the Hutt''s personal bounty hunters." Out of the corner of Watto''s eyes, he saw Padme and Dia following behind me. "Hey boy, are those two girls yours?" asked Watto "How about you sell them to me for 100 credits. If you do, I might even forgive how you threaten me, and might not ask my bounty hunter friends to hunt you down and kill ya." "Oh, it looks like you have eyes but failed to recognized a mighty being before your very eyes" Iughed "What are y..." said Watto Before Watto could finish his sentence, I started using [Force Choke] on Watto. Feeling himself being choked by an unknown power, Watto try to struggle to free himself from this unknown power. I used [Force Telekinesis] to bring Watto closer to me. His face was now 2 inches away from my mask. He looked at me with terror in his eyes. "You made a big mistake, you little bug" I said "Do you know what your mistake was?" Watto was still being choked so he couldn''t speak, but he was now very terrified of me. "Your mistake was your disrespect." I said "Especially your disrespect towards my women. No one is allowed to disrespect them." When I called Dia and Padme my women, they lowered their blushing faces and if you look close enough, you could see small smiles on their faces.. Qui-gon was looking at me with shock, and had his hand on his lightsaber. I stopped using [Force Choke] on Watto and ced my hand on top of his head, Watto tried to get away but I used my hand to squeeze his head. After getting a firm grip on his head, I started using [Mind Control] on him, which caused him to go in a dazed state "You will now obey my every word." I said "I will obey your every word" said the dazed Watto "Good" I said When Qui-gon saw how I was controlling Watto, he started bing cautious of me. "Besides free the boy, you will also free his mother as well." I said "So, deactivate the transmitter chips in their bodies right now." "Yes Master" said dazed Watto Watto then took out a datapad from the bag at his waist, and started typing away. After 20 seconds, he stopped typing on the datapad. "Master, I have deactivated the transmitter chips as youmanded" said the dazed Watto "WHAT!" cried out Anakin "So my mother is also free as well!" Anakin came up to me, with a look of excitement. "Yes she is, little one" I said while ruffling his hair "She is no longer a ve, she is a free person" When Dia saw me free another person from very just like her, she started to have a look of worship in her eyes when she was looking at me. Anakin turned away and ran to his mother and gave her a great big hug. I was happy to see this moment of happiness. Seeing Anakin hugging his mother, it reminded me about my loving and caring mother who died when I was only 10 years old. After reminiscing about my mother, I leaned closer to Watto and whispered into. his ear "Now, time for your punishment for your disrespect towards my women. Go out into the middle of nowhere and die" I whispered to Watto , Watto still in a dazed state, turned and left, to never be heard from again. As I gazed at Watto leaving, I felt a re on the back of the neck. I turned around to find Qui-gon giving me a stare and holding out his lightsaber hilt, ready to defend himself or attack. "You just used Force powers that was once used by the Dark side" said Qui-gon "Are you a Sith?" When Obi-wan saw his master with his lightsaber hilt out and ready to use it, he did the same thing and took out his. I looked at Obi-wan and back at Qui-gon "No, I am no Sith. Also who said they were Dark Side powers?" I asked "Is it because the Jedi Order deemed them to be part of the Dark Side?" "Yes, since a long time ago, the Jedi Order has deemed that such powers are part of the Dark Side" replied Qui-gon "Those powers you use are violent and cruel, so of course they are deemed part of the Dark Side" "That''s why the Jedi Order is foolish and hardheaded." Iughed " It''s there way or the highway, there is nopromise or neutral ground with the Jedi Order. You should know best how foolish and old fashion the Jedi Order and the Council is." "I also know that you disagree with how the Jedi Council does things, and you don''t really see eye to eye with them." I said "You are having your doubts about whether you should stay or leave the Jedi Order." "How do you know that?" said Qui-gon surprised Qui-gon slowly lowered his defenses and stared at me curiously. When Obi-wan saw his master lower his guard, he also lowered his lightsaber hilt. "I know many things, and it''s through the will and power of the Force, that I know these things" I said " Now let me make a point about the so called Dark Side Force powers that I used. These Force Powers are given to us from the Force, and the Force isn''t Light or Dark. The Force is neutral, and so are the powers given to us Force Users by the Force." "Hmmm" said Qui-gon thinking about what I just said "You do make a point, the Force is neutral" "The only reason that the Force Powers that I used are considered part of the Dark Side is that the Sith used them so the Jedi Order deemed those powers to be evil and unnatural, so theybel these powers as part of the Dark Side" I said "The Force Powers that I used are neutral since they are given to us by the Force. The Force powers can be used for good or evil, it all depends on the person who uses the Force Powers. Their is no Dark or Light Force Power but only Dark, Light and Neutral Force Users" "Hmmm" said Qui-gon Qui-gon started rubbing his chin, thinking about the points I have made. When suddenly we felt a darkness approach us. We turn our heads to see a man in a ck cloak with a hood covering his head and face. He was slowly walking until he came into the middle of the street and stopped. He turned towards us and stood there, staring at us. The ck cloaked man then slowly raised his arms and grabbed onto the hood covering his head. Chapter 32: Duel Chapter 32: Duel The ck cloaked man then slowly raised his arms and grabbed onto the hood covering his head. Once the mystery man took off his hood, you could see his red face with ck tattoos all over his face, and yellow horns in top of his head. It was Darth Maul, a legendary and cult figure to a lot of Star Wars fans. "We havepany, so let''s put off our philosophical discussion for ater date, shall we?" I asked "Of course, I would love to discuss philosophy with you some more." replied Qui-gon "Good" I said "Obi, take everyone back to the ship, Qui-gon and I will hold him off." Imanded "But I can help" said Obi-wan "No, listen to him" said Qui-gon "You need to protect the boy and everyone else. Make sure they stay safe." "Ok Master" said Obi-wan "Master, what about me?" cried out Dia "You are still to inexperience to fight Dia" I said "So help Obi and protect everyone." "Ok" pouted Dia Dia and Obi-wan started escorting the group away. "HK, stay and record the fight" Imanded quietly "Affirmation: OK Master" said HK-47 quietly "Query: Do you need my assistance in killing that ugly meatbag, Master?" "No, I don''t want to end the fun so quickly, so just to the side and record the fight." I said "Affirmation: Ok, Master" said HK-47 HK-47 walked to the side of the street and started recording. Darth Maul watched as the group of people were running away but he didn''t really pay any attention to them, and just mainly focused on me and Qui-gon since he knew we are a threat to him. Darth Maul took out his ssic double ded lightsaber, and activate one end first then he activated the other end. I used the force to pull my purple lightsaber into my hand and got into a battle stance, with both hands on the lightsaber, I position the lightsaber hilt near my head, aiming the lightsaber hilt towards Darth Maul and activated my purple lightsaber. At the same time as me, Qui-gon also got into his battle stance, which looked like a batting stance in baseball, and he activated his green lightsaber. When the nearby citizens saw was going on, they ran away in a mass panic. Soon there was no one in the streets except for the three of us. We stood there, facing each other for a few seconds, waiting to see you would make the first move and take over the momentum of the fight. The tension in the air was high and tense, when all of a sudden Darth Maul charges at us, starting the fight. I strike at him from the left and he used his right saber to block, then Qui-Gon strikes on the right and Darth Maul used all of his force to push my lightsaber away and he used his left saber to block Qui-gon''s strike and also pushed him away. I rushed at Maul once again in a lowered position, and tried to strike from below but Maul blocked my strike again. When he blocked my attack, Maul did a roundhouse kick towards my head, so I jumped backwards, and when I jumped backwards, Maul used [Force Push] which sent me crashing towards a nearby building. Qui-Gon started attacking Maul again while I was crashing towards a building. I used [Force Push] at the building I was about to crash into, which stopped me from crashing into the building, and then Inded on the ground. "Now, this is some good fun" I said with a big grin. "Too bad I can''t use my red lightsaber." Since I can''t ruin my ns of letting Qui-Gon and Obi-wan fight Maul on Naboo and I am unable to use it since it''s a red lightsaber. I rushed towards Maul again, and I noticed a speeder nearby, I thought of a brilliant idea. I strike rapidly at Maul, and circle around him while striking at him, and he turned with me. Once Maul was facing away from the speeder, I jumped backwards while I used [Force Telekinesis] to lift the speeder up and pulled it towards Maul and at the same time I used [Force Pull] on Qui-Gon and dragged him out of the impact zone. Maul sensed something behind him, and turn around to see the speeder crashing towards him, so he used [Force Jump] and somersaulted over the crashing speeder. Before he couldnd on the ground, the speeder exploded and sent Maul tumbling 3 meters away from the impact zone of the speeder. Maul stood up, and red at me with anger in his eyes. He charged at me, and I also charged at him. We traded swings at each other, and we each block each other''s strikes. Maul was pissed, and while we were striking at each other, he also used [Force Telekinesis] to lift up 3 nearby crates, and hurled them at me. Sensing what he was doing, I took off my right hand off of my lightsaber while using my left hand to wield it and continue striking at Maul. I held out my right hand and used [Force Telekinesis] to take control of the three crates, and hurled them at Maul. Seeing the crates that were meant for me, being hurled against him, Maul dodged out of the way of the crates. He was starting to get angrier at me, and I could sense the anger inside of him. Qui-Gon came behind Maul and tried tond a strike on him, but twirled around and blocked the strike. While Maul was distracted, I used [Force Telekinesis] on him, and mmed him into a nearby building. Maul was getting even more pissed off at me, and I feel that I might be his new arch-nemesis instead of Obi-wan. Maul stood back up when a shadow was hovering above us, blocking out the sun. When we looked up, we saw my ship the Defender hovering over head. The three of us looked up at my ship, and saw the guns on it aiming at Maul. While Obi-wan and I were keeping an eye on Maul, Maul saw that the situation wasn''t very favorable for him, so he quickly dashed into a nearby alleyway. "Looks like he is running away ." said Qui-Gon "Should we go after him?" "No, I feel that we will see him again soon." I said "If you say so" said Qui-Gon The Defender slowly hovers down near the street, when the ship was low as it can go without damaging the surrounding buildings, the ramp on the ship lowered down. Qui-Gon and I used [Force Jump] andnded on the ramp, I then used [Force Telekinesis] to lift up HK-47 onto the ramp, and we walked up the ramp into the ship. Anakine running up to us. " Are you all right?" asked Anakin "I think so..." said Qui-Gon "That was a surprise, that I won''t soon forget." "What was it?" asked Obi-wan "I don''t know..." replied Qui-Gon "But he was well trained in the Jedi arts. My guess is he was after the Queen..." "I know what he was" I said What was he?" asked both Qui-Gon and Obi-wan "He is a Sith Apprentice to a Sith Lord" I replied "WHAT!" cried out Obi-wan "That does make sense" said Qui-Gon "We need to go see the Jedi Council and inform them of this new information." "Do you think he''ll follow us?" asked Anakin with some worry in his face "We''ll be safe enough once we''re in hyperspace" replied Qui-Gon "But I have no doubt he knows our destination." "What are we going to do about it?" asked Anakin Obi-wan gave Anakin a look and patted him on the end "We will be patient, Anakin Skywalker" said Qui-Gon "Now lets go, it''s about time we get back to Coruscant " Everyone walks into the cockpit of the Defender. "Take us away"manded Qui-Gon to the pilot in the cockpit Soon the stars streak outside the cockpit window and the Defender enters hyperspace. Chapter 33: Arriving on Coruscant Chapter 33: Arriving on Coruscant Everyone walks into the cockpit of the Defender. "Take us away"manded Qui-Gon to the pilot in the cockpit Soon the stars streak outside the cockpit window and the Defender enters hyperspace. -Later - The ship is asleep. The lights are dim as I watch Padme walk into the secondary Conference room aboard the Defender. She goes to the conference table and watches the Governor Bibble plea recording. I could see her sad and tired look, so I walked up behind her and held her in my arms to give herfort. "Don''t worry, your people are safe. Your people wille to no harm, I made some preparations to make sure of that." I said "Thank you" said Padme as she rxes in my arms "I just wish there was more I could do to help my people." "You are doing your best, and you are doing a great job of helping your people." I said "Go back to your room now and rest. You can''t do anything to help your people, if you are sleep deprived and tired." "Thank you Jerid" said Padme with a smile on her face. Padme kissed me on the cheek of my mask and ran off to her room to rest while hiding her blushing cheeks. After watching Padme run off, I walked into the Main Conference Room. Because there weren''t enough bunks for everyone aboard, I see Jar Jar stretched out on the floor, snoring very loudly. R2-D2 was off to one side, cooing as he rests. As soon as I walked into the Main Conference Room, I could sense someone watching me and I turn to the left to see Anakinying on one of the three couches in the room with his mother. I went over the couch on the right side of the room and sat down. I can see Dia sleeping on the third couch in front of the holobook library. I sensed some movement in the room and saw Anakin slowly and gently getting up from the couch, so he wouldn''t wake his mother. As soon as he was up from the couch, he walked over to me and sat down next to me. "So mister, are you also a Jedi Master?" asked Anakin with curiosity "No, I am not a Jedi, little one" I answered "But I am a Force User" "I see" replied Anakin Anakin then started looking at his mom, and he started to have a sadden look. "Mister, do you know what will happen to my mom?" asked Anakin "I am happy that she is no longer a ve but now she has nowhere to go." I ruffled Anakin''s hair "I can asked the Queen to make her a maid" I said "Then your mom will be able to earn money, eat three meals a day and have a warm bed to sleep in." Anakin turned to me with bright eyes and joy on his face. "Can you really convince the Queen to help my mom?" said Anakin "Don''t worry, the Queen is very kind and caring, so she will definitely help your mom out" I said Anakin was ovee with happiness that he gave me a hug. "Thank you Mister" said Anakin while hugging me. "Ok little one, goy back down with your mom and go to sleep, you need your rest." I said I then bought two nkets from my Shop Page, and then they appeared in my hands. "WOW!" eximed Anakin, amazed about the nkets appearing out of thin air. "Here, take this nket to keep you and your mom warm when you sleep." I said "Thank you" said Anakin He grabbed a nket and went back to his mom. I then took the second nket and went over to Dia. She was sleeping very peacefully with a smile on her face. I gently ced the nket on her, and gently stroke her head. "Sleep tight and sweet dreams" I whispered gently into her ear. The next day, we arrived in the sector of Coruscant, everyone was in the cockpit looking at the in front of us. Padme, Dia, Anakin and his mother were in awe of the. Soon, the Defender flies over the endless cityscape of Coruscant, the capital of the gxy. Anakin, his mother and Dia looks out the cockpit window in awe. "Coruscant...the capital of the Republic..." I said to Anakin "the entire is one big city." "Wow! It''s so huge!" said Anakin "Mom, look at all of these tall buildings" The Defender continues to fly through the cityscape of Coruscant. Soon the Defender wasnding on the Senate Landing tform. Through the cockpit window, I spotted Supreme Chancellor Valorum with several Senate and Senator Palpatine standing on thending tform. The Defendernds on the tform and its ramp lowers. Obi-wan, Qui-gon, Jar Jar and Anakin descend the ramp first. Qui-gon and Obi-wan bowed before Palpatine and Valorum. When seeing their actions, Jar Jar and Anakin also bowed. Soon Captain Panaka was walking down with 6 guards and scanned the area before letting Padmee out. Once, they make sure the area was clear, I walked down the ramp with Padme, her Handmaidens and my apprentice, Dia. Once out of the ship, we stopped before the group. While we were standing in a cluster, Anakin with his mother and Jar Jar were standing to one side, looking at the huge city surrounding them. Dia was also wanting to take a look around her but she willed herself not to, so not to embarrass her master by looking like some kind of tourist Senator Palpatine bows before Padme "It is a great gift to see you alive, Your Majesty." says Palpatine "May I present Supreme Chancellor Valorum." " Wee, Your Highness. It is an honor to finally meet you in person." said Supreme Chancellor Valorum "I must ry to you how distressed everyone is over the current situation. I''ve called for a special session of the Senate to hear your position." "I am grateful for your concern, Chancellor." says Padme decked out in her Queen outfit Palpatine starts to lead Padme and her Handmaidens and guards off the tform toward a waiting air taxi. "There is a question of procedure, but I feel confident we can ovee it..." says Palpatine to Padme I motion Anakin, his mother and Jar Jar to follow along with Padme. Anakin turns his head to Qui-gon, and he nods his head, so the three went after Padme''s group Before heading after Padme, I stepped in front of Qui-gon. "Qui-gon, here is a video of our fight with the assant" I said "It will help you provide evidence to your Jedi Council about your conclusion of the return of a certain group of people" I then handed Qui-gon a video chip with the recording of our fight. "How do you?" asked Qui-gon surprisingly "I have my ways of knowing things" I said "Why don''t youe with me and meet them?" asked Qui-gon I could guess what he wants, he probably wants me to join the Jedi Order. "How aboutter tonight when they test Anakin." I said Qui-gon was surprised about my reply "Ok" said Qui-gon "Before I leave, I have a piece of advice for you" I said "What is it?" asked Qui-gon "Don''t get your hopes up about Anakin" I said while walking away. Qui-gon''s face started to give off a worrying look, when he heard my piece of advice. Chapter 34: Palpatines Advice Chapter 34: Palpatine''s Advice "Don''t get your hopes up about Anakin" I said while walking away. Qui-gon''s face started to give off a worrying look, when he heard my piece of advice. I walked towards Padme''s group waiting in the taxi for me to finish my business. Jar Jar, Anakin and his mother are with Padme''s group in the taxi. In the the taxi Palpatine was given Jar Jar, Anakin and his mother who were in the back of the taxi, a skeptical look. Jar Jar leans over to Anakin "Da Maska Mana a bein grossly nice, mesa tinks." says Jar Jar After looking around in the taxi, Jar Jar talks. "Pitty hot!"mented Jar Jar I entered the taxi when Jar Jar made hisment. I then sat down between Padme and Dia, with Palpatine across from Padme. As soon as I sat down, Palpatine started scanning me with his eyes from head to toe. He was curious about who I am. As we headed off in the taxi, Supreme Chancellor Valorum, Qui-gon and Obi-wan watch the taxi move off into the city. "I must speak with the Jedi Council immediately, Your Honor." says Qui-gon "The situation has be moreplicated then we have ever imagined." -30 minutester in Palpatine''s waiting room- Padme is sitting down and listening to Palpatine, with her Handmaidens standing behind her. I am sitting on a couch that is off to the side of the room with Dia. Anakin, his mother and Jar Jar are waiting in an adjoining room. They can see the Queen but cannot hear what they are talking about. "Dissen all pitty odd to my." says Jar Jar looking at Anakin and his mom "Don''t look at me. I don''t know what''s going on." replied Anakin "You shouldn''t worry about these things, Annie" said Shmi "It''s not our ce to question how these politicians do things, you just need to be patient and wait, ok?" "Yes, mother" said Anakin while leaning on his mother. Soon, Captain Panaka enters into the room while Palpatine was still talking "...the Republic is not what it once was. The Senate is full of greedy, squabbling delegates who are only looking out for themselves and their home sytems." says Palpatine "There is no interest in themon good...no civility, only politics...its disgusting. I must be frank, Your Majesty, there is little chance the Senate will act on the invasion." "Chancellor Valorum seems to think there is hope." replied Padme "If I may say so, Your Majesty, the Chancellor has little real power..." says Palpatine "He is mired down by baseless usations of corruption. A manufactured scandal surrounds him. The bureaucrats are in charge now." "What options do we have?" asked Padme "Our best choice would be to push for the election of a stronger Supreme Chancellor. " said Palpatine "One who will take control of the bureaucrats, enforces thews, and give us justice. You could call for a vote of no confidence in Chancellor Valorum." When I heard Palpatine mention the vote of no confidence while manipting Padme, I started to smile behind my mask. ''Don''t think your ns will go so smoothly, now that I am here your ns wille to ruin'' I said in my mind ''I will make you suffer for making one of my women suffer like this.'' I continue listening to the dialogue between Padme and Palpatine. "But he has been our strongest supporter." says Padme "Is there any other way?" "Our only other choice would to be to submit a plea to the courts..." says Palpatine "There''s no time for that. The courts take even longer to decide things than the Senate." said Padme "Our people are suffering, Senator...more and more each day. We must do something quickly to stop the Federation." "To be realistic, Your Highness, I''d say we''re going to have to ept Federation control for the time being." Said Palpatine "That is something I cannot do." said Padme with great anger -Jedi Temple- Qui-gon stands in the middle of a tall stately room with the twelve Jedi Masters sitting in chairs in a semi-circle Behind Qui-gon is Obi-wan staying silent while Qui-gon is talking " ...my only conclusion can be that the assant was a Sith Lord." says Qui-gon "A Sith Lord?!?" cried out Mace Windu "Impossible!" cried out Ki-adi "The Sith have been extinct for a millennium." "The very Republic is threatened, if involved the Sith are." says Yoda in his weird way of speaking. "I do not believe they could have returned without us knowing." said Mace Windu "But Master Windu, I have proof." says Qui-gon while showing the twelve Jedi Masters the video chip in his hands. Soon, everyone in the room has watched the video of the fight "Hard to see, the dark side is." says Yoda "Discover who this assassin is, we must." "I sense he will reveal himself again." said Ki-adi "This attack was with purpose, that is clear." says Mace Windu "and I agree that the Queen is the target." "With this Naboo queen you must stay, Qui-Gon." says Yoda "Protect her." "We will use all our resources here to unravel this mystery and discover the identity of your attacker..." said Mace Windu "Before you go and protect the Queen, tell us who this mysterious character in the video we see you fighting with. "Master, this man is a Force User who is a being employed by the Queen, that is all that I know" said Qui-gon While not mentioning the fact that I could use the powers of the Dark Side "Meet him, we must" says Yoda "Yes, we must meet him." says Mace Windu "Tell this mysterious person that we want to meet him. You can go on, May the Force be with you." "May the Force be with you." says Yoda Obi-wan turns to leave, but Qui-gon stays to face the Council. "Master Qui-Gon more to say, have you?" asked Yoda "With your permission, my Master." replied Qui-gon "I have encountered a vergence in the Force." "A vergence, you say?" asked Yoda "Located around a person?" asked Mace Windu "Yes, a boy... his cells have the highest concentration of midi-chlorians I have seen in a life form." said Qui-gon "It is possible he was conceived by the midi-chlorians." "You''re referring to the prophesy of the one who will bring bnce to the Force..."says Mace Windu "You believe it''s this boy?" "I don''t presume..." says Qui-gon "But you do!" says Yoda "Revealed, your opinion is." "I request the boy be tested." says Qui-gon "His midi-chlorian count is over 20,000." The twelve Jedi Master all look to one another. They nod and turn back to Qui-gon "Trained as a Jedi, you request for him?" asked Yoda "Yes, Master." said Qui-gon "It was with the help of the mysterious Force User''s guidance that I was able to find him, so I believe it was the will of the Force through the Force User that guided us to the boy." "Bring him before us tonight then." sighed Mace Windu "Tested he will be." said Yoda "Thank you very much Master" bowed Qui-gon "Also Masters, before I came to seek your council, the mysterious Force User also prophesized that you will be testing the boy tonight, so he said he wille meet you then." Chapter 35: The Senate Meeting Part 1 Chapter 35: The Senate Meeting Part 1 "Thank you very much Master" bowed Qui-gon "Also Masters, before I came to seek your council, the mysterious Force User also prophesized that you will be testing the boy tonight, so he said he wille meet you then." -Queen''s Quarters- "Jerid, what do you think I should about this Senate meeting? Should I really call for a vote of no confidence of the Chancellor?" asked Padme who was tired and deeply worried about her and people. Before I began talking with Padme, I used my Force Power [Mechu-deru] to scan for any kind of listening device, and I wasn''t surprised but I found four such device in this room. So I used [Mech-deru] to disable them. Now with the listening devices deactivated, I began to talk. "Your Majesty, you have nothing to worry about. Your and your people arepletely safe from harm, before we left I was able to sneak onto the Federation''s ships and reprogramed all of their droids." I said "With a singlemand from me, the Battle Droids will switch to our sides and fight for us." "WHAT! REALLY!" cried out Padme "Then why are we even here, when you could have turned the tides of the invasion, and stop the Trade Federation from take over my, why didn''t you stop it!" Padme was angry with me when she heard that I reprogramed the battle droids to fight for us and didn''t stop the invasion from happening. "I didn''t stop it, because this invasion is a necessary step for you to grow. So I took some precautions so that nothing bad will happen" I said "Also you need to see how inefficient the democracy of the Republic is, and how corrupt politicians can destroy it, what I am trying to say is that the Republic''s democracy is dead. When a government gets this big with so many representatives then it will fail to help the less fortunate, you have seen it first hand on Tatooine with how their is still very" "I know that the Republic has failed to help a lot of people but the Republic can still turn things around and help them." said Padme with determination and anger" I will show you that the Senate will help us, and that democracy isn''t dead, and it''s still alive." "The Republic can''t help anyone with most of the politicians only looking out for their own interest, especially Senator Palpatine." I said "That is not true, Senator Palpatine is a kind and caring man." said Padme "He is loyal to Naboo and cares about his home." That''s not true in the slightest" I replied "If you call for a vote of no confidence at the Senate then Palpatine will use the Invasion of Naboo to help him receive many sympathy votes to help boost his position to be Supreme Chancellor of the Republic." "That''s not true" cried out Padme "He cares about democracy and peace, he is a good man, I know it." "If that is true, then why does Palpatine have listening devices in this room" I said I stood up, and walked over to a statue of an animal that was ced on a table against the wall, and grabbed a device that was ce in top of the animal''s mouth. Once I took the device off, I tossed it to Padme. "This is...a listening device!" said Padme who was shock. "This can''t be true." "It is true, your Majesty" I said "Palpatine isn''t who you think he is, I wouldn''t be surprised if he had a helping hand behind the Trade Federation''s Invasion." "NO" cried Padme "That is not the man I know of, he has fought hard for Naboo, and has been a respected Senator for Naboo and it''s people." "Then why would the Trade Federation invade Naboo which is a smallpared to the manyrgers with a lot of riches in debt to the Trade Federation?" I asked "Does it make any sense at all, they could invade a richer, but they invade Naboo instead." "I don''t know" said Padme sadly "Today, Senator Palpatine hopes for you to call for a vote of no confidence" I said "I want you to not call for it and see what happens. I am pretty sure Palpatine has someone else who will call for the vote in case you don''t call for the vote." "I will think about it" says Padme "Besides, you don''t need the Republic''s help against the Trade Federation, with onemand the Battle Droids on Naboo and on the Trade Federation ships will capture the Trade Federation Officials, and bring the forth to you." I said "It''s time to go to the Senate meeting, and for you to see the ipetence of the Republic''s corrupt democracy." "Alright, let''s go" said Padme sadly "Before we go, take this recording" I said while handing Padme a holopad "What''s on it" asked Padme "The recording of the meeting of the Trade Federation and the person behind the Invasion of Naboo, you can show it to the Senate." I said "Ok, we need to hurry" said Padme while taking the holopad with the recording on it -Later at the Senate Building- The Senate chambers is huge. There are thousands of Senators and their aides sitting in the circr assembly area. Supreme Chancellor Valorum is sitting in an elevated area in the center of the Senate Assembly. In the halls of the Senate Building, there are hundreds of aides and droids hurrying about, here and there. Senator Palpatine, Padme, her Handmaidens, Captain Panaka , Dia and me are sitting in the Naboo Congressional Box, which is a floating tform. Palpatine leans over to Padme. "If the Federation moves to defer the motion...Your Majesty" said Senator Palpatine "I beg of you to call for a vote of no confidence in the Chancellor." "We will see how things go, Senator" says Padme "Your Majesty, you must force a new election for Supreme Chancellor" said Palpatine "I promise you there are many who will support us...it is our best chance...our only chance to save Naboo "You truly believe Chancellor Valorum will not bring our motion to a vote?" asked Padme while inspecting him "He is distracted..." said Palpatine "He is afraid. He will be of no help to us, so we need one who can rece him and help us, someone like me." When Padme heard what Palpatine said, she remained silent and started to remember what I said about Palpatine organizing the Invasion of Naboo so he could be Supreme Chancellor, and she started think maybe it might be true. "The Chair recognizes the Senator from the sovereign system of Naboo." called out Supreme Chancellor Valorum When Naboo was called forth, the Naboo congressional box started floating into the center of the Senate. "Supreme Chancellor, delegates of the Senate. A tragedy has ured on our peaceful system of Naboo." said Palpatine "We have be caught in a dispute you''re all well aware of, which began right here with the taxation of trade routes, and has now engulfed our entire in the oppressions of the Trade Federation." When Palpatine finished his introduction speech, a second congressional box rushes into the center of the Senate. The box was filled with Federation trade barons led by Lott Dod, the Senator for the Federation. "This is outrageous!" cried out Senator Lott "I object to the Senator''s statements!" Chapter 36: The Senate Meeting Part 2 Chapter 36: The Senate Meeting Part 2 "This is outrageous!" cried out Senator Lott of the Trade Federation "I object to the Senator''s statements!" "The Chair does not recognize the Senator from the Trade Federation at this time" stated Chancellor Valorum "Please return to your station." When Lott Dod heard Valorum telling to go back, he reluctantly moves the congressional box to its rightful ce. "To state our allegations, I present Queen Amid" said Palpatine Pamde stands up in the congressional box with all the eyes of the Senate on her. There was some apuse for her. While Padme was looked at all of the Senators, I could sense that she was tense and nervous but she soon started to calm herself down. "Honorable representatives of the Republic, distinguished delegates, and Your Honor Supreme Chancellor Valorum" called out Padme "Ie to you under the gravest of circumstances. My home of Naboo has been invaded by force. Invaded...against all thews of the Republic...by the Droid Armies of the Trade... Soon, the congressional box of the Trade Federation rushes into the center of the Seante. "I object!" cried of Senator Lott Dod "There is no proof. This is incredible. We rmend amission be sent to Naboo to ascertain the truth of these usations." "Overruled." cried out Chancellor Valorum "Your Honor, you cannot allow us to be condemned without reasonable observation." cried out Senator Lott Dod "It''s against all the rules of procedure." After making his statement, a third congressional box moves into the center with the Ambassador Aks Moe from the Congress of Mstare. Ambassador Moe starts to address the Senate. "The Congress of Mstare concurs with the honorable delegate from the Trade Federation." stated Ambassador Moe "Amision must be appointed...that is thew." "The point..." said Chancellor Valorum, when he starts to confer with his aides and his Vice Chairman Mas Amedda about the subject. Palpatine leans forward near Padme''s ear and whispers. "Now enter the bureaucrats, the true rulers of the Republic, and on the payroll of the Trade Federation" whispers Palpatine "I might add, that this is where Chancellor Valorum''s strength and power will disappear." "The point is conceded...Section 523A take precedence here." said Chancellor Valorum sadly "Queen Amid of the, Naboo, will you defer your motion to allow amission to explore the validity of your usations?" I sense Padme starting to be angry at indecisiveness of the Senate and of Chancellor Valorum for not helping her people but she slowly calmed herself down again and rxed her heart, since she knowns that she needs a clear mind and heart to make good decision. After calming down, Padme starts speaking and remembers the holopad that I have given her. "Chancellor and members of the Senate, I will not defer since I havee here to resovle this attack on our sovereignty now. I was not elected to watch my people suffer. said Padme Padme then lifts up the holopad that I have given her in the air for the Senate to see. "On this holopad is a video evidence of the Invasion of Naboo by the Trade Federation" cried out Padme The whole Senate erupt into shock and everyone started talking and whispering. When Palpatine saw the holopad and Padme iming to have evidence of the Trade Federation invading Naboo, his mood started sour greatly while looking at Padme holding the holopad, and thinking of his nsing to ruin because of it. He took out a holopad as well, and started typing a message to activate his backup n. Padme hands the holopad to an aide who then connects the holopad to some connectors in the congressional box, and then a hologram projection of the video appeared in the center of the Senate. In the projection, was Viceroy Nute and his aide Rune standing before the hologram of Darth Sidious. "The invasion of Naboo is on schedule, My Lord." says Viceroy Nute bowing before the hologram of Darth Sidious. "Good. I have the Senate bogged down in procedures." says Darth Sidious "By the time this incidentes up for a vote, they will have no choice but to ept your control of the system. "The Queen has great faith the Senate will side with her." says Viceroy Nute "Queen Amid is young and nave little girl. You will find controlling her will not be difficult." Says Darth Sidious "You have done well, Viceroy." "Thank you, My Lord." says Viceroy Nute The projection of the video ended, and the content of the video had the Senate in silence. "The video must be a fake" cried out Senator Lott Dod "This video must be a ploy by Queen Amid to sully the good name of the Trade Federation, how can we trust that this video is real!" Whispers started going around the Senate about the video, and about Senator Dod''s usations of the video. Then 20 congressional box floated out. "We Senators also agree with Senator Dod, that this video could of been faked to sully the Trade Federation, so we believe that the Senate should continue with the decision of having a Commission investigate the outrageous ims of the young Queen." said one of the twenty Senators "WHAT!" cried out Padme "This video isn''t fake!" "Little Queen, how do we know if it''s a fake or not" cried out Senator Dod "The Senate should continue the decision to send a Commission to investigate." Chancellor Valorum confers with his Vice Chairman and his aides. When they stopped whispering among each other, Chancellor Valorum starts to speak again. "I have made a decision" stated Chancellor Valorum "Even though the video evidence provided by Queen Amid could be real, we don''t know that for certain so we should have a Commission investigate whether or not if the Trade Federation invaded the system of Naboo." When Padme heard Chancellor Valorum''s decision, she was deeply sadden. Palpatine leans forward and whispers in Padme''s ear again. "You see your Majesty, The Chancellor is weak and powerless to help our people." says Palpatine "We need someone who is stronger to lead the Republic, so please call for a ''vote of no confidence'' in Chancellor Valorum''s leadership" "I will do no such thing" stated Padme while inspecting Palpatine "I have made a deal with an ally, and the ally will help us resolve the invasion of Naboo." "But your Highness, a new leadership is needed" said Palpatine who I could feel was getting angry inside "You need to call for a ''vote of no confidence''" "I feel that we don''t need to do such a thing" stated Padme B...but your Highness" cried out Palpatine "That''s enough, I have made my decision" stated Padme "Yes, your Majesty" said Palpatine with hidden anger in his voice. As I continue sitting in the congressional box in silence, I was really enjoying the show between Padme and the Senate, and I really like how frustrated Palpatine is getting with his n being ruin by Padme''s determination to not call for a ''vote of no confidence''. Soon, Palpatine sat back down and started typing on his holopad. As I watched Palpatine type away on his holopad, I started thinking what will he do next. Once Palpatine was done on his holopad, Senator Taa, a known friend of Palpatine moves his congressional box into the center "I am Senator Taa, and I am good friends of Palpatine." said Senator Taa "I am very disappointed in the Senate especially in our Supreme Chancellor who is so indecisiveness to help a fellow member of our beloved Senate protect their home. So I would like to ''vote for no confidence''... in Chancellor''s Valorum''s leadership." "What?..." cried out Chancellor Valorum "No!" With Senator Taa calling for a ''vote of no confidence'', it caused a great stir in the Senate. A loud murmur crescendos into a roar of approval and jeers. As Chancellor Valorum looks around and listens to the approval and jeers for the ''vote of no confidence'', he became stunned and stands speechless as he watches and listens to the Senate. As Chancellor Valorum remains stunned, his Vice Chairman Mas Amedda takes over. "Order!"manded Mas Amedda "We shall have order..." When Padme heard the call for ''vote of no confidence'' from someone, she was stunned and remember about what I said to her earlier. She turns around to look and at Palpatine and see him smiling. When Palpatine see Padme looking at him, he starts to speak. "Looks like we aren''t the only one''s dissatisfied with how the Chancellor is handling our case, your Highness." said Palpatine "It''s good that we have some good friends and allies in the Senate who want to help us." "If you say so" says Padme as she continues to watch him and be even more suspicious of him. Padme then turns to me, and starts thinking about all of the conversations we had on Naboo and the conversation we had earlier before the Senate Meeting. She started thinking '' Is he right? Is Palpatine really not the man that I think he is? Is Palpatine really behind the Invasion of Naboo? Chapter 37: Senator Palpatine Nominated Chapter 37: Senator Palpatine Nominated She started thinking '' Is he right? Is Palpatine really not the man that I think he is? Is Palpatine really behind the Invasion of Naboo? As she was thinking about the things I have said. Things in the Senate started to settle down a little. The Trade Federation''s congressional box settles next to Naboo''s congressional box. When Padme sees the Trade Federation near her, she red at them. While Padme was ring at the Trade Federation, Prince Bail Organa moves his congressional box into the center of the Senate. "Alderaan seconds the motion for a ''vote of no confidence'' in Chancellor Valorum." calls out Prince Organa "The motion has been seconded by Bail Organa of Alderaan." stated Vice Chairman Mas Amedda. After Mas Amedda stated the motion, he turns to the now shocked and confused Valorum, and whispers something into his ear. "There must be no dys." cried out Prince Organa "The motion is on the floor and must be voted upon in this session." "The Trade Federation moves the motion be sent to the proceduresmittee for study." said Senator Dodd Afterwards, a lot of Senators and people started to chant, while this was going on, Chancellor Valorum talks to Mas Amedda As Chancellor Valorum was talking, people started to chanted "Vote now! Vote now! Vote now!" Palpatine walks up and stands next to Padme "You see, Your Majaesty, we have many allies and friends in the Senate who want to help us fight against the Invasion of the Trade Federation, and they know that we need a stronger Chancellor to help us" said Palpatine "The tide is with us...soon Valorum will be voted out, I assure you that the Senate will elect in a new Chancellor, a strong Chancellor, one who will not let our tragedy continue..." "Please be silent"manded Padme "I am thinking" Padme didn''t want Palpatine to talk anymore and didn''t want to here his words since she is now doubting Palpatine. "Yes, your Majesty" said Palpatine but deep down in him, I could sense his anger towards Padme "The Supreme Chancellor requests a recess." cried out Mas Amedda "Tomorrow we will begin the vote." When the Trade Federation delegation heard Mas Amedda, they became furious. Mas Amedda turns to Valorum and whispers again into his ear, and soon there was shock and sadness on his face. Valorum then turns to Palpatine "Palpatine, I thought you were my ally...my friend." said Chancellor Valorum sadly "You have betrayed me! How could you do this?" At the same time as the Senate meeting was ending, Obi-wan and Qui-gon were standing outside the Jedi Temple on a balcony, overlooking the city. "The boy will not pass the Council''s tests, Master" said Obi-wan "And you know it. He is far too old to be a Padawan" "Anakin will be a Jedi..." said Qui-gon "I promise you that it will happen" "Don''t defy the Council, Master" cried Obi-wan "..not again." "I will do what I must." said Qui-gon "Master, you could be sitting on the Council by now if you would just follow the code and the will of the Council" said Obi-wan "They will not go along with you this time." "You still have much to learn, my young apprentice." smiled Qui-gon Qui-gon walks back into the Jedi Temple, leaving Obi-wan on the balcony Later that night, in the Jedi Council Chamber, Anakin is standing before the twelve Jedi Masters. Mace Windu is holding a small hand-held viewing screen. On the screen in rapid session were images shing across it. "A ship...a cup....a speeder" said Anakin With Anakain passing the little test, Mace Windu turns off the viewing screen and gives a nod to Yoda. "Good, good, young one. " said Yoda "How feel you?" "A little cold, sir." said Anakin "Afraid are you?" asked Yoda "No, sir." replied Anakin "Afraid to give up your life?" asked Mace Windu Anakin hesitates with his answer before he finally replies "I don''t think so." said Anakin "See through you, we can." said Yoda "Be mindful of your feelings...young one" said Mace Windu "Your thoughts dwell on your mother." said Ki-adi "I am worried about her. I worry if she will be alright without me" replied Anakin "Afraid to lose her..". said Yoda "I think." "What''s that got to do with anything?" asked Anakin with a little anger in his voice "Everything. Fear is the path to the dark side... fear leads to anger... anger leads to hate.. hate leads to suffering." said Yoda "I am not afraid!" said Anakin angrily "A Jedi must have the deepestmitment, the most serious mind. Much fear in you, I sense." said Yoda "I am not afraid." said Anakin quietly "Then continue, we will." said Yoda At the same time as Anakin interview with the Jedi Council, Palpatine and Captain Panaka rush into the room where Padme, Dia and I were resting. They bowed before her. "Your Highness, we have some great news." cried out Captain Panaka "Senator Palpatine has been nominated to seed Valorum as Supreme Chancellor." When Padme heard the news, she nced at me, remembering about what I told her about how Palpatine helped the Trade Federation invade Naboo so he could run and win the position of Supreme Chancellor. Palpatine steps forward "A surprise, to be sure, but a wee one." said Palpatine with a big smile on his face "I promise, Your Majesty, if I am elected, I will bring democracy back to the Republic. I will put an end to corruption. The Trade Fedreation will lose its influence over the bureaucrats, and our people will be freed." "Who else can be nominated?" asked Padme "Bail Antilles of Alderaan and Ainlee Teem of Mstare." replied Captain Panaka "Why don''t we support Bail Antilles of Alderaan to win the election then" said Padme "Alderaan is one of our allies." "Your Majesty, I feel that is a poor choice. I believe that I would be a better and stronger choice" said Palpatine "With great confidence I believe if I win the election and with our ''situation; it will create a lot of sympathy votes for us, and I will be Chancellor, then I will be able to save our home, I promise you." "I see" said Padme without any joy "Now that it is clear to me that the Republic no longer functions as a democracy, and the Republic won''t help protect Naboo, I can''t do just sit here anymore. I am going back to Naboo tonight." "Go back!! But, Your Majesty, be realistic!" said Palpatine "You would be in danger. They will force you to sign the treaty." "I will sign no treaty, Senator." said Padme "I will be safe with my bodyguard and his apprentice by my side, and it''s my duty to protect my people. Captain!" When Padme mentions me to Palpatine, he starts eyeing me and Dia with curiosity, and was trying to analyze us. At the same time, Captain Panaka rushes into the room. "Yes, Your Highness?" said Captain Panaka "Ready my ship!"manded Padme "We are leaving for Naboo tonight." "Please, Your Majesty, stay here...where it''s safe." begged Captain Panaka "As long as he is here, I will be safe" said Padme as she gestures at me "Also he has a n to defeat the Trade Federation''s droid army and save Naboo." "WHAT!" cried out Palpatine in surprise "Does he truly have a n? If he does, what is his n?" "He has informed me of his n to defeat the Trade Federation earlier today, and I believe that his n can work" said Padme "And sorry Senator but that is a secret" "But your Majesty, surely you can inform us of the n to take back Naboo?" said Palpatine "Since we all want to save Naboo from the clutches of the Trade Federation." "Sorry but no" said Padme "The walls might have ears, so it''s better to keep the n a secret." Padme walks out of the room, Dia and I follow behind her. When we left, Palpatine had a worried expression on his face, and was getting scared of scared of me since he could analyze or sense anything about me. "Your Majesty, before we go back to Naboo, there are a couple of things I must do before we leave" I said "How long do you need then? asked Padme "Not long, just 2 hours at the minimum" I said "3 max" "Ok" said Padme "I believe in you" "Thank you, your Majesty" I said "For putting your trust in me, I promise to not let you down, and to save Naboo for you." I gave Padme a small bow before ending to the front entrance of the condo we were in. "Dia,e with me" Imanded "Yes, Master" replied Dia "So Master, where are we going?" "We are going to meet some foolish jedi" I said "And then we have a meeting with a vassal of mine" "I see" said Dia curiously with a thinking expression and a finger on her chin. "Sounds like fun" Chapter 38: Meeting the Jedi High Council Chapter 38: Meeting the Jedi High Council Inside the Council Chambers of the Jedi Temple stood Anakin, Obi-wan and Qui-gon before the twelve Jedi Master of the Jedi Council "...Correct you were, Qui-Gon." Yoda said "His cells contain a very high concentration of midi-chlorians." said Mace Windu "And the Force is strong with him."mented Ki-adi "He''s to be trained, then." said Qui-gon with hopeful expression. The Jedi Council looked at one another, then back to Qui-gon "No." said Yoda "Trained, he will not be. When Anakin heard their decision, he became crestfallen and tears begin to form in his eyes. "No??!!" cried out Qui-gon Besides Qui-gon, Obi-wan smiles at the decision of the Council "He is too old to be trained" replied Mace Windu "There is already too much anger in him, which could lead him to the Dark Side" "He is the chosen one..." cried Qui-gon "You must see it." "Clouded, this boy''s future is." said Yoda "Masked by his youth." "I will train him, then." cried out Qui-gon "I will take Anakin as my Padawan learner." When Obi-wan heard Qui-gon, he became surprised at Qui-gon determination and decision. At the same time, Anakin''s tears stopped forming, and he watches Qui-gon with interest and a hopeful expression. "Allow, we can not" said Yoda "Too much fear and anger, he has" "We forbid it." said Mace Windu "But Masters, Anakin is clearly the chosen one" cried Qui-gon "I believe he is the one who will bring bnce to the Force." "Chosen one, he may be" said Yoda "Too risky to be trained, he is" "The Council will not allow you to train the boy"manded Mace Windu "If you try to train, the Council will have no choice but to exile you from the Jedi Order, we have been pretty lenient with your past actions but we can''t allow you to continue defy the rules of the Jedi Order." Obi-wan was shocked that his Master might be exiled from the Order, and when Qui-gon heard Mace Windu, he stood their with a determine expression. Soon all of the Jedi Council members, Qui-gon and Obi-wan felt a disturbance in the Force. Then right behind Qui-gon, Obi-wan and Anakin, appeared a ck hole in the shape of a door. When the ck hole appeared, all of the Jedi Masters stood up from their seats in battle ready stance and their lightsaber hilts drawn from their belt. Then a voice came from the ck hole "It''s nice to meet me you all" I said while stepping out of the ck hole "But what kind of wee is this, with your lightsabers out, ready to attack." Following behind me, was my apprentice, Dia. Dia was excited and amazed by the ck hole, and how I can travel great distances with it. Soon, the ck hole disappeared. Dia and I are now standing before the Jedi Council, who are still ready to attack at a moments notice. "How did you get in here" cried out Mace Windu "The one we saw in the video, you are" said Yoda "Yes, I am the man in the video, Master Yoda" I said "Know of me, you do?" asked Yoda "I know a little of you Master Yoda" I said while slightly bowing towards Yoda "I know you are a wise and kind Jedi Master who has taught so many younglings for over 800 years old." "Know me, you do" said Yoda "Master Yoda, please stop talking with the intruders" said Mace Windu "Now Tell me, how you got into the Jedi Council''s Chamber and your purpose in being here." Mace Windu, a Jedi Master who I very much didn''t like because of his distrustful attitude of Anakin when he was a Jedi. He was also one of the many reasons why Anakin turned to the Dark Side. "Mace Windu, a stubborn, grim and disdainful man who is blinded by his stupidity" I said "I really dislike you" "What did you say!" called out Mace Windu "Calm down, you must" said Yoda "I am here to pick up Anakin" I said "Since the Jedi Order is too stubborn to train him." "That is because the boy is too old to train" said Mace Windu "He has too much fear in him which the Dark Side can use to tempt" "So what, just. Just because a kid has some fear, that makes him unworthy to be taught. He is a little kid for godsakes. This is why I hate how the Jedi Order does things" I scoffed "As long as he has a good teacher like Qui-gon here, who can show him the way to handle his emotions, then I am sure Anakin will be a very powerful Force User." "Distain for the Jedi Order, you have ." said Yoda "I don''t have distain for the Jedi Order, Master Yoda" I said "If fact, I believe that the Jedi Order does a lot a great good, its just that I hold great disdain for Jedi like Mace Windu here. Jedi like him will be the downfall of the Jedi Order." "Why you..." said Mace Windu before I interrupted him "I have some advise for the Jedi Order and the Jedi High Council" I said "The Jedi Order needs no advice from a strange man like you" yelled Mace Windu "Master Windu, calm down you, you must" said Yoda "Advise for us, you have? Do tell." Master Yoda, you can''t be serious about this, can you?" asked Mace Windu "Dark Side in him, there is not" said Yoda while smiling at me "Bnce of the Force in him, I feel. No harm in hearing him out, there is." "What Master Yoda says is true" says Ki-adi "I can''t feel any kind of Darkness inside of him. Why don''t we see what he has to say" "Thank you" I said "My advise is this, if the Jedi Order doesn''t evolve and change its ways, then the Jedi Order will bring about it''s own downfall. You will lose a lot of good Jedi with the way you do things, which in turns weakens the Jedi Order. The Jedi Order should adopt Qui-gon''s way of doing things." "The ancient traditions of the Order has worked for centuries, there is no need to change them" cried out Mace Windu " Also who cares if we lose a few rebellious and unorthodox Jedi, they bring dishonor to the Jedi Order, and the Order has survived for centuries with it''s traditions and it will continue to survive for generations toe." "I wouldn''t be so sure of that" I said While some of the Jedi Masters like Yoda were more open-minded, they were thinking of what I said, but some of them were also old fashion and believed in the ancient traditions of the Jedi Order, and just ignored my advice, just like Mace Windu. After thinking about my advice, Yoda started speaking "Wise, powerful and bnce in the Force, you are" said Yoda "Join the Jedi Order, why don''t you? Help the Order, you might." "Master Yoda, you can''t be serious in letting thisplete unorthodox of a stranger join the Order." stated Mace Windu "Master Yoda, while I do appreciated your offer but I sadly have to decline" I said "Since I n on creating a ce of my own" While we are talking, Dia was being curious. She looked at each of the Jedi Master then she started looking around the Chamber with wonder in her eyes. After a while, she focused her attention on Yoda. Yoda then noticed her gaze on him. "This youngling, what is your name?" asked Yoda with curiosity When Yoda asked about her, Dia turned her head and stared at Yoda. "My name is Dia" said Dia while bowing towards Yoda "I am the apprentice and one of the future wives of my Master" "sphemy" cried out Mace Windu with disdain in his voice "What you just spoke is unholy. Not just forming attachments but having a lover rtionship between a Master and Apprentice is just sickening." When Dia heard him, and saw the disdainful look in his eyes, she was a little frighten and backed up a couple of feet. When I saw that, I stood in front of her. "You better shut the hell up, asshole." I said with disdain "Who the hell gave you right to judge our way of the Force, you bald idiot. " When I cursed at Mace Windu, everyone in the Chambers was taken back by what I said. Chapter 39: Finding... (Title at End) Chapter 39: Finding... (Title at End) (Warning: Cliff Hanger but there is a big surprise at the end) When I cursed at Mace Windu, everyone in the Chambers was taken back by what I said. "You think your ancient traditions and ways of the Jedi Order are the only right way of the Force, but you are blinded and your mind is so clouded that you can think or see clearly." I said "The Force is like a tree, the trunk is the Force, and it''s branches are the different paths of the Force. There is not just one right path of the Force, but hundreds, maybe even thousands of paths that can be taken which can represent good or bad." "Hmmm" said Yoda While Yoda was thinking about what I said, while Mace Windu red at me with disdain. "But now is not the time for talking about our different views and philosophy of the Force" I said "Queen Amid is returning to Naboo, which will put her in danger and put pressure on the Trade Federation. Her return will widen the confrontation on Naboo and her arrival will draw out..." "Draw out the Queen''s attacker, it might" said Yoda "These events are moving fast...too fast" said Ki-adi "Qui-gon and Obi-wan, go with the Queen to Naboo and discover the identity of this dark warrior."manded Mace Windu "Capture him if you can, he is the clue we need to unravel this mystery of the Sith." "Decide Young Skywalker''s fateter, we can" said Yoda "Take him back to his mother, you should." "Yes, Master" said Qui-gon " "Protect the Queen, but do not intercede if ites to war not until we have the Senate''s approval. If there is no approval by then, then you will have to leave the Queen to her fate "manded Mace Windu "Now go and May the Force be with you" "May the Force be with you." said Yoda and the other Jedi Masters "Master Qui-gon, Obi-wan, Anakin let us get going" I said turning towards the exit. "Hold it right there, where do you think you are going" called out Mace Windu I stopped and turned around to face Mace Windu "Let him go, you should" said Yoda "He is needed on Naboo, I feel" "But Master Yoda, he is a unorthodox Force Wielder, who was suddenly able to teleport into our Council Chambers, we should at least detain him and interrogate him, so we can find out his purpose in being here." Master Windu, listen to me, you should" said Master Yoda "If he isn''t on Naboo something bad will happen, I sense" "But Master Yoda, this man could be a threat to the Jedi Order" said Mace Windu "No threat, he is" said Yoda "Surrounded by the Force, I sense" "Right, Master Yoda is" said Yaddle "One with the Force, this one is" "Thank you Master Yoda and Master Yaddle" I said while bowing towards him When I said Master Yaddle''s name, she was a little surprised. "Of me, you know?" asked Master Yaddle "Of course, I do" I said "Just like Master Yoda here, you are one of the mostpassionate and kind Jedi Master around in the Jedi Order. You and Yoda are the some of the few Jedi that I highly respect and look up to" "Oh, how kind of you to say" said Master Yaddle with a warming smile "I am not aspassionate as Master Yoda" "Master Yaddle, don''t cut yourself to short" I said "I know of how you helped the people of Koba rebuild their society even though they had trapped you in a cave for a century and instead of resenting them, you even felt sorry for them." Know my past, you do" said Master Yaddle with a look of surprise "I am sorry Master Yaddle, Master Yoda but I must cut our talks short" I said "I must leave now since I have some more business to take care of before heading back to Naboo but I thank you for listening to my words, and for meeting you" "May the Force be with you" said Master Yaddle and Master Yoda As I was about turn around to leave, the Force suddenly started gathered around me, gently flowing through me and caressing me. It halted my steps by holding me back, stopping me from leaving. When the Jedi Masters in the room felt the huge amount Force gathering around me and caressing me, they were shocked by it since they have never seen anything like this happen before in their entire lives. It was like the Force was cherishing me, like it was my mother, and I was her son. I then felt the Force started pulling along, wanting me to follow it, so I went along with the Forces pulling. As the Jedi Masters felt the Force guiding me to something, they were surprised by it, and their was a look of shock on Mace Windu''s face. "Love by the Force, I feel he is" said Master Yoda "Follow after him, we should" "Agree with Master Yoda, I do" said Master Yaddle. "Like a part of the Force I sense, he is." "Where is the Force guiding him to, I wonder" said Ki-adi "Let''s go and find out" said Master Yoda As the Force continued guiding me, everyone in the Council Chamber decided to follow after me and to see where the Force is guiding me. I walked out of the Council Chamber, and went down the tower in an elevator. I went down the hall that leads to the elevator, down some stairs on the left, and went down another hall, took a right and went down another hall. I went down a few more halls and down a couple of stairs until I went out a door and was outside. I walked towards a balcony that was overlooking a courtyard, and in the courtyard where 20 younglings, ranging from ages of 3 to 10. The younglings were being taught by a Jedi Instructor. Continuing to follow right behind me, were the 12 Jedi Masters, Qui-gon, Obi-wan and Anakin. As the group watch on, I gaze upon the 20 younglings being instructed by a Jedi when the Force had me focus on one of the children in the middle of the children. The child was a 4 year old little togurta girl with orange skin and a white montral with blue markings. I quickly was able to recognized who she was, the little togurta girl is a young Ashoka Tano. Ashoka Tano was by far one of my favorite characters from the Star Wars Universe ''I guess the Force knew of my desire to save Ashoka Tano from her cruel fate'' I thought ''The Force must of guided me to her, so I can fulfilled my desire of saving her from her and make her into one of my future wives.'' As I gaze upon Ashoka Tano, I remember the episode from the Clone Wars animation series, where she was falsely used ofmitting a crime by the Jedi Order, the Order that she ced all of her trust and belief in. When that happened, she was crushed and became disillusioned with the Order. I still remember that sad look that she had on her face in the episode. I then used [Force Jump] to go over the balcony andnded into the courtyard, superhero style. I stood up, and walked over to the group of younglings. The Jedi Master''s group followed me but instead of jumping down, they walked down by using some nearby stairs. As I approached the group, the Jedi Instructor stepped into my path holding his lightsaber hilt, and stopped me from approaching the younglings. "Who are you?" asked the Jedi Instructor I stayed silent, and gazed at the Ashoka, she was so little and cute. I started to remember how she grew in the Clones Wars from a teenager to an adult. Soon, the Jedi Master''s group approached right behind me. "Who is it that you are looking for?" asked the Jedi Instructor "I am here for Ashoka Tano" I said When Ashoka heard me say her name, she was surprise and a little shy, so she hid behind one of the older and taller younglings, while also peeking out behind the other youngling. "Why are you looking for her?" asked Master Yoda "I am going to save her from the suffer that the Jedi Order will cause her." I said Title: Finding Ashoka Tano Chapter 40: Clouded by the Dark Side Chapter 40: Clouded by the Dark Side When Ashoka heard me say her name, she was surprise and a little shy, so she hid behind one of the older and taller younglings, while also peeking out behind the other youngling. "Why are you looking for her?" asked Master Yoda "I am going to save her from the suffer that the Jedi Order will cause her." I said "Will?" said Master Yoda "Know of the future, do you?" "Yes, I know what happens in the future" I said "The Force showed me what will happen in the future, and what is going to happen will be a terrible thing toe." "Be willing to tell us, will you?" asked Master Yoda "Help us create a better future, you can." I turned my head and looked at Master Yoda. "I am already doing that by being here" I stated to Master Yoda "I will bring about a better future for this gxy" "Also do you know where the Mirin youngling named Barriss Offee is?" I asked "Looking for her as well, you are?" asked Master Yoda "Yes, I am" I said "If she stays with you lot, she will eventually be disillusioned by the Order, and turn to the Dark Side." "What proof do you have to prove what your saying is the the truth" called out Mace Windu "Why don''t I try and show you some spoilers of the future." I said "Please open your minds" As some of the Jedi Master open up their minds, while some of them like Mace Windu remained skeptical about me. I started to try and see if I could use the Force Power, [Force Telepathy] on my own without learning it from the system. I started to gather the Force into my mind, and as the Force slowly seeped into my mind, I started to remember some images from the Star Wars: Revenge of the Sith movie. I found the image of the Jedi Temple during the night on fire in my memory, then an image of Jedi Temple during the day with a giant smoke cloud rising from it. Then I remember the image of Master Yoda and Obi-wan walking in the Temple surrounded by dead Jedi, and finally an image of a dark cloaked figure with a lightsaber activated, approaching a group of younglings in the High Council''s Chamber. Once I had the four images in my mind, I started using the Force to gather the images in my mind. I then raised my hand and gently pushed forward, sending the four images into the minds of the Jedi Masters. ''DING'' {Learned [Force Telepathy]} {Hidden Mission: Learn by Oneself.} {You have learned a Force Power without the help of the System} {Reward: 1 Companion Voucher and 15,000 EXP} {Hidden Mission can only bepleted once} When I saw the announcement appear in front of me, I was surprised. ''Looks like their are some missions that are hidden.'' I thought ''I really hate those Hidden Missions and Quest in video games since I have to try and discover them on my own, which is pretty annoying. The only good thing about Hidden Missions is that they have Rare and Unique Rewards.'' At the same time as I was thinking about the Hidden Mission, the four images went into the minds of some of the Jedi Masters, they became startled and shocked. When Master Yoda and Master Yaddle saw the images of the destruction, their hearts started to ache, and they both grabbed onto their chests to try and ease the pain in their heart. "Stop this destruction, how do we?" asked Master Yoda with a sadden look When the other Jedi Master who also saw the images I sent to their minds heard Master Yoda ask his question, they immediately became focus on me, while the skeptical Jedi Masters were clueless about what Master Yoda was talking about. "You don''t have to worry about a thing." I said "I will prevent that tragedy from happening" "Help you, can we?" asked Master Yoda "There is no need" I replied "Can you tell me where is Barriss Offfee now?" "She isn''t here, she is with Jedi Knight Luminara Unduli who is on a mission right now." replied Master Yoda "That''s too bad, I really wanted to me the both of them" I said "Oh well, if we are fate to meet, then we will meet in the future." I stepped forward, and gently moved the Jedi Instructor out of my way, and knelt down on one knee in front of Ahsoka Tano. "Hello Ahsoka Tano, my name is Jerid." I said with a gentle and kind voice "How are you?" Even though Ahsoka was shy, she bravely walked forward, and stood in front of me. She was holding her hands in front of her, and acting nervous while she was in front of me. It was pretty cute, how she acted so brave, and shy at the same time. "H...He...Hellow Mistah" said Ahsoka shyly "Mistah, wh...why do you know my name?" "Let''s just say I saw you through vision" I said "I know a lot about you, Ahsoka, and I know your future" "A vision?" asked Ahsoka "Yes, I saw you in a Force Vision ." I said "I also saw your future in my vision as well. I know you are a very talented young girl and your talents are wasted here. Your talents will not be able to prosper." "What do you mean?" asked a confused Ahsoka "I would like you toe with me and let me train you in the Ways of the Force." I said "This ce isn''t suited for you, it''s a ce of ignorance and fools." "Huh" said Ahsoka Soon, Mace Windu came up from behind me, and activated his purple lightsaber, and held the de close to my neck. "Are you trying to insult the Jedi Order?" said Mace Windu "Do not try and lead this youngling down your corrupt path?" Even with the lightsaber near my neck, I didn''t turn to look at Mace Windu, I kept on looking at Ahsoka who became frighten. "Even though I don''t like you Mace Windu, I will say this about you" I said "I really do respect your loyalty and dedication to your Order, but you are too ignorant and stubborn for your own good." "What do you mean that I am ignorant and stubborn?" said Mace Windu "Your ignorant because you believe that the Jedi Order''s ancient nemesis, the Sith couldn''t have returned, without the awareness of the Jedi Council." I said "Your minds are clouded by the Dark Side." "Our minds are as clear as day and it''s impossible for our minds to be clouded by the Dark Side, since the Force here is strong and protects us." said Mace Windu "Also there can''t be a Dark Side, since the Jedi Order eliminated all of the Sith in the past." "Yeah, right. Do you really think that the Jedi Order could exterminate all of the Sith?" I said I slowly used the Force, to deactivate Mace Windu''s lightsaber. Once deactivated, I used the Force to push it away from my neck. I then stood up and faced him. "All of your minds are truly clouded by the Dark Side." I said Before Mace Windu could continue arguing with me, Yoda walked in front of him and faced me, then Yoda held up his hand to stop Mace Windu from arguing some more. "If clouded minds we have, do tell?" asked Yoda "Along time ago, there was a Sith Shrine eructed on the very site of this Jedi Temple" I said "That''s can''t be true, can it?" cried out Obi-wan who was shocked by what I said. "True, it is. Read it in the History of the Order, I did." said Yoda "Destroyed though, it was. Destroyed to its foundation and stripped of all remnant of Sith, it was." "That''s notpletely true, Master Yoda." I said "Even though the Jedi removed most of everything rted to the Sith, but unbeknownst to the Jedi back then they miss a portion of the shrine." "What are you saying" said Mace Windu "The reason why your minds are clouded is that hidden underneath the Jedi Temple, remains a portion of the Sith Shrine, that''s still active." I said "With the Shrine still active, it has slowly clouded the your collective use of the Force with the power of the Dark Side." "Clouded minds we might have, if true." said Yoda "Talk about this information, the Council needs to do." "We will see if what you say is true or not" said Mace Windu "But you will not be taking the youngling away from the Order." "I won''t be taking her" I said "She will be leaving here on her own free will." I then turn to Ahsoka and walked towards her. I knelt down on one knee in front of her again. "I would like to talk to you again another day." I said "Would that be ok with you?" "Ok" said a confused Ahsoka, not knowing what''s going on in front of her. "I look forward to seeing you again" I said "Bye, Ahsoka" I patted Ahsoka on the head, then I walked next to Dia, and grabbed onto her waist. I opened up a ck hole using [Force Travel] and jumped inside with Dia. Chapter 41: Chaper 38: First Kiss Chapter 41: Chaper 38: First Kiss "I look forward to seeing you again" I said "Bye, Ahsoka" I patted Ahsoka on the head, then I walked next to Dia, and grabbed onto her waist. I opened up a ck hole using [Force Travel] and jumped inside with Dia. -Jedi Master''s POV- "Master Yoda, we should of capture that man" said Mace Windu "No. Capture him, we should not." said Master Yoda "Needed on Naboo I fear, he is. Something bad might happen on Naboo, I feel." "You can''t be serious Master Yoda" said Mace Windu "This man even tried to poach and led a youngling from the Order down a corrupt path, which is unforgiveable." "Doubt not the ways of the Force. It tests us at times, but believe it will lead us where we are meant to be, we must." advised Master Yoda "If the Force wants the youngling to go with the man, then what the Force wants, it is." "But that man is improper, plus his Ways of the Force is disgusting. Making his apprentice his wife." said Mace Windu "He is basically going down a corrupt path, and he is taking that apprentice of his, down with him." "The Force works in mysterious, it does." said Master Yoda "If the Force wills it, then let it be so. " "But Master he is going against the Code of the Order" said Mace Windu "He could go to the Dark Side and be a powerful enemy, and we should capture him and eliminate him before he does any kind of harm to the Order or that youngling." "Love by the Force, he is. Feel it, did you not?" asked Master Yoda "Also true, what he says. Many paths and branches of the Force, there are." "I did feel it Master Yoda but how can someone who goes against the the true Way of the Force be loved by it." said Mace Windu "He must of used some kind of trick to try and trick us all. Also Master there is only one true way of the Force, and that''s the Order''s Way" "Master Windu, open up your mind, you must" said Master Yoda "Manipted like that, The Force can not be. Also many paths of the Force, there are. Not only our Way" "But Master....." said Mace Windu "No more shall we discuss about that man." said Master Yoda "Search for the remnant of the Sith Shrine immediately, we must." "But that man could be lying to us. Trying to take us on a wild bantha chase." said Mace Windu "Also if he even is telling the truth, we don''t know where to look, and we can''t go on a wild bantha chase, since we need to investigate the dark warrior that is trying to kill the Naboo Queen." "Both, we must do" said Master Yoda "Investigate the dark warrior, you will and Search for the remnant of the Sith , I will." "If that is what you desire, Master Yoda" sighed Mace Windu "We will split our resources and do both task, Master." After discussing what they will do, Qui-gon and Obi-wan took Anakin away and headed towards where the Defender is parked, so they could protect the Naboo Queen. Some of the Jedi Masters went off to investigate the dark warrior, and Master Yoda took some Jedi Masters to the bottom of the Temple to search and try to find the remnant of the Sith Shrine underneath the Temple. While everyone was heading off Mace Windu stayed behind. After everyone was gone, the younglings started discussing what was going on. Some discuss about how they were able to see the great Jedi Masters, while some were talking to Ahsoka to see who the man in the strange mask was and talked to her about what happened. "You, Instructore here."manded Mace Windu When the Jedi Instructor heard Mace Windu, he ran to Mace Windu. "Hello, Master Windu." said the Jedi Instructor "What can I do for you?" "I want you to keep an eye on that togurta youngling"manded Mace Windu "You mean Ahsoka Tano?" asked the Jedi Instructor "Yes, the little togurta youngling" said Mace Windu "If that youngling does anything unorthodox or anything that goes against the Code or the Jedi Order, make sure you you inform me immediately. I feel thanks to that stranger, that she might be tempted to go down a corrupt path." "But Master Windu, this youngling was brought in by Master Plo Kloon" said the Jedi Instructor "So, if there anything I need to report, then I should really report to him about her." "No, you will report nothing to him about anything about that youngling" said Mace Windu "Instead you will report to me, that''s an order." "Ok, Master Windu" sighed the Jedi Instructor Before leaving, Mace Windu was ring at Ahsoka. At the same time, Ahsoka felt a gaze on her, and saw Mace Windu giving her the stink eye. She became frighten by Mace Windu''s distrustful gaze and grim demeanor, that she hid behind some fellow younglings. After ring at Ahsoka for a few more seconds, he turned and left. Even though Mace Windu has left, Ahsoka was still a little scared. -End of POV- A ck hole appeared in the Main Bedroom on the Defender. Dia and I appeared out of the ck hole. As soon as we were out, the ck hole vanishes into thin air. I used the Force to feel my surroundings, and found that no one was on board yet except for the six B-1 Battle Droids and the C2-N2, the ships personal droid. I took off my mask, and Dia was shocked and stared at my face, since this was her first time seeing my face. "So handsome!" blurted out Dia while staring at me. When Dia realized what she said, she blushed bright red, which was kind of hard to see because of her pink skin. When I heard Dia call me handsome, I smile. I walked over to her, lifted up her chin and kissed her on her lips. As I kiss her tenderly, she was shy at first, but after 10 seconds of kissing, she closed her eyes and started kissing me back as well. As we both kiss, we felt the Force going between us, going back and forth, forming some kind of inseparable bond between us. Through the Force, we could feel each other''s heartbeat, and each other''s essence and being. We kissed for about a minute before I stopped the kiss and turned around to opened up my Shop System. I then started searching for a female Sith outfit and mask for Dia to wear. At the same time, Dia was in a hypnotic trace as she was still feeling connection and bond between us, created through the Force. I soon found the perfect outfit and mask for Dia. They were items from SWTOR, the Dark Initiate''s Robe Armor Set and the Reaver''s Mask, which goes really well with the Robe. I then used some of the credits I still have from Jabba, to buy the clothe, then they appeared in my hands. Soon, Dia snapped out of her daze and ran up and hugged me from behind. "Thank you for standing up for me, Master" said Dia "You don''t have to thank me for that" I said "It''s my duty as your future husband to defend and protect you." "Ok" said Dia "Also thank you for a wonderful first kiss, Master" "It was also my first as well." Imented while thinking that it technically was my first kiss my new life but not my previous life, since I did kissed quite a few girls before in my old life. "Really!" cried out Dia "Guess we shared a first together then, teehee" "Here, put these on" Imanded "We have to go and meet with a vassal of mine." I then took off my chest armor and the top of the robe, revealing my muscr upper body. "KYAAAA" cried out Dia when see saw me topless. Dia then covered her eyes with her hands, but still decided to sneak peeks at my muscr upper body through her fingers "Turn around, and hurry and get changed" I said "Also make sure you hid your lekku" "Yes, Master" replied Dia We both turned around with our backs to each other and got changed. After 3 minutes, we finished getting changed. I was now wearing my Darth Nihilus outfit, while Dia was wearing her new Sith outfit. "You ready?" I asked Dia with my back still facing her. "Yes, Master" replied Dia I turned around to Dia in her Sith Outfit. With the mask hiding her face and her lekku hidden in her hood, you couldn''t even tell if she was human or alien. "How do I look, Master? asked Dia "You look wonderful" I replied "Teehee" giggled Dia "Ok, let''s get going" I said I used [Force Travel] to open a ck hole. Once the ck hole was fully opened, Dia and I walked into it. Chapter 42: Meeting Darth Plagueis Chapter 42: Meeting Darth gueis "How do I look, Master? asked Dia "You look wonderful" I replied "Teehee" giggled Dia "Ok, let''s get going" I said I used [Force Travel] to open a ck hole. Once the ck hole was fully opened, Dia and I walked into it. At the same time, a ck hole appeared in a dark alleyway near an InterGtic Banking n Office (IGBC) on Coruscant. Coming out of the ck hole was Dia and I. I started walking towards the Office of the IGBC followed by Dia. Once inside, I headed towards the reception desk which was manned by a Muun female receptionist. "Hello, sirs" said the receptionist when I was in front of her "How may I be of service?" The Muun Receptionist wasn''t even fazed by two mask people in front since as a receptionist, she has seen many different and stranger characters in her line of work. "I am here to see Magister Hego Damask II" I said "Do you have an appointment with the Magister, sir?" asked the Muun Receptionist "No, I don''t." I said "But we are good friends, just tell him that his friend Nihilus is here for a visit." "I will let him know, sir" said the Muun Receptionist "If you like, please take a seat and wait. I soon sat, with Dia sitting next to me. I watch as the receptionist made a call to inform Magister Hego of our presence. Soon after a couple of minutes, Magister Hego Damask II aka Darth gueis came rushing out of a door with 6 OOM security battle droids guarding him. When he spotted me, he ran up to me, and greeted me. "Hello, dear friend." said Hego "It''s been such a long time since west saw each other,e on in." Hego soon guide us inside and we started walking down the hallway towards his office followed by the 6 OOM Security Battle Droids. As I gazed around, I noticed that there were a lot of OOM security battle droids patrolling the area. I then used the Force to feel my surroundings inside the building. After feeling the surroundings, I found that there were 100 OOM security droids in the building excluding the 6 security droids guarding Hego. "It looks like you took my advice seriously." I said "Having 106 OOM Security Battle Droids guarding you." "Of course, it''s about me staying alive." said Hego "I worked so hard to research on how to gain immortality so I could live forever, no way I am going to let myself die before I achieve my goal." "That''s good" I said "Also don''t worry, with me you will soon be able to gain the immortality that you have always dreamed of." "Thank you your Majesty" whispered Hego Soon, we entered the Hego''s office. Hego went behind his desk and sat down. Dia and I sat down in two chairs on facing towards Hego. The 6 OOM Security Battle Droids went to stand near the walls "Before we begin and for me to continue being a vassal of yours, I want to be able to see any proof that you have that my apprentice will really kill me." said Hego "I thought you would say that, so I have a vision of the future for you that I want to share with you." I said "I want you to open your mind for me, so I can share the vision with you." "Ok, but first I want to prepare some countermeasure in case you try to harm me." said Hego "I don''t mind" I said Soon, 10 more OOM Security Battle Droids entered the office, and surrounded the three of us. "Ok, I am ready" said Hego Soon, I could feel Hego opening up his mind for me. I started to remember a scene from the Star Wars: Revenge of the Sith movie, and then I used [Force Telepathy] to share the image with Hego. In Hego''s mind, he saw an older Palpatine sitting at the Opera with a young man. "Did you ever hear the tragedy of Darth gueis ''the wise''?" asked Palpatine "No." replied Anakin "I thought not. It''s not a story the Jedi would tell you. It''s a Sith legend. Darth gueis was a Dark Lord of the Sith, so powerful and so wise he could use the Force to influence the midichlorians to create life..." said Palpatine "He had such a knowledge of the dark side that he could even keep the ones he cared about from dying." "He could actually save people from death?" asked Anakin "The dark side of the Force is a pathway to many abilities some consider to be unnatural." replied Palpatine "What happened to him?" asked Anakin He became so powerful... the only thing he was afraid of was losing his power, which eventually, of course, he did." said Palpatine "Unfortunately, he taught his apprentice everything he knew, then his apprentice killed him in his sleep. It''s ironic he could save others from death, but not himself." Soon the scene in Hego''s mind ended, and he opened his eyes, and mmed his fist on his desk. "That foolish apprentice. We were meant to live forever and rule together as equals" cried out Hego "How could he betray me, after I have treated him like my own son. I have been trying to break this cycle of the Sith Apprentice killing the Master with Sidious." "Now you know your future fate and what Sidious will do to you" I said "I should kill that backstabbing apprentice after everything I did for him" said Hego "He wouldn''t even have the opportunity to be the Supreme Chancellor without me." "Don''t kill him just yet" I said "He still has his uses, we just need to make sure you stay alive. As long as you stay alive and prevent Sidious from killing you, he will have to follow your original n and make you his Co-Chancellor." "Yes, he will have to if he doesn''t want me to get suspicious of him betraying me"mented Hego "Should we kill him after I be the Co-Chancellor then, that way I will next in line of session of the position of Chancellor?" asked Hego "No, let him have the position of Chancellor." I replied "Palpatine is still a useable pawn." "If you say so" said Hego "Now, when will you show me how to be immortal?" "Once my Empire has full control of this gxy, I will show you the many ways to be immortal." I said "You have my word as an Emperor." "I will ce my trust in you for now." said Hego "But if you don''t follow through with your word, I will go against you and kill you." "Don''t worry, as long as you stay loyal to me, and as long as I stay live, you shall also stay alive." I said "Living forever." "Now if you would excuse us, we have some other business to take care of." I said "Alright, your Majesty" said Hego, who got up from his chair and bow. I stood up and was about to leave but I stopped and turned around to Hego. "Since you decided to ce your trust in me, and join by my side as my vassal, I should really give you a gift." I said "I can see the maxi-chlorian infection that you have is taking a toll on your body, why don''t I help you with that." I raised my hand and started to use [Force Heal], soon a huge amount of Force start gushing into Hego. The Force circted into Hego''s body, healing him and clearing his body of his infection. After a whole minute, his body was clear of the maxi-chlorian infection. "My...my body is healed!" cried out Hego "I feel fantastic. It even feels like I have even gotten younger as well. Thank you, your Majesty for this wonderful gift." "Your wee, my vassal." I said You are need, since we are going to be the architects of the future." I then used [Force Travel] to open a ck hole, and walked into it with Dia following behind me, once we were inside, the ck hole disappeared, and we were gone from Hego''s office. Chapter 43: Heading Back to Naboo Chapter 43: Heading Back to Naboo rtI then used [Force Travel] to open a ck hole, and walked into it with Dia following behind me, once we were inside, the ck hole disappeared, and we were gone from Hego''s office. Qui-gon and Obi-wan are standing and talking on thending tform where the Defender is docked. Anakin is standing behind them while R2-D2 was waiting outside the ship, whistling a happy tune as he leans over the edge of the tform to gaze down below thending tform. A couple of secondster, R2 reappears hovering with his on-board jets, and gets himself back onto thending tform. As Qui-gon and Obi-wan were talking. As the wind ripples at Anakin and through his hair, he listens to the Qui-gon and Obi-wan''s talks. "It is not disrespect, Master." said Obi-wan "It is the truth." "From your point of view...." replied Qui-gon "The boy is dangerous..." stated Obi-wan "The Jedi Masters all sensed it. Why can''t you?" "His fate is uncertain, not dangerous." said Qui-gon "The Council will decide Anakin''s future...that should be enough for you." They continued to wait on thending tform in front of the Defender when Anakin starts to speak to Quig-on "Master Qui-Gon, sir, I do not wish to be a problem." said Anakin with a sadden expression while gazing up at Qui-gon "You won''t be, Annie...." replied Qui-gon "I''m not allowed to train you, so I want you to watch me and be mindful...always remember, your focus determines your reality. Stay close to me and you will be safe." "Master, sir...I''ve been wondering this for awhile..." said Anakin "What are midi-chlorians?" "Midi-chlorians are a microcopic lifeform that reside within all living cells andmunicates with the Force." replied Qui-gon "They live inside of me?" asked Anakin "In your cells." said Qui-gon "We are symbionts with the midi-chlorians." "Symbionts?" said Anakin with a puzzle expression. "It means we are life forms living together for mutual advantage. Without the midi-chlorians, life could not exist, and we would have no knowledge of the Force." lectured Qui-gon "They continually speak to you, telling you the will of the Force." "They do??" asked Anakin "I never heard them speak to me." "When you learn to quiet your mind" said Qui-gon "You will hear them speaking to you." "I don''t understand." said a confused Anakain " With time and training, Annie..." said Qui-gon "You will begin to understand." Soon two taxis pull up to thending tform. Exiting out of the front taxi were Captain Panaka, Senator Palpatine, some guards. The guards began to secure thending tform, and after making sure everything was clear, one of the guards spoke into an earpiece. Padme, with her Handmaidens, and Jar Jar exit out of the second taxi, and walked up and stopped in front of Qui-gon and Obi-wan. "Your Highness" said Qui-gon "It is our pleasure to continue to serve and protect you." "I wee your help." said Padme Senator. "Palpatine fears the Federation has the means to kill me." "I promise you, I will not let that happen." said Qui-gon "Don''t worry about it." said Padme "Jerid has insured me that his n to get rid of the Trade Federation is foolproof" "Your Majesty, you should really at least tell me and the Jedi on this n created by that masked man." said Palpatine "I want to make sure, it doesn''t bring you into harm''s way and also I want to make sure that it can actually work." "I would also like to hear about this mysterious n." said Qui-gon "I am sorry but I can''t tell either of you" said Padme "You don''t want to ruin the surprise." I said When the group heard me speak, they were startled and quickly turned around to face me. I started walking down the loading ramp of the Defender. I was back to wearing my Revan outfit and Dia is now wearing her Dashing Hero''s Armor from SWTOR. "But as the Senator of Naboo, I should at least known what you have n." said Palpatine "I might even be able to advise you and even help improve your n." "No, thanks" I said "My n is foolproof, and there is no way it will fail." "You don''t know that" cried out Palpatine "Your n might even get the Queen killed, and harm our p "Don''t worry, Senator" said Padme "I know his n, and I believe it will not fail." "If you say so, your Highness" said Palpatine with a calm face, but deep down I could feel his anger at the possibility of his n failing. After finished talking, Padme walks up the loading ramp and enters the Defender with her Handmaidens , and guards. Jar Jar then grabs and hugs Qui-gon and Anakin "Wesa goen home!" cries out Jar Jar with joy Then everyone else boards the ship and soon the Defender is seen taking off. -At night, inside the Naboo Pce''s Throne Room Viceroy Nute and his Settlement Officer Rune stand before a hologram of Darth Sidious "The Queen is on her way to you." said Darth Sidious "I am happy to say that she is of no further use to us. When she gets there, kill her very slowly. "Yes, my Lord." said Viceroy Nute "Viceroy, is the secure?" asked Darth Sidious "Yes, my Lord, we have taken over thest pockets of primitive life forms." said Viceroy Nute "We are inplete control of the now." "The Queen''s Bodyguard has some sort of n to get rid of you, so make sure you are fully prepared." said Darth Sidious "Really?" said Viceroy Nute "Since, we are inplete control of the, I was thinking of sending back 5 of our ships and leave only one ship but since you want us to be prepared, then I will keep all 6 ships in orbit of Naboo." "Good. I will see to it that in the Senate, things stay as they are, with you in control of Naboo." said Darth Sidious "I am also sending Darth Maul to join you. He will deal with the Jedi and the Queen''s Bodyguard. "Yes, my Lord." Viceroy Nute The hologram of Darth Sidious fades away "A Sith lord here with us?!!" cried out Settlement Officer Rune with fear -Same time. Inside the Defender- Anakin stands next to the Queen''s pilot, who was pointing to various buttons and gauges. "...and that one?" asked Anakin "The forward stabalizer." said the Queen''s pilot "And those control the pitch?" asked Anakin "You catch on pretty quick." answered the Queen''s pilot Inside of the Secondary Conference Room- Padme is sitting at the head of the table with her Handmaidens behind her, with Qui-gon and Obi-wan sitting to her left. Captain Panaka and I sitting to her right. "The moment wend the Federation will arrest you, and force you to sign the treaty." said Captain Panaka "I agree..." said Qui-gon "I''m not sure what you hope to aplish by this." AMIDALA : I''m going to take back what''s ours. "There are only twelve of us, Your Highness...." said Captain Panaka "We have no army to take back Naboo." "I cannot fight a war for you, Your Highness, only protect you." stated Qui-gon We already have an army waiting for us back on Nabbo" said Padme "Thanks, to Jerid''s preparations, he has an army for us to take back Naboo and capture the Trade Federation''s Leader" When everyone heard about me gathering an army, they turned their heads towards me very quickly. "Where did you get this army and how were you able to gather it so fast too?" asked Captain Panaka "Let''s just say that this army is my own personal army" I stated "Huh," cried out everyone except Padme and Qui-gon who remained calm "How do you have your own army?" asked Obi-wan and Captain Panaka "I took it" I replied "Now let''s end this meeting, we need to make preparations for the battle on Naboo when we arrive" The people who were confused were now even more confused about what I said. Before they could ask me any more questions, I stood up and walked out of the secondary Conference Room. I headed downstairs to the Cargo Hold/ Training Room. When I entered the Cargo Hold, I can see Dia practicing her Jar''Kai with my 5 Marksman-H training remote Droids, which have been set to Padawan Mode, so that Dia''s training wouldn''t be too easy or too hard. After watching for a few minutes, I can see that she has made some rapid progress in herbat training, but she still has a ways to go, since she still got stunned by the droids. I then turned my head to the 6 B-1 Battle Droids that I took from the Theed Hangar. The 6 B-1s were standing to the side, so I walked over to them. When I approached the B-1 droids, they bowed down on one knee, and greeted me. "Greetings, Holy One." said the B-1 Commander Droid "How can we be of service to you?" "I am hear to upgrade your software" I said Roger, Roger" said the 6 B-1 Droids I started using the Force Power [Mechu-deru] on the 6 droids. First, I started to used the Force to upgrade their targeting system, so they can they can shoot better. After that was done, I started to upgrade their Thought Processor, so they could think faster, and have independent thoughts and not relied on aputer to control them. I even made it so that they can even learn, so the more battles they survive, the better soldiers they be. I even added a feature were they can connect to aputer and exchange experiences with other B-1 Droids, so that they can learn other experiences from other B-1 Droids and improve their own skills as well. I would say that these 6 B-1 Droids are the best B-1s in the gxy right now with their new upgrades, and once I fully upgrade my Holy Droid Army, they will be better then the Clone Army ever was. Once I was done upgrading the 6 Droids, I stood up and walked over to Dia, who was covered in sweat. "Stop" Imanded the Training Droid The Training Droids stopped shooting their stuns at Dia, and when Dia heard me, she turned around and ran up to me. "Master, how am I doing?" she asked "You are showing great improvement" I said while stroking her left cheek with my right hand. While I was stroking her cheek, Dia closed her eyes to feel my touch. I soon noticed someone staring at my back. I turned around and spotted Anakin, watching us. Chapter 44: Naboo In Sight Chapter 44: Naboo In Sight "Master, how am I doing?" she asked "You are showing great improvement" I said while stroking her left cheek with my right hand. While I was stroking her cheek, Dia closed her eyes to feel my touch. I soon noticed someone staring at my back. I turned around and spotted Anakin, watching us. -Same Time in the Secondary Conference Room- Padme is still in the conference room, with Qui-gon, Obi-wan and Captain Panaka. Padme calls for Jar Jar toe in. When Jar Jar enters the room and looks around, puzzled. "Hello, Jar Jar." said Padme "There is something I need your help with." "Mesa, Your Highness?" said Jar Jar "Yes. I need your help." said Padme "After this invasion has been repelled, I realize that we Naboolians need to make peace and create an alliance with the Gungans because both of our people call Naboo, home. So I need your help to meet with the Gungan High Council after this invasion is repelled." "Mesa, wi tryest mi besta to helpa" said Jar Jar -Back in the Cargo Hold- "Why don''t youe on down here Anakin" I said to Anakin who was peeking in from the stairs Anakin came out and walked down the stair into the Cargo Hold "I am sorry for spying on you" said Anakin "That''s ok, your just curious about her Force Training, aren''t you." I said "Yes, I am" said Anakin "I wish to be a Jedi. I wish to be strong, so no one can made me and my mother a ve again" "I understand your feelings" said Dia "Master has saved me from a life of very, and has helped me change my fate. I hope to be powerful enough to help my Master with his goals." "That''s amazing, so your just like me, saved by a Jedi from a life of very." said Anakin in amazement. "Well, Master isn''t a Jedi, he calls himself a Force Knight." said Dia "My Master''s views of the Force is differentpared to the Jedi, he believes in the Force itself. Because of that, Master can use the powers of what the Jedi would call, the Light Side and the Dark Side." "But the Jedi say that the Dark Side is evil." said Anakin "So why use the Powers of the Dark Side?" "My Master has said that the Dark Side and the Light Side are irrelevant, because the Force is neutral, and the powers used by these two sides belongs to the Force, so anyone who wields the Force can use them." instructed Dia "You just need to learn to bnce the Force in you and you can use any of the powers the Force has." "WOW! Can you teach me?" asked Anakin when he turned to face me. "No, I can''t" I said since I want to see what Anakin bes if trained by Qui-gon. When Anakin heard my reply, he became sadden. "Don''t worry, Qui-gon will teach you how to wield the Force" I said while ruffling his hair "Really?" asked Anakin "But the Jedi Council is against it." "Don''t worry, if the Jedi Council doesn''t let you join their little Order, Qui-gon will mostly likely leave the Jedi Order so he can train you in the Ways of the Force." I said "How can you be so sure?" asked Anakin "Because you have the highest midi-chlorian he has ever seen" I said "Also Qui-gon believes that if you are trained properly, then you can do a lot of good. Imagine once you be powerful enough, you can help those less fortunate, and you can save people that are like your mother and yourself. You can be a hero to the oppressed." "Me, a hero saving people like my mother and me" said Anakin "Yes" I said Soon I could spot some determination in the youngd''s eyes. "I will be a hero and save the less fortunate" said Anakin "Atta boy" I said "I will begin training with Dia now but if you want, you can stay and watch and learn that way." I was now wielding two electrode training swords, standing 15 feet away from Dia who was also dual wielding two electrode training swords. Off to the side, watching was Anakin. "What are those?" asked Anakin I turned my head to Anakin and exined. "These are electrode training swords" I said "These training swords are perfect forbat training because once you are, you get a shock with electricity which paralysis the part of the body that was hit, simting real damage." "Amazing" said Anakin "Does it hurt?" "It does, but the pain helps you learn from the mistakes you make inbat." I said "Once you learn from the mistakes, you will be stronger and you will be able survive in a real fight to the death battle." "Hmmm" said Anakin thinking about what I said Before I know it, Dia saw that I was distracted with exining things to Anakin, she smiled. Dia lowered her body and started to rush forward in lowered position. Once she was in front of me, she then swung her left training sword from below but I turned my head instantly and used [Force Push] to push the training sword down and away from me. Once Dia realized her surprise attack didn''t work, she somersaulted backwards, until she was back to were she was standing before she rushed me. "Dang, I almost had you, Master" cried out Dia "That''s good Dia." I said "A surprise attack is a good n." "Thanks, Master" smiled Dia "Aren''t surprise attacks cowardly?" asked Anakin "No, it''s not, Anakin" I replied "In battle, everything fair y. Doesn''t matter if you used bombs, and gang up on someone to win, the only thing that matters in battle is to survive and win." "Really?" asked Anakin "Yes, really" I said Before I noticed, a stun shot was fired at my head from one of the 5 Marksman-H training droids. I bent my head backwards a little, and the shot missed my head. "So, you don''t mind if I used the training droids to fight you then? Right, Master." said Dia while grinning "Since everything is fair y in battle." Dia activated andmanded the 5 training droids to attack me. The training droids were gathered around Dia who was holding the remote control for them. "You are right about that my sweet little apprentice" I said "But you need to remember that if you don''t know your opponent''s strengths, weaknesses and powers before you attack, you might lose." I held out my hand and activated my [Mechu-deru] Force Power. I soon took control of the 5 training droids, and had them cricle around Dia "Huh" cried out Dia When Dia saw the training droids starting to circle her, she became puzzled. She tried tomand them with the remote control but the droids didn''t listen any of hermands. "For example, I have the Force Power called [Mechu-deru] which allows me to control and upgrade machinery, including droids, through the Force." I exined "Uh-oh" cried out Dia when she learned about my ability to control droids with the Force. Dia then jumped to the side, then Imanded the training droids through the Force tomence firing on her. Dia ran behind some cargo boxes for cover. I then deactivated the droid and stored them in a storage box. "Ok, Dia" I said "Let''s get back to somebat training" "Ok, Master" said Dia peeking out from the cargo boxes, making sure that the training droids weren''t there to shot her. We then did some sparring for 2 hours, while Anakin watched us. The next day, we arrived in Naboo space. Most of everyone is in the cockpit, looking out at Naboo. Everyone sees that there are still 6 Trade Federation Lucrehulk-ss battleships orbiting Naboo "The blockade''s still here." said Captain Panaka "That makes no sense. The war''s over now, since they should have taken full control of Naboo by now..." said Qui-gon "There should be no need for it now." "Well, they are still blockading the" said Captain Panaka "They''ve probably spotted us by now." "We haven''t much time." said Obi-wan "I agree" said Qui-gon "So Jerid, where is this army of yours?" When asked me that question, everyone but Padme turned their heads to me. "My army is right in front of you" I said while I gazing at the 6 Lucrehulk Battleships Chapter 45: (Title at the End) Chapter 45: (Title at the End) "We haven''t much time." said Obi-wan "I agree" said Qui-gon "So Jerid, where is this army of yours?" When asked me that question, everyone but Padme turned their heads to me. "My army is right in front of you" I said while I gazing at the 6 Lucrehulk Battleships After I said the everyone was gazing out of the cockpit window, looking for this army of his, but only saw the Lucrehulk Battleships. "Where? I don''t see anything except for Trade Federation Ships." said Captain Panaka "My army is on those ships and on Naboo." I said "Before we left, I sneaked aboard the Trade Federation''s ships, and reprogramed all of their droids by using the Force on the Droid Control Computer." "WHAT" cried out Captain Panaka "Then why did we even need to go to Coruscant to appeal for help from the Senate if you could of just turn the Trade Federation''s army on them?" "The Queen needed to see how corrupt and useless the Republic is." I replied "Also this invasion and the trip to Coruscant is a big stepping stone for her growth and her future." "Put what about our People?" shouted out Captain Panaka "They are being oppressed by the Trade Federation, and they could be hurt." "Don''t worry about a thing, I had the B-1 Droids programed to treat the people on Naboo kindly and gently." I said "I took every precaution to make sure that the people of Naboo remain safe and treated well, before we left for Coruscant." "Wait a minute, you said you used the Force to reprogram the Droids?" asked Obi-wan "I didn''t know that was possible." "It''s possible." said Qui-gon "That power is known as [Mechu-deru]. It was a Force Power created by the Sith, a long time ago. Because of it''s origins, only a few Jedi Tech Specialist use this power, mostly likely their are under 50 Jedi who use this power in the Order." "Amazing" said Anakin "Alright, let''s get going" I said "Pilot,nd the ship in the Theed Hanger." "HUH?!" cried out the pilot "What about the blockade? We can''t be spotted, and they will shoot us down when they spotted us!" "Don''t worry about that, justnd the ship in the hangar." I said "And I will take care of the blockade." So the pilot flew the Defender towards the Trade Federation blockade. I lift up both my hands, and started using [Mechu-deru] to send outmands to the B-1 Droids on the Trade Federation ships to let us pass them and clear the way for us. After I sent themands, I lowered my arms. "We are clear to go through the blockade." I said "If you say so" said the pilot with a worried look. As the Defender slowly enters and goes through the blockade, the pilot and the rest of Padme''s guards and Handmaidens were nervous and the edge of their seats with anticipation. While Qui-gon, Obi-wan, Padme, Dia and I were calm. After a couple of minutes, the Trade Federation ships did nothing, and soon the Defender was pass the blockade. After passing the blockade, the pilot, Padme''s guards and Handmaidens sighed a sigh of relief. "We actually made it through without any trouble" sighed the pilot. "Of course" I said "Everything will go ording to my n. Now let''s go and prepare for our wee party." I walked out of the cockpit with Dia following right behind me. Padme soon follows after me with her guards and Handmaidens, with Qui-gon, Obi-wan, and Anakin in tow. Everyone went their separate ways to prepare. After a couple minutes of preparation, everyone was done preparing. Padme was now in her dark magenta battle dress, the same one I saw in the ''Phantom Menace'' movie. ''She looks amazing'' I thought I turned my head, and see Dia wielding her two electrode training swords, and wearing her Satele Shan''s Armor outfit. Everyone started walking down into the Cargo Hold, and once in the Cargo Hold, we just began waiting for the Defender to arrive in Theed. Off to the side, Qui-gon is in thought, thinking about how to convince the Jedi Council to let Anakin join them. Obi-wan walked up to Qui-gon. "Do you think the Queen''s bodyguard''s n will work, Master?" asked Obi-wan "I think it will work, that is if he has truly reprogramed the Trade Federation''s Droid Army to fight for him." said Qui-gon "If that is true, then with no army, the Trade Federation will be defeat in a matter of seconds with their Viceroy captured. My only worry is that Sith who attacked us." "I don''t think you should worry to much about it, Master." said Obi-wan "If have the Trade Federation''s Droid Army on our side, we can easily capture this dark warrior, and see if he truly is a Sith, as you think he is." "We will see then." said Qui-gon "May the Force be with us." After a few moments of silences, Obi-wan started speaking again. "Also Master, I''m...I''m sorry for my behaviortely. It is not my ce to disagree with you about the boy." said Obi-wan "I am truly grateful that you think I am ready for the Jedi Knight trials. Qui-gon turns his head to Obi-wan and looks at him for a long moment, then Qui-gon begins to smile at Obi-wan "You have been a good apprentice. You are much wiser than I was at your age, Obi-wan" said Qui-gon "I foresee you will be a great Jedi Knight and I can''t wait to see it." At the same time, Viceroy Gunray, Settlement Officer Rune, Darth Maul, OOM-9 droid and some B-1 droids are in the Throne Room standing in front of a hologram of Darth Sidious "We have detected the Queen''s ship approaching Theed..." said Viceroy Gunray "We believe the Queen is nning onnding in Theed, If she doesnd in Theed, then it won''t be long before we capture her, My Lord." "This is an unwise and unorthodox move, even for her." said Darth Sidious "It''s too idiotic and also really strange. Lord Maul, be mindful and cautious. The Queen''s bodyguard has some sort of n, and I have a weird feeling that he will cause a rift in my ns." "Yes, my Master." said Darth Maul "If I see the bodyguard, I will make sure to kill him." "Be patient..." said Darth Sidious "Let them make the first move, so we can see what they are nning." Soon, a Neimoidianes running into the Throne Room. "The Queen''s Ship is fast approaching Theed, Viceroy." said the Neimoidian "The ship will be here less then 5 minutes. It''s believe that she will bending in the Pce''s Hangar" "This is truly unexpected" said Darth Sidious "...she is more foolish than I thought. What does she except to do by just charging into the fray " "We will gather all avable troops in the pce and nearby area to surround the Hangar and encircle them." said Viceroy Gunray "I am increasing security at all Naboo detention camps." said OOM-9 "In case the Queen''s arrival inspired some kind of rebellion." "I feel there is more to this, My Master." said Darth Maul "The two Jedi may be using the Queen for their own purposes. They might be trying to trap us somehow." "The Jedi cannot be involved, it''s against their so called Code. They can only protect the Queen." said Darth Sidious "Even Qui-Gon Jinn will not break that convenant....This will work to our advantage... if the Queen wants to be captured so badly, then let''s capture her. "I have your approval to proceed then, My Lord?" asked Viceroy Gunray "Proceed." said Darth Sidious "Kill everyone but the Queen, she can still be of use to us." In the Theed Hangar, the Defender can be seennding in the Hangar. Once the Defender was set down, the Loading Ramp lowers down to the ground and everyone disembarks except for Anakin and his mother, who were left on the ship. Once everyone was out of the ship, the many doors into the Hangar fly open, and a lot of B-1 Battle Droids and Droidekas came charging into the Hangar. As the droids came charging in, everyone except for me got into a battle stance. Soon, our group was surrounded by all of the droids, and the droids had their sters aimed at us. "So what''s the new step of your n?" asked Qui-gon while looking at the surrounding hostile droids while also gripping his lightsaber hilt. "Have you really reprogramed these droids" cried out Captain Panaka "They look pretty hostile towards us." I smirked behind my Revan mask and walked out, in the front of the group and looked at all of the droids. I raised my arms in a Jesus pose with hands in fists. "Execute Order 99" I shouted (Title: Execute Order 99) Chapter 46: Duel of the Fates Chapter 46: Duel of the Fates I smirked behind my Revan mask and walked out, in the front of the group and looked at all of the droids, which numbered to maybe 60 droids. I raised my arms in a Jesus pose with hands in fists. "Execute Order 99" I shouted When I shouted out ''Execute Order 99'', the hidden programming that I ced in the B-1s and Droidekas Thought Processsors activated, which also sent a signal back to the Droid Control Ship to activate the secret programming known as ''Order 99'' in all of the droids on the and all of the Lucrehulk Battleships. Soon, all of the B-1 Battle Droids in front of me, knelt down on one knee, and bowed down to me while the Droideka stood still, since they couldn''t bow. "The Holy Droid Army is ready to serve the Holy Emperor" shouted the B-1 Battle Droids. "Holy Emperor?!" said everyone, except for Padme, with a look of puzzlement since Padme knew my dream to create an Empire and bring peace to the gxy. Soon, a Commander B-1 Battle Droid stood up and walked forward. The Commander B-1 Droid stood in front of me and saluted. "Designation B1-AC30" said B1-AC30 "I am ready to serve the Emperor, and lead my squadron into battle in your glory. "Good" I said "You will take me to the Trade Federation''s Viceroy, so we can capture him." "Roger, roger" said B1-AC30 "Rise up, and follow the Emperor''s Orders." All of the B-1 Droids and Droidekas stood up at attention. "Should I send a message to the Droids surrounding the Viceroy to capture him for you?" asked B1-AC30. "That would be great." I said "Have the Viceroy captured for me." "Roger, roger" said B1-AC30 B1-AC30 took out amunicator and a holorgram of a B1 Command droid appeared. "By the Emperor''s Command, capture the Viceroy of the Trade Federation." said B1-AC30 "For the Glory of the Empire." "Roger, roger." replied the Command Droid "For the Glory of the Empire." B1-AC30 stopped themunication and put away hismunicator. "The Viceroy shall be captured soon." said B1-AC30 "Escort us to the Throne Room" Imanded "Roger, roger." replied B1-AC30 When I turned around to face everyone, everyone was shocked except for Padme, Dia and Qui-gon. For everyone else, their jaws were wide open in shock by how well everything was going. "He...he...really did it." said Captain Panaka "In a matter of seconds, we have taken back our home." "What I am really curious about, is all of this Emperor and Empire talk, that these droids are talking about." said Obi-wan "We will probably learn about it in due time, Obi-wan" said Qui-gon "Yes, Master" replied Obi-wan "Let''s hurry up to the Throne Room." said Padme "I want get back to work so I help bring order back to Naboo." That''s a good idea, your Majesty" I said "Let''s go" The group started walking to the main entrance of the Hangar, escorted by the B-1 Droids, when the main entrance into the Hangar opens, to reveal a hooded Darth Maul standing in the doorway. Captain Panaka, Padme and her guards backed away, while Qui-gon, Obi-wan, Dia and I step forward. " We''ll handle this..." said Qui-gon "Ok" replied Padme "B1-AC30, escort the Queen to her Throne Room" Imanded "Roger, roger" said B1-AC30 "Troops, escort the Queen to the Throne Room." "Roger, roger" replied all of the B-1 Droids The Battle Droids escorted the Queen and the rest of the group to a side entrance. "Dia, go with the Queen and protect her" I ordered "But Master, I want to fight with you." replied Dia "No, you are not ready to face a Sith yet" I said "So protect the Queen, understood?" "Yes, Master" replied Dia rans after the Queen''s group. After everyone leaves, Qui-gon, Obi-wan and I take off our capes, and ignite our lightsabers. After seeing three opponents, Darth Maul became a little hesitant in fighting us, since he wasn''t confident enough to kill the three of us. Darth Maul stopped hesitating after a few seconds since he knowns he can''t fail his Master here and their is no way to run away. Darth Maul takes off his cape and holds out his long lightsaber hilt. He ignites out end, and a secondter the other end ignites. "You should let us take care of this Sith." said Qui-gon "We can handle it from here, you should protect the Queen." "I think I will stay." I said "Just to be safe. Besides, an army of Droids is protecting her." "You are right, the Queen is heavily protected." said Qui-gon Qui-gon and Obi-wan started to engage Darth Maul in a friece sword fight. Qui-gon attacked Maul from the left side, and Maul blocks. Obi-wan jumps over Maul and attacks Maul from behind, Maul blocks Obi-wan''s strike. While I hang back, and watch with my lightsaber still activated, ready to strike at any moment. Qui-gon and Obi-wan continued to attack Maul fiercely, and the fight moves to the center of the hangar. As Qui-gon and Obi-wan continue fighting Maul, Maul continues to outmaneuver them at every turn by used [Force Pull] to throw objects at them or flipping into the air behind them. ''I must say that Darth Maul''s moves are incredible.'' I thought while observing the fight ''Once he is weakened, I should try to mind control him, so he can fight for a justice cause.'' As the fight rages on, Maul kicks Qui-gon, knocking Qui-gon to the ground. After knocking Qui-gon down, Maul jumps backwards towards the entrance to the power generator area. Qui-gon jumps back up, and gets back into the fight. Maul used [Force Pull] to pull an object and throw it at the control panel next to the door. Once hit, the doors to the power generator area opens up. As I see that this, I rushed into the fight since I can have Qui-gon dying on me like he did in the movie. I jumped forward using [Force Jump] with my lightsaber raised above my head, and brought it down when I wasing down upon Maul. When Maul notices my approach, he flips backwards out of my strike range, and Qui-gon strike at Maul when hends back on his feet, causing to stumble a little and be unbnce. Obi-wan then strike at Maul, and Maul blocks, but because Maul was still a little unbnce, he was pushed backwards. After stumbling backwards, Maul quickly regain his footing, and became bnced again. Obi-wan rushed at Maul and strikes at him. Maul blocks the strike and kicks Obi-wan, knocking him to the ground while Qui-gon and I fight Maul. Obi-wan quickly gets and gets back into the fray. We continue our fight across a narrow bridge in the power generator room. Darth Maul jumps onto a bridge above us. We follow after Maul. I jumped in front of Maul and Obi-wan jumped behind me. Qui-gon jumps behind Maul. We continue our sword fight across the bridge. As our fight continues on the small and crowded catwalk, with the vast power pits around us, Obi-wan jumps over me and strikes at Maul but Maul blocks the strike and roundhouse kicks him, sending him flying off the catwalk and falls down several levels onto another catwalk. Qui-gon rushed from behind and elbows Maul in the face, knocking him off the catwalk, andnding hard on his back on another catwalk two levels down. Qui-gon and I jump down after him. Maul flips back onto his feet, ready to fight again. As Maul looks back, he sees a small door. He jumps over Qui-gon and strikes at him but Qui-gon blocks the Maul''s strike. Maul starts to back away towards the small door. Qui-gon and I follow after him. Obi-wan soon jumps onto the catwalk runs after us, trying to catch up. Maul enters into a long hallway followed by Qui-gon and I. As we enter, we can see that the long hallway is filled with a series of deadly rays that go on and off in a pulsing pattern that shoots down the corridor every minute or so. Maul makes his way down the hallway while defending attacks from Qui-gon and I. Maul jumps backwards, and Qui-gon runs after him. I was about to rush forward to attack Maul when the deadly rays suddenly turned on, closing the way to Maul and cutting off Maul''s way of retreating. Qui-gon is one ray wall away from Maul, while I am another one ray wall away from Qui-gon As we wait for the deadly ray walls to turn off, Obi-wan starts to be impatient and paces back and forth, waiting for the deadly ray walls to open. Qui-gon deactivates his lightsaber and sits down to mediate. Maul touches the ray wall with his lightsaber, unable to prate it, so he also deactivates his lightsaber. Maul starts to pace back and forth while staring at Qui-gon and me, waiting for the deadly ray walls to turn off, so he can kill us. As Qui-gon meditates, the deadly ray wall between Qui-gon and Maul turns off, and Maul activates his lightsaber again and strikes at the Qui-gon, Qui-gon activates his lightsaber and blocks Maul''s strike. Qui-gon attacks Mauls with aferocity not seen before. The deadly ray wall in front of me turns off and I rush into the fight. When all of the deadly ray walls turned off, Obi-wan starts running towards so he can join the fight. Qui-gon and I pushed Maul into the area known as the melting pit with a deep hole in the middle of the area. The deadly ray walls begin to turn on again, trapping Obi-wan one deadly ray wall short from entering the melting pit. Obi-wan slides to a stop just before hitting the deadly ray wall. Qui-gon and I continue to battle Maul around the melting pit, as Obi-wan watches on with frustration. I jump behind Maul to attack him from behind but Maul blocks my attack. As Qui-gon attack Maul from the front, Maul catches Qui-gon off guard, and makes a quick move, bashing his lightsaber handle into Qui-gon''s chin and turns around and about to stab him with his lightsaber but before he could, I used [Force Pull] on Maul sending flying towards a wall, preventing Qui-gon from dying. "That was a close one" I said to Qui-gon "Thank you, you saved my life there." said Qui-gon gratefully "Before anything bad happens, I better get serious." I said I toss my purple lightsaber to my right hand and lifted up my left hand and used [Force Pull] to pull the lightsaber on my belt to my hand. I activated it, revealing a red lightsaber. When Qui-gon, Obi-wan and Maul saw the red lightsaber, they were all shocked. ''I can''t believe I have to use my red lightsaber now, I didn''t want to reveal it yet but Maul is a pretty good duelist, and I can''t afford to let anything happen to Qui-gon'' I thought to myself ''I really need to up my lightsaber training after this'' "Now, let''s finish this" I said with my arms folded into an ''X''. Chapter 47: End of the Duel Chapter 47: End of the Duel ''I can''t believe I have to use my red lightsaber now, I didn''t want to reveal it yet but Maul is a pretty good duelist, and I can''t afford to let anything happen to Qui-gon'' I thought to myself ''I really need to up my lightsaber training after this'' "Now, let''s finish this" I said with my arms folded into an ''X''. -At the same time in the Throne Room- Padme arrives at the Throne Room to find that 10 B-1 Battle Droids have surrounded Viceroy Gunray and his Settlement Officer Rune, who were cuffed and sitting on the ground. "B1-AC100, what is the meaning of this disobedience." screamed Viceroy Gunray "Release me at once, and I might, just might not send you to the scrapyard to be melted down and scrap." When Padme sees Viceroy Gunray disheveled appearance, she started to smile and feel relief now that her people''s troubles are over. "It looks like your karma hase back to bite you."ughed Padme "Queen Amid!" cried out Viceroy Gunray "Are you the one behind this? Making my droids turn against me." "No, I wasn''t the one behind your droids turning against you" said Padme "My bodyguard was the one who foiled your Invasion." "A mere bodyguard was the one who foiled our Invasion." cried out Viceroy Gunray "That is utterly ridiculous. How could a mere bodyguard stop us." "He is no mere bodyguard." stated Padme "He is someone special." When Padme realized what see just said, she slightly blushed a little, and no one around her noticed the blush on her cheeks. "He is a hero, who has saved Naboo" stated Padme "And now Viceroy, you are under arrest for your illegal invasion of my." "Don''t think you will be getting away with this" said Viceroy Gunray with anger "The one who won''t be getting away will be you" state Padme "The Courts will decide how to deal with you. AC30, take the Viceroy and his people away and lock him up" "Roger, roger" said B1-AC30 while saluting to Padme "I will be a free man again, you will have my word on that" cried out Viceroy Gunray as some B-1 Battle Droid drag them away. -End of Scene- Back in the Melting Pit area, Qui-gon, Obi-wan and Maul were in utter surprised and shocked, when I activated my red lightsaber. I unfolded my arms from its ''X'' stance, and got into an attack position. As Maul was still surprised and puzzled at seeing my red lightsaber, I took the initiation to start the fight again. I rushed forward in a Naruto running style, and when Maul noticed me charging at him, he gained back his focus and got ready to defend against my attacks. I swing my purple lightsaber and swung it up and Maul blocked it, I then took my red lightsaber and swung it at Maul''s left side. Maul used his lightsaber to push away my purple lightsaber and then used his lightsaber to block my red one. As he blocks my attack from the red lightsaber, I slide the lightsaber down his de, aiming for hand. As soon as Maul sees what I was aiming for, he quickly jumps back. I chased after him, and continue attacking him in waves of attacks. Sometimes I strike from below, from the side and from above. As our fight continued, so did my attacking rate. My attacks kept oning anding at a faster pace, and I could see Maul was getting tired from our fight. As for Qui-gon and Obi-wan, they came out of their shock when I first attacked Maul. "Master, he also has a red lightsaber." stated Obi-wan "Does that mean he could be a Sith?" "No, I don''t think so." said Qui-gon "I know that red lightsabers are known for being used by the Sith but I sense no darkness in him, so he can''t be a Sith. Their might be a reason why he uses a red lightsaber." "Maybe" said Obi-wan "Let''s get back in the fight, Obi-wan" said Qui-gon "Yes, Master" said Obi-wan As Qui-gon and Obi-wan rush over to help in my fight with Maul. Maul and I notice the two of them rushing over to help me, and Maul started to feel a little corner and afraid that he might lose. I then suddenly shouted out. "STAY BACK" I shouted out "I will take care of him myself." When I said that, Qui-gon, Obi-wan and Maul were shock, but Qui-gon and Obi-wan decided to honor my decision, so they stayed back and deactivated their lightsabers. Maul was suddenly confused by my decision to have the two of them stand to the side but he shook his head and decided not to focus on that. Maul jumps at me and strikes with his lightsaber from the left side but I blocked it. Maul tries to push me back while our lightsabers are connect. His face was close, like a foot away from my face. "You do know Darth Sidious will eventually betray and kill you." I whispered to Maul When I mentioned Sidious to him, Maul''s eye opened wide with surprise, which caused Maul to be distracted. With Maul distracted, I kicked him in the stomach and he was send flying back but at the same time, I used one of my lightsabers to cut his lightsaber in half, turning it into two. Maulnds on his back but he quickly jumps up but he sees that his lightsaber his busted. When he tries to activate them, only one of the split hilts still worked. With only one lightsaber, Maul was at a disadvantage since his lightsaberbat mostly focuses on double-staff lightsabers. I could sense Maul bing anger and more hateful. When he looks at me, I could practically see the killing intent he has for me in his eyes. ''Maul is really starting to hate me.'' I thought ''I can sense that he now has a deep hatred for me for ruining his debut as a Sith Apprentice.'' Maul charges at me and starts swinging at me in anger. With each of his strikes, Maul would put all of his strength into them, hoping to knock me back and strike at me when I am unbnced and unable to defend but with each of his strikes, I would block with ease. Maul raised his lightsaber over his head, and brings it down with all of his might, but I put my lightsabers into an ''X'' and blocked it. With his strike blocked, I quickly used one of the lightsabers to swing at his legs. With all of his rage and anger, Maul was unable to focus properly, so when he noticed my lightsaber going for his legs, he tried to jump backwards but it was toote. With one fell swoop of my lightsaber, Maul''s legs were cut off right above his knees causing Maul unable tond and fall down. Maul held in his screams. I walked forward towards Maul. When Maul notices my approach, he tries to strike at me with his lightsaber but without his legs to move or put any strength into his attacks, he became powerless. With one swing of my lightsaber, I cut off Maul''s hand wielding the lightsaber. Maul let out a muffled scream. I deactivated my lightsabers, and holstered them onto my belt, I then used [Force Pull] to pull Maul''s lightsaber into my hands and deactivated it. I turned to Qui-gon and Obi-wan and toss the deactivated lightsaber to Qui-gon. "Here you are, the Sith''s weapon." I said "The Sith is known disabled, so you can arrest him and bring him back to the Jedi Order, so your Jedi Masters can interrogate him." "Thanks" said Qui-gon "I got to say, you are pretty good duelist." "Thanks" I replied back "I do have a question though." said Qui-gon "Ask away" I said "I know that you are deeply connected to the Force, so you must have some powerful Force abilities, so why didn''t you use any of them in your fight against that Sith?" asked Qui-gon "That''s really simple." I said "It was to hone my lightsaberbat skills. Such skills need to be hone in the face of death andbat." "I see" said Qui-gon "OH NO" shouted out Obi-wan "THE SITH" When Obi-wan shouted out ''The Sith'', Qui-gon and I turned around. Maul was crawling over the edge of the hole in the middle of the room. We ran towards him, but it was toote. Maul pulls himself over the edge and falls into the deep hole. ''Damn it, now he is going to have a vendetta against me ande after me like he does with Obi-wan in the cartoon series'' I thought "Oh well, nothing we can do now" I said "That''s true" said Qui-gon "Why do you have a Sith lightsaber?" asked Obi-wan "That is a good question." stated Qui-gon "In the history books of the Jedi, it is known that the Sith have used red lightsabers since their beginning. Why do you have a Sith lightsaber?" "It represents my belief" I said "I believe that the Force has no dark or light side, only dark and light side Force Users. Every Force User has both a light side and a dark side inside. Some people might have a stronger light side or a stronger dark side inside of them but they do have both. So I use a lightsaber that represents my dark side Force and another lightsaber to represent my light side Force and with these two lightsabers, it represents my bnce between these two sides of myself., and these two lightsabers represent my neutrality and my bnce of the Force. I am like the Sith because I will do what I want but I am also like you Jedi because I will not never sacrifice my humanity get what I want. I have perfect bnce between my light and dark side" "Hmmm" said Qui-gon "You have a very unique philosophy. I would love to discuss philosophy with you one of these days" "I look forward to that day." I said "Now let''s get back to the Queen." Chapter 48: The Scimitar Chapter 48: The Scimitar "I look forward to that day." I said "Now let''s get back to the Queen." As we were walking to the Throne Room to meet back up with Padme and her group, I noticed a string of notifications started to appear before my eyes. ''Ding'' [Exiting Fight Mode. Notification will now appear] ''Ding'' [You havepleted the Mission - Defeat Darth Maul. Rewarded: 1,000,000 credits] ''Ding'' [You havepleted the Mission - Take Naboo Back. Rewarded: Companion Voucher] ''Ding'' [Padme haspletely fallen in love with you. You havepleted the Mission - Padme''s Love. Rewarded: 250,000 XP] ''Ding'' [You have changed Anakin''s Fate by saving Qui-gon. Completed Mission - Changing Fate. Rewarded: Force Skill Voucher and Lightsaber Building Kit] ''Ding'' [Level up. You are now a Level 29 High Level Jedi Knight / Sith Master] As all of the notification suddenly came up, I quickly scanned them and started to smile when I noticed a reward that I really like, the Companion Voucher. Thanks to the Hidden Mission that Ipleted at the Jedi Temple, I now have two Companion Vouchers, and I have two people in mind that I want to summon. One is Darth Talon and the other is Satele Shan, who I prefer over her ancestor Bat Shan. As I walked with Qui-gon and Obi-wan to the Throne Room, I opened up my Inventory and checked the description of the Companion Voucher [2 x Companion Voucher - Able to choose someone from the timeline of the Old Republic to the New Republic to be a Companion. Warning: Choose wisely. Summoned Companion might challenge you to find if your worthy or try kill you.] When I noticed the ''Warning'' at the end of the description, I was kind of confused. ''System, what is with this ''Warning?'' I asked the System in my mind [Answer: Depending on the Companion you choose, they will either join you without a fight or fight you and see if your worthy of their service or they might try to kill you were you stand.] ''So, thepanion voucher doesn''t automatically make them loyal to me?'' I asked [Answer: No. Depending on the personality and alignment of their past life, they will either challenge you so you can prove your worth to them or kill you] ''Great, if I choose wrong, then the Summoned Companion will try to kill me'' I thought ''I might have to hold off on the idea of summoning Darth Talon until I be strong enough to defend myself against her.'' [Statement: Depending your choice of the timeline and year of the chosenpanion, you can either summon thepanion from when they are young and not powerful or summon them when they are older, and more powerful.] ''That''s good to know'' I thought ''So that means I can summon an 18 year old Satele and an 18 year old Talon but she probably won''t have her Sith Tattoos'' While I was thinking of thepanions that I want to summon, Qui-gon , Obi-wan and I arrived at the Throne Room. I looked up and I can see Padme sitting on her Throne. "Your Majesty, congrattions on taking back your home" said Qui-gon bowing to Padme "Congrattions" said Obi-wan bowing to Padme "How does it feel to take back your home?" I asked "It feels like a weight has been lifted off my shoulders" answered Padme with a smile "So where is the Viceroy and his men?" asked Qui-gon looking around "They have been locked up and are being guarded by 10 Battle Droids." said Padme "I have sent a message to the Republic to let them know that Naboo is now free of the Trade Federation''s Invasion, and the Republic is sending a ship to pick up and take the Viceroy and his men to Coruscant to stand trail for their crimes." "When will they arrive?" asked Qui-gon They should arrive in a day and a half" answered Padme "That''s good" said Qui-gon "Now gentlemen, if you would excuse me but I am now tired and would like to rest in my bedchambers." said Padme "You three should rest as well, we had a long day. Master Qui-gon and Obi-wan, I will have my guards escort you to some empty rooms for you to rest in." "Thank you, your Majesty" replied Qui-gon and Obi-wan Padme walks out of the Throne Room and ends towards her bedchambers with her Handmaidens. A couple of Naboo Pce Guards soon came to escort Qui-gon and Obi-wan to their rooms. "Would you like to join us and talk about our philosophies, Jerid?" asked Qui-gon "No, thank you" I answered "I have some other business I need to take care of." "Alright then" said Qui-gon Soon, the Throne Room was empty except for me. As I continue waiting in the Throne Room, B1-AC130 came running in. "Did you find it?" I asked "Yes, Your Holiness. We were able to find the spacecraft that you programmed us to find" said B1-AC130 "We have also powered it down like you wanted, just in case of any self-destruct devices installed in the ship." "Good, take me to it." I said "Roger, roger" replied B1-AC130 "We will need to travel outside the city, your Holiness. Would you like to ride a AAT-1 Hover Tank or use a Single Trooper Aerial tform" "I will use the STAP" I said "Roger, roger" said B1-AC130 "A STAP will be ready for you immediately." Soon, B1-AC130 and I were standing at the bottom steps of the stairs leading to the main entrance to the Theed Royal Pce. After waiting for a minute, 20 B1 Battle Droids on STAPs arrive in front of us. 2 B1 Battle Droids jumped off their STAPs, and moved out of the way for B1-AC130 and I. I jumped on one of the STAPs, and so did B1-AC130. "Lead the way" Imanded "Roger, roger" said 18 B1 Battle Droids The group of Battle Droids and I rushed off into the distance and exited the city in 2 minutes. -10 minutester in a open grass in- We arrived and stopped in front of the Scimitar, Maul''s personal starship. I jumped off of the STAP and walked forward to the ship to take a look at the Scimitar. "It''s a nice looking ship but it''s too small for my taste" I said I walked up the loading ramp, and into the Scimitar''s Cargo Hold to find Maul''s modified Razalon FC-20 speeder bike, the Bloodfin. "I should really thank Sidious and Maul for all of this free stuff" Iughed B1-AC130, have one of the droids take out this speeder bike, it''s going to be my personal speeder from now on." "Roger, roger" said B1-AC130 "You, B1-AB30, take this speeder bike out for His Holiness." "Roger, roger" said B1-AB30 As I walked further into the ship, I noticed a sted droid on the floor. "What''s with the sted droid?" I asked "It was the pilot droid for the Scimitar, it identified itself as O-66" replied "The droid O-66 tried to resist us when we try to secure the ship, so we destroyed it." "Alright then" I said I stepped over the destroyed droid and continue walking in. The bottom floor of the ship was basically a hallway from the Cargo Hold to the Ready Area in the back of the ship. Even though the ship was cool looking from the outside, it was kind of cramped and small. From what I can tell, it can probably only fit like six passengers, which was miniaturepared to the Defender which could hold thrice as much passengers. I walked into the Ready Area, and entered a lift up into the cockpit. Once in the cockpit, I sat down at the pilot''s seat and started using [Mechu-deru], looking for the hidden program for the pulse bomb installed into the Scimitar. After a couple of minutes, I was able to find the hidden program for the pulse bomb, and I used [Mechu-deru] to delete the program. I even used [Mechu-deru] to try and find any data I could use but after five minutes of searching the hardware, I couldn''t find anything I could use against Palpatine. "Your Holiness" said B1- AC130 who came out of the lift "Your new speeder the ''Bloodfin'' is prepared for you. Do you have any other orders?" "Yes, I do" I said "I want you to have some droids dismantle this ship''s minyer and it''s cloaking device and install in onto the Defender" "Roger, roger" said B1-AC130 "I will get a squadron on it immediately" "Good" I said "Now take my Speeder back to the pce, and bring the Scimitar back to the Pce Hangar to dismantle the minyer and cloaking device" "Roger, roger" said B1-AC130 "I am on it, your Holiness" I held up my hand and used [Force Travel]. A ck hole opened up in the middle of the cockpit and I stepped through. Once in the ck hole, it disappeared. Chapter 49: Upgrading the Droid Army Chapter 49: Upgrading the Droid Army I held up my hand and used [Force Travel]. A ck hole opened up in the middle of the cockpit and I stepped through. Once in the ck hole, it disappeared. Onboard the Droid Control Ship orbiting above Naboo, a ck hole appears in the Droid Control Computer Core Room. I stepped out of the ck hole and once out of the ck hole, it closes up. I walked up to the aputer and ce my right hands on the screen and started using [Mechu-deru] to upgrade the whole droid army. I started upgrading the army''s targeting software so that there uracy would greatly improve since there old targeting software was crappy. It took me a whole 30 minutes to upgrade the army''s targeting software and upload it to the droid army. As the new targeting system created by using the Force was being uploaded into the droid army, without my knowledge, the Force was starting to gather in each of the droids of the army, improving their systems and their reflexes. As the Force was gathering into all of the droids on the six Lucrehulk Battleships and on Naboo, the disturbance in the Force cause Qui-gon, Obi-wana and Dia to wake up from their sleep. -Qui-gon and Obi-wan''s Room- "Master, what is with this disturbance in the Force?" asked Obi-wan "It feels like an unlimited amount of the Force is gathering on Naboo." "I do not know Obi-wan" replied Qui-gon "But I can sense the Force is gathering here for a reason, and I think the reason for the Force gathering on Naboo might have something to do with Jerid." -Dia''s Room- "What''s going on?" said Dia who was puzzled by the disturbance in the Force Dia looks around her and is confused by what she is feeling ''This feels similiar to what I felt when I first Master'' thought Dia -Back on the Droid Control Ship- After upgrading the targeting software, I was now tired and sweating from using [Mechu-deru] for 30 straight minutes without rest. And thanks to this tiredness that I am feeling, I never noticed the disturbance in the Force. "Damn, that took a lot of energy out of me" I said "And I still have one more thing to do" I sat down to mediate in front of the Control Computer to gain back my energy. After 10 minutes of mediating, I was now feeling better than before but I was still tired but I need to get back to work. "Now, let''s continue upgrading my army" I said to myself I stood back up and ced my right hand on theputer screen again. This time I started upgrading all the droid''s Thought Processor, so that all of the droids will be free from the Central Computer aboard the Control Ship that way if the Control Ship ever gets destroyed, the droids won''t shut down like they did in the Phantom Menace. While freeing the droids from the control of the Control Computer, I started to improve the all of the droid''s learning abilities so that theirbat skills will increase and be better soldiers with each battle they enter and survive. With their increased learning abilities, I hope they will learn to be the ultimate soldiers for my Holy Army. I even added a program to the droids to teach the droids on how to take cover and not march towards their enemies like mindless drones, like they did in the Clone Wars since that would be a waste of a good soldier. After 30 minutes straight of using the Force, I was done upgrading the whole droid army. AfI am now sweating buckets behind my mask and dead tired. Thanks to my dead tiredness, I dropped to ground andid down. Freeing the droids and upgrading their Thought Processors was a lot harder and tiring than improve their targeting systems "That....was.....exhaust....ting" I said huffily "But...now all...845,000 droids...have been fully upgraded...and improved." Soon my tiredness rushed over me and I slowly closed my eyes and fell into a deep sleep. After 10 hours of deep sleep, I woke up and found myself in a luxurious bed in an unfamiliar and luxurious bedroom with two B-1 Battle Droids guarding a door. When the B-1 droids noticed that I was awake, they bowed down on one knee. "Good morning, Your Holiness" said the B-1s. "How did I get here?" I asked "Some droids found you in the Control Computer Core sleeping, so they brought you to the Viceroy''s former chambers." replied one of the B-1 droids "Also, B1- AC130 told us to inform you that the ship, the Scimitar is now docked at the Theed Pce''s Hangar. A squadron has also dismantled the minyer and cloaking device and have already installed them onto the Defender. " said the other B-1 droid "Also we searched the bottom of melting pit in the power generator area but we couldn''t find the body of Darth Maul." "That''s too bad" I said "Looks like I will have to face off against Maul again in the future." "How long have I been asleep?" I asked "You have been sleeping for 11 hours" replied the B1 droids I jumped out of bed to find myself only in my robe, my cloak and myRevan mask have been taken off and ced neatly on a fancy table next to a window looking out into space, with a beautiful view of Naboo. "I should get back to the pce." I said out loud to myself "Would you like a ship prepared for your trip back to the?" asked a B1 droid "No thanks." I said "I can get there quicker by myself." "Roger, roger" said the B1 droids. I jumped out of the luxurious andfy bed and walked over to the fancy table. I picked up my Revan mask and put it on, and I then draped my cloak over my shoulders and strapped it to my breastte armor. Once I was fully equipped, I used [Force Travel] and walked through the ck hole that opened up. -Theed Throne Room- Padme was sitting on her throne with her Handmaidens. Qui-gon, Obi-wan and Governor Bibble were sitting down in chairs in front of Padme''s desk, while Captain Panaka was standing off to the side. Everyone was discussing about yesterday''s battle. "Were your Pce Guards able to find the body of the assassin" asked Qui-gon "No, they weren''t able to find the assassin''s body" said Padme "His body was washed away by the water drainage that is below the melting pit." "But Master, with the assassin''s injuries and the impact of the fall, there should be no way for the assassin to survive" said Obi-wan "We need to be 100% sure because you never know what can happen" said Qui-gon "Master, you worry too much" said Obi-wan "The assassin is dead thanks to Jerid." "I hope you are right about that" said Qui-gon "I will have my guards expand their search radius" said Padme "My guards will try to find the assassin''s corpse but the assassin''s corpse is mostly likely gone." "If we can''t find the body then there is nothing we can do about that." replied Qui-gon Suddenly Qui-gon and Obi-wan felt a disturbance appearing behind them. They turned their heads and see a ck hole appearing out of thin air. Padme and her people took notice of Qui-gon and Obi-wan''s action and focused on where they were looking and notice the ck hole appearing. A figurees out of the ck hole. ---------------- Once I exited the ck hole, I am now standing back in the Throne Room in the Theed Pce. I turned around and everyone important in the room was staring at me. "Sorry for beingte, but I had to upgrade the droid army." I said "That''s ok" said Padme "We were just talking about yesterdays battle." "So was the disturbance in the Force caused by you then?" asked Qui-gon "There was a disturbance in the Forcest night?" I asked curiously "Yes, there was." said Qui-gon "From what I could sense, the Force was gathering inside all of the droids in your army." "I see" I said "Thank you for informing me of this." "Let''s get back to the matter at hand" said Padme "I have been informed an hour ago that the Republic has sent a ship yesterday morning with orders from the new Chancellor to pick up the criminals from the Trade Federation." "Do you know who the new Chancellor is?" asked Qui-gon "No I don''t." replied Padme "I was only informed that a Republic ship with orders from the new Chancellor is on its way to Naboo." "I see" said Qui-gon "When will the ship from the Chancellor arrive?" asked Governor Bibble "It should be here by this afternoon." informed Padme "Now Governor Bibble and Captain Panaka, tell me the damage estimates caused by the Trade Federation." "There is no damage to estimate, your Highness" said Captain Panaka "The Trade Federation''s droids were careful and from what I have been informed the droids took great care in not causing any damages." "I have also been informed of such acts from the droids as well" said Governor Bibble "When the Trade Federation had everyone rounded up, the droid were caring and gentle with the people. They even helped the people who couldn''t move by carrying them. The droids were really polite to the citizens as well and no one was harmed by the droids." "That''s great to hear." said Padme smiling "Is there anything else that needs to be reported?" "Nothing, your Highness" said Captain Panaka and Governor Bibble "Good" said Padme "If anyone needs me I will be in my bedchambers. Jerid, I would like to discuss some matters with you, please follow along" "Yes, your Majesty" I said Padme stands up and walks away from her throne with me and her Handmaidens following behind her. While Captain Panaka and Governor Bibble go about their own business and Qui-gon and Obi-wan go back to their room. Chapter 50: Title at the End Chapter 50: Title at the End "Good" said Padme "If anyone needs me I will be in my bedchambers. Jerid, I would like to discuss some matters with you, please follow along" "Yes, your Majesty" I said Padme stands up and walks away from her throne with me and her Handmaidens following behind her. While Captain Panaka and Governor Bibble go about their own business and Qui-gon and Obi-wan go back to their room. Soon, Padme, her Handmaidens and I were at the door that leads into her bedchambers. "I want to discuss something with Jerid in private, so wait out here and rest."manded Padme "Yes, your Majesty" said the Handmaidens Padme walks into her bedchambers, and motions me inside with her hand. I walk into Padme''s bedchambers, and once inside, my jaw dropped in shock by how big her bedchamber was. Her bedchamber was big enough to fit two Naboo Royal Starships in it. Right in the middle of the room was a bed that could fit 5 people with their arms and legs stretched out. Her bed was also facing a giant window with a view of thendscape. The view was amazing, some waterfalls and some beautiful mountains and grassy ins in the distance. The view was beautiful, it was so beautiful that I feel that I could look at it for hours and still feel amazed by its beauty. Padme notices me gazing at the view. "It''s a beautiful view, isn''t it." said Padme "This view helps heal my soul and fatigue when I find myself having a difficult time or stressed when running the government." "It is beautiful" I said "It''s as beautiful as you." When Padme heard myment, she held her head down with her face blushing but if one looks close enough you can see Padme was smiling and was happy about myment. Padme walks over to me and stands next to me. Since she was smaller than me, she leans her head on my arm and watches the view with me. I then took my arm and wrapped it around her, and hug her. When I hugged Padme, she was a little nervous but she quickly calmed herself down, and enjoyed our embrace, and we continued to watch the view for 10 whole minutes in silence. After 10 whole minutes, Padme walks out of my embrace and stands in front of me and ces both of her small gentle smooth hands on my mask. "May I?" asked Padme "Go ahead." I said Padme then lifts off my hood from my head, she then ces her hands on my mask and slowly lifts it off my face. Now, I am unmasked. Padme finally sees my face once again, with my wavy and smooth blonde hair, and my clear sky blue eyes. Padme ces my mask gently down on a nearby chair and caresses my left cheek with her right hand. "I made an oath on the day that I became Queen, that I would devote my life to the betterment of Naboo and to help my people to have prosperous and peaceful life." said Padme "But I can''t help but to fall in love with you." "I also love you" I said as I used my left hand to hold her right hand against my cheek as I close my eyes to feel the warmthing from her hand. "I know that ording to your culture and customs that as a powerful Force User, that you have to marry multiple wives." said Padme "I don''t like it but I am willing to except it and the fact that I probably won''t be the only one you love." I opened my eyes and gazed into Padme''s beautiful brown eyes and Padme gazes into my deep blue eyes. "I promise you this" I said "Even with multiple wives, I will always love you and treat you right. I will never harm you and I will always protect you no matter what. Even if I have to sacrifice my life to save you, I will." I use my left arm to bring Padme into my embrace and hold her tight. I ce my right hand''s thumb on her chin and my Index finger under her chin to raise her head raised up. I slowly and carefully lean my head down. "I love you" I said softly as I continue to bring my lips closer to her lips Padme knows what is about to happen and she is nervous and excited at the thought of her first kiss happening. Her heart started to pound like mad and her face is bright red with blush as my face slowly came closer and closer to hers. "I love you too" said Padme softly Our lips were an inch from embracing into a kiss when suddenly their came a knock at the door of Padme''s bedchambers. Padme suddenly jumps in surprised when she heard the knock, and turns her head towards the door. "Wh...who is it?" shouted Padme "Your Majesty" cried Governor Bibble through the door "A representative of Rugor Nass, the Boss of the Gungan people has arrived to discuss about meeting ce for your alliance proposal." "I will be right there" shouted Padme "I have to go" whispered Padme while looking up at me "I understand." I said You need to help your people and Naboo prosper, and forming an alliance with the Gungans is a great way of do that. So get going and we can continue where we left offter." I then gave Padme a gentle and soft nudge towards her bedchamber''s door. "Thank you" said Padme smiling and blushing I walked over to the chair were my Revan mask was and picked it up. Padme quickly rushed in a walk towards her door and opens the door. As Padme exits her bedchamber, she meets Governor Bibble at her door. ''That Governor Bibble really has terrible timing'' I thought while ce my Revan mask back on. I then exit Padme''s bedchamber and met up with Padme, Governor Bibble and Captain Panaka who are standing out in the hallway. "Let''s go"manded Padme after seeing me exit her bedchamber. We all walked back to the Throne Room together. When we entered the Throne Room, we can see a fancy dressed Gungan with two Gungan soldiers guarding him, and off to the side is Jar Jar. Padme walks towards the fancy dressed Gungan and greets him. "Representative of the Gungan People, I am happy and d to wee you to Theed." "Heyo-dalee, Queenie Amidoll. Mesa Resempative Gumba" said Representative Gumba "Da Boss, Rugor Nass has sent my hair ta discuss ''bout a meetin'' cen per yousa proposal per an alliance." "I am d to hear that" smiled Padme "Is there a certain location that your Boss Rugor Nass has in mind?" "Da Boss would liken ta hold yousa alliance proposal meetin'' at da Gunga capital, Otoh Gunga" said Representative Gumba "Un yousa can only bring fife bodyguards wit yousa tada meetin''" "I am willing to agree with those conditions" said Padme When Governor Bibble and Captain Panaka heard this, they were shock as Padme''s quick agreement to the Gungan''s demands. "Your Majesty, are you sure about this?" asked Governor Bibble "You should be allowed to bring more guards." cried out Captain Panaka "No, if we want to establish an alliance between us, we need to build trust and we will begin building the trust between our two races by trusting the Gungans." said Padme "And you should trust my decisions on this matter." "Yes, your Majesty" said Captain Panaka and Governor Bibble "Now, Representative Gumba, what date would Boss Nass like the meeting to take ce?" asked Padme "Da Boss would liken ta hold da meetin'' in duey days inda evenin'', would dat woka per yousa?" asked Representative Gumba "That would work great for us" said Padme "Please inform Boss Nass, I am looking forward to meeting him and that I hope that we can both bring our people together for a better and more prosperous future." "Mesa will inform Boss Nass of yousa confirmation of da meetin'' un yousa words per hesa" said Representative Gumba "Wesa''ll leave Binks hair, un hesa will guide yousa ta are-sa capital. Bombadbye Queenie Amidoll" Representative Gumba and his two bodyguards turn and left the Throne Room to go inform Boss Nass, while leaving Jar Jar behind. "Hopefully with this meeting we can create an alliance between us and the Gungans." sighed Padme "It would truly be helpful for us in the future." said Governor Bibble "Plus, the Gungans have an army." said Captain Panaka "With an alliance, if Naboo ever gets invaded again we canbine the Royal Naboo Security Force and the Gungan Army, we might be able to defend ourselves." "That is something that I would also like to discuss with you and the Advisory Council about." said Padme "I believe we should do what Jerid has mention and create a Self Defense Force." "But your Majesty..." said Governor Bibble "No buts, Governor Bibble" said Padme "This invasion and the Senates ipetence has shown me that we can''t always rely on the Republic to help us, and that sometimes we need to take matters into our own hands." "If that is your wish your Majesty." said Governor Bibble "We will discuss increasing our current Security Force or creating a Self Defense Force with the Advisory Council another day."manded Padme "Now we need to discuss about the group that goes to the Gungan people to discuss an alliance." "Who do you think should go and discuss an alliance with them?" asked Governor Bibble "I think the best people to go with be me, Jerid and Captain Panaka as my bodyguards and you, Governor Bibble would be enough for the group to go to the Gungan People." said Padme "Your Majesty, we have people to do that for you." said Governor Bibble "There is no need for you to go and you can someone else do that for you." "No, I believe it would be better if I ,the Queen of our people meet the Boss of the Gungans in person instead of sending a delegation." said Padme "It will help show that we are sincere in creating an alliance if I show up in person then our sincerity can be taken seriously and sincerely." "We understand" said Captain Panaka and Governor Bibble after looking at each other. "Good" said Padme "Governor Bibble, gather the Royal Advisory Council, I want us to discuss future matters in an hour." "Yes, your Majesty" said Governor Bibble Then Governor Bibble left to gather the other Council members while Captain Panaka stands by Padme''s side. "Your Majesty, I have some matters that I would like to take care of, if that is ok with you? I said "Ok, take care of your matters." said Padme "But will you be back in time for the meeting with the Advisory Council?" "Yes, I will be back by then." I said "See you then" said Padme I turn and walked down the hallway to take care of some business with a certain prisoner. TITLE: Terrible Timing Chapter 51: The Supreme Chancellor Arrives Chapter 51: The Supreme Chancellor Arrives I turn and walked down the hallway to take care of some business with a certain prisoner. After five minutes of walking through the pce, I arrived at a door guarded by 4 B-1 Battle Droids "Wee, Emperor" said the B-1 Droids "How may we be of service to you." "I am here to see the prisoners." I replied to the droids "Roger, roger" replied the B-1 droids One of the B-1s typed on a panel next to the door and opened the door for me. I walked into the room and I can see Viceroy Gunray and his Settlement Officer Rune sitting in a chair talking. Inside guarding the door were two B-1 droids keeping an eye on them. Once I walked into the room, the both of them stopped chatting and stared at me in silence. I looked around the room and it looks simr to mine. Their jail cell was basically like a top luxurious Suite at a hotel. ''These scumbags don''t deserve to be treated fairly'' I thought ''They should be locked up in a damped and cold jail cell instead of these luxurious room for the trouble they caused for my woman.'' "What is it that you want" said Officer Rune in a rude tone "I am here for the two of you." I said "Are you that bodyguard that ruined our ns?" asked Viceroy Gunray in a stuck up tone. "Yes" I replied "Yes, I am." "I can''t believe our ns was ruined by a simple bodyguard like you" sighed Viceroy Gunray "How dare you be rude to the Emperor" said the two B-1 Droids guarding the exit who then aimed their sters at the two Neimoidians. "Emperor?!" cried out Viceroy Gunray and Officer Rune in shock. Ok, put down the sters." Imanded the two droids. "Roger, roger" said the two droids who put down their sters and stood back at attention. "Who are you really?" cried out Viceroy Gunray "To be calling yourself an Emperor even though there exist no empire in the Republic space doesn''t make since." "I bet you don''t even have an empire"ughed Officer Rune "There doesn''t exist one yet." I stated "But there will be an empire in this gxy soon. And thanks to you, I was able to get myself an army to help establish my empire." "So, the reason you ruined our ns was to get our droid army." stated Viceroy Gunray "That is one of the main three reasons, yes." I replied "The other reasons are for Padme and for your money." "Our money" cried out Viceroy Gunray "And why would we give you some money. Soon we will be in the custody of the Republic, and you can use us as hostages." "Who ever said about some money." Iughed "I will be taking all of your money since I will need it to help finance my Empire and I will be taking your Trade Federation as well since I need an enterprise to help create Trade inside my territory once it''s established." "We will never give you our money and the Trade Federation will never be yours." cried out the two Neimoidians. "Don''t be too sure about that." I said whileughing at them "Soon, you two will be puppets under my control." I started walking slowly toward the two of them, and the two Neimoidians were a little scared and back up a little but with nowhere to run away to, they started to look for a way to escape but there was no escape for them. I now stood in front of the two Neimoidians, and grabbed their faces with my hands. As they felt my strong grip on their faces, they grabbed my wrist and tried to pull away from my grip but it was useless, thanks to my strength training, my arm strength and grip strength have greatly improved so their was no way that they can escape from me now that I have a hold of them. "LET US GO!!" screamed the both of them I started to use [Mind Control] on them and warp their minds. Soon the two Neimoidians were in a trance "You will now be my servants and obey my every word." I stated "We will now be your servants and obey your every word" said Viceroy Gunray and Officer Rune ''DING'' [Mission Completed - Takeover of Trade Federation] [Reward: Special Forces Unit Voucher] After seeing that the [Mind Control] was able to take effect on the two Neimoidians, I was happy but I became even happier after seeing the reward for taking over the Trade Federation through it''s leader. I quickly looked at my inventory and selected the voucher. [Special Force Unit Voucher - You can select any Special Force Unit from any Era to summon. WARNING: Just like a Companion Voucher, the Special Force unit you summon might not obey you, and will try to kill you or escape. Everything depends on the belief or morals of t]he Unit ''Great, I have to be cautious with what Special Forces I want to summon'' I thought ''If need to, I can always used [Mind Control] on the people I summon from the bad guys.'' "Now, let''s give you your assignments" I said to Viceroy Gunray and his Settlement Officer. "Yes, Emperor" replied Viceroy Gunray and Officer Rune in a trance. "Good" I said "You will help finance my Empire and at the same time you will help continue Darth Sidious''s ns." "Yes, Emperor" After getting their confirmation and some information, I left the two puppets in their room. -Later that afternoon- Padme was sitting in her throne with be standing next to her. Padme is currently discussing important matters such as the alliance proposal meeting with the Gungans and the need for more security officials or creating a Self Defense Force with the Advisory Council and Captain Panaka. "I can understand and handle the need for an alliance with the Gungans" said a Advisory Councilman "But I believe we still don''t need to increase our security forces tally or the need to create a Self Defense Force, we are pacifism and we still need to keep to our principles." "I totally disagree with you" cried out Governor Bibble "After this invasion, I can see now that we are unable to defend ourselves and a lot of our people could of been killed in this invasion, so we need to increase our current security forces by three times to make sure we can protect ourselves and defend against any future invasions." "But if we create an alliance with the Gungans, we can just have the Gungan army deal with those matters instead of us going against our pacifist principles" said a Advisory Councilwoman "I will not stand for that" cried out Padme "We will not treat the Gungans like some kind of meat shield or pawns so that we can protect ourselves." "But your Majesty, our principles as Pacifists..." said the Adivsory Councilwoman Suddenly a Pce Guard rushes into the Throne Room. "Your...your Majesty" huffed the Pce Guard "The ship sent by the new Supreme Chancellor has arrived in Naboo Space and will arrive in Theed in 10 minutes." "Thank you" said Padme "Now, lets postpone our meeting. I need to meet with the representative sent by the Supreme Chancellor. Captain Panaka, go get the prisoners and bring them into the Hangar. "Yes, your Majesty" said Captain Panaka Padme gets up from her Throne and walks out of the Throne Room with me right behind her. - A littleter in the Hangar- Padme, Qui-gon, Obi-wan, and I were standing in the middle of the Hangar, waiting for the ship sent by the Republic. While waiting in the hangar, Captain Panaka arrives with Viceroy Gunray and 9 other Trade Federation Offficials being escorted by 12 B-1 Battle Droids. As soon as Captain Panaka and the prisoners arrive, arge, grand cruiser can be seen entering the hangar. Padme turns to the Viceroy. "Now, Viceroy, you are going to have to go back to the Senate and exin your crimes to the courts." said Padme "Hopeful you will be sentence to prison for the rest of your life." "I think you can kiss your Trade franchise goodbye."ughed Captain Panaka "Don''t be too sure of that" said Viceroy Gunray with a smirk The Main ramp of the cruiser is lowered as Obi-wan and Captain Panaka lead the Viceroy and the other Trade Federation towards the ship. As soon as the ramp is lowered all of the way, Supreme Chancellor Palpatine and several Republic Gaurds can be seen descending the ramp, followed by Yoda and several Jedi Masters. Author''s Note: I am sorry for thete update but recently it''s getting kind of cold here in Taiwan and I am having a hard time getting out of my warm bed and I have also been busy with work and making a outline for a original work that I am working on, so I am sorry again for myte updates and my less frequent chapters. I do have some good news though, just yesterday, my collection count for this fanfic has reached over 7,000. I would like to thank all of you for making this possible and thank you for loving my work and writing. This wouldn''t be possible without all of you. So Thank you for reading my fanfic. Chapter 52: Leaving the Jedi Order Chapter 52: Leaving the Jedi Order The Main ramp of the cruiser is lowered as Qui-gon, Obi-wan and Captain Panaka lead the Viceroy and the other Trade Federation prisoners towards the ship. As soon as the ramp is lowered all of the way, Supreme Chancellor Palpatine and several Republic Gaurds can be seen descending the ramp, followed by Yoda and several Jedi Masters. Padme walks in front of Chancellor Palpatine and greets him. "Congrattions on your election, Chancellor." said Padme "It is so good to see you again." In Padme''s mind, she wasn''t truly happy about Palpatine bing Chancellor since after thinking about what I said about him using the Trade Federation to invade Naboo and to use the invasion to kick Valorum out of his position and take it for himself, she decided to that it might actually be true. So Padme started to be vignt and cautious of Palpatine and keep her eyes on him. "It''s good to be home. Your boldness and ingenuity and your bodyguard who has saved our people, Your Majesty." said Chancellor Palpatine "It is you who should be congratted. Together we shall bring peace and prosperity to the Republic." "Yes, I do hope that is true." said Padme while being stoic with Palpatine "Now, Your Majesty. Can you tell me how you were able to get the Trade Federation''s Droid Army reprogrammed?" asked Chancellor Palpatine who then looked at me "Was it this one that did create the n to take back Naboo?" "Yes, I was the one who reprogrammed." I said "How were you able to sneak onboard the Trade Federation''s ships and how were you able to reprogrammed the droids?" asked Palpatine with a gentle looking smile on his face. "How and when did you have time to do all of this?" "Sorry, that''s a secret, Chancellor" I said with a smirk Palpatine never really took notice of me when I was on Coruscant but after learning from the Queen before she left Coruscant about me creating a n to take back Naboo, he took more notice of me and he is now starting keeping his eye on me. "I can see that you have lightsabers holstered on your belt." said Palpatine "Are you a some kind of Jedi sent by the Jedi Council to protect the Queen." "Sorry but I am no Jedi" I replied " I am something entirely different." "I see" said Palpatine "I would love to sit down with you and get to know you better." "Who knows if we will have a chance to talk since I am a very busy man" I said "Well, if you ever find the time, lets sit down for some tea and have a friendly chat to be better acquainted." smiled Palpatine Off to the side Qui-gon and Obi-wan are greeting and discussing some matters with Yoda and the other Jedi Masters that arrived, as Captain Panaka takes the Trade Federation Prisoners onto the Chancellor''s cruiser. -Later that afternoon in an empty room The sun shines into a multi-windowed room at a low angle.. Yoda paces back and forth before Qui-gon and Obi-wan who are kneeling in the center of the room "Obi-wan, confer on you, the level of Jedi Knight, the Council does." said Yoda "But Qui-gon, agree on you taking this boy as your Padawan learner, we do not. "But Master, you must feel it don''t you" said Qui-gon "The connect the boy has with the Force is strong within him. He must be the Chosen One." "The Chosen One the boy may be; nevertheless, grave danger I fear in his training." sighed Yoda "Master Yoda, I gave Anakin my word that he would be a Jedi." said "I will train Anakin. With or without out the approval of the Council if I must." "Qui-gon, a lot of defiance in you. Wish you would reconsider, this I do." said Yoda "The fate of the boy is too clouded, it is. Too risky to train the Council has decided, he is." "If that is how the Council thinks and if I can''t get the Council''s approval, then I will leave the Jedi Order and train Anakin by myself." "MASTER!?" cried out Obi-wan in shocked "Sure you want to do this, are you?" asked Yoda "Yes, I am sure" said Qui-gon "The Force brought me to Anakin so that I can train him in the ways of the Force." "Anything I can do to change your mind, is there?" asked Yoda "Unless the Council lets Anakin join the Order and let me train him" replied Qui-gon "If not, then I have made up my mind to leave the Order." "If this is what you desire, then inform the Council of your decision, I will." sighed Yoda Yoda walks out of the room, leaving Qui-gon and Obi-wan behind. "Master, are you really sure about leaving the Order?" ask Obi-wan "Yes, I am." said Qui-gon "I feel that it is my destiny to teach Anakin the ways of the Force, and I believe its what the Force wants too." "Then let me follow you then." said Obi-wan "Are you sure about this Obi?" ask Qui-gon "You just received the title of Jedi Knight, are you sure you want to throw it away and follow me?" "uuuuh" said Obi-wan with conflicted look on his face Suddenly walking out behind some pirs, I appeared. "I think it''s a good idea for you to follow your Master." I said after appearing from behind a pir "Jerid, how long have you been here?" asked Qui-gon "I have been here long enough to know that you are going to leave the Jedi Order." I replied "As I was saying Obi-wan, you should follow your heart more instead of your head." "I don''t know" replied Obi-wan "I have been with the Order since I was a child." "If you need help making a decision, just think of Satine Kryze." I said "H...ho...how do you know about her" said Obi-wan flustered "Thanks to the Force, I know a lot of things." I said "I know that you have feelings for her, and that she also has feelings for you." "But the Code, it goes against the Jedi Code." said Obi-wan "Do you know that in the past, that the Je''daii Order which is the predecessor of the Jedi Order allowed their members to form rtionships, get married and have children?" I asked "REALLY!?" said Obi-wan in surprise "Master, is this true?" "It is, Obi." replied Qui-gon "The Je''daii Order allowed marriage butter in history when the Jedi Order formed, the Jedi Council at that time knew that love can make people deceptible to the Dark Side." "So the Jedi Order was right to forbid love then." said Obi-wan "They were not right." I said "Love is a wonderful and beautiful thing. It is a powerful force, that can make you more powerful and a better person." "But if someone loses a love one, they could turn to the Dark Side." said Qui-gon "Sure but it all depends on the person themselves if they turn to their Dark Side but losing a love one doesn''t mean they will turn evil it just a possibility" I said "The Jedi Council knowns this but they are too afraid to take a risk, so they banned love but I think the risk is worth it, because love is beautiful" "He is kind of right my boy." said Qui-gon "Love is like a double edge sword, Love can make one more powerful and a better person but it can make them more deceptible to the Dark Side if they were ever lose their loved ones." "It all depends on the person and you my boy are not that deceptible to the Dark Side" I said "I can feel that you are strong willed and righteous, so I am sure you won''t fall to your Dark Side." Obi-wan closed his eyes and started to think. After a few minutes of silence, and thinking, Ob-wan opened his eyes again. "Thank you" said Obi-wan "I have made my decision. I will follow my Master and help him train the boy." "I am d that you are willing to help me, Obi." smiled Qui-gon "Since you both are leaving the Jedi Order, why don''t you follow me on my journey?" I asked "Thank you for the offer." said Qui-gon "But I would like to take Anakin and Obi with me to find the ''Wellspring of Life'' and train Anakin and teach him about the ways of the Living Force there." "Ah the Force which is spected to be the source of all life." Imented "You know about it?" asked Qui-gon "I know more then just know about it, I even know the general location of the." I said "You do." said Qui-gon with excitement on his face "Can you tell me where to find it?" AUTHOR''S NOTES: Sorry for uploading the new chapter a dayte, but I got very busy with preparing for my school''s winter camp sses. I was also outlining ideas, plots and details for my original novel I am nning on creating. Chapter 53: New Companion Chapter 53: New Companion "You know about it?" asked Qui-gon "I know more then just know about it, I even know the general location of the." I said "You do." said Qui-gon with excitement on his face "Can you tell me where to find it?" "I can tell you but I want you join me in bringing peace prosperity, and racial equality to the Gxy, by my side." I said while holding out my hand for a handshake "Bringing peace, prosperity and racial equality to the Gxy. I like that" replied Qui-gon "I am willing to join you but if I deem that you are evil on our journey then I will doing everything in my power to stop you." "I wouldn''t have it any other way." I said Qui-gon took my hand and we both shook on it. ''DING'' [Congrattions. You have gained the powerful Jedi Master Qui-gon as a Companion] [Reward: 2x Munificent-ss star frigate Voucher] ''Now this a very weed and lovely surprise.'' I thought to myself ''How many ship vouchers do I have now?'' But before I could check on my inventory, I could see Qui-gon looking at me in anticipation, so I decided to check my inventoryter and organize my ns for the futureter. "Alright, the Wellspring of Life is in the heart of the Gxy in the Deep Core Region." I said "The is also enveloped within a neb of golden gas, and the Wellspring manifests itself as a of cracked rock." "Of course, that makes a lot of sense since the Wellspring of Life is spected to be the source of all life, so it should be in the center of all life." said Qui-gon " I have found several potential locations, some in the Deep Core but thanks to your information, I believe I now know where the Wellspring is located." "Your wee" I said "So, would you like to stay with me, or on the Wellspring of Life?" "I will find and stay on the Wellspring of Life since I want to train there and try to connect to the Force better." replied Qui-gon "So, if you ever need me then you can always find me there." "Ok" I said "On the Wellsprings, you might meet the 5 Force Priestesses who live there." The Five Force Priestesses?" said Qui-gon "Who are these Priestesses?" asked Obi-wan "The Priestesses are five ethereal beings who are the representative of the connection between the Living Force as experienced by living beings, and the Cosmic Force in its role in the greater scheme of the universe." "That''s amazing" said Obi-wan "Are they powerful?" "Don''t really know but I guess they might be very powerful." I replied "Thank you for telling me this. Now, let''s go" said Qui-gon "I want go find Anakin and tell him the news of epting him as my apprentice." We then walk out of the room and headed towards the Hangar where Anakin was hanging out. -Mace Windu''s Room- Mace Windu was mediating on floor when there was a knock at the door. Mace Windu opened his eyes and looked towards the door. "Come in" said Mace Windu The door opens to show Yoda at the entrance who slowly walks inside. "Master Yoda, wee." said Mace Windu who was sitting in lotus position Yoda walks in front of Mace and sitting down in front of me. "Finished the investigation of the Dark Warrior, have you?" asked Yoda "From all of the information gathered from the warrior''s ships and the inspection of the warrior''s lightsaber kyber crsytal, there is no doubt anymore, Master Yoda" said Mace Windu "The mysterious warrior was a Sith." "Always two there are....no more...no less." said Yoda "A master and an apprentice." "But which one was kill?" asked Mace Windu "The master or the apprentice?" When Mace Windu asked the question, Yoda and Mace Windu gave each other a concerned look. "Worried about the future, I am." said Yoda " "There is nothing to worry about, Master" said Mace Windu "We were able to defeat the Sith in the past, and we can defeat them again in the future when this new Sith ever shows it''s face." "Things are not that simple, I sense." said Yoda "The Queen''s assassination, part of a much bigger n of the Sith, I fear." -Theed Royal Hangar- Anakin was sitting in the cockpit of a N-1 Starfighter, while a pilot was exining the controls of the starfighter. "So this button activates the ignition." said Anakin "That''s correct." said the pilot "And this button switches the autopilot off and on, and this button over here fires the torpedoes." said Anakin "You catch on quick, kid." said the pilot "You have a knack for this. You could probably be a pretty great pilot one day." "No thanks" replied Anakin "I want to be a Jedi." While Anakin was learning the controls of the N-1 Startfighter, the main entrance into the hangar opened up, appearing at the entrance were Qui-gon, Obi-wan and I. We walked in. Anakin who was learning from the pilot, noticed the door opened and quickly turned his head and noticed us walking in. Anakin quickly stood up and jumped on to thedder next to the cockpit and climb down. Once Anakin was standing firmly on the ground, he ran around the N-1 Starfighter and rushed towards us. Qui-gon, Obi-wan and I stopped when we saw Anakin running to us. Anakin stopped right in front of Qui-gon. "Master Jedis" said Anakin with a smile. "How are you all doing?" "We are doing good, Ani" said Qui-gon "We actually came here to tell you some good news." "GOOD NEWS!?" cried out Anakin in excitement "Am I allowed to join the Jedi Order and be a Jedi?" "Sadly not." replied Qui-gon When Anakin heard Qui-gon''s reply, his excitement quickly turned into sadness, and he began to tear up but Qui-gon quickly bent down on one knee and put his hand on his shoulder. "Since the Order decided not to take you in and train you, I decided to train you without their permission." said Qui-gon "But won''t you get in trouble with the other Jedi Master?" asked Anakin "I have decided to leave the Jedi Order and take you in as my apprentice." said Qui-gon "REALLY!" said Anakin "Yes, I promise you I will train you and teach you the ways of the Living Force." said Qui-gon "So, I am now your Master." "What is the Living Force?" asked Anakin "The Living Force, my boy is one of two harmonizing aspects of the Forcean all-epassing and all-transcending energy fieldpresent in and generated by all living beings, connecting all of life which fed into the Cosmic Force in death." exined Qui-gon "Thus, life created the Force, as the Force created life." "I still don''t understand" said Anakin who had a confuse look on his face. "That''s ok my boy."ughed Qui-gon "I will slowly teach and exin everything to you." "Ok, Master" said Anakin "In a few days, I will be taking you and Obi-wan with me to find a called the Wellspring of Life." said Qui-gon "The will be the perfect ce to teach you in the ways of the Living Force and train you to use your Force Abilites." "Yes, Master" said Anakin "So, what will happen to my mom? Can shee with us?" "I am afraid not, my boy." said Qui-gon "Your mother will get in the way of your training." "But don''t worry." I said "Your mother will be able to live on Naboo. I talked about it with the Queen and she said she will give your mother a job here in the Pce as a maid. Your mother will receive money for her work, three meals a day, and she will have a ce to live as well,." When Anakin heard that his mother will be taken care of, a bright smile appeared on his face, and he ran up and hugged me tightly. "Thank you so much for helping my mom." said Anakin "Your wee" I said while patting Anakin on his head "Just make sure you learn a lot from Qui-gon and be diligent in your training." "Yes, I will" replied Anakin "I will study my hardest and train my hardest as well." "That''s good" I said "Nowe Ani" said Qui-gon "I will take you to one of the Pce''s Garden and begin exining to you about the Force there." "Ok, Master" cried out Anakin in excitement Qui-gon then walk out of the hangar followed by Anakin and Obi-wan. After they left, I walked back to my room to rest and think of my ns for the future. Chapter 54: Chatting with the Chancellor Chapter 54: Chatting with the Chancellor Qui-gon then walk out of the hangar followed by Anakin and Obi-wan. After they left, I also exited the hanger and walked back to my room to rest and think of my ns for the future. Once I was back into my room, I jumped onto my bed and sat down. I leaned my back against the headboard, and took off my mask and set it down next to me. Once I was sitting back and in a rxed position, I opened up my Inventory to take a look at all of the things I have. "Ok, let''s see what I have. I have 5 [Venator-ss Star Destroyer Vouchers], 5 [BSX-5 Silencer Type Dreadnought Vouchers], 6 [Lightsaber Building Kits] ,2 [Munificent-ss star frigate Voucher], 2 [Companion Voucher] and a [Special Forces Unit Voucher]." I said to myself "If I add in the 6 Lucrehulk-ss Battleship I have under my control then I have a total of 18 ships." I started rubbing my chin, and thinking. "18 ships and even with the BSX5''s silencer superweapon, that isn''t enough for me to create a impressive Navy for my empire." I said "Since there were never any confirmed numbers of ships in each navy, and it was estimated online that the number of ships in Navies of the Gctic Republic and the Separatist ranged from 150,000 to 1 million ships. I really hope its not 1 million. If only I had the Star Forge then I wouldn''t have to worry this, wait maybe..." While I was thinking, there was a knock at my door. I turned my head to the door. "Who is it?" I said "Answer: It is I, Hk-47, Master" said HK-47 "Come on in." Imanded After hearing me, HK-47 opened the door, and walked in. Once inside, the door closed behind him. "How is the training of the B-1s?" I asked "Statement: I have been training a few of those useless buckets of bolts like you asked, and they have been slowly improving theirbat abilities." answered HK-47 "That''s good then." I said "If these droids can improve theirbat abilities from your training then they can upload the data gained from your training onto the Main Computer on the Droid Control Ship, so that the other B-1s can download the data, then they will be an unstoppable force that will destroy any enemies that stand in my way of way of uniting this universe." "Confirmation: Yes, Master. I will make sure they are able to destroy all of your enemies" said HK-47 "Good, as long as they can keep improving and can even gain 1/3 of your abilities then they will be the greatest soldiers ever." I said "Affirmation: With my training, these useless buckets of bolts will be a little less useless." said HK-47 While we were talking, there was a knock at the door. HK-47 quickly turned around and took his DXR-6 disruptor rifle off his back and took aim at the door. "Who is it" I said "It''s Chancellor Palpatine" said Chancellor Palpatine "May Ie in?" When I heard who it was, I got out of bed and stood up. I picked up my Revan mask and put it back on, and pulled up my hood over my head. "HK, stand down" Imanded "Affirmation: Yes, Master." said HK-47 "Come on in." I said The door opened and entered two Senate Guards in their blue robes andrge helmets with a plume on top and their open facete armed with MK II ''Pdin'' ster Rifle. Underneath their robes, I can notice they were wearing blue colored armor. The two Senate Guards started to inspect the room. After inspecting the room, the two Senate Guards stood to the side the door, and Supreme Chancellor Palpatine then entered the room followed by two more Senate Guards behind him. Once Palpatine and the other two Senate Guards entered the room, one of the Senate Guards closed the door. After looking the guards and Palpatine, I then walked over and sat down in a chair next to a long window with a beautiful view of Theed. HK-47 follows after me, and stands behind me and watched the Senate Guards, ready to kill them if they try to make a move against me. "To what do I owe the honor of this visit?" I asked while motioning Palpatine to sit down at a chair across from me. Palpatine slowly walks to the chair that I gestured to, and he sat down while eyeing me from head to toe. "I am here to discuss some business with you." said Chancellor Palpatine "What business is that?" I asked "That depends." said Palpatine "After asking around a little, I have learned that you aren''t just a simple ordinary bodyguard, but you are a Force User." "And?" I said "And I would like to ask you, are you a special operative of the Jedi Order?" asked Palpatine "Why are you ask that?" I said "I am asking because the Jedi aren''t suppose to intervene in government matters, like the invasion of Naboo" said Palpatine "Since this transgression of the Trade Federation should of been handled by the Senate not the Jedi Order. "Lucky for me then that I am no Jedi." I said "So that means I don''t have to care about your little Senate and I can intervene in anything I want to." "I see" said Palpatine, who''s upper lip was twitching a little "I am deeply impressed with your abilities. Not were you only able to defeat the Sith Warrior, you were also able to turn the tide of the invasion and defeat the Trade Federation. I am so impress with your abilities that I would like to offer you a job as my bodyguard" ''Looks like he either wants to keep me close so he can keep his eye on me or try and turn me into his new apprentice since I did kill hisst one.'' I thought "I will have to decline your generous offer since after fulfilling my job as bodyguard to the Queen, I will be leaving." I replied "Is there anything that I can do to change your mind." said Palpatine "It would be very beneficial to the Republic and me to have you working for us. I can even offering a lot of perks and a high sry." "There is nothing that can change my mind." I replied "I have a lot of things I need to do and I can''t be tied down by being someone''s bodyguard." "That is too bad" said Palpatine "If you don''t mind me asking, I am a little curious about what you need to do?" "I do mind, so I won''t be telling you since what I need to do is my own business and not yours." I said "I see" smiled Palpatine "I am sorry for prying into your business." Even though Palpatine was smiling, I notice a little twitch of his upper lip, showing that he was angry. "You should be going now" I said "We both need to get ready for tonight''s parade." "Oh, you are right. The parade is in a hour and half" said Palpatine "I do need to head back to my room and change into some ceremonial Naboo clothing." Palpatine quickly stood up from his chair and walks to the door, following by his four Senate Guards. While Palpatine was about to exit the room, he stop and turned around to face me. "I do hope we can sit down and chat again." said Palpatine who then turn back around and exit the room. "We will see" I said After Palpatine and his four Senate Guards were gone and the door was shut again, HK-47 walk from behind me and stood in front of me. "Query: Who was that ugly looking meatbag, Master?" asked HK-47 "That man is the Supreme Chancellor of the Republic and a future enemy of ours." I replied "Query: If that meatbag is a future enemy, why didn''t you order me to kill the meatbag?" asked HK-47 "Because he is still a useful pawn in my n" I said "Statement: If you say so Master but I really wish you could let me kill some meatbags. I am getting what a lot of yo...a lot of meatbags call an itchy trigger finger." said HK-47 "I know, I know." I said "You will be able to kill some meatbags soon, just be patient." "Affirmation: Yes, Master. I will try to be patient." "Also remind me to not leave you and your itchy trigger finger alone with anyone." I said jokingly "Statement: I am hurt that you would think so little of me, Master" said HK-47 "Statement: Unlike you meat... a lot of meatbags who can''t control their desire and lust, I am a droid. I can perfectly control myself and not kill any meatbags if left alone with one." "I was only joking with you HK" I said "I trust you, and I know you wouldn''t kill anyone with out my orders" "Statement: I know, Master. I was just ying along with your stupid joke." said HK Chapter 55: Star of Naboo Chapter 55: Star of Naboo "Statement: I am hurt that you would think so little of me, Master" said HK-47 "Statement: Unlike you meat... a lot of meatbags who can''t control their desire and lust, I am a droid. I can perfectly control myself and not kill any meatbags if left alone with one." "I was only joking with you HK" I said "I trust you, and I know you wouldn''t kill anyone with out my orders" "Statement: I know, Master. I was just ying along with your stupid joke." said HK ''Alright HK, I need to get ready for the parade." I said "Go back to training the B-1s" "Affirmation: Ok, I will go back to train those useless buckets of bolts." said HK-47 HK-47 exit out of the room, and just as the door closing and HK-47 was walking away, HK-47 said something. "Statement: My skills and talent are being wasted on these useless buckets of bolts, my skills and talent are meant for killing not training." sighed HK-47 I ignored HK-47stment and opened up my Shop Page, and went into the sub catalog of Clothing''s. I went into the filter setting and checked the Social Armor box because I need something fancy for the parade. After checking the Social Armor box, the huge list of clothing''s shorten by a lot. I started scrolling through the list of clothes and after 2 minutes of searching, I found two outfits that look good, the Voss Mystic Armor Set and the Ulgo Noble Armor Set from SWTOR. As looking at both of them for a little bit, I decided to buy the Ulgo Noble Armor Set for 200 credits. As I went into the Ulgo Noble Armor Set page, I found and clicked the customize button right under the pictures that disy the armor set. The customize page had a list of options such as color designs, essories, cape designs and image. I first customized the armor to have a hood, after that I changed the image on the cape from the House Ulgo''s g to the Eternal Alliance g which I think makes the cape and armor a lot cooler looking. After finishing my customization of the armor, I click the ''Buy Now'' button and with the customizations, the price increase by 50 credits, so I bought the armor set for 250 credits. After buying the armor set, another screen popped up. [The ''Ulgo Noble Armor''s cape no longer bares the g of the House Ulgo, and now bares the g of the Eternal Alliance g. The Armor will be renamed as ''Eternal Noble Armor''] [Will you ept the change (Y/N)] After reading the pop up, I clicked the ''Y'' and the armor became the [Eternal Noble Amor] instead and it instantly transferred into my Space Ring. Now that my new armor was in my Space Ring, I took off all of my clothes including my Revan Mask leaving only my boxers on. Now that I was only in my boxers, I ced my [Revan Armor] inside my space ring and I walked with the [Revan Mask] in hand over to a golden cheval floor mirror which had a chair right next to it. Once in front of the mirror, I took out the [Eternal Noble Armor] out from my ring and ced it on the chair next to the mirror. After setting down the [Eternal Noble Armor] down, I started checking out my body and given my body a detailed inspection which I never really had the time to do before since I was always so busy nning my Empire''s foundations and growth, while also protecting Padme and doing my extreme training program to be stronger. My face looks almost exactly the same except I am now a little bit more handsome and less chubby cheeks. After checking out my face, I moved onto my body which I have been a lot of muscr training with to extreme lengths. Thanks to my muscr training, my body has developed into a body simr to the one Bruce Lee had at the prime of his life. As I was fully inspecting my body in detail, I heard a knock at the door. "Sir, I am ordered by the Queen to escort you to the front of the Pce for the award ceremony." said a Pce Guard "Coming" I replied "I will be out in 5 minutes" "Yes, Sir" said the Pce Guard I quickly got dressed and after 4 minutes, I was wearing the new [Eternal Noble Armor which I found to look amazing. I then put on my [Revan Mask] quickly, which ck and red color scheme match my new outfit perfectly. After getting dressed, I quickly exit my room and found a Pce Guard standing at attention, waiting patiently for me. "Sir are you ready." said the Pce Guard "Yes, let''s go." I said I started walking to the front of the pce while the Pce Guard followed behind me. Soon, after walking for a few minutes, I have arrived at the main entrance into the Pce. Standing at the main entrance was everyone from the Jedi Order to Padme, Palpatine and Captain Panaka. Everyone was here to take part in the Award Ceremony and Celebration. My eyes soonnded on Padme, who was wearing a beautiful dress, the same one from the ending of the Phantom Menace movie. The dress Padme was wearing looked amazing. The dress was a luminous pale pink ceremonial silky dress. The silky dress included some kind of banner that hung from her low neckline. Draped over her shoulders, Padme was wearing a cape decorated with myriad pink silken petals. Padme who was talking with Governor Bibble soon took notice of my arrival, and stopped talking with Bibble and turns to me. She walks towards me and she was soon in front of me. "I am d that the hero who saved my people isn''tte for his own award ceremony." whispered Padme to me. "Of course I wouldn''t bete." I said "I wouldn''t want to miss seeing you in such a beautiful dress for the world. You look just like an angel." "Th...Thank you" blushed Padme "I am d you like it so much." After blushing for a few seconds, Padme quickly gain back her cool and focused on me and started eyeing me from top to bottom. "I also like your outfit" said Padme "It looks very dashing on you, and very manly." "Thank you" I said Before we continue talking, we were soon interrupted. "Your Majesty" interrupted Governor Bibble "We should get the award ceremony started, the people are waiting to see the hero who saved us from those invasive Trade Federation bastards." "You are right, Governor. We shouldn''t keep the people waiting for their hero" said Padme ncing at me with her gorgeous eyes. Padme turned around to face the groups of people waiting at the Pce Entrance. "Everyone, let''s get the award ceremony started." shouted Padme Soon, everyone was lined up. Padme was in the middle of everyone. The Jedi Order was on Padme''s right, while the Naboo Officials, Governor Bibble and Supreme Chancellor Ppatine was on Padme''s left. I was right next to Padme on her right side. After everyone was ready, Padme gave a signal to two Pce Guards, who soon rushed and opened the double door entrance. Once the doubled doors were open, everyone started walking out, and soon appearing before everyone was a huge crowd of people at the bottom of the pce steps. The main street was filled to the brim with people. When the people saw using, they all began to cheer. There were children singing and throwing flowers on the steps to the pce. Soon our entire group at the open area that was half way down the steps. Padme then held up both of her hands to silence the crowd, and soon the crowd was silent. " My people, our beautiful emerald home is now free from the clutches of the Tyranny and Terror of the Trade Federation. The prison camps have been demolished. The people have returned to their homes." said Padme "All of this was aplish without any casualties on our side. None of this wouldn''t be possible, if it wasn''t for our hero, Jerid." As soon as Padme said my name, she gestured to me to show the people who I was. The Naboo people began cheering loudly once again. Padme then again raised her hands to silence the crowd, and silence soon returned. Padme then turns to me and faces me. I also turn and face her as well. "As a thank you for saving our people from the clutches of Tyranny, Oppression and Terror, I am granting you the title ''Hero of Naboo'' and awarding you newly created medal, that I had created just for you." said Padme A Pce Guard soon appears holding a box, and soon opens it. Inside the box was a gold five pointed star medal surrounded by a greenurel wreath, and suspended from a gold bar surmounted by some kind of Naboo bird which is attached to a blue ribbon. In the center of the star is the Emblem of Naboo which is a flower-like symbol. Inscribed above the Naboo Emblem using the Futhork alphabet, was the words ''Star of'' and below the Emblem was the word ''Naboo''. "I am awarding you the medal, ''Star of Naboo''" said Padme "Please lower your head." When I heard Padme asking me to lower my head, I lowered my head. Padme then takes the medal from the box and ces the ribbon attached to the medal around my neck. "I thank you deeply from my heart for saving my people and our home." said Padme Padme turns towards the crowd, and I followed her lead and also turned to the crowd. "People of Naboo, I give you our hero and savior." shouted out Padme Soon everyone was cheering and pping, the children began singing once again in celebration. I look over at Padme who noticed my movement and also looks back at me. Padme stares at me and she begins to smile brightly at me. After a few seconds, Padme soon mouths the words ''I love you'' to me. Author''s Note: Sorry for thete upload everyone but real life has been very busy. Since I live in Taiwan, I took a vacation and went traveling for Chinese New Year. I have also been dating, and work has been very busy since we now only have two English Teachers. Alsost week I wasn''t feeling very well so I went to the hospital and got some medicine, and now I am feeling much better. Chapter 56: Padmes Worries Chapter 56: Padme''s Worries "People of Naboo, I give you our hero and savior." shouted out Padme Padme grabs my wrist and holds up my left hand in the arm. When my arm was raised into the air, everyone started cheering and pping, the children began singing once again in celebration, and everyone was throwing flower at us. Padme then put down my arm, and kept on holding it. Padme didn''t let go. I look over at Padme who noticed my movement and also looks back at me. Padme stares at me for 20 seconds straight and she begins to smile brightly at me. After a few seconds, Padme started blushing and soon mouths the words ''I love you'' to me. After mouthing those three words, Padme''s face turned bright red, and she quickly looked away to her left, and soon Governor Bibble and Chancellor Palpatine took notice of Padme''s behavior. "Your Majesty, your face is red!" said Governor Bibble worried "Are you not feeling well? Should we go and get a doctor?" "Yes, your Majesty, are you alright?" asked Chancellor Palpatine "There is nothing to worry about. I am okay." said Padme "I am just very happy that my people are finally free again." "Are you sure, your Majesty?" said Governor Bibble "Maybe we should get the doctor just incase." "Yes, your Majesty. You can never be too careful." said Chancellor Palpatine "If you want, I have my own personal doctor on my ship who can take a look at you, if you aren''t feeling well." "I am okay, there is no need for a doctor. I am just a little flushed." said Padme "Now, let''s continue on with the festivities, shall we?" "If that is what you wish, your Majesty." said Governor Bibble "Ok, your Majesty." said Chancellor Palpatine "But if you need a doctor, just let me know and I will have my personal doctor rush right over." "Thank you two for your worries but I am fine" said Padme "Your wee" said Governor Bibble and Chancellor Palpatine After finishing there conversation, they began watching the people celebrate. -Later that Night in Padme''s Room Padme is sitting down at a lounge chair next to a long window that showsa beautiful view of Naboo''sndscape, there were grassy green hills and beautiful waterfalls in the distance. Padme is wearing a pearl white silk nightdress with a loose red silk robe covering her. She was gazing out the window, sitting down and thinking about multiple things such as what to do so she can keep her people safe to how she should proceed with the alliance meeting with the Gungan people tomorrow. Padme had so many things on her mind that she was bing restless and was unable to sleep. I could even feel her uneasiness from my room through the Force and that was why I am now standing outside her door. I then knock three times on Padme''s door, and their was instant reply from her. "Who is it?" asked Padme "It''s me, Padme." I said "OH!" cried out Padme in surprised "Please hold on." I soon I heard some rustling behind the door and after a few seconds the rustling was over. "Come in" said Padme with a nervous voice. I opened the door and walked in to find Padme sitting in her lounge chair by the bedroom''s only window. Her red silky robe was tied up covering up her silky pearl white nightdress. While I was gazing at her, Padme was also gazing at me as I walk in. "You are upte, Jerid" said Padme "Can''t sleep?" "I should be the one asking that question, Padme." I said "I can feel that you are uneasy and restless about what to do in the future." "How can you tell?" asked Padme "I can feel your restlessness through the Force" I replied as I walked over to Padme and sat down in a chair across from her. "I see" sighed Padme "Even though I am trying to be tough for my people, it seems I can''t hide my worries and emotions from you." "I know you have a lot on your mind and I known you are worried that you are unable to aplish your goals." I said "Yes, you are right about that." said Padme "I am worried about so much that it is tiring. I worry about the future of Naboo and my people. I worry that there is nothing I can do to help my people prosper and keep them safe from future Invasions. I worry that the negotiations with the Gungan people will fail because of my inexperience as a negotiator. I doubt myself and I doubt that I will be able to help my people. I know I am not the youngest Queen in Naboo History but I feel that I am too young to lead my people" "I know about all of these worries of yours but you have to trust yourself and trust your heart." I said "You care about this and about your people, and you wanting to help your people and keep them safe is a sign that you are a good ruler. You should never doubt yourself. You are a smart and beautiful queen who cares deeply about her people, just believe in yourself." "But what if being myself isn''t enough?" asked Padme "What can I do then?" "You can''t expect to do everything and aplish all of your goals in a short time. You need to remember, that things take time and patience. Also you need to remember that you are not alone. You have people here that want to help you like Governor Bibble, Captain Panaka and especially me." I said "I will help you aplish your goals, and I will always be there for you if you ever need me. You just need to follow your heart and believe in yourself and you can aplish big things if you set your mind and heart to it." "Thank you for believing in me so much" smiled Padme "Of course I will always believe in you. I love you. I said "I can see great potential in you and I know that you will be able to aplish many great things." "Thanks" said Padme with red cheeks "I love you too" "I am d that you are now feeling better." I said Padme got up and walked forward and set her left knee down on the chair besides my left thigh and her right foot between my two legs. She slowly raised her arms and ced her hands on both sides of my mask. Padme then slowly took off my mask. After taking off my mask, she tossed it onto her chair. She then grabbed my face and slowly brought her lips closer, and closer to mine until we were kissing. After kissing normally for a few seconds, Padme started to experiment with the kiss. Padme extends her tongue into my mouth and tried to deeply kiss me but she was still inexperience in French Kiss and she clumsily moving her tongue in my mouth. It was pretty cute at how hard she was trying. As we were French Kissing, the Force started surging between us, going back and forth between the both of us. Even though Padme wasn''t Force Sensitive, she could feel something coursing through her entire body and it brought her to ecstasy. After 30 seconds of French Kissing, Padme pulled her head back and gasped for air. Thanks to the Force, there was now a kind of inseparable bond between us just like the connection between me and Dia. And just like with Dia and I, Padme and I could now feel each other''s heartbeat, and each other''s essence and being. "What is this feeling?" asked Padme curiously "I can somehow feel your presence and very being somehow, what''s going now?" "The Force has connected us together." I replied "Through the Force, we are now bonded together, we are like one." "That is amazing." said Padme "I can''t put this feeling into words but it feels amazing and warm." "With this bond through the Force, I will always be by your side spiritually and you will always be spiritually by my side as well." I said "Through this bond, we will be able to feel how the other is doing, so if you are ever in trouble I will know right away and I will be able toe to your rescue and help you." "That is wonderful" said Padme as she felt my cheeks with both of her hands. After staring into each other''s eye for a whole minute. Padme let go of my cheeks. "We should stop here, we need to go to bed and get some rest." Padme said "We have a big meeting to go to tomorrow and we need all the rest we can get." "Ok" I said Padme quickly got off of me and stood up. I also stood up. I grabbed my mask from Padme''s chair and put it back on. Padme and I then started walking to her door. I opened the door, stepped out and turned around to face Padme. "Good night and sweet dreams." I said Good night and thank you for helping me calm down." said Padme "I love you" "And I love you" I said Padme ran forward and hugged me, and I hugged her back. Padme looked up at me and then she stood on tiptoes and leaned forward and kissed me on the mask where my lips would be. After kissing me on the mask, Padme ran out of my embrace and back into her room. "Good night" said Padme who then closed the door to her room. After Padme went back inside her room, I decide to head to the hangar to do some night training. -The next morning- After 8 hours ofbat training and Force training, I was exhausted and my body was in pain. I did my Force training first and then mybat training. For mybat training, I fought 50 B-1 Battle Droids with their ster on stun for 4 hours straight while I deflect all of their shots. I was able to deflect all of the shots for the first two hours but soon my body grow tired from continuously deflecting all of the B-1''s shots. After three hours, I started getting hit by a couple stun shots, and by the end of the 4 hours ofbat training, I was shot 15 times. "D...da...damn. Tha...that...wa...was...tou...tough." I said exhaustedly whileying on the ground topless and covered in sweat. My whole body was in pain and I had to force my eyelids open so I wouldn''t fall asleep. After catching my breath, I forced myself up to sit up in lotus position and started to use [Force Heal] to heal my torn and exhausted muscles and to get rid of my fatigue. After 20 minutes of continuously using [Force Heal] on my body, I was back in peak condition and fully awake. I could tell that my body and my connection with the Force grow even stronger. "Now that feels much better." I said smiling while stretching my body. AUTHOR''S NOTE: Great News fans. Your author has a girlfriend but don''t worry I will continue writing and trying to post 1 chapter a week. Chapter 57: The Two Orders Chapter 57: The Two Orders "Now that feels much better." I said smiling while stretching my body. Thanks to [Force Heal] I am back in peak position and my drowsiness from not sleeping all night is gone. Soon, the main entrance into the hangar opens, walking in was Dia who sees my sweaty and bare muscr torso. Dia shrieks and cover her eyes while blushing but even though Dia covered her eyes, she still peeked at my naked upper half through the gaps in her fingers. "What is wrong, Dia?" I asked "The Queen told me to remind you that we will be leaving for the Alliance negotiation with the Gungans in an hour and a half. She wants all of us to meet here in the hangar" said Dia still peeking through her fingers "Master, why are you here shirtless?" "I was training here for 8 hours, and my shirt got drenched in sweat, so I took it off." I said "Master, You were training all night?" asked Dia "Why are you training so much?" "I am training this much because I am still weak ." I said "I need to keep on training I can continue getting stronger. I am need to be even more powerful if I want to aplish my goals and kill the hidden threat lurking in the Republic." "Hidden threat?" said Dia "Who is this hidden threat?" "The hidden threat is someone very powerful in the Republic." I said "He will probably be one of my most powerful enemies in the future who will stand in the way of my goals." "I see." said Dia "So Master, what are these goals that you hope to aplish?" I walk over to the open bay hangar doors and gaze at the beautiful and majestic sun rise over the green hills and fields. Dia also walked over to the opening and stands by my side "My goals are to establish an empire and bring peace and prosperity to this chaotic world." I said with determination "WHAT!!! You want to create an empire!?" said Dia with surprise "Don''t yell" I said calmly Sorry, Master." said Dia "So you want to be an Emperor then?" "Yes, I want to create an Empire and be the Emperor of a Holy Empire." I replied "Once you have your empire, what will be of me then?" asked Dia "Will I still be your apprentice?" "I want you to stay by my side." I said "Also I don''t want you to stay my apprentice but I want you to be one of my Empresses and be one of my Valkyries." "Valkyries?" said Dia with a puzzled look. "Yes, Valkyries were a very important part of the religion of an ancient race of Humans. In this religion, the Valkyries are divine and powerful women warriors, who fought for a mighty and powerful God named Odin." I said "That religion is very interesting." said Dia "So, what do you mean by you wanting me to be one of your Valkyries?" "I wish to establish two Orders in my Empire; The Order of the Valkyries and the Order of the Imperial Knights." I replied "The Order of the Valkyries will be made of my Force-sensitive Empress wives who will help protect me. This Order unlike other will have no ranks since all of my wives are equal." "I see then what is this Order of the Imperial Knights?" asked Dia "The Order of the Imperial Knights is an Military Order that will be made of Force-users whose sole devotion will be to the Empire and the defense and preservation of my Empire." I said "There only loyalty will be to my Empire and me, their Emperor. The roles of the Imperial Knights will be to lead my armies, protect me; the Emperor, and fight against any corruption that dares to tarnish my Holy Empire." "Amazing" said Dia " Your Order of the Imperial Knights sounds awesome." I turned to Dia and looked down at her since I was a foot taller than her. Dia also turned and faced me. I held out my hand and started speaking. "Dia, will you stay by my side and help me establish my Empire and bring peace and prosperity to this chaotic world?" I asked "Before you answer, I need to let you know that my journey will be a very dangerous one, and I will probably make an enemy out of the entire gxy. If you follow me, you might even get badly hurt so if you don''t want to stay by my side, I will understand and I will drop you off anywhere you want and give you enough money to..." Before I could finished what I was saying, Dia leapt forward me and embraced me around my neck and was hugging me tightly and hanging on my neck with her legs wrapped around my waist. While embracing me, Dia looked up at me with tears in her eyes. "Do you really need to ask. If it wasn''t for you, I would still be stuck as a lowly ve to Jabba the Hutt who would eventually be used as that giant slug''s sexual ything. You saved me from a life of very and misery. You changed my destiny and showed me the way to the light when my life was shrouded in darkness." said Dia "You made my life better and happier. No matter what you want to do or wherever you want to go, I will always be by your side forever and I will use my Force abilities to help you aplish your goals." After hearing Dia''s reply, I hugged her. I then took my right hand while my left hand supported her. I started to cherish her left cheek. "Thank you." I said "What you said, makes me really happy." Dia leaned her head to the left side of my head. "My body, heart and soul are yours. My everything is yours" whispered Dia into my ear. "I will be whatever you want. I would love to be one of your Empresses and Valkyries." Dia grabbed my mask and took it off. Dia dropped my mask on the floor. After dropping my mask, she grabbed my cheeks and quickly brought her lips to mine. Dia hungrily pushes her lips forward against mine. Dia then opens her mouth open, and her tongue pushing past my lips into my moist mouth. Dia then grips the back of my head firmly with both of her arms, as to keep me from escaping from her grasp. She keeps working her mouth against mine, with her tongue battling back and forth with my own, like a couple of wrestlers trying to pin the each other. After a whole minute of rough French kissing, Dia pulls her mouth away from mine, and she began gasping for air. After catching her breath, Dia''s cheeks were flushed red and she was panting hard. When I gazed into Dia''s eye I can see a tinge of love and lust in her gaze. Dia then uses [Force Push] behind her, which pushed her forward and pushed me backwards which caused me to fall backwards and fall on the ground. I was nowying on the ground and Dia was sitting on top of me with her face hanging over my face. "Master, I love you" said Dia affectionally while slowly leaning her face towards mine "In my time of darkness, you became my light. I can never thank you enough for saving me." Dia kissed my lips softly and gently which eventually turned rough. She opened her mouth over mine, and once again stuck her tongue into my mouth and started to twirl her tongue around. After 30 second of rough kissing, Dia sat up and grabbed her shirt and was starting to take it off but before she could lift her shirt up, I grabbed her hands to stop her from undressing. "Not here." I said "If you want to continue, lets go somewhere more privateter tonight." "Yes, Master" said Dia in a lovestruck daze As I slowly sat up, Dia slowly slid down my torso andnded on my crotch which was rock hard. "AHHH!" shrieked Dia in surprise when she felt a 6 inch hard object stab her in the butt. Dia calmed down instantly when she realized what was stabbing her was my dick. As Dia gazed into my eyes, she starts to slowly rub my crotch over my pants with one hand and used her other free hand to feel my chest. "We need to hurry up." I said "We can''t bete for the alliance negotiation." "Yes, Master." said Dia with a sadden expression "We can''t bete for such an important event." I ced my head next to the right side of Dia''s head, and brought my lips closer to her cone ear. "We will continue this tonight." I whispered "So make sure youe to my room tonight." "Yes" said Dia happily I use [Force Telekinesis] to lift Dia off of me and stand her up. After standing Dia up, I stood up and used [Force Pull] to pull my dropped mask into grasp. "I am going to take a shower now" I said "Yes, Master." said Dia who was fidgeting while using her hands to cover her crotch area "I also need to take a shower, so I will go back to my room." I took a nce below and even though Dia tried to cover it, I could see a wet patch in her pants. "I will meet you here after I finish my shower, Master." said Dia who walked off while still covering the crotch area of her pants with both hands. I smiled and thought how cute Dia was with how shy she became after acting so forward and feisty. I turned towards the Defender and began walking to it. Chapter 58: Heading to Otoh Gunga Chapter 58: Heading to Otoh Gunga I smiled and thought about how cute Dia was with how shy she became after acting so forward and feisty. I turned towards the Defender and began walking to it. Once inside the Defender, I took a 30 minute rxing shower in the Captain''s Quarters. After washing my body thoroughly, and getting my body cleaned from the dried up sweat on my body, I felt even more rejuvenated and rxed. I walked out of the shower and dried myself off with a towel. After drying myself off, I wrapped the towel around my waist and sat down on the edge of the Captain''s Bed, and thenid down. Laying on the bed, I opened my Inventory and took out another set of Revan''s Armor and Mask. ''After this alliance meeting, I will need to leave Naboo so I can create some foundations for my future conquest of the Republic. I probably need two weeks minimum or a month max to create some of these foundations'' I thought to myself ''I should leave Dia and HK-47 here to protect Padme, since I have made quite a few changes to the timeline and I can never be to sure what Palpatine will do while I am gone.'' "I will continue messing up Palpatine''s nster but now I better get dressed" I said as I sat up. I unfurled my towel from my waist and tossed it onto the bed, leaving me buck naked. I then quickly put on my Revan Armor and Mask and exited out of the Captain''s Quarters towards the exit. Soon, I walked out of the Defender. Off to the side of the hanger, there were a bunch of Royal Guards with a few B-1s gathering and defending the Naboo Royal Starship, awaiting for the Queen''s arrival. As I approach the starship, a B-1 Captain droid approach me. "Hello, your Holiness" saluted the Captain B-1 "I am designation B1-AC-130. Do you have anymands for me?" "No, just continue guarding the Naboo Royal Cruiser." I said I leaned in closer to B1-AC-130, and whispered something to it. "Also send amand to all of the droids guarding the pce to keep a watchful eye on the Supreme Chancellor." I whispered "Make sure he doesn''t know that you are spying on him and make sure he doesn''t do anything suspicious." "Roger, roger." said B1-AC-130 "To aplish our mission, may we make use of the three DRK-1 Dark Eye probe droids stored on your ship sir?" "Sure, go ahead." I said "Do whatever you need to do." "Roger, roger." said B1-AC-130 "I will make sure the mission is a sess, sir." After saying that, B1-AC-130 walks off and started sendingmands through it''s antenna to all of the droids in the pce. Soon, the doors leading into the hangar opens up and walking in was Padme surrounded by Captain Panaka, four Handmaidens and four Royal Guards. Following Padme''s group was Qui-gon, Dia, HK-47 and Jar Jar Binks. Padme''s group walks towards the Naboo Royal Starship. Soon one of the Royal Guards guarding the ships steps forward. "Your Majesty" bowed all of the Royal Guards guarding the starship "Is my ship ready for the diplomatic mission to the Gungan Capital?" asked Padme "Everything is ready. The ship has been fueled." said the Royal Guard who stepped out. "Also the gifts for the Gungan High Council have been loaded and secured onto the ship as well, your Majesty." "Good, thank you for your hard work. It''s to bad we can''t provide the Gungans with some relief food since they must also have refugees from the Trade Federation''s Invasion" said Padme "Oh well, we better get going." After hearing what Padme said I came up with an idea but before I could put my idea in action, Padme and her group board the ship leaving behind Qui-gon, Dia, HK-47 and Jar Jar Binks, who then approach me. "Master" said Dia "Greetings, Master" said HK-47 "Hello, my friend." said Qui-gon "Heyo" said Jar Jar "Hello Qui-gon, where are your two apprentices?" I asked "I have only one apprentice now since that is the way" said Qui-gon "Even though Obi-wan has left the Jedi Order with me, he still became a Jedi Knight before he left, so there is nothing really more I can teach him. He has matured into his own person and he will be forging his own path now2." "Yes, Obi-wan is a good guy" I said "What about Anakin, you aren''t going to bring him along then?" "No, I decided to leave Anakin here since there can only be 5 people present in these negotiations with the Gungans" said Qui-gon "I gave him his first lesson as my padawan yesterday, so I want him to stay and mediate on what I taught him plus I am having Obi-wan give train him in Lighstaber Combat. Anakin will be learning Form I: Shii-Cho while I am away since every second of training will be useful to him in bing the Chosen One." "I agree with you on that." I said "Every second of training is important and without it, you can never get stronger. That''s why I like to training myself to the point of exhaustion." "How do you train yourself?" asked a curious Qui-gon "I train myself for 8 hours every day." I said "I train my Force Abilities for 4 hours and then I train mybat skills with livebat for 4 hours, I do all of my training with no breaks." "Statement: That is pretty impressive for a meat....for a human, Master." said HK-47 "Dat sounds berry tiresome" said Jar Jar "That is such a fierce training regime." said Qui-gon "Aren''t you worried that you could cripple your body?" "I don''t really have to worry about that since I use the Force to heal and repair my body" I said "Oh I see, you must use [Force Heal] to heal your body which prevents you from being crippled, and with your connection with the Force, the healing must be pretty fast." said Qui-gon "Your way is indeed impressive but I prefer the slow and steady approach to training." As we were chatting, Captain Panaka exits the Naboo Royal Starship and approaches us. "Everyone, since everyone is here, the Queen would like to leave early to the meeting with the Gungans." said Captain Panaka "Ok" said Qui-gon and I After getting our confirmation, Captain Panaka boards the starship again. "You guys go on ahead" I said "I have to issue somemands to the droids before we leave." "Alright" said Qui-gon "I will see you on board." "Affirmation: Ok Master." said HK-47 "Okey-dokey" said Jar Jar Qui-gon, HK-47 and Jar Jar board the ship but Dia stays behind. "Master." said Dia "Yes Dia." I said "After hearing how you train so much, I was wondering if I should also train like you?" asked Dia "If I could be stronger faster maybe I could help you more." I smiled and ced my hand on her cheek. "Just continue doing your regr training" I said "You don''t have to push yourself too hard and I don''t want you to hurt yourself so just take things slow and steady ok. Now, I have somethings to do, so go and board the ship." I patted Dia on the head, and walked towards B1-AC-130 "Ok, Master." said Dia Awhile I was walking away, Dia had a determine expression on her face. "Master, you are so kind and you care about me so much." whispered Dia while clenching her left fist near her heart "I promise I will be stronger no matter what so I can help you, and I will even learn how to lead armies so I can help you conquer this gxy in your name." Dia then turns around and boards the starship. "AC-130" I shouted "Yes, your Holiness" said B1-AC-130 while turning towards me "Do you have any moremands?" "Yes, I do" I said "Do we have any food on the 6 Lucrehulk ships?" I asked "Roger,roger. Let me check my datapad, sir." said B1-AC-130, who took a datapad that was maically attached to it''s waist. AC-130 started scrolling through the datapad and found what he was looking for. "I found the information, sir." said "We do have food and with all of the food from all 6 ships, there is enough food to feed 9,000 people." "That''s good,." I said "Alright, I want you to issuemands to the droids aboard the Lucrehulk and have them load enough food to feed 2,500 Gungans on some transport ships and send the food the the Gungan Capital." "Roger, roger." said B1-AC-130 "I will make sure that yourmand gets done in an hour." "Alright, get it done then." I said "Roger, roger" saluted B1-AC-130 I walked aboard the starship and headed towards the cockpit. In the cockpit, Padme was waiting. "Is everyone aboard?" asked Padme "Yes, everyone is on the ship." I said behind her. Padme turns around and smiles at me "Good, then lets head to Otoh Gunga" said Padme "Pilot, take it away." "Yes, your Majesty." said the pilot The Naboo Royal Starship soon starts lifting up and flies out of the hangar, heading to Otoh Gunga. Chapter 59: Arriving at Otoh Gunga Chapter 59: Arriving at Otoh Gunga "Good, then lets head to Otoh Gunga" said Padme "Pilot, take it away." "Yes, your Majesty." said the pilot The Naboo Royal Starship soon starts lifting up and flies out of the hangar, heading to Otoh Gunga. After flying over grassy ins, hills and mountains for 15 minutes, the Naboo Royal Starship arrives at the exterior of a Naboo swamp andnds in a open dirt area near the edge of the swamp. Once the starshipnds, the loading ramp lowers down slowly and once the ramp was fully open, everyone inside walks out while some Royal Guards unload boxes. "Mesa will goen down un let ebberyone know dat wesa hair." said Jar Jar who then runs toward the swamp but trips over his own feet and tumbles forward into the swamp. "Statement: That creature is really strange and bizarre, Master." said HK-47 "And it''s speech patterns are really annoying, so annoying that I want to exterminate it''s entire species. Also that creature makes my artificial brain hurt with its foolishness" "Don''t do that, HK." I said "I don''t want you causing a massive genocide besides not all Gungans are like Jar Jar." "Affirmation: I will try and not kill that annoying creature." said HK-47 "I don''t think he is annoying, I feeling he is more of a man-child and a silly and lumsy person." said Dia "Even though he is childish and clumsy, the only thing that matters is that he is a pure hearted and kind person." said Padme "I feel that Jar Jar is someone we can fully trust." "I agree with your apprentice and the Queen on this, this Jar Jar may be kind of brainless but at least his heart is in the right ce and he tries to mean well." said Qui-gon -Jar Jar''s POV- Jar Jar swims down and soon approached a bubble city, after a few more minutes, Jar Jar enters Otoh Gunga. Jar Jar enters the main square of the Otoh Gunga. He stands in the center, stunned, in amazement and fear as he gazes at the surrounding buildings. Jar Jar is in shock when he see that a lot of the buildings are shot up and in ruins from fighting. Besides the ruined building, Jar Jar can see a lot of refugees all around the main square, with people give them supplies and looking after them. Jar Jar then notices some familiar guards who were patrolling nearby and approaches them. The guards that Jar Jar approaches are Captain Tarpals and six other Gungan Troops "Heyo-dalee, Captain Tarpals." said JAr Jar "Binks!! Noah gain!" said Captain Tarpals "Ween to see da boss per da alliance negoshing." said Jar Jar while scratching the back of his head" Also da Queenie has brought sum gifts per da Council." Captain Tarpals rolls his eyes since he doesn''t really like Jar Jar that much. "Mesa will haf sum bongos sent tada surface" said Captain Tarpals "Okey-dokey" said Jar Jar smiling Captain Tarpals quickly turns to one of his soldiers. "Quickly send sum bongos tada surface" said Captain Tarpals "Yesa, sire" said the soldier who then quickly runs off. "Mesa''llen wit yousa" said Jar Jar "See yousater Tarpal." Jar Jar chases after the soldier and while he runs, he trips over a small piece of rubble and starts tumbling forward for 3 feet. He jumps back up and continues to run after the guard. -End of Jar Jar''s POV- Padme, Captain Panaka, Qui-gon , Dia, HK-47 and I are waiting by the edge of the swamp for Jar Jar''s return. Off to the side, the Royal Guards finished unloading 4 medium size boxes and one small size box. The Royal Guards then stood guard with the boxes Soon, tiny ripples can be seen in the water which start to grow into bigger ripples. "Looks like our bongos have arrived." said Qui-gon "Bongos?" said Dia curious "What are bongos? fter Dia asked that question, 4 tribubble bongos then appeared from under the water, and started drifting slowly towards us until they stopped at the edge of the swamp. "Wow, those look pretty cool." said Dia "Those are bongos, young one." said Qui-gon The hatches on the Bongos opened up revealing at least one Gungan soldier piloting each bongo, and in the passenger seat of the middle bongos was Jar Jar. The Gungan soldiers stood up from the pilot seat''s and exit their bongos. "Mesa backin ebberyone" said Jar Jar. "Hope yousa notsa''d wait too longo." "That''s alright Jar Jar." said Padme "We didn''t wait long."" As Jar Jar was stepping out of the bongos, he then stumbles after getting his foot caught on the hatch of the bongo and the falls into the water. "Mesa alright" said Jar Jar who climbs out of the swamp. "Query: How can one creature be so clumsy?" said HK-47 "I am surprised this creature hasn''t gotten itself killed with how clumsy it is." One of the Gungan soldiers stepped forward, ignoring Jar Jar''s little mishap. "Queenie Amidoll, wesa hair ta escort yousa ta Otoh Gunga" said the Gungan soldier "Thank you for all of your hard work." said Padme who bowed a little to the Gungan soldiers Padme turns to her Royal Guards. "Guards, please load the gifts for the Gungan High Council onto the transports." said Padme "Yes, your Majesty." said the Royal Guards The 4 Royal Guards started picking up the boxes. "Yousa foosa, goen hep dem"manded the lead Gungan soldier "Yesa, sire" said the four Gungan soldiers. The four Gungan Soldiers ran over to the four Royal Guards, and started helping them load the boxes into one of the bongos. After a minute, the boxes were secured into a bongo. "Your Majesty, the box are loaded upon the transport." saluted a Royal Guard "Thank you." replied Padme who then turns to the lead Gungan soldier "Now, shall we get going." "Yesa. Pleeese board da bongo, yousa Majesty" said the lead Gungan Soldier "Wesa do notsa wanten ta keep da High Council waitin''" "We don''t want that" said Padme "So lets hurry" Padme then boarded the bongo that was in the middle of the five bongos, and I follow after her and also board the same bongo as her. "Mesa will goen wit yousa" said Jar Jar who puts his wet arm around Qui-gon "Hopefully this time you won''t be panicking too much" said Qui-gon "Mesa couldn''t halp it, wesa were attacked by giant monstairs" said Jar Jar "Giant monstairs are bombad skeery" "Ok, ok." said Qui-gon "Just get in" Qui-gon nudges Jar Jar forward towards one of the bongos "Okey dokey" replied Jar Jar who boards a bongo, and who was followed by Qui-gon. After everyone boards a bongo, the hatches of the bongos closes and the bongo starts to descend back into the swamp. After descending deep enough, Padme started gazing out of the ss hatch, and look at the beautiful site around her. "Wow" says Padme "This is amazing, the underwater world is so beautiful and mystical." But after a few seconds, Padme noticed her unqueenly actions, so she quickly calms down and remained stoic. "Sorry, about that." said Padme embarrassed. After a couple more minutes, we arrived at a loading bay of Otoh Gunga Once everyone disembarks their bongos, Captain Tarpal arrives with 10 Gungan Soldiers. "Heylo ebberyone, Mesa hair ta escort yousa tada High Council." said Captain Tarpal ""Do yousa haf effything yousa need?" "Thank you Captain Tarpal." said Padme "Captain Panaka." "Yes, your Majesty" said Captain Panaka "Bring the small box with us." said Padme "As youmand." said Captain Panaka Captain Panaka walks quickly to the bongo holding the boxes of gift, and grabs the small box that was on top of the four medium boxes and quicklyes back with it. "Here it is, your Majesty." "Thank, Captain Panaka. Captain Tarpal, we are now ready to meet the High Council, and we have brought some gifts." said Padme "Please inspect them and afterwards give them to your Council" "Okey" said Captain Tarpal ""Yousa fousa, unload da High Council''s gifts, un inspict dem un take inventory of all da gifts." "Sire, yesa, sire" said the five Gungan soldiers "Now yousa Majesty, yousa un yousa group follow me now" said Captain Tarpal "Thank you Captain Tarpal, please lead the way." said Padme Captain Tarpal leads the way with us following him and his 10 Gungan Soldiers then surround us as they escort us to the High Council. I am walking right next to Padme when she started whispering "Jerid" whispered Padme "Yes, your Majesty" I whispered as well "Do you think this alliance negotiation will go well?" asked Padme in a whisper "I am sure if you show them mutual respect as equals and are honest with them, they will see that you are sincere in forming an alliance with them." I whispered "I am pretty sure with you here, this alliance negotiation will go great. Just believe in yourself, okay." "I will try" whispered Padme Chapter 60: Birth of the Gungan-Nabooian Alliance Chapter 60: Birth of the Gungan-Nabooian Alliance "I am sure if you show them mutual respect as equals and are honest with them, they will see that you are sincere in forming an alliance with them." I whispered "I am pretty sure with you here, this alliance negotiation will go great. Just believe in yourself, okay." "I will try" whispered Padme As Captain Tarpal and his men escort us, we walk through the city, and everyone can see the ruins of all of the buildings. "Look at all of this devastation." said Padme "The Trade Federation has really gone to far with what they have done." "Yes, it is so sad to see a once prosperous and lively city turn into a city of ruins and death like this." said Qui-gon "How many people have you lost in the Trade Federation''s attack of your city?" "Dat is a strange ting. Even wit all-n da destruction yousa see around yousa, no una has dyed." said Captain Tarpal "Wesa only haf around foosa tousand Gungans minorly injured whichen is a blessin''." Padme, Captain Panaka and Qui-gon quickly looked at me, and realized how the Gungans had no casaulties was probably becuase of me. "Well, I am d that your people had no deaths from this unjust invasion of the Trade Federation." said Padme "Hopefully, if we can establish an alliance between both our people, we can prevent such atrocities in the future from happening." "Iffen dis alliance can hep prevent such future atrocities from happenin'' ta mesa people un home, den Mesa hope yousa unda Boss canen ta hot terms un establish it" said Captain Tarpal As we walked through the main square of the city, Padme kept looking around us and notices all of the injured Gungans and refugees. "You do have a lot of injured and refugees Gungans outside, do you not have a lot of room to house them?" asked Padme "Almost 10% of da city is in ruins, un around 25% of da city has been damaged un wesa do notsa know iffen all-n da buildings are stable or notsa" said Captain Tarpal "So inda meantime, wesa tryin'' ta set sum tents up ta house da injured un refugees." "I will talk to your council about providing you with some tents and doctors to help." said Padme "I would love to provide food, but we Nabooians don''t have a lot of it ourselves because of the blockade and invasion of the Trade Federation." "All da halp wesa can get will besa mui mui hepful yousa Majesty" said Captain Tarpal "Before I forget, can you also have the gifts we brought with us, brought to the Gungan High Council after your troops finishing inspecting them?" asked Padme "Do Notsa worry, yousa Majesty." said Captain Tarpal "Mesa informed mesa troops ta bring da fife boxes tada High Tower Board Room after inspictin da boxes." "Thank you, Captain." said Padme After walking for 10 minutes through the city street and the looks of all of the Gungan refugee , we arrive at the High Tower which houses the Gungan Council. We enter into an elevator, which was able to hold all of us, and we went up. In less then a minutes, we arrive at the top of the tower, and into the High Tower Board Room which was was a hydrostatic bubble-chamber with bubble walls, and small lighted fish swimming outside the bubble like moving stars. When we entered the room, everyone can a see a long circr judge''s bench filled with four Gungan Reps and in the middle of the four was Boss Nass who dominates the room and who sits on a bench higher than the other Gungans. "Greetings, Boss." said Captain Tarpal "Queenie Padme un shesa entourage are hair per da alliance negoshings" Padme walks into the center of the room, and everyone follows, and stands behind her. "Greetings, oh great and powerful Boss of the Gungan People" said Padme " I am Queen Amid of Naboo...Ie before you to negotiate an alliance between our people." "Why should wesa besa in an alliance wit yousa un yousa people" said Boss Nass "Although we do not always see eye to eye, Your Honor, but our two great societies have always lived in peace...until now." said Padme "The Trade Federation has destroyed all that we have worked so hard to build. Your city was damaged and your people injured and my people were in camps. If we do not act and form an alliance, I believe somethine like this invasion might happen again in the future...I ask you to help...no, I beg you to form an alliance with us so that we can both protect our home, Naboo." "Yousa wanten ta forge an alliance between ussa boot why do da nkens follow yousa now?" asked Boss Nass "Yousa send dose nkens ta conquer are-sa people, notsa''d yousa?" "No, that''s not it." said Padme "My bodyguard was able to infiltrate the Trade Federation Droid Control Ship, and reprogram their droid armies to follow him before we left Naboo to seek help from the Republic." "Iffen hesa reprogramed da nkens before yousa left, den why did theysa still attack mesa people and city?" asked Boss Nass "Let me help exin that." I said walking next to Padme and started lying "You see, I installed a virus on the Droid Control Ship to reprogram the droids to obey me but I couldn''t have the virus quickly reprogram the droid to obey me since I have to take it slowly since I couldn''t let the Trade Federation Officials notice the virus and we need them to not know that their entire army was being reprogramed. But the good thing is that I was able to install a program that stops the droid from killing any native from Naboo" "Mesa see, Mesa see. So yousa virus had ta goen slowly so da Trade Federation would notice it un stoppa it." said Boss Nass "So it''sa tanks ta yousa dat none of mesa people were killda in dis invasion den." "Yes, that''s right." I said "Hmmmm" said Boss Nass as he rubs his chin. "Do yousa haf anyting else yousa would liken ta spake Queenie before Mesa make mesa decision?" As Padme heard that, Padme quickly drops to her knees and prostrates herself before Boss Nass and the four Gungan Reps. There is a gasp of surprise from Captain Panaka and the Gungans. "We are your humble friends...our fate is in your hands." said Padme " Please the peace and safety of our homes depends on this Alliance forming." Slowly, Captain Panaka follows Padme''s decision and bows down before the Gungan Council. Qui-gon then follows along and bows as well. I then bow down as well to help Padme''s cause and I motion Dia to bow as well, and she followed along with everyone. With all of us bowing except for HK-47 who was puzzled with this strange action of ours, the Gungans are now puzzled by our actions. "Iffen wesa do form an alliance, whata will yousa do abouten da defense of Naboo?" asked Boss Nass "Since yousa haf no army, do yousa wanten uss-ens ta use are-sa Gungan Grand Army ta defend are-sa home un yousa? Do yousa wanten da Gungan Grand Army as a meat shield per yousa un yousa people?" "Boss Nass, I promise you that I will not let that happen, and I don''t want to use your Grand Army as a meat shield for us." said Padme "In the future, I n on creating a Self Defense Force, which is a small army, and with this small army known as the Self Defense Force, it will be used to defend our home alongside your people''s Grand Army, we will defend our home together as equals." After hearing Padme''s little speech, Boss Nass begins tough. "Yousa no tinken yousa greater den da Gungans. Yousa tink of Gungans as yousa equals." said Boss Nass "Mesa like dis. Mabee wesa can be good friends." "I would love nothing more than both of our people bing good friends who can stand side by side in good and bad time." smiled Padme "Alright, yousa haf convinced mesa" said Boss Nass "Pleese, stand back up." "Does that mean you are willing to forge an alliance with us?" asked Padme with eyes full of anticipation. "Yesa, da Gungans un yousa people will besa good friends un allies " said Boss Nass "As of today, da Gungan-Nabooian Alliance isa formed." Padme and the rest of us stand back up. Padme turns around to us, and smiles brightly at me. Padme then notices a bunch of Gungan troopsing in carrying the boxes of gifts, we have brought. Padme turns back to Boss Nass. "Thank you so much Boss Nass for forming this alliance with my people." said Padme "I promise you that you will not regret this. "Mesa mui mui happi ta make such good frends."ughed Boss Nass "Tanight, wesa''ll havena giant celebration for ares alliance between are-sa people ." "I would love to celebrate the birth of the Gungan-Nabooian Alliance right now but before that I have some gifts for the Gungan High Council." said Padme ""As a token of mine and my people''s thanks and gratitude for epting to form an alliance with us, I have brought 5 boxes of gifts for you." Padme then gestures to the Gungan troops carrying five boxes. When the Gungan troops notice Padme gestured at them, the Gungan troops walked in between us and the Gungan Council and they ced the four medium in a line in front of Boss Nass and the four Reps. Captain Panaka grabs hold of the small box and stands next to Padme. The Gungan troops open up the boxes. AUTHOR''S NOTE: Hello, everyone. How are you all doing? I am sorry for the dy in the chapter release but I have been a little busy. I have been busy with my work and my love life and I have even started uploading videos on my Youtube channel again. My Youtube channel is Jerid in Taiwan. I n on uploading my gaming videos and videos of my travels on there. So, if you would like please take a peek at my channel and if you like my videos please press the like button and please subscribe to my channel as well if you like. Chapter 61: Leaving Otoh Gunga Chapter 61: Leaving Otoh Gunga Padme then gestures to the Gungan troops carrying five boxes. When the Gungan troops notice Padme gestured at them, the Gungan troops walked in between us and the Gungan Council and they ced the four medium in a line in front of Boss Nass and the four Reps. Captain Panaka grabs hold of the small box and stands next to Padme. The Gungan troops open up the boxes. "The first Box of Gifts contains a variety of rare spices that is only meant for royal and grand banquets, the second box is a gift of the softest of silk fabric that my people can create." said Padme "The third box contains bottles of our famous and delicious Blossom Wine and thest box is full of 50 sma storage cells which is my people''s main export. I know these gifts aren''t much and I would even love to gift you and your people food but as you know because of the Trade Federation''s illegal blockade, we don''t have a lot of food left." "Dast okeyday, Mesa understand." said Boss Nass Right at this very moment, mymunicator started beeping, which caused everyone to turn their heads to me. "Sorry about that." I said I walked out of the Board room and once I was outsight of everyone, I changed themunicator from Visual Mode to Audio Mode and ced it near my ear like you would do with a cellphone. "Hello" I said softly "Your Majesty, we have arrived at coordination you have given to us and we havended near the Royal Naboo Starship." said B1-AC-130 "We are currently unloading enough food to feed 2,500 people, but if you ration the food, I estimate that you can feed around 5,000 people. " "Good, that''s good to know." I said quietly "How long until you are finished unloading the food?" "We have been unloading for 5 minutes already but if you want it done quicker, then we can double time it, and we should be able to get all of the food done in 5 more minutes." said B1-AC-130 "Do you have any moremands for us, your Majesty?" "Yes, I do" I said quietly "Once you are finished unloading the food, I want you all to go back to the the ship, since I don''t think it''s a good idea that the Gungans see you since just yesterday you were invading their city." "Roger, roger" said B1-AC-130 "You all, the Holy Emperor wants you to double time, and unload the food faster, you have five minutes to get it done." I then heard ''Roger, roger'' in the background of the call with B1-AC-130. "If that''s all your Majesty, I will be going to help unload the food." said B1-AC-130 "Ok, get to it." I said "Oh and AC-130." "Yes" said B1-AC-130 "Good job and keep up the good work" I said "Roger, roger" said B1-AC-130 who then hanged up the call. "Since we are unable to provide your people with food but if you allow it, I can supply your people with tents and cots to use, so they don''t have to sleep on the ground and they can have a shelter over their heads instead of being out in the open." said Padme "I would also like to send some medical supplies as well and send some of our best doctors to help look after the injured and sick." "Mesa ept yousa mui mui generous gift." said Boss Nass "Mesa cana berry happi per yousa concerns per mesa people, I can see dat yousa mui mui sincere in formin'' dis alliance un dat yousa willin'' ta treat mesa people as yousa equals makes mesa tink dat dis alliance will havena mui mui bright future. So iffen yousa can provide all-n dat, den Mesa will besa deeply in yousa gratitude un debt." "Don''t worry about it, Boss Nass." said Padme "We are now friends and allies. As friends and allies, we need to help each other in our times of need." "Your Majesty, don''t forget yourst gift" reminded Captain Panaka standing behind Padme "That''s right. Boss Nass, I have one final gift for you." said Padme Captain Panaka walk out from behind Padme and stands next to her holding the small box. Padme gestures to the box "Whatsa inda bitty box?" asked Boss Nass curiously. Captain, please open it."manded Padme Captain Panaka opens the small box and inside the box was a small sphere which glowed with an iridescent purple light, the sphere is made out of cooled sma and was mined on Naboo. This sphere was the famous Globe of Peace. "This is a treasured and special relic of my people, we call it the Globe of Peace." said Padme "Why do yousa call it dat?" asked Boss Nass "We call it the Globe of Peace because to my people it symbolizes the many years of peace on Naboo, our home." said Padme "Why do yousa wanten ta give dis ta mesa?" asked Boss Nass "I am giving you this to symbolize the peace and alliance between our two people and in hopes that in someway that this Globe of Peace can help us continue to be friends and allies that will always protect the peace of our homes and our people together." Boss Nass stand up from his seat and walks down from the tform holding the Gungan High Council and stands in front of Captain Panaka holding the Globe of Peace. "Mesa liken it, Mesa liken it muy much" said Boss Nass "Mesa also hope wesa can protect are-sa home together. Mesa wish wesa could celebrate such a grand event wit a huge-o banquet buta wesa need ta tink abouten rebuildin'' un whata tado inda future ta prevent anutter invasion." "Boss Nass" I said walking back into the Board Room "I also have a gift for your people." "Yousa do?" asked Boss Nass "Wadsa yousa gift?" "My gift for you is food." I said "Food to help feed your hungry people." "Yousa haf food per ussa?" cried out Boss Nass "Buta how?" "It''s all thank to me taking over the Trade Federation''s six ships in outer space." I said "Because on those ships is a ton of food that the Trade Federation was nning on selling but now I got the food for free and with that food I n on gifting to your people and Queen Amid''s people to help both of your people to get through this rough patch." "Really, there is food for my people?" cried out Padme "There is food but you will need to ration it so that everyone can have some food." Imented "Also Boss Nass, I am giving your people''s gift to you now, if you send your troops to where Queen Amid''s shipnded, then you will find a lot of crates full of food for your people." "Cap''n Tarpal, send two toons ta retrieve da gifts from dis generous man."manded Boss Nass "Right away Boss" saluted Captain Tarpal who then runs off to give out orders. Boss Nass turns toward the Padme and me. "Young man, yousa unda Queenie are berry kind ta mesa un mesa people." said Boss Nass "Wit both-n yousa hep, mesa people will no longo-er haf ta suffer much longo-er tanks tada both-n yousa un yousa generosity" "You don''t have to thank me." I said "No, we must thank you because of you both of our people won''t have to starve, and go hungry any longer." said Padme with her gaze admiring me. "You thought about Naboo to such a great extent and you have been helping out Naboo so much that their is no words that I can say to express my gratitude and my people''s gratitude to you." "Don''t worry about it." I said "I am here to help." "Iffen yousa ebber need any hep, den yousa can alwaysen find ussa per hep" said Boss Nass "Mui Mui yousa Queenie Amidoll, iffen yousa ebber need anyting do notsa besa ''fraid ta ask" "Thank you, Boss." said Padme "Un yousa Jar Jar" said Boss Nass "Mesa?" said Jar Jar "Tanks ta yousa, yousa haf helped form a connection between are-sa two peoples, un dis bitty connection helped form dis alliance" said Boss Nass "Per yousa halp, yousa no longo-er banished, yousa canbackie ta Otoh Gunga, backin ta yousa home." "Rilly?" asked Jar Jar "Yesa" said Boss Nass "WOOHOO!" shouted out Jar Jar who then hugs Qui-gon who was right next to him and starts jumping up and down. After jumping up and down for a minute with Qui-gon in his arms, Qui-gon started to get annoyed a little. "Alright, that''s enough Jar Jar." said Qui-gon "Put me down now." "Sorry, Mesa jusa so excited dat Mesa can now goen backin home." said Jar Jar who stops jumping and puts Qui-gon. "Boss Nass, I would like to invite you to celebrate in Theed in honor of our alliance to show the friendship of our two peoples but only after we finish cleaning up the mess made by the Trade Federation ." said Padme "Mesa would liken dat" said Boss Nass "If you would excuse me and my delegation, we have to get back to Theed since we also still have to finish cleaning up the aftermath of the invasion." said Padme "After wesa cleansa up are-sa city un rebuild it, Mesa would luv per yousa taen visit un see it in its restored version" said Boss Nass "I would love that Boss Nass." said Padme "See you next time." Padme and everyone else bow a little and we start to leave and we are escorted by some Gungan Troops out. "See yousa next time" said Boss Nass AUTHOR''S NOTE: How is everyone doing? I am hoping everyone enjoys my chapter this week but it was really a big headache with all of the Gungan speaking but I do hope you enjoyed the chapter. If any of you would like to, please check out my YouTube Channel : Jerid in Taiwan. If you like my channel, please like my videos and subscribe to my channel, subscribing will help my channel to grow. Chapter 62: The Queen needs a Vacation Chapter 62: The Queen needs a Vacation "After wesa cleansa up are-sa city un rebuild it, Mesa would luv per yousa taen visit un see it in its restored version" said Boss Nass "I would love that Boss Nass. I would also love for you to visit Theed as well and we can even hold a parade in Theed in celebration of our alliance when you visit" said Padme "I better get going now, I will see you again next time." Padme and everyone else bow a little and we start to leave and we are escorted by some Gungan Troops out. Jar Jar also follows us out of the High Board Room and into the elevator. "See yousa next time" said Boss Nass waving goodbye when we were all in the elevator. "Good-bye Boss Nass." said Padme The doors to the elevators then shuts and we started going down to the city floor. Padme remained silent and calm on the outside while we were in the elevator but because she and I were connected through the Force, I could easily tell that she was bursting with joy and happiness on the inside. Even though she was bursting with joy, she was also tired since this trip was a stressful one and Padme has been on one stressful trip after another. With her going to Coruscant,ing back to Naboo to face the Trade Federation and now this trip to Otoh Gunga to forge an alliance, and having to restore peace and order after the Trade Federation''s invasion. Padme has been under a whole lot of stresstely which isn''t good for her physical and mental health. ''I will have to discuss this with Captain Panaka and Governor Bibble about Padme getting some vacation.'' I thought to myself We pass through the street where we were continuing to get curious stares from the Gungan civilians and refugees. After we walked through the damaged city again, we were back at the hangar where the Gungan Bongo Submarines we came in from, were sitting calmly in the water. "Mesa hope ta see yousa all again soon" said Jar Jar "Mesa will try un visit yousa all as much as Mesa can" "You really don''t have to" said Captain Panaka with a twitching lip "Buta Mesa would liken ta" said Jar Jar "I would wee you whenever you visit Jar Jar." said Padme "You are such a good friend." "Tank yous per spaking dat" said Jar Jar After saying goodbye to Jar Jar, everyone sits in the same Bongo Submarines that they arrived in and once everyone was in a Bongo, the Gungan Bongo pilots closed the hatches, and starts to submerge the Bongos. Throughout the entire journey back to the surface, Padme remained silent so I decided to also remain silent. After a few minutes, we were back at the surface and everyone exits their Bongos, and once everyone was out, the Bongo once again submerge back into the water, and headed back to Otoh Gunga Everyone approaches which was guarded by four Royal Guards, and everyone then boards the Naboo Royal Starship. Once aboard the ship, Padme starts to speak. "I am going to my private quarters to rest." said Padme Padme walks off to her quarters. Qui-gon goes off to the lounge area and starts to mediate. Once Padme was out of ear shot, I turned to Governor Bibble and Captain Panaka. "Captain Panaka, Governor Bibble." I called out. "Yes, Jerid?" said Governor Bibble "What is it?" said Captain Panaka "I would like to talk to you two about the Queen." I said "Is everything alright with the Queen?" asked Captain Panaka and Governor Bibble at the same time. "The Queen is alright but if feel that with everything that has happen so far, that the Queen has had a lot on her te to deal with and I feel that it has been very stressfull for her." I said "So I feel that she deserves some well earn rxation time, so I would like it if you two could help organized a week or two for the Queen to go somewhere and rx, and destress." "That''s true, with the Trade Federation''s Invasion, her journey to Coruscant to seek help from the Senate and the Queen''s negotiating with the Gungans, she has been doing so muchtely that it much be extremely stressful." said Governor Bibble "You have a great idea, the Queen does need to rx after everything." "Where do you think is a good ce for the Queen to rx?" asked Captain Panaka "I know of the perfect ce for the Queen to rx." I said "Where is that?" asked Governor Bibble " It''s the Varykino Vi in the Lake Country." I said "It''s the perfect ce for the Queen to rx and free herself from her stress." "That is a perfect." said Governor Bibble "As soon as we get back to the pce, I will talk with the Advisory Council and have everyone work a little extra hard to free up a week of time to let the Queen have some vacation time. She does deserve it since she has done so much to help Naboo, it''s the least we can do for her." "How many guards should I have stationed at the Varykino Vi?" asked Captain Panaka "Don''t worry about that, I will assign a toon of 40 upgraded B-1 Battle Droids and 10 Droideka to guard the Queen at the Varkyino Vi." I said "And to add an extrayer of security, Dia; my apprentice, HK-47, and I will stay at the vi to guarantee the Queen'' safety, and if Qui-gon and Obi-wane along with us then the Queen will be totally safe unless someone sends an entire army after her." "Upgraded B-1s?" said Captain Panaka with a puzzled look "Yes, I recently upgraded the software of all of the droids under my control." I said "Their new software makes them better and more efficient soldiers then ever before and under HK-47''s training, my army of droids will soon be able defeat an army at least three times their size." "That''s amazing." said Captain Panaka "That''s means that the Queen''s safety is absolutely guaranteed under the protection of your droids and you. Her Majesty would be a lot safer with you then she would be with the entire Royal Guards protecting her." "Yes, if what Jerid says is true, then her Majesty is safer with him then her entire Royal Guards, maybe even with the entire Security Force guarding." said Governor Bibble "That is right. It''s so sad to hear that and now it feels like the Royal Guards aren''t even qualified to guard the Queen anymore." said Captain Panaka After a few seconds of being sad, Captain Panaka suddenly had idea. "Maybe we can have the Royal Guards and the entire Security Force trained by your HK-47 so we can improve everyone''sbat abilities." said Captain Panaka "That''s not a bad idea, you have Captain." said Governor Panaka "We should absolutely do that." "What? You are not against my idea?" said a puzzled Captain Panaka "You, an outspoken pacifist is agreeing with increasing the Security Force''sbat abilities." "Yes, I am." said Governor Bibble "Even though I hate violence and all things rted to it but after this invasion by the Trade Federation, I now recognize that there are times when one will need to use violence have to defend the sovereignty of their and protect their people." "That''s good then." said Captain Panaka "Are you also on board with the Queen''s n to create a Self Defense Force?" "Yes, I am" said Governor Bibble "Maybe if we had a Self Defense Force, the Trade Federation would of thought twice before they invaded Naboo. But the Self Defense Force must be limited to only ten thousand soldiers." "I can agree with that at least." said Captain Panaka "So Jerid, are you willing to lend your HK droid to train our Security Forces and future Defense Force?" asked Governor Bibble "I am willing to let him train your Forces but be warned, you must have prepare yourself since he will insult any living being except for me and those close to me." I said "I think the soldiers will be able to handle it." said Captain Panaka "If you say so." I said "I will make sure he doesn''t kill any of them then." Right after I said that, the starship started tond and before we knew it, we already arrived back in Theed. "Looks like we are back." I said "Captain, I will talk to HK and have him find youter so he can train your troops. And Governor Bibble, I will let you get to work on getting some vacation time for the Queen." "Ok, I will wait for HK to find me." said Captain Panaka "I will get straight to work then." said Governor Bibble I turned around and headed to the loading ramp to exit the ship, leaving Governor Bibble and Captain Panaka behind. AUTHOR''S NOTES: Sorry everyone for thete chapter update but I have just been busy with work, dating and making videos for my Youtube Channel: Jerid in Taiwan which now has 37 subscribers. At my work, my manager has given us a lot more things to do now, so my work is going to be a little more busy but I am not dropping my novel and will still continue and try and post chapters once a week for all of my fans. Chapter 63: Overconfidence will blur your sight Chapter 63: Overconfidence will blur your sight "Looks like we are back." I said "Captain, I will talk to HK and have him find youter so he can train your troops. And Governor Bibble, I will let you get to work on getting some vacation time for the Queen." "Ok, I will wait for HK to find me." said Captain Panaka "I will get straight to work then." said Governor Bibble I turned around and headed to the loading ramp to exit the ship, leaving Governor Bibble and Captain Panaka behind. As I make my way through the ship from to the loading ramp, I pass through the Main Hold of the ship were mostly everyone on the ship is, except for the Queen who was resting the Royal Quarters. Dia was mediating and gathering the Force inside her, opposite of her was HK-47, who was sitting down and polishing his DXR-6 disruptor rifle like it was his baby. "Come." I said as I walk past them and into the lift which was located in the cockpit. "Yes, Master." said Dia who immediately opened her eyes and then used the Force to push herself up to stand. "Affirmative." said HK-47 who stands up and ces his DXR-6 disruptor rifle on his back which connected maically. "I aming." All three of us walk in the cockpit and headed to the Lift down to the loading ramp. We entered the Lift and down below. Once below we walked down the ramp and I headed to the Defender. Once aboard the Defender, I sat down on a couch in the Main Conference Room. "I have a few things for us to do." I said "What are these few things?" asked Dia "Query: Will I finally be able to end the life of a lot inferior meat bags?" asked HK-47 "Statement: Not being able to kill is making me bored." "No, there is no killing for the job I have for you, but you will be able to make a lot of meat bags suffer a little." I said "Query: What is this job you have for me?" asked HK-47 "I will have you trained the Security Forces and the Royal Guards of Naboo." I stated "Also you might also train the future Self Defense Force of Naboo." "WHAT!" cried out HK-47 "QUERY: YOU WANT ME TO TRAIN A BUNCH OF INTERERIOR MEAT BAGS?" "Yes, I do." I said "Statement: Sigh. You are really working me hard, Master." sighed HK-47 "I would rather prefer training that army of useless buckets and bolts of yours instead of an army of useless meat bags but if you insist then I can train a bunch of useless meat bags and turn them into not so useless meat bags." "That would be great." I said "If you want, you can go full Spartan on their training, so that these security guards can be at least slightly qualified soldiers." "Query: What is a Spartan?" asked HK-47 "I am also curious about that as well." said Dia "Well, the Spartans were an ancient race of humans whose whole society was built around militaristic ideals. Every Spartan male sole purpose was to be a soldier in the Spartan Army and the goal of every single spartan male was to train every single day to the extreme until they fainted just so they can be the ultimate soldier." I said "And the Spartans who were such militaristic people had an army so great that it was almost unrivaled by anyone." "Wow!" asked Dia "These Spartans must of been very powerful warriors." "Statement: After hearing about how fascinating these Spartan meat bags sound, I must agree with the young mea...one about that." said HK-47 "Yes, they were." I said "So HK, you understand what I want you to do then." "Conclusion: You want me to train some pathetic meat bags and train them so hard that they faint." said HK-47 "Something like that, because with a lot of hard work, the security forces of this can be a small army that can protect this." I said "Statement: I will do my best." said HK-47 "Query: Can I use live ammunition on them? Also it is ok if maybe a few of them lose a body part to two?" "No, just use stun on them." I said "And no losing body parts as well. You can make them suffer with stun ammunition but no deaths or missing body parts" "Statement: Ok, but where is the fun in that though." said HK-47 "Alright, go find Captain Panaka and he will help provide you with anything you need to train the security forces." I said ignoring HK''sment. "Statement: Ok, I will go and find that meat bags then." said HK-47 HK-47 walks away slouched and heads downstairs to the loading bay. "What do you have for me to do, Master?" asked Dia I say "How long have you been with me, Dia?" I asked "I think about over two weeks now" said Dia "Let''s head down to the cargo bay and see how far you havee with your training." I said "Yes, Master." said Dia Dia then follow me down into the Cargo Bay. We are now 10 feet apart and facing each other. "Are you ready, Master?" asked Dia "I am always ready." I said while smiling "Don''t be surprised because I learned a lot from our sparring" smiled Dia "And I might just get a strike in on you." Confidence is a good thing but overconfidence will blur your sight which will result in mistakes being made." I said "Yes, Master." said Dia "Let''s spar." I said As soon as I said that, Dia throws her training saber like a spear at my head and keeps her hand out in the thrown position. I tilted my head and dodged the training saber, and just as I was about move my head back to it''s original position, I felt the Force behind me pulling something towards my back. I then used [Force Jump] and did a backflip dodging Dia''s thrown training saber which almost hits my back. Inded standing up "Oh, look at you." I said "I did not expect you to throw your weapon and use [Force Pull] on it once I dodge it. You are bing even sneakier, I like it." "I do learn from the best, Master." said Dia "Are you ready for more?" "I am always ready lets go." I said I charge at Dia but then Dia runs away and used [Force Telekinesis] on the discarded training saber and she throws it towards me. I knocked away the training saber with my own but as I did that, Dia pulls out a stun grenade out of a pouch on her belt, and throws it at me. "A stun grenade!?" I cried out I used [Force Push] against the grenade, pushing it back at Dia but she hides behind some cargo boxes, dodging the stun grenade which explodes with electricity bursting out. Dia then jumps on top of the cargo boxes. Dia was now holding an E-5 ster rifle, and starts firing stun rounds at me, which I block with my training sabers. "This girl is getting good." I whispered to myself Dia continues firing at me while jumping from cargo box to cargo box. "How am I doing, Master?" asked Dia "You are doing great." I said "I am real happy with your improvements with fighting a battle." "Thank you, Master" said Dia who then throws another stun grenade at me. I used [Force Push] again to push it back towards Dia but she kept jumping around on top of the cargo boxes and she dodges grenade explosion. Dia then jumps down behind some cargo boxes and starts running through the mazes of cargo boxes. Appearing and disappearing from my sight. Then I felt somethinging towards my back, and I used [Force Jump] to jump backwards, and as I was jumping backwards, I see Dia'' s training saber which was left on the ground from her first attack flying by then Dia towards another stun grenade while I was still in mid-air. I use [Force Push] towards the ground at an angle which propels me upward and away from the stun grenade. "How many grenades do you have on you?" I said while still in mid-air "I have enough." giggles Dia while hiding behind some cargo boxes. Dia appear out behind some cargo boxes and rolls another grenade on the ground towards me, and she then runs and hides behind another cargo box. Ind and was about to use [Force Push] once again but I stop because the grenade stopped 7 feet away from me, and then I notice that the grenade was different from the stun grenades from before and before I know it, the grenade explodes. A white blinding sh shines as bright as the sun from the grenade with a loud and deafening bang. After the white light dims, Dia charges out from behind some cargo boxes and runs towards me, I had my mask covered with my hands. Dia jumps towards me with her training saber raised. As she was falling towards me, and was about to hit me. I quickly raised both of my training sabers into an ''X'' and stopped her attack. "But how?" cried out Dia "You shouldn''t be able to see." Author''s Notes: Hello, how is everyone doing? I want to thank everyone for the continuous support and love I receive from all of the fans of this fan fic. Just reading all of yourments and seeing the raising number of readers, makes me happy and makes this all worthwhile. So thank you. Also if you can, pleasee and support me on my Youtube Channel. I post videos of my life, travels and my gaming such as Fallout 76, VR and etc. Youtube Channel: Jerid in Taiwan Chapter 64: Dias First...(Rest of Title at the End) Chapter 64: Dia''s First...(Rest of Title at the End) After the white light dims, Dia charges out from behind some cargo boxes and runs towards me, I had my mask covered with my hands. Dia jumps towards me with her training saber raised. As she was falling towards me, and was about to hit me. I quickly raised both of my training sabers into an ''X'' and stopped her attack. "But how?" cried out Dia "You shouldn''t be able to see." "Sight isn''t the only way to see, my apprentice." I said "Your eyes give you sight but they can also deceive you. Don''t only trust your eyes, trust in the Force and it will help you to see the truth from the false." "Ok, Master" said Dia Dia tries to push her training saber down against my crossed training sabers but thanks to my arm strength training, I was too strong for her, I was easily resisting her pushing. "You need to remember, you shouldn''t really on your strength to win a battle." I said "With your body type, you need to focus on speed and agility, not strength. If youbine both of those with your sneaky tactics then a lot of people will have a difficult time defeating you. Also don''t be afraid to get down and dirty in a fight." "I see, get down and dirty" said Dia "Yes, in a battle of life and death, fighting fair means nothing, and it can result in you ending up getting you killed." I said "The only thing that matters in a life and death battle is that you are the one alive at the end, and your opponent is the one who is dead." "I understand, so do what ever you need to, to win." said Dia "Then how about something like this?" Dia then draws her left leg backwards, and then she swiftly kicks towards my crotch. After seeing what Dia was doing, cold sweat instantly appeared on my back, and I quickly used [Force Push] on her, pushing her away from me. She flew backwards and her kick missed my crotch by just half an inch. Dia stumbles backwards, she tries to quickly get her footing back but she falls down on her butt. "How''s that for getting down and dirt, Master." smiled Dia "It''s good, that kick gave me quite a fright." I replied I stood up straight and started jumping up and down a couple times like what a boxer does before he fights. "Now that I have seen how well you are doing, and I now know how greatly you have improve your fighting abilities and tactics, I will now have to get a little more serious in our sparring matches." I said When Dia heard that, Dia started to have a worried look and started to get a little scared. "You are going to get a little serious?" said Dia with a gulp "Master, you don''t have to do that. I haven''t improve that much, so you should continue going easy on me." "I don''t think so." I said When Dia heard that, she quickly grabs something from her pouch and throws it on the ground. Once it hits the ground, it exploded and a lot smoke startsing out of it. The smoke surrounds both Dia and I. With the smoke surround the both of us, Dia runs away and hides behind some cargo boxes. "A smoke grenade now, I see" I said ''How many grenades is this girl carrying on her?'' I thought to myself ''But it''s not a bad idea.'' I raise both of my hands in front of me and used [Force Push], while also at the same time, moving my arms to the side, into a ''t'' pose. The smoke quickly parts out of the way, and everything was clear again. "Are you ready for me to get a little serious" I said "No" cried out Dia "Too bad" I chuckled I started to use [Force Telekinesis] to lift up all of the cargo boxes into the air, revealing Dia. "AH!" cried out Dia in shocked I then moved the cargo boxes off to the side so Dia can''t hide behind them anymore. "Master, what''s that!?" said Dia as she pointed behind me "Dia, a little prank like that won''t work on me" I chuckled "It was worth a shot." sighed Dia "Then if that doesn''t work, how about this move?" Dia gets into a battle ready posture. "I am ready when you are." I said getting ready to defend against Dia''s attack "Ok, let''s do this." said Dia who then uses [Force Speed] to turn around and then jumps down the loading ramp, disappearing out of sight. "HUH?" I cried out "Did she just run away?" I then also use [Force Speed] to run after her, and jump down the loading ramp. Once outside of the Defender, I looked around and then I spotted Dia running and she was about to exit out of the hangar. "Dia, don''t run away." I shouted out "I won''t be too rough with you." Dia stops just as she was exiting the hangar. "I am not running away, Master." Dia shouted back "It''s called a strategic retreat, there is a big difference." Dia then continues to run away and disappears out of sight once again. "That girl." I chuckled ''But her choice of a strategic retreat isn''t a bad choice.'' ''I think it''s time.'' I thought to myself "Dia, if you want your ver own lightsabers,e back now!" I shouted "WHAT!?" screamed Dia who then instantly runs back. Dia peeks her head into the hangar, and stares at me. You aren''t lying right, Master?" asked Dia "No, I am not lying." I said Dia slowly inches herself back into the hangar. "You aren''t mad at me for running away, are you?" asked Dia who was still by the hangar eit "No, I am not mad." I said "You actually made a very wise decision." "You think so?" said Dia "So you don''t think it cowardly to run away from battle then?" "Nope, I don''t it''s cowardly." I replied "You should know that ''those who fight and runs away, may live to fight another day and those stay and are in in battle can never rise to fight again. It means basically if you can defeat someone, then run away ande back when you are better prepared and stronger." Dia walks back into the hangar and stands in front of me. "I see. That is very deep." said Dia "So anyway, what''s this about me getting my own lightsabers?" "After this little sparring match we had, I believe you are ready to craft your own lightsabers." I said "REALLY?!" said an excited Dia "I can finally have my first lightsaber. YIPPEE!" "Not just a lightsaber, you will get two, a lightsaber and a shoto lightsaber, since you have been practicing Jar''kai and you will need two" I said "I even designed the hilts of your lightsabers just for you, the only think you need to decide on is the color of your kyber crystal and then all you have to do is put the hilts together. Is there any particr color you want?" "Hmmm." said Dia while thinking Dia starts thinking about her choice of color for her kyber crystal, she looks at her skin of her hands and arms when she finally made a decision. "Is there a Kyber Crystal that is pink?" asked Dia "I want the color to be pink like my skin tone. I think having a lightsaber that matches my skin tone will be nice to have." "Yes, you can have a pink lightsaber." I said "First, lets get back on the Defender where it''s nice and quiet before you start putting your lightsaber together. "Yes, Master." said Dia who then uses [Force Speed] to run past me and towards the Defender and jumps aboard onto the Defenders. "That girl is really excited for her lightsabers" I smiled I slowly walked back to the Defender and slowly up the loading ramp. Dia was waiting in the cargo bay. "Master, please hurry up." cried out Dia "I want to hurry and craft my lightsabers." "Patience, Dia." I said ''Good thingse to those who are patient." "Yes, Master" said Dia who quickly calms down "Now, sit down and close your eyes." I said "Ok" said Dia who sits on the floor and cross her legs, then she closes her eyes. ''Inventory Open'' I said in my head The Inventory Page opens, and I selected the [Lightsaber Building Kits]. [How many do you wish to withdraw] [ - 1/6 +] [Use / Exit] I pushed the + button once [ - 2/6 +] [Use/Exit] I press [Use] [Please select two hilt designs] Then a page of hundreds of different hilt designs from the Star Wars Universe to Saberforge appeared and I scrolled a little until I found what I wanted for Dia. I selected the Desert Warrior and Desert Warrior Shoto version design from Saberforge. [Please select a Color of the Kyber Crystal] [Blue Crystals] [Green Crystals] [Yellow/Orange Crystals] [Red Crystals] [Purple Crystals] [Other Crystals] I selected [Purple Crystals] and a subsection of 5 different colors rted to [Purple Crystals] appeared. [Pink] [Magenta] [Violet] [Violet with ck Core[ [Amethyst] [Purple] [Purple with ck Core] I then select [Pink] for both lightsabers [You have selected [Pink]] [Finished Yes/No] I then select [Yes] [Two Lightsaber Building Kits have deposited into your Space Ring] TITLE: Dia''s First Lightsabers AUTHOR''S NOTES: Just want to keep advertising about my Youtube channel to all of you: Jerid in Taiwan Hope everyone has a good day and have fun reading. Chapter 65: The Greatest Gifts Chapter 65: The Greatest Gifts I selected [Purple Crystals] and a subsection of 5 different colors rted to [Purple Crystals] appeared. [Pink] [Magenta] [Violet] [Violet with ck Core[ [Amethyst] [Purple] [Purple with ck Core] I then select [Pink] for both lightsabers [You have selected [Pink]] [Finished Yes/No] I then select [Yes] [Two Lightsaber Building Kits have deposited into your Space Ring] I then took out the two lightsaber building kits out of my Space Ring, and used [Force Telekinesis] to have them float in mid-air. "Hold out both of your hands." Imanded to Dia "Yes, Master." said Dia who then hold both of her hands. I then used [Force Telekinesis] to slowly float them over to Dia and gently ce a lightsaber building kit in each of her hands. When Dia felt the boxes in each of her hands, she continued to keep both of her eyes shut, but you can see a wide smile on her face. "You may open your eyes now." I said "In these two boxes, are all the parts you will need to craft your lightsabers, one has a normal lightsaber and the other one has a shoto lightsaber." I said "Shoto?" asked Dia "Shoto is another word for short, so a short lightsaber, like how in training you use a normal training saber and a short version." I said "A big part of Jar''Kai is learning how to wield two lightsabers without identally hitting them together or against other objects in the environment, and that is why you use a normal and a shoto lightsaber." "But Master, you use two normal lightsabers?" said Dia "Why don''t you use a shoto lightsaber then?" "Because I am able to, with my body type and my body''s muscle strength, I am able to wield and fight with two normal lightsaber easily, but with your body type and muscle strength, you aren''t able to do what I can and you more suited for quick and swift attacks while I am more suited for fast and powerful attacks." "Ok, Master." said Dia "Now, open the two boxes." Imanded Dia "Yes." replied Dia Dia ce the two boxes on the ground and opens them to see a bunch of parts and a pink crystal in each boxes. "Wow." said Dia "Now let me show you how to construct your lightsaber." I said I sat down on the ground in front of Dia, and cross my legs. I unhooked my Butcher lightsaber hilt from my belt and ced it on the ground in front of me. I hold out my hand and started to use [Force Telekinesis] to lift up my lightsaber hilt in the air. I stopped lifting the hilt until it was at Dia''s eye level, so she can see up close. I then started using [Force Telekinesis to deconstruct my hilt into four parts with little bolts and screws floating around. "A lightsaber is made up of five keyponents." I said "From the top to bottom, we will have an emitter, one or two sleeves, a switch and a pommel. All of theseponents make up the main parts of the lightsaber with some little screws and bolts to hold it all together. You understand?" "Yes, I understand." said Dia "But Master, you only told me four keyponents, the emitter, the sleeve, the switch and the pommel. What about the fifth keyponent?" "Good, you were paying very close attention to what I was saying." I said "So, can you guess what the final keyponent is?" "AH, it''s the kyber crystal isn''t it." said Dia "Good, that is correct" I said I started pointing and exining each keyponent that are floating in mid-air. "The emitter is where the dees out, the sleeves are the grips, the switch turns the saber on and off, and finally the pommel adorns the bottom. Thest piece is the kyber crystal, the power source of the saber and what gives each one its color and de. The kyber crystal is as you can see, ced in the middle of the lightsaber since the kyber crystal is the core of the lightsaber and extremely important." I said "Ok, Master." said Dia "I will start now." Dia was about to grab the pieces from the box by hand and build her lightsaber. "Hold on." I said "What are you doing?" "I am building my lightsabers." said Dia "Using your hands?" I asked "Why not?" asked Dia "Because you need to use the Force to build your lightsaber." I said "You can''t build a lightsaber by hand, you need to use [Force Telekinesis] to build it." "Master, I do I really have to use [Force Telekinesis]. I am not so great at using [Force Telekinesis] so is it really necessary for me to use the Force to build a lightsaber, can''t I just build them by hand instead?" asked Dia "Some might think that building a lightsaber using the Force is a tradition, but it is more than a matter of tradition rather it''s a necessity to build one''s lightsaber with the Force." I said "Using the Force can help one customized their lightsaber so that it perfectly fits their needs and techniques. Also, Force handling is often required when aligning the kyber crystal in the lightsaber because if you don''t align the kyber crystal properly, the lightsaber could malfunction, causing the weapon to not work at all and in the worst cases, explode. Killing the wielder of the lightsaber." "Do you still want to build your lightsaber by hand?" I said "No, Master" said Dia "I don''t want to die so young and pretty." "Hahaha" Iughed "Now pay attention to about what I am about to do, I will now reconstruct my lightsaber slowly so you can see how it''s done." "Yes, Master." said Dia I started slowly reconstructing the piece of my lightsaber floating in mid-air so Dia can watch and learn how to do it. In 30 seconds, I was done slowly reconstructing my lightsaber. "Do you understand how to do it after watching me?" I asked "Yes, I do Master." said Dia "Now you do it." I said "Remember to close your eyes and feel everything through the Force that way your lightsaber will be a part of you through the Force." "Yes, Master." said Dia Dia closes her eyes and holds up both of her hands. She starts to use [Force Telekinesis] to lift the piece of the normal lightsaber from the box into the air. She slowly and steadily line up the pieces andponents in mid-air and slowly puts the pieces together. Because she was concentrating so hard on feeling and using the Force to crafting her lightsaber, beads of sweat started appearing on her forehead. After a minute and a half, her first lightsaber was crafted. She slowly lowers the lightsaber to the ground, and after cing it on the ground, she opens her eyes and sigh a sigh of relief. "Done." sighed Dia "Now do the shoto lightsaber." I said "Master, can I have a break?" asked Dia "Since I am still not good at using [Force Telekinesis] I have to use a lot more concentration and effort, so it''s a little tiring." "No, you need to continue." I said "To strengthen your bond with the Force and be stronger in the Force, you need to keeping using the Force and keep doing it until you arepletely exhausted, because the more you use the Force the easier it will be." " I said "So continue on to the next lightsaber. To let you know a Jedi Padawan who is half your age can build their lightsaber with the Force and they wouldn''t be this tired. Do you know why is that?" "Why?" asked Dia curiously "It''s because they train in the Force, and they have been using the Force since they were taken by the Jedi." I said "The more you use the Force the easier the Force will be for you to use, and if we want you to keep up with and even surpass those padawans, you will need to keep using the Force until you be exhausted from using it." "Now continue building yourst lightsaber." I said "I understand, Master" said Dia who then closes her eyes again and holds up her hands again. After another minute, Dia was done with her shoto lightsaber and she floated it back down to the ground. Dia then opened her eyes. Dia was a little tired but once she saw both of her lightsabers, a big grin appeared on her face. She grabbed her lightsaber and hugged them. Dia stops hugging her lightsabers and starts looking at the cherishingly. The Desert Warrior hilt and the shoto version hilt each feature precision machined parts, a leather grip with etched details and t Ito cordce closure. The pommel has a dynamic, and thin choke. The look of each lightsaber ispleted with two braided tassels adorned with beads. Each lightsaber has a chamfered control box that secure the leather grip and will help prevent idental deactivation in fights. "Thank you, Master." said Dia "These are the greatest gifts you ever given me...well besides my freedom." AUTHOR''S NOTE: If you all can, please support me on Youtube. If in the future, I just might make a ******* page. Thank you for the continued support and have a good day. Chapter 66: Update Chapter 66: Update Hello, my dear fans. I am sad to bring you some bad news. I won''t be able to publish a chapter in awhile because Taiwan is at Level 3 out of 4 on the Pandemic Alert System. Which means I now have to prepare all of my lessons for online sses from on. I now have to prepare PowerPoint and add all of the material to the PowerPoint which will take me a long time to do but I will continue writing during the weekends and my very little free time and try to bring you a new chapter as soon as I can. For some good news, I do have half a chapter almost finished. Chapter 67: The Greatest Gift Chapter 67: The Greatest Gift "Thank you, Master." said Dia "This is the greatest gift you ever given me besides my freedom." "I am happy that you like them so much." I said "Now, activate them and practice with them. You need to get a feel of how they handle and get use to wield lightsabers instead of training saber since both are entirely different." "Yes, Master." said Dia who instantly jumps up and activates her lightsabers. Dia starts swinging them a few times, she jumps around and uses some Force abilities to see how well she could handle using the Force and her lightsabers at the same time which was not too bad and not to good. She starts practicing her lightsaber forms for 5 minutes until she stopped. "Master, these lightsabers are amazing." said Dia. "They fit my hands perfectly, and they are easy to wield and use. I also feel a connection with them somehow." "Your wee" I said "That connection you feel is your bond with your weapon, that bond was form when you crafted it together with the Force which caused it to be connect to you." "Can you tell me more about this design?" asked Dia looking at her lightsaber hilts "The hilt design of these lightsabers is called the ''Desert Warrior.''" I said "Why did you decide to give me this ''Desert Warrior'' hilt design?" asked Dia "Well, I did find you on the desert, Tatoonie, and you are now a Force Knight and a knight is a warrior, so I decide that this design fits you perfectly." I said "That makes since." smiled Dia "I can''t wait to try them out in actual battle." "You will get your chance in the future, don''t worry." I said "But now, you should use the 5 Marksman-H training remote Droids aboard this ship to training with your lightsabers so you can get better ustomed to them." "Yes, Master." said Dia "Also make sure you don''t use the normal training mode setting that you have been using, turn up the difficulty to the intermediate training mode." I said "Yes, Master." said Dia "But if I canst 30 minutes on intermediate mode, can I ask for a reward." "Ok, if you canst 30 minutes on intermediate mode with all five training droids, I will grant you anything you want as a reward." "Good" giggled Dia "Just you wait, Master I will aplished it in no time." "Good luck" I said "But don''t be too overconfident, because I recently upgraded the software of the Training Droids, so that they will learn your moves and find ways to defeat you so the training will be harder and harder each time you train with the Training Droid." "MASTER! THAT IS SO UNFAIR!" cried out Dia "THAT IS BASCIALLY CHEATING." "Come on, it not that bad." I said "This is something that you should treasure. Just think how greatly you will be able to improve with the upgraded Training Droids. Its basically a blessing in disguise kind of deal. Also there is no cheating in a fight or war, there is only the winner and the loser." "OK, ok Master" sighed Dia "Now, get training." I said "Yes, Master." said Dia "But since you changed the Training Droids, lets changed the deal, instead of 30 minutes, lets make it 20 minutes." "Ok, if you canst 20 minutes with the new and improved Training Droids, I will reward you with anything you want." I said "That''s more like it." said Dia. Dia then runs off to get the 5 training droids. I sat down in the corner and started mediating since I haven''t done it in awhile. I still need to mediate so I can connect deeper with the Force and to get my XP from mediation since 1 hour of meditation gives me 100 XP. After 8 hours of peaceful mediating, it was night time, and I opened my eyes. [8 Hours of Mediation achieved - gained 800 XP] [50,800 / 350,000 XP] After looking at the notification window, and doing some calctions in my head, I figured out that if I want to level up by just mediating, I would need to mediate for 2,992 hours which was 125 days, which was too long. ''I need to find some powerful enemies and kill them so I can gain more experience points and level up faster'' I thought to myself ''I wonderful how much experience points I will get from killing Maul or Palpatine. But it''s probably not possible for me to kill Palpatine right now since he has morebat experience than me and is probably a lot stronger than me since he is even more powerful than Mace Windu and is equal or even a little more powerful than Yoda.'' .'' After thinking for a few seconds, I used my mind to close the notification window, then I see Diaying on the floor exhausted and sleeping. She is covered in sweat and all four of her limbs were spread out and limp. ''Looks like she has been practicing for hours.'' I thought I unhooked my cape, and draped it over Dia''s sleeping body, using it like a nket. When I did that, Dia turned on her side causing my cape to slip off her body. I grabbed my cape from the ground and was about to cover Dia again when I noticed that she is now hugging her lightsabers next to her cheeks, she also had a wide and blissful smile on her face. ''This girl'' I thought ''Sleeping with your lightsabers by your side is smart but sleep with them like this is extremely dangerous'' "Master, I did it. Isted 20 minutes even though you cheated" said Dia in her sleeping "Now it''s time for my reward." Dia starts giggling in her sleep when she said that. ''Looks like this girl is dreaming about her reward'' I thought ''I will have to check with the Training Droid''s recordingter today to see if shested 20 minutes'' After Dia stopped talking in her sleep and continued hugging her lightsabers to her cheeks, I started to use [Force Telekinesis] to slowly edge the lightsabers out of her grip. After 1 whole minute of edging the lightsabers slowly out of her grip, they were floating in mid-air in front of me. I then used the Force to ce them in the same boxes they came from. I used the Force to close the boxes'' lids and lift the boxes up and ce them near Dia. I then covered Dia back up again with my cape, and walked away. I walked down the loading ramp and once outside of the Defender, I found that the hanger was empty and no one was here except for a few maintenance droids doing maintenance on the N-1 starfighters. I looked outside the giant hanger doors to see that it was nighttime and dark outside. "I wonder how Governor Bibble and Captain Panaka are doing with their tasks?" I said "They are probably sleeping right now, I will go see them tomorrow morning." I head back on board the Defender, went back to mediating cargo bay, right next to the sleeping Dia. -10 hourster- [10 Hours of Mediation achieved - gained 1000 XP] [51,800 / 350,000 XP] I opened up my eyes and closed the notification screen, and looked down to see that Dia was gone, and that my cape was now draped around me. ''That girl is really sweet and caring'' I thought I stood up, causing my cape to drop to the ground. I started stretched my body. Once finished, I picked up my cape and hooked it back on my back. I then exited the Defender to see Governor Bibble and Captain Panaka together standing at the bottom of the loading ramp, waiting. "Hello Governor and Captain." I said "I was about to go and find you both, to see how your tasks are going." "Let me go first on my report then." said Governor Bibble "After discussing it with the other members of the Adivsory Council, we believe we can get the Queen two weeks of vacation time so she can rx but the Queen still has some important issues to deal with so it will take about a week." "That should work." I said "How about you, Captain Panaka. Has HK-47 started training your troops?" "Yes, it has. It started the training for the Security Force yesterday but..." said Captain Panaka "But what?" I asked "It''s training methods are kind of harsh." said Captain Panaka "It had half of my troops do a full day of hardcore training yesterday with only 3 hours of sleep, and then it throw those same troops into a giant war game in the woods near Theed right now with your Droid Army. I feel that my men might get hurt from exhaustion." "Don''t worry about it. I told HK-47 to give them a strict and harsh training regime" I said "HK-47 is going to make your troops into passable soldiers, and this training method will help them increase the pace of them bing soldiers that can protect Naboo. Besides what is better practice to bing soldiers then participating in war, and war games are the closes you will ever get to actual war." AUTHOR''S NOTES: How is everyone doing? I am happy that I was finally able to finished this chapter to you but it was tough since work has kept me extremely busy. Now for some more bad news, the Level 3 Alert here in Taiwan has been extend from June 14 to June 28, which means I will have to continue doing online sses until then, which means I will have to continue working Saturdays to get my PowerPoints for my sses done but don''t worry I will continue working on my chapters on my Tuesdays, Saturdays and Sundays while also working on my Youtube channel. So, if you can, please continue being patience with me and I will try to bring you the next chapter as soon as I can. Thank you Also I would like to inform you all that I have been informed by a fan that someone has been stealing credit for my novel and has been tranting it in anothernguage on their blog called Renegado Marte Blogs. I wouldn''t mind as long the guy told people I was the author and gave me my credit but iming it has it own has made me mad. I just want you all to know this and help spread the word about this so no one thinks that he is the one who created this novel. Chapter 68: Leaving Naboo Chapter 68: Leaving Naboo "Don''t worry about it. I told HK-47 to give them a strict and harsh training regime" I said "HK-47 is going to make your troops into passable soldiers, and this training method will help them increase the pace of them bing soldiers that can protect Naboo. Besides what is better practice to bing soldiers then participating in war, and war games are the closes you will ever get to actual war." "But the troops need more than 3 hours of sleep, they need more time to sleep and recuperate." said Captain Panaka "If we push them too much they could get seriously injure or worse. "Don''t worry, I have plenty of MED-47 Medical Droids aboard my ships in space." I said "I will have them sent down to the war games, so that nothing serious will happen to the troops." "Well, that''s good then but can we also get some human doctors as well to watch over the troop''s injuries?" said Captain Panaka to Governor Bibble "I am still not sure about this droids after the Trade Federation''s invasion "We can''t send any doctors at the moment Captain Panaka since the Queen sent half of them to Otoh Gunga as a symbol of peace and and a gesture of cooperation between our two peoples, and the other half is treating the minor injuries of the civilians, so you will have to made do with medical droids." said Governor Bibble. "You don''t have worry about a thing." I said "My reprograming was wless "Ok, guess the medical droids will have to do then." said Captain Panaka "Ok, Jerid. Please send the Medical Droid to the war games." I took out a hologrammunicator and activated it. A hologram of a B-1 Droid appeared. "Your Majesty, this is B1-AC-130 here." said B1-AC-130 "What can I do for you?" How many MED-47 Medical Droids, do we have?" I asked "Let me check." said B1-AC-130 who takes out a datapad from off its waist and started tapping on it. "Your Majesty, we have 10 MED-47 Medical Droids on each of the 6 Lucrehulk Battleships for a total of 60 MED-47 Medical Droids." said B1-AC-130 "That''s good, now send half of the Medical Droids to the war games hosted by HK-47." I said "I want them to inspect and treat any injured human troops so that they can recover quickly." "Yes, your Majesty." said B1-AC-130 "I will have it done right away. The Medical Droid will arrive in 20 minutes." "Good, now go back to your duties." I said hanging up the hologrammunicator. "There Captain, the Medical Droids are now on their way" "Thanks" said Captain Panaka "But even with the Medical Droids help, I worry about my men''s health so can you stillmand your HK Droid to go a little easier on my men." "How about this then, I will tell HK to give them three days straight of war game training then they can have a day off and then we can repeat the cycle." I said "Can we make it two days instead?" asked Captain Panaka "We can, but they won''t improve any faster if we do that." I said "I wish to increase the war games to 7 days straight but I know that your men aren''t up for that kind of challenge and hardship since they doe from a peace loving people and haven''t really experience actual military training so we should keep it at 3 days so that we can drill enough war and fighting into their bones so that if they do fight in an actual war, they have a small chance to survive and go back to their families." "What are you talking about? They do have some military training given by me." said Captain Panaka "How long did you train them?" I asked "They were given a half month of basic training." answered Captain Panaka "How long were the training days?" I asked They trained for 4 hours a day for 5 days a week." said Captain Panaka "There you go, that''s the problem then." I said "Your training time is practically half assed, that length of training is probably good for security guards but not for an army or a security force that is suppose to protect an entire, that is not enough training time. A regr army would train it''s new troops for 3 months straight with no days off and 8 hours a day of training" "Well, its not my fault since this is how its been since the creation of the Naboo Security Force." said Captain Panaka "I am unable to change the training length so I have tried to train them to the best of my ability." "I understand you tried your best but now we need to change how things are done in the Security Force." I said "Out with the old and in with the new they say. Governor Bibble please discuss with the Advisory Council about extending the training period so that future recruits and volunteers of the Security Force are better trained." "I will see what I can do." said Governor Bibble "Good, I need to go see the Queen now." I said "Where is she right now?" "She is in the Throne Room signing important documents and then she will be having some meetings with foreign dignitaries and the Advisory Council." said Governor Bibble "Alright, I need to talk with her so I will leave you to your tasks at hand." I said I walked away and headed towards the Throne Room. I soon arrive at the Throne Room and I can see Padme in deep concentration while reading through a pile of documents and then signing them. I walked in but Padme was in deep concentration that she never noticed me entering, so I walked forward and around her desk. I peeked over her shoulder and leaned forward near her ear. "Hey" I whispered "EEEK!" cried out Padme who jumps and instantly turns her head towards me. When she sees me, she calms down and starts pouting. "What are you doing, scaring me like that." pouted Padme "Sorry about that." I said "I have a important thing I need to discuss with you." "Is it about how you want me to take a vacation so I can rx?" asked Padme "Governor Bibble told me that he was able to get me a week of vacation so I can rx, and it was you who told him to do it." "Yes, I did told him to do it. You have been through so muchtely which is causing you a lot of stress and you deserve and need this vacation because a leader who is too stressed will not be able to lead their people correctly." "I know, so thank you very much for this and thank you for caring about my health and about me so much." said Padme who grabs hold of my hand and holds it. "But your vacation isn''t the important thing I need to discuss with you." I said "What do you need to discuss?" asked Padme curiously "I need to leave Naboo ." I said "WHAT!? Your leaving?" asked Padme who stands up and faces me with a sad look "Only for a week." I said quickly "I have some important things I really need to do and I estimate that it should take a week for me to get it all done and get back." When Padme heard that, she breathed a sigh of relief. "Oh ok" said Padme who then sits back done in her throne. "If its something you really need to do it, then I will wait for your return then." said Padme "Thanks." I said "I will leave tonight but before then we can spend the rest of the day together." "I would love that." blushed Padme I stood by Padme''s side for a few hours while she busily reading documents and signs them. After finishing the pile of documents, Padme shouts out to a Handmaiden who was standing off to the side of the Throne Room "Tell the Royal Chef to prepare dinner for two." said Padme "Yes, my Queen." said the Handmaiden. Soon, we were in a dining room in the Royal Pce sitting at a small but fancy wooden dining table with a small amount of food on it. We were both facing each other, and eating. "May I ask why you are leaving?" asked Padme while cutting some fruit. "I am sorry but I can tell you that what I need to do will help decide the fate of the entire gxy." I said "I see." said Padme with a sadden look. I notice her sad look "I am sorry for not being able to tell you." I said "It''s ok" said Padme "I know you have your reasons for not telling me." "Let''s not talk about business at dinner." I said "We should just enjoy each other''spany" "I like that" smiled Padme I used [Force Telekinesis] to lift up a fruit and a knife in the air. I used [Force Telekinesis] on the knife to cut the fruit in the air. After the fruit was cut into little pieces, I floated a piece of the fruit to Padme who used a fork to pierce the fruit and she then eats it. We continued this act until the fruit was gone. That was how the entire dinner went, I used the Force to feed Padme and Padme would stare at me with a loving gaze. Padme left to her room since she was tired from all of her paper but before she left, she kissed me on the cheek of my mask. "I hope to kiss you on the lips next time." whispered Padme who then walks off quickly with a blushed face. [Defender - Cockpit] I am now in the cockpit of the Defender and I flew the Defender out of the Hangar and into space. Once in space, I turned my chair to the star map hologram , and started searching south of the Rishi Maze satellite gxy until I reached an extragctic star system. I zoomed in on the extragctic star system until I found an aquatic. I pressed on the on the star map hologram and engaged the autopilot system. Once I engaged autopilot, the Defender went into hyperdrive heading towards the aquatic far far away. Chapter 69: Arriving at ... Chapter 69: Arriving at ... [Defender - Cockpit] I am now in the cockpit of the Defender and I flew the Defender out of the Hangar and into space. Once in space, I turned my chair to the hologram map, and started searching south of the Rishi Maze satellite gxy until I reached an extragctic star system. I zoomed in on the extragctic star system until I found a blue aquatic. I pressed on the on the hologram map and engaged the autopilot system. Once I engaged autopilot, the Defender went into hyperdrive heading towards the aquatic far far away. [One day until arrival] stated the ship''sputer''s AI I went into my Captain Quarters and started mediating to gain some experience points so I can level up faster. -24 hourster- [We are arriving at the designated destination] stated theputer''s AI I opened my eyes from mediation. [24 Hours of Mediation achieved - gained 2400 XP] [53,200 / 350,000 XP] I went back into the cockpit and I can see a big blue aquatic which looks just like the image on the star map hologram. The aquatic was shrouded with storm clouds. "So this is Kamino." I said "It is a beautiful blue." [Autopilot has been disengaged] said the ship''s AI [Please take control of the ship] I sat down in the pilot''s seat and took control of the Defender and piloted it down towards Kamino. I typed in the Tipoca City into the star map hologram to search for the city on the map, and soon the star map hologram found the city, and I then piloted towards the city. After 14 minutes, I was arriving at Tipoca City, the capital city of Kamino. I gazed at the city which was awork of stilt structures. I soon found anding tform andnded the Defender on it. The Defendernded, and outside of the Defender was heavy rain and hard-driving windsshing at the tform. The huge, ultra-modern city of Tipoca rests on great stilts that keep it above the pounding and ever-present waves that cover the surface of this aquatic world. I walked down the Defender''s loading ramp, once out of the side, and I walk through the howling wind, towards a tower on the far side of thending tform. As I approach the door leading into the tower, it slides open. A shaft of brilliant light pierces the swirling rain. I continued to walk forward and through the door, and I am now inside the tower. The door closes behind me, and I took off my soaking wet hood from my head. "Master Jedi, so good to see you." said Taun We, a tall, pasty-white Kaminoan withrge almonds shaped eyes. "The Prime Minister wasn''t expecting your visit." said Taun We "That''s ok." I said "I came here suddenly because I have some important things I need to discuss with the Prime Minister." "Of course!" said Taun We "Once he heard of your arrival, he is kind of anxious and curious to meet you since your order was just made 5 months ago and he is wasn''t expecting your sudden visit." "Ok" I said "May I take your wet cloak?" said Taun We "I can have someone dry it for you." "Thank you for your generosity." I said "AZI-91, take the Master Jedi''s cloak and have it dried for him." said Taun We to a medical droid next to her. "Yes, Ms. We" said AZI-91 I unhooked my soaking wet cloak from my shoulders and handed it to AZI-91, who then takes off with it and disappears down a corridor "Now please, this way!" said Taun We who walks down another corridor I follow Taun We through the corridors of Tipoca City and we arrive at the Prime Minister''s office.. The door into the Prime Minister''s office slides open. Taun We and I enter. In the center of the room, Prime Minister Lama Su who was sitting, stands up from his chair like all the furniture on Kamino, seems to be made out of purelight. When Prime Minister Lama Su sees me, he has a smile on his face. "May I present Lama Su, Prime Minister of Kamino..." said Taun We "and this is Master Jedi..." "You can call me Jerid." I said "Master Jedi Jerid" said Taun We Prime Minister Lama Su indicates a chair opposite of him. I went over to the chair and sat down. Taun We stood next to me and hovers over me. I looked around the room which was bathed in brilliant white light. The whole ce is so ultra high-tech and beauitful. ''This ce look so much better in personal then looking at it from the movie.'' I thought "I trust you are going to enjoy your stay." said Prime Minister Lama Su "We are most happy you have arrived at the best part of the season on Kamino." "You make me feel most wee and I am very honored to be here." I said "You are a very courteous host." "Thank you very much for yourpliment" said Prime Minister Lama Su "And now down to business. You will be delighted to hear we are on schedule. We have finished designing the inhibitor chips that was requested of us and we have also finished writing all of the Protocols and Orders for the chips as well." "That is good news but I have a few things I would like to change for the Orders." I said "Also what about the gentic temte, have you found someone to use yet?" "I am sorry to say that we still haven''t found a suitable specimen to use as the gic temte." said Prime Minister Lama Su "We are having a hard time finding a suitable specimen but we are still searching for a suitable specimen as we speak and we believe we will find one soon, and we will still be on schedule for a million clone troopers for the Republic. So if you could please tell your Master Sifo-Dyas that we have every confidence his order will be met on time and in full. He is doing well, I hope." "He is well" I said "That is good to hear." said Lama Su "So, if I may ask, what brings your sudden visit?" "I am here to help you find a suitable specimen to use as the gic temte for the Republic''s clone army." I said "That is wonderful news, do tell. Who do you have in mind?" asked Prime Minister Lama Su "The person I have in mind is Jango Fett." I said "Who is this Jango Fett?" asked Prime Minister Lama Su "Jango Fett is a Mandalorian human bounty hunter. He is also known as the best bounty hunter in the gxy." I said "Since he is a Mandalorian, he is proficient in marksmanship as well as unarmedbat and thanks to his career as a bounty hunter, he is quick-witted. Since Mandalorians are known as the greatest warriors next to the Jedi, and with theirrge martial history, I believe using a Mandalorian as the gic temte is a perfect idea. " "Hmmm, Mandalorians. You are right, a clone army made from Mandalorian DNA, DNA from a race of legendary warriors is an ingenious idea." said Prime Minister Lama Su with a smile. "But why use this Jango Fett as the clone temte?" "Jango Fett is the perfect person to use as the gic temte for the clone army since he is a Mandalorian and he is a man who will be willing to do anything you want for the right price." I said "And their is also his reputation and history as the greatest bounty hunter in the entire gxy. Also with his vast knowledge andbat experience, we can have him design the training regime for the clone army as well." "If he is known as the greatest in the entire gxy then he is probably the perfect fit as the gic temte." said Prime Minister Lama Su "So, do you know where can we find this Jango Fett?" "In fact, I might do." I said "Jango Fett should be on one of the Moons of Bogden but I don''t know if he has left the Moons of Bogden, so if you can''t find him there, then you can try to contact him through the Bounty Hunter Guild." "I will send someone to the Moons of Bogden to find him, and at the same time I will also send someone to the Bounty Hunter''s Guild to request an audience with him." said Prime Minister Lama Su "That''s good." I said "So, will you be staying on Kamino for the night?" asked Prime Minister Lama Su. "I would love to give you a tour of our facilities and city." "I would love that." I said smiling behind my mask. "That is wonderful, I will have Tuan We escort you to an avable quarters for you to stay so you can freshen up, then we can have dinner together and after dinner, Taun We can give you a tour of our lovely city and facilities." said Prime Minister Lama Su TITLE: Arriving at Kamino Chapter 70: New Order 66 Chapter 70: New Order 66 "I would love that." I said smiling behind my mask. "That is wonderful, I will have Tuan We escort you to an avable quarters for you to stay so you can freshen up, then we can have dinner together and after dinner, Taun We and I can give you a tour of our city and facilities." said Prime Minister Lama Su. "I would love that." I said "I can''t wait to see what your lovely city beholds." I said "Master Jedi Jerid, please follow me and I will escort you to some avable amodations." said Taun We who opens up the door leading out. Taun We and I walk for 10 minutes until we arrived at the living quarters for the Kaminoans that reside in Tipoca City. Taun We stand in front of a ck and white door. Taun We waves her hand across a pad next to the door, and the ck and white door opens up. Taun We enters the apartment first, and I follow right behind her. "I hope these amodations are to your liking." said Taun We I look around the main room which has furniture that descends from the ceiling on electromaic stalks. The apartment also contains arge window observing the Kamino Ocean. I turn my head and I could see into the which has a bed that was hanging by stalks as well. The bed wasrger and long enough to fit a two Kaminoans. "Do you like it?" asked Taun We "It''s a lovely apartment." I said "I also love the view of your''s ocean." "I will leave you now then to freshen up." said Taun We "I shall be back in an hour to escort you to dinner with the Prime Minister." "That''s great, I will see you then." I replied back. Taun We leaves the room and closes the door behind her. After the door was closed, I quickly took off my wet clothes and armor. I was now standing in the main room of the apartment, naked. ''I should be able to sneak out tonight and change Order 66 in the Inhibitor Chip but first I need to locate where they are programed and manufactured" I thought while gazing out of therge window and at the Kamino Ocean. ''Once I change Order 66, the future of the gxy will drastically change, and I will be one step closer to uniting the gxy under the banner of my Holy Gctic Empire.'' After a few seconds of thinking, I went into the bathroom, and took a hot shower for 15 minutes, then I quickly dried myself off with a towel. After I was dried off, I went in the bedroom and sat on the bed naked, with my legs crossed. I then ce my hand on aputer pad that was next to the bed and I started to use [Mechu-deru] to search for where the programing and manufacturing of the Inhibitor Chips was located. After a whole minute of searching through the dataing into my mind, I finally found the location. The Inhibitor Chip Center was located near the cloning facilities. ''Good, now I just have to wait for nighttime to sneak in.'' I thought I jumped off the bed, and took out my spare Revan armor from my Space Ring, and quickly got dressed. I went back into the main room, and sat down in one of the hanging chairs and waited for Taun We toe and get me. Soon there a ring from the door. I stood up and opened the door, and standing before me was Taun We. "Master Jedi, are you ready for dinner?" asked Taun We "Yes, I am." I said "Please lead the way." We walked to a dining hall, where Prime Minister Lama Su, was sitting at a long table which could sit 12 people. Lama Su sat at one end, so I walked and sat down at the other end of the table. "Wee, Master Jerid." said Prime Minister Lama Su "I was unsure of what kind of food suits your tastes so I had our chef prepare a variety of foods for you." "Thank you, Prime Minister." I said "I hope the room we have provide it ok for you." said Prime Minister Lama Su "It''s more than ok, its wonderful and very hospitable." I said "That''s great." said Prime Minister Lama Su "Now, let''s eat and then Taun We and I can give you a tour of our facilities." "Ok" I said I used a fork to pick up a piece of meat, and brought it near my mask. I lifted up my mask a little and ate the piece of meat. Lama Su saw what I did, and was curious about me wearing the mask. "If its not to impolite but why don''t you take off the mask, that way it will be easier for you to eat." said Prime Minister "Or is there some reason why you wear that mask?" "I rarely take off this mask because I use this mask as an icon or a symbol for my cause." I said "Without the mask I will look more human and it will make it easier for people to remember that I am just a man, with all the weaknesses and vulnerabilities that is implied. With the mask, however, I will be more of an icon, a symbol." "What is your cause." asked Prime Minister Lama Su "My cause is to bring peace, unity, andw and order to this chaotic gxy, and to get rid of racism." I said "That is a very noble cause." said Prime Minister Lama Su "Thank you, but I am still a long way from achieving it." I said We continued eating and after 15 minutes, we were finished eating. "Now that we are finished eating, let me give you a tour of our facilities." said Prime Minister Lama Su Soon, Prime Minister Lama Su and Taun We escort me to the Clone Center in the center of Tipoca City. We first tour a building full of empty ssrooms. "This rooms here are our ssrooms for the clones we create, so that they can be educated but we still need to create abat education and training programs for the Republic''s clone army." said Prime Minister Lama Su "Once we find this Jango Fett, you rmended, we will take his DNA and alter it to have growth eleration abilities, so that we can grow a clone army faster for the Republic." "Now onto the Commissary." said Prime Minister Lama Su After a few hours of giving me a tour of the clone centers and science centers of Tipoca City, the tour was finished and we were back at the apartment provided to me by the Kaminoans. "I hope you enjoyed the tour of our centers and city." said Prime Minister Lama Su. "I sure did enjoy it." I said "Now, please have a good night''s sleep, and we will see you off tomorrow." said Prime Minister Lama Su "Good night, Prime Minister." I said I opened the apartment''s door and enter. The door closed behind me. I sat down on one of the hanging chairs in the main room of the apartment and waited for midnight toe. -MIDNIGHT- "Let''s get going." I said standing up from my chair. I started to use [Force Stealth] which turned me invisible, and next I used [Force Travel] to open a ck portal, and I stepped inside it. -Inhibitor Chip Factory- A ck portal appears in the middle of the factory. I stepped out of the ck portal. I am now standing invisible in the middle of the Inhibitor Chip Factory in Tipoca City. I looked around and found the closestputer, and walked to it. I ce my hand on the screen, and started using [Mechu-deru] to power up theputer, once theputer was on, I used [Mechu-deru] to bypass all of the security and firewalls in a few seconds. I was now in, and found the programmed orders for the Inhibitor Chips. I scrolled through the 150 Contingency Orders for the Grand Army of the Republic written for the Inhibitor Chips until I got to Order 66. [Order 66: "In the event of Jedi officers acting against the interests of the Republic, and after receiving specific orders verified asing directly from the Supreme Commander (Chancellor), GARmanders will remove those officers by lethal force, andmand of the GAR will revert to the Supreme Commander (Chancellor) until a newmand structure is established."] "Now, its time for a new Order 66." I said to myself I deleted the whole order and rewrote it. [Order 66: Once Order 66 has been activated, all other Orders are now annul and void. All Grand Army of the Republic (GAR) Commanders and Soldiers will then switch over their allegiances to the Holy Gctic Empire, ruled by the Holy Emperor Jerid. The GAR will be the Holy Clone Army (HCA). All HCA personal on Coruscant will then hunt down and execute Sheev Palpatine] Chapter 71: Leaving Kamino Chapter 71: Leaving Kamino [Order 66: Once Order 66 has been activated by anyone, all other Orders are now annul and void. All Grand Army of the Republic (GAR) Commanders and Soldiers will then switch over their allegiances to the Holy Gctic Empire, ruled by the Holy Emperor Jerid. The GAR will be the Holy Clone Army (HCA). All HCA personal on Coruscant will then hunt down and execute Sheev Palpatine] After double checking the rewritten Order 66, and finding nothing wrong with it, I used [Mechu-deru] to back out of theputer and shut it back down. I looked around to makes sure I wasn''t missing anything, and confirming that I wasn''t missing anything, I used [Force Travel] to open a ck portal, and I stepped inside it to head back to my amodations. I was now back in the bedroom, and I sat down on the bed. "Now that Order 66 has been changed, lets check out my Mission List." I said [Wee back to the Mission List, the list has been updated. New Missions has been added and a Hidden Mission List has been added] [Complete Missions] [Gain your First Apprentice. Reward: Personal Holocron] [Completed] [Defeat Darth Maul. Reward: 1,000,000 Credits] [Completed] [Defeat the Trade Federation on Naboo. Reward: Companion Voucher] [Completed] [Make Padme Amid fall for you. Reward: 250,000 XP] [Completed] [Mission List:] [Reveal Darth Sidious. Reward: Force Skill Voucher] [Kill Darth Sidious. Reward: A Clone or Droid Army Voucher] [Protect Queen Amid for 1 Year. Reward: 250,000 XP] [Make Amid the permanent Queen of Naboo. Reward: 1,000,000 Credits] [Kill or Change the Fate of Anakin Skywalker. Reward: Force Skill Voucher and Lightsaber Building Kit] [Establish a Kingdom (Requirements: 15s). Reward: Fleet Voucher] [Establish an Empire (Requirements: 40s). Reward: Army and Fleet Voucher] [Conquer the Star Wars Gxy. Reward: An Uncorrupted Star Forge] [Repeal the Yuuzhan Vong Invasion. Reward: Yuuzhan Vong Legion Voucher or Gain manufacturing knowledge of one of the Yuuzhan Vong Biotechnology Items] [Defeat and Conquer the Yuuzhan Vong Invasion. Reward:???] [Hidden Mission] [No Hidden Mission have been discovered] When I saw the new mission at the bottom of the Mission List, I was shocked to see the name of the Yuuzhan Vong species. From what I could remember of the Yuuzhan Vong, they were a race of religious zealots that gically engineer and grow all of their technology organically and view mechanical technology as sphemy. ''I can''t believe that the Yuuzhan Vong are in this universe, I thought this universe would follow the Canon timeline not the Legend timeline since everything that has happened is going ording to the Canon.'' I thought ''Maybe, just maybe the entire Canon and Legend timeline or maybe just pieces of both timelines are mixed together to create an entirely new timeline?'' After thinking about the possibility of this Universe having an entire new timeline, I started thinking about the Yuuzhan Vong ''If I remember correctly from the Legend Timeline, the Yuuzhan Vong Invasion happens 25 to 30 years after [A New Hope], or so it says in the Legends of the Star Wars Universe, so if my calctions are correct, the invasion should happen around 65 to 70 years from now if I calcted the years of the Star Wars Universe correctly, then the time frame to the Invasion isn''t that bad. I should have the gxy conquered before then, and once I am Emperor of the Star Wars Gxy, I can build up my military might to defeat them.'' I thought ''But I shouldn''t think this will be easy, since in the Legend, the Yuuzhan Vong are known to be a tough warlike race of aliens, and were very difficult to defeat.'' After a long time thinking about the Yuuzhan Vong and how to defeat them, I fell backwards onto my bed and toss off my mask and started massaging my temple. "I have too many things to think and worry about now" I said to myself out loud "I will start thinking about defeating the Yuuzhan Vong in the future, once I am Emperor of the Gxy." I sat back up "But to face the Yuuzhan Vong in the future, I also need to continue getting stronger myself." I said I started to mediate in bed. -9 hourster- I heard a doorbell, which woke me up from my mediation. [9 Hours of Mediation achieved - gained 900 XP] [54,100 / 350,000 XP] I opened my eye and looked at my XP Bar. ''I need a faster way to level up. I should look for some powerful enemies to kill so I can gain a lot more XP'' I thought while staring at my XP. ''I wonder, in Star Wars the Old Republic you can gain XP from destroying robots, can I do the same thing here? I will have to experiment with thatter.'' I sat up and exited the bedroom and entered the entrance hallway, and opened the apartment''s door. Appearing in front of me is Taun We. "Good morning, Ms.We" I said "Good morning, Master Jerid." said Taun We "Prime Minister Lama Su would like to have breakfast with you before you leave." "Ok, please lead the way Ms. We." I said Taun We led me to the same dining hall that I had dinner with Lama Su. "Master Jerid, wee." said Lama Su "Please sit." I sat down in the same seat fromst night "I would like to inform you, that yesterday I have sent one of my people to the nearest Bounty Hunter Guild branch location and I also sent 10 of my people to the Moons of Bogden to find Jango Fett. We hope to find, hire and bring him to Kamino in less than a months time." smiled Lama Su "That''s wonderful news." I said "I can hardly wait to see the finished Clone Army." "If what you say about this Jango Fett is true, then I also can''t wait to see this Clone Army made from his DNA." said Lama Su Soon, we finished breakfast. "That was a wonderful breakfast." I said "I wish I could stay on Kamino a little longer but I am needed elsewhere, so I have to take my leave." "I am sad to hear that you can''t stay longer." said Lama Su "Also rest assured, we will make sure that the Republic''s Clone Army will be finished by the deadline given to us by Sifo-Dyas." "That''s great to hear." I said "I looked forward to the day I can see the Clone Army in action." "Well, I would love to escort you to your ship but I have to attend to some important government matters." said Lama Su "But I will have Taun We escort you in my ce." Lama Su got up and walked out of the dining hall. "Master Jerid, if you are ready, I will escort you to your ship." said Taun We "Yes, I am ready." I said "Please lead the way." Taun We escorts me through Tipoca City and after 15 minutes of walking, we were back on thending tform where my ship was docked "Master Jerid, it was an honor and pleasure to have you visit our." said Taun We "Lama Su and I do hope you cane visit again when we finish making the first batch of the clones, so you can inspect them and see if they are to your liking." "I would be d toe back again" I said "Until next time, Ms. We." I walk aboard the Defender, and so entered the cockpit. I started up the ship, and took off into the air. Soon, I was in Kamino Space. I stopped the ship, and turned to the Holomap. "Since I have five days left until I have to get back to Naboo, I should do one more thing before I go back." I said "And I know just what I should do since I need to improve my military might." I started scrolling through the Holomap until I found a inhospitable looking with two moons orbiting around it, near the Hydian Way Trade Route. "Found you." I said I then took out a Holoprojector from my belt and activated it. Soon, a holoprojection of a B-1 Battle Droid appeared. "Hello, Emperor." said B1-AC-130 "How may I be of service to you." "I am sending you coordinates, and I want you to send one of the Lucrehulk Battleships and have it stationed at an undetectable distance from the coordinates." I said while sending the coordinates through the Holomap. "Roger, Roger. The coordinates have just been received, Emperor." said B1-AC-130 "I will have a Lucrehulk Battleship leave now, and it will be there as soon as possible." "Good, Good." I said "That will be all." I hanged up the Holoprojector and put it back on my belt. I then press on one of the moons of the inhospitable on the Holomap and then activated autopilot. The Defender jumps into lightspeed and takes off towards the moon I pressed on the Holomap. Chapter 72: Challenging the Secret Mandalore Chapter 72: Challenging the Secret Mandalore I hanged up the Holoprojector and put it back on my belt. I then press on one of the moons of the inhospitable on the Holomap and then activated autopilot. The Defender jumps into lightspeed and takes off towards the moon I pressed on the Holomap. "Time to go recruit some powerful warriors to be my Holy Imperial Commandos." I smiled I turned to C2-N2, the service droid that came with the ship "C2-N2, how long until we reach the Concordian moon of Mandalore?" I asked "Master, ording to our current speed, we should reach the Concordian Moon in 2 to 2.5 days." said C2-N2 "Also the ship you requested to be sent, will also arrive around the same time as us." "That''s too long." I said "I need to get their faster, I promised Padme and Dia to be back in a week, and I only have 5 days left until I have to be back and that isn''t enough time for me to take control of the Death Watch." I started thinking of a way of getting to Concordia faster when I had an idea. "Why don''t I just use [Force Travel], I just need to make the portal big enough for the Defender to fit through and I will be at Concordia in an instant." I said out loud "And if this works, then I can train this ability and once I be powerful enough, I can then use this ability to move my fleets across the Gxy in an instant. If I can aplish this, then my army and navy will be invincible, and no one can stop my conquest of the Gxy." I turn back forward and face the window and gazed out into space. I pressed a button and the ship exited out of autopilot and stopped in the middle of space. "Hopefully, this can work." I said I held out both of my hands in front of me and started to use [Force Travel]. A small ck portal appeared in space. I started using the Force to stretch the portal wider, and wider. The process was slow, and the bigger it became, the more energy I had to use to keep widening it until a minuteter, the portal was big enough to fit the Defender. I dropped my arms and leaned back in the pilot''s seat. Widening the portal was exhausting, and sweat was dripping down my face behind my mask. I took off the mask and wiped away the sweat. I took control of the ship and piloted it into the portal. Soon, the Defender exited out of another portal in the distance of Mandalore and the Concordian Moon. "It works." I said ''Ding'' [Hidden Mission Completed - Force Travel with a Single Ship] [Info: With your imaginative thinking, you finally were able to figure out that you can expand the portal of the [Force Travel] abilityrge enough to transport your ship far away in an instant] [Reward: 40,000 XP] [Exp: 343,200 / 350,000] "Now that is a nice reward, too bad it couldn''t level me up to Level 30." I said After looking at my reward, I turn my gaze out of the cockpit window and onto the Concordian Moon. While gazing at the moon, I started to use [Force Heal] to relieve me of my fatigue from using [Force Travel] and to recover my lost energy. After a whole minute of [Force Heal], I was back in tip top shape. "Now, time to im Death Watch as my own." I said with a look of determination behind my mask. I took control of my ship again and activated the new stealth mode installed, and piloted it towards the Concordian Moon. Soon, I wasnding on Concordia undetected, a mile near the only city on the moon. I started walking towards the city, and 15 minutester I am now at the entrance ramp of the city . The city of Concordia was a whole lot differentpared Theed which had marble and stone buildings. The whole city was made out of metal and had a futuristic feel to it with a towering building in the center of the city. After looking at the city for a few seconds and admiring the futuristic look to it, I headed in. I went straight to the center of the city where the towering building which was also the governmentplex, and also where Pre Viz maintains a residence at. While I was still using [Force Stealth], I was able to sneak inside the governmentplex and get on a lift and press a button. The lift then went up to the top floor of theplex, which I believe is where I will find Pre Viz. As the lift opens up on the top floor of the governmentplex, I stepped out of the lift, still invisible, into find a futuristic residence with a lot of pictures and banners of the Vis n on the wall. After looking around, I started using the Force to scan for life signs on this floor. After a second, I detected only 1 life sign on this floor, which I believe belongs to Pre Viz. I stealthily approach where the life sign was detected, I draw closer and closer to the life sign. I was now standing in front of a door where the life sign was detected. I stopped using [Force Stealth] and started using [Force Heal] to recover my lost energy from [Force Stealth]. After a few seconds, I recovered my lost energy and I am now ready to face Pre Viz. I pressed a button on a panel next to the door which opens the door up to reveal arge training hall where Pre Vis was training with a wooden practice sword. When the door opens, it made a loud sounds which resulted in Pre Viz stopping his training and throw his wooden sword at the open door. I tiled my head a little and the sword went flying pass and missed my face by a few centimeters. Pre Viz, even after throwing his wooden sword at nothing, remained vignt and continued to stare at the door. "Who ever goes there, show yourself now or prepare for your death." demanded Pre Viz looking around suspiciously. I stealthily walked behind Pre Viz silently. Once I was behind him, I stopped using [Force Stealth]. "Hello Pre Viz." I said When Pre Viz heard me behind him, he jumped backwards and turned his body in mid-air using some mini jetpacks on his boots and while using the mini jetpacks, he tried to kick my head at the same time. I bend backwards from my waist, and dodge the kick, like Neo did in Matrix. I stood back up after dodging the kick. After missing with his kick, Pre Viz took an attacking poture, ready to pounce and attack. "Who the hell are you?" said Pre Viz "How did you get in here?" "Hello, my name is Jerid." I said "I am here to bring you an offer." "An offer? What are you trying to offer me." said Pre Viz "The offer isn''t just for you, but for you and the Death Watch." I said "I don''t know what you are talking about?" replied Pre Viz "Don''t y coy with me." I said "I know you are rebuilding the Death Watch and want to bring glory and honor of the past back to you and the Death Watch. I am offering you a great deal, join me and you and your Death Watch will get all of the honor and glory you will ever want." "I see, you know too much." said Pre Viz "How did you find about Death Watch, I am sure I was careful enough not to be caught by anyone." "Well, I have my ways of find things out." I said "Well, I will have to decline your offer." said Pre Viz "And since you know too much, don''t think you will be getting out of here alive." "I am sad that you decline my offer." I said "Then I challenge you for the right of the Darksaber and the position of Secret Mandalore of the Death Watch." "WHAT?! You even know about the Darksaber?!" cried out Pre Viz "Yes, I do" I said "So do you except my challenge, Secret Mandalore?" "Well too bad for you, you can''t be the Secret Mandalore since you aren''t even a Mandalorian." said Pre Viz "Don''t try and trick me with that kind ofme trick." I said " I know that Tor Viz, the first Secret Mandalore of Death Watch said ''To ensure we would be led by the most powerful, we decreed that any warrior could challenge the Secret Mandalore for leadership of Death Watch. And as our symbol of authority we chose the Darksaber'' Tor Viz said warrior, not Mandalorian and I am a warrior, and that makes me eligible to challenge you for the Darksaber and to be Secret Mandalore of Death Watch" "I see that you know a bit about the history andws of Death Watch." said Pre Viz "Ok, I will ept your challenge." Chapter 73: Duel for Death Watch Chapter 73: Duel for Death Watch "I see that you know a bit about the history andws of Death Watch." said Pre Viz "I also see that you are wearing a Mandalorian mask as well so I can tell that you respect us Mandalorians in some way or another. So ok, I will ept your challenge." "That''s great" I said "I will wait for you to get suited up for battle since I want to challenge and defeat you at your best." "Confident, aren''t you." said Pre Viz smiling "I like it." Pre Viz goes to a banner with the Viz Insignia, that was hanging in the middle of the training hall on the wall. Pre Viz moves the banner out of the way, and uses his hand to press on a spot on the wall, which sinks into the wall. Afterwards, a hidden door in the wall opens up, revealing Pre Viz''s Mandalorian Battle Armor and sitting on a hilt stand in front of the armor was the Darksaber. Pre Viz starts putting on his armor. "May I ask were you obtain that Mandalorian mask of yours?" asked Pre Viz while getting ready. "It is a family heirloom. It has been past down from one generation to the next." I said "My people and family respect the Mandalorians but only those who are honorable warriors who follow the Resol''Nare and have good morals out ofbat. Though we find it distasteful of your past history as raiders and brigands, but I believe under the right leadership, under my leadership, the Mandalorians can have a future full of honor and can prosper as the greatest race of knights in the history of the gxy instead as a race of warriors." "Mandalorian Knights instead of Mandalorian Warriors?" said Pre Viz "Yes, Knights and Warriors are basically two sides of the same coin." I said "But Knights are warriors who fight for a noble cause while Warriors just fight for the thrill of the fight." "You believe you have a noble cause?" said Pre Viz "Yes, I do" I said "I believe my cause is the most noble cause there is." "Now I am curious." chuckled Pre Viz "What is your so called most noble cause then?" "My most noble cause is conquering the gxy and uniting it under one banner, the banner of my Holy Gctic Empire." I said "Under my banner, the gxy will finally be united under one strong ruler, me." "You have such a great ambition, just like Mandalore the Ultimate who wished to conquer the Gxy as well." said Pre Viz "But are you sure you are strong enough to lead your so called ''Holy Empire'' to conquer the Gxy" "Only the future will tell." I said "But I have been setting up the foundations for my conquest and defeating you and then bing the Secret Mandalore and uniting all of the Mandalorians warriors under me will help me conquer the Gxy." "Well, you will have to defeat me first to do that, and I don''t see that happening." said Pre Viz "Alright, I am ready for our duel but be warned I will kill you if I get the chance." Pre Viz was wear his Mandalorian armor. His helmet was equipped with dual antennas. He was also equipped with a jetpack on his back, maized boots, and a pair of Mandalorian vambraces. On each of the vambraces were two ster barrels, a methrower, whipcord thrower, and auncher that fired disc-shaped buzz saws. On his belt were a pair of WESTAR-35 ster pistols and the Darksaber. Pre Viz walked into the center of the training hall, and faced me. He unholstered a WESTAR-35 and held it in his right hand and using his left hand, he unholstered and held the Darksaber. "I hope you are ready to die today." said Pre Viz who then activates the Darksaber. "Well, I am sorry to disappoint you but I am not going to be dying today." Iughed I used [Force Pull] to pull both of my lightsabers to my hands. I activated both of my lightsabers and then took the a stance similiar to the Soresu Opening Stance that Obi-wan uses in the future. "I am ready when you are." I said while in my custom Soresu Stance. "A JEDI!!!!" cried Pre Viz "For generations, my ancestors fought proudly as warriors against your kind, and now youe here and you want to rule us. I will not have my n and my people, conquered by your kind. I will make sure you die today, Jedi Scum!" Pre Viz shot at me with his WESTAR-35 but I deflected the shot away "It looks like you are misunderstanding something here." I said "I am not..." Before I could finish talking, Pre Viz activated his jetpack, and sted towards me, and swung the Darksaber at my head. I brought up my lightsaber and blocked the Darksaber. Pre Viz then lifted up the WESTAR-35 and aimed at my stomach, but before he could even get a shot off, I kicked him away from me. As he was kicked backwards, he shot a whipcord out of his vambrace at me, which wrapped around my right wrist. Pre Viz regained his bnced and pulled the whipcord, so he could pull me forward to lose my bnce but as he did that I prepared my footing and I also pulled on the whipcord at the same time as him, resulting in both of us pulling the whipcord and no one losing any ground. Pre Viz held on to the whipcord tightly and shot at me with his WESTAR-35, and I used my left lightsaber to deflect the shotsing at me. Seen that we were at a stalemate in pulling the whipcord, Pre Viz pressed a button and the whipcord detached from the vambraces. and Pre Viz starts shooting at me 5 times with his ster, and I deflect each shot. Pre Viz grabs holster his WESTAR-35, and grabs a shock grenade from his belt and throw it towards me. I used [Force Push] on the shock grenade to push it back at Pre Viz. When Pre Viz saw the grenade heading back towards him, he activated his jetpack and flew backwards, and the shock grenade detonated 15 feet away from him. Pre Viz then unholstered his WESTAR-35 again, and started flying circles around me, while I tried to keep my eyes on him which was hard to do since he was flying so fast but thankfully I can feel where he is, through the Force. After circling me a few time, Pre Viz started shooting at me as he circles me. The first shot came from behind me, and I brought my right lightsaber over my shoulder and deflected the shot aimed at my back. The second shot crame from my left side, and I used my left lightsaber to deflect that shot. He then fired two shots at my front, and brought my right lightsaber back over my shoulder and used it to deflect the two shots. That''s how it continued for a couple of times, Pre Viz kept shooting me from different sides and angles and I kept on deflect all of his shots. His finally three shots came from my front and right side which I deflected. When Pre Viz was behind me, he made a sharp turn and flew towards my back with the Darksaber raised, and ready to swing down upon me. I used [Force Jump] to do a backflip, and I went over Pre Viz, and as I was going over him, I swung my right lightsaber at his jetpack but Pre Viz kept his eyes on me while I was jumping over him and he understood what I wanted to do, so he quickly spun his body around, and used the Darksaber to hit my lightsaber away and at the same time he used his WESTAR-35 and shot at me but I used my left lightsaber to deflect it back at him but he dodged out of the way. He flew away andnd. He took an attacking stance. I alsonded and faced Pre Viz "I got to admit, that you are a very skilled warrior for a Jedi." said Pre Viz "Thank you but you are still misunderstanding something about me." I said "I am.." But before I could finish speaking, Pre Viz interrupted me again by taking out a detonator. "But you still aren''t a match for a skilled Mandalorian warrior such as me." said Pre Viz holding a denotator. I looked down and found a bomb on the ground, a foot away from me. "Time to die Jedi." said Pre Viz pressing the detonate button on the detonator. I jumped backwards but it was toote, the bomb exploded right in front of me and I was caught up in the bomb''s explosion. AUTHOR''S NOTE: Hello, my adoring fans. If you would like to support me, get thetest news, and even have the opportunity to chat with me, then please join my Discord. Discord: https://discord.gg/AddkKKYHDh Also, if you can please support me on my Youtube Channel. Its another thing I am working on. I have 86 subscriber now and I hope to have many more in the future. I post my travel/adventure videos of Taiwan and gaming videos on there as well. Youtube Channel Name: Jerid in Taiwan Youtube URL: /channel/UCZSXvJnS9k8AsbcXYWr5PTw/about I thank you for supporting my novel and I hope to have your support for my Youtube videos. Chapter 74: Duel for the Death Watch (2) Chapter 74: Duel for the Death Watch (2) "But you still aren''t a match for a skilled Mandalorian warrior such as me." said Pre Viz holding a denotator. I looked down and found a bomb on the ground, a foot away from me. "Time to die, Jedi." said Pre Viz pressing the detonate button on the detonator. I jumped backwards but it was toote, the bomb exploded right in front of me even though I was quick, I was toote and I was caught up in the bomb''s explosion range. At thest second as the bomb''s st was about to hit me. I made a split-second decision to gather the Force around my body. The Force quickly gathered around my body, it was like a shield or armor but I was still too slow. Some of the shrapnel and the st hit me, it sent me flying and soon I was rolling on the ground. After flying 15 feet, I was on ground,ying on my back. I was in pain all over but the pain wasn''t too bad and I could deal with it. As I stood back up, I found that my right dangling without ant support which meant my right shoulder was dislocated, my insides felt like they turned upside down and through the Force, I could tell there was no internal bleeding which was great. Also thanks to the st and my dislocated right shoulder, I dropped my right lightsaber 5 feet away while I was tumbling. ''Ding'' [You have learned [Force Barrier] without the Help of the System. [Gained 10,000 EXP] [Exp: 313,200 / 350,000] I ignored the System Notification "That stings!" I said clutching my right shoulder I then looked down and found that my torso armor had some shrapnel imbedded into it but it didn''t went all the way through. ''Thankfully I upgraded the armor''s defenses through the Shop Page beforeing here'' I thought ''If I didn''t then my injuries would be even worse then they are now.'' "You actually survived the surprise bomb." said Pre Viz with a surprised tone "I guess I have to give you some credit for surviving. It would seem you have some good skills andbat abilities and some luck on your side. You really have given me a great surprise, I thought you would be dead but oh well." "Well, what can I say, I am full of surprises." I said "Well, your luck and surprises won''t save you now that you are severely injured" said Pre Viz I deactivated my left lightsaber, and grabbed my right arm. I then pulled my right arm forward and straight in front of me with a quick and strong pull. There was a pop, and a sudden pain in my shoulder, I clenched my teeth. Now my shoulder was now back in it''s socket. I activated my left lightsaber again and aimed it at Pre Viz and I quickly started to use [Force Heal] to the max, to repair any damages that I might have received to my muscles, blood vessels, ligaments and tendons, and nerves in my right shoulder. "Now, shall we get started again." I said "Hehehe. I am really starting to look forward to this now." said Pre Viz "It''s been quite a long time since I had a worthy opponent to fight because of the Duchess''s Pacifists ways ruining the Mandalorian Culture, so I am starting to be happy that you came here for I have been feeling that my skills were starting to get a little rusty so this duel of ours will be good for me to help sharpen my skills." "Well, that''s good." I said "Once, I be Secret Mandalore of the Death Watch, I want you to be at peak condition so you can be my right hand man, and fight and defeat my enemies for me." "You still think you can defeat me?"ughed Pre Viz "Have you not looked at yourself, you are severely injured while I still don''t have a single scratch on me. That st must of did something to your head" "Are you sure about that?" Iughed "I am feeling okay." I stopped using [Force Heal] because now I am now mostly healed and deactivated my left lightsaber. All of my minor injures were gone, and any serious injuries that I had, have became minor injuries. I started jumping up and down, like what a boxer does before his match. I used [Force Pull] to pick up my dropped lightsaber. "Now, shall we continue our duel" I said full of energy ,activating both of my lightsaber and getting back into Soresu Stance "What the hell? Howe you seem fine now?" questioned Pre Viz "Simple, while we were talking, I have been using the Force to heal most of my injuries." I said "That is basically cheating, isn''t it."ughed Pre Viz "But I can''t reallyin since ''Everything is fair in war'', plus that just means our duel willst even longer, which makes me happy. I can''t wait to fight even more." As I was staring at Pre Viz, I started thinking. ''I know I shouldn''t do this and it''s kind of dangerous to do it in this life or death situation but this will be perfect for me if I want try out my new lightsaberbat form, my new telekic lightsaberbat style'' I thought while staring at Pre Viz. "It''s dangerous to fight with a untestedbat style but I need to battle test it in actualbat so I can see if I can actually use in actual battle. Ok, let''s do it .'' "You should feel lucky." I said "You shall be the first person to witness my new lightsaberbat form, the Traya Form." "Traya Form?" said Pre Viz puzzled "Traya is the female Jedi/Sith who mastered this form ofbat, that I am about to show you." I said "But thisbat form was lost and was never named, so I decided to name it after the one who mastered and excelled in this form ofbat." "I didn''t ask for a history lesson." said Pre Viz "Just get on with it." "Of course." I said "Let us continue our duel?" I activated my two lightsabers and I use [Force Telekinesis] to lift up both of my lightsabers in the air, facing straight up and circling around me. At the same time that was happening, I quickly reached behind my back, and using the Force to retrieved [Maul''s Double-ded Lightsaber], that I retrieved and repaired, from my Space Ring. I brought [Maul''s Double-de Lightsaber] in front of me and held it out with one hand, and activated both des while my two single de lightsaber circle around me in the air. "What the fuck!!!" shouted Pre Viz "Now that is cheating! This fight is starting to look a little unfair for me." "Well, its like you said ''Everything is fair in war.'' I said "Now let''s get this duel done with, so I can im my title of Secret Mandalore." I used the Force to aim the two floating lightsabers at Pre Viz and I sent them towards him like missiles. He then used his jetpack to fly up and dodge the lightsabers, but I used the Force to lightsabers take a sharp turn up and follow after him, like heat seeking missiles. As they approached him and were nearing closer to him, he used the Darksaber to hit them away but as soon as they were hit away, they just went back to chasing him. "Damn it" said Pre Viz who then flies towards me, and lowered his head and then shoot a missile from his jetpack at me. I then used [Force Telekinesis] to stop the missile, at the same time I did that, one of the lightsabers chasing after Pre Viz dropped to the ground and deactivated. Soon, the missile ran out of fuel and since it did hit anything, it didn''t explode so I ced it on the ground off to the side while I was also controlling thest flying lightsaber to continue chasing after Pre Viz. At the same time I did all of that, Pre Viz saw what happened with my dropped lightsaber. Pre Viz used the Darksaber to hit thatst lightsaber flying after him away and it flew and pierced a nearby wall. Hends nearby me. "I see" said Pre Viz "It seems like you can''t use yourbat form with too many objects." "Yeah, you guessed correctly, but that''s only because I am too weak right now but in the future I will be powerful, and once that happens I will be able to use more lightsabers, can you imagine it." I said with my arms spread out in a ''t'' shape. "Imagine, 20 lightsabers hovering in the air, 10 circling around and defending me and at the same time, and the other 10 lightsabers will be attacking my enemies, defense and offense, both in perfect harmony." "If you can actually make that happen, then you would be an unstoppable weapon of mass destruction on the battlefield." said Pre Viz with a look of wonder "Nobody will be able to stop you and you could be the strongest and most perfect warrior." While Pre Viz was facing me and his back towards my dropped lightsaber, I used [Force Telekinesis] to lift up the dropped lightsaber and activated it and the lightsaber that pierce the wall. I sent both of them towards Pre Viz''s back. Pre Viz suddenly felt a cold shiver down his spine and jumped sideways on instinct and dodged my lightsaber. "Sneaky bastard aren''t you." said Pre Viz "I am very impressed that you could actually dodge that attack but I would of been very disappointed if you were unable to dodge that attack." I said " Because I expect greatness and more from you, my future vassal and general of my Empire." "So you want me as a vassal and general for your armies." said Pre Viz "Yes, I want you to be the General of my Mandalorian Knights." I said "So, let''s end this, shall we." "That doesn''t sound so bad, especially the Knight title. Mandalorian Knights, after hearing a second time, it does have a nice ring to the name." said Pre Viz "Hope you don''t mind me stealing the name after I kill you." "Well, me dying isn''t going to happen." I said "But you better prepare to serve your new Mandalore and Emperor, my future vassal." I charged at Pre Viz and started attacking him from the front, while my two flying lightsabers were attacking and shing at him from the sides. AUTHOR''S NOTE: Hello my fans, I have been given an idea by one of my fans for my YouTube channel: Jerid in Taiwan. I have decided to make videos of Star Wars games for my channel, so if you love Star Wars and my novele watch me y some Star Wars games on Youtube for you. If you have any Star Wars games you want to see me y for my first ever Star Wars video for my Youtube, just post your vote for your favorite Star Wars game in thements of this chapter and I will tally the votes after 5 days and I will then let you know the decision after I tally up all of the votes. Chapter 75: YOUTUBE: FIRST STAR WARS VIDEO VOTES Chapter 75: YOUTUBE: FIRST STAR WARS VIDEO VOTES Here are the votes so far for my first Star Wars video for my Youtube Channel: Jerid in Taiwan. I will update this post daily and if you want to make a vote or suggest a star wars games then post in thements. YOUTUBE VIDEO VOTES: KOTOR 1&2 - l Battlefront 2 - ll SWTOR - ll Star Wars: Empire of War - ll (l is for Thrawn''s Revenge) Battlefront 2 (2015) - l Star Wars Republic Commando - l Chapter 76: The New Secret Mandalore and Birth of the Death Knights Chapter 76: The New Secret Mandalore and Birth of the Death Knights "That doesn''t sound so bad, especially the Knight title. Mandalorian Knights, after hearing a second time, it does have a nice ring to the name." said Pre Viz "Hope you don''t mind me stealing the name after I kill you." "Well, me dying isn''t going to happen." I said "But you better prepare to serve your new Mandalore and Emperor, my future vassal." I charged at Pre Viz and started attacking him from the front, while my two flying lightsabers were attacking and shing at him from the sides. As I kept on barraging Pre Viz from his sides and front, he had a hard time blocking all of my attacks, he would use his vambraces made of Beskar to block the lightsabers from the sides and he twisted his wrist and barely block my attacks from the front, and he would shot with his other hand and I would block with the bottom de of my double-ded lightsaber. I have been keeping up the barraging attacks for 5 minutes now, and there are a bunch of scratches on Pre Viz''s armor. Pre Viz was also getting tired both physically and mentally. I started using thebat tactics of Maul to try and finish this battle quickly. I used [Force Jump to jump over Pre Viz, and striked at him from above and my two flying lightsabers attacked from the sides. Pre Viz knew that he couldn''t block it, so he used his jetpack to duck and roll away from the attacks but as that happen, I controlled one of the flying lightsaber to quickly strike his jetpack before he could get away. Once, Pre Viz''s jetpack was damaged, the jetpack started to go out of control and it sent him flying. Pre Viz started spinning out of control in the air and after a minute of trying to get control back of his jetpack, Pre Viz was then sent flying and he mmed really hard into the training hall wall, . Thanks to that hard m into the wall, the jetpack got even more damaged and it shut down. Pre Viz then slid down the wall, andnded on his ass. He was slouching over, it looked like he was unconscious but I could tell through the Force that he was awake and waiting for me to approach him. He also crack a couple of ribs and a few bones as well. "Get up, I know you didn''t faint from that little m." I said, standing 20 feet away from him, watching him. After two whole minutes of silence and staring, Pre Viz slowly stood back up while using the wall to support himself. "That was a good move, you made." said Pre Viz "Without my jetpack, you have limited my mobility." "Of course, I can''t have you keep running away from my attacks." I said "I should end this duel quickly, I have a lot of important things to do." "Well, don''t think you can defeat quickly or easily, even without my jetpack, I will still take you down." said Pre Viz "Good, I like your determination and tenacity." I said "Once you be my vassal, I have so many ns and things for you to do in the future." "I..." said Pre Viz Before he could even start his sentence, my floating lightsabers started attacking him once again from his sides, and he blocked them with his vambraces. He fought through the pain from his cracks ribs and bones, and quickly moved "Oh, I should kindly return your little toy back to you." I said I then quickly used [Force Telekinesis] to lift up the missile that Pre Viz shot at me awhile go, and throw it at him from behind. At the same time, I did that, one of my flying lightsabers deactivated and was falling to the ground. Once, I throw the missile at Pre Viz, I quickly used [Force Telekinesis] on the falling lightsaber before it could hit the ground and had it attack Pre Viz again. "Toy?" said Pre Viz The two flying lightsaber then quickly backed away from Pre Viz. When he saw the flying lightsaber backing away, he was confused but he suddenly had a bad feelinge from behind him. He quickly turn his head and saw the missileing towards him. He instantly runs away but just as he got 8 feet away, the missilended where he was standing and exploded, sending Pre Viz flying once again and he flew towards and mmed into the training hall wall, once again. Pre Viz then fell onto the ground, sprawled faced down on the ground. Through the Force, I could tell that quite a few of Pre Vi''s bone in his left leg and his right arm were now broken, and he was injured internally bleeding from his cracked ribs. Knowing that he was severely injured and won''t be able to put up much of a fight anymore, I deactivated my two floating lightsabers, and had them hooked back on my belt, and I deactivated [ Maul''s Double-de Lightsaber] and hooked on the back of my belt, behind my cape, which had a bunch of hole from the bomb, Pre Viz used on me. "That hurt" said Pre Viz, as he struggles to stand up. He had to lean against the wall to hold himself up and keep himself from falling down and looks at me. "What do you think you are doing? I haven''t been defeated yet." He then starts looking for his weapons, and found his WESTAR-35 and Darksaber 15 feet away from him. He pushes himself away from the wall and struggles and slowly walks to his weapons. It took him a full minute for him to get to his weapons, Pre Viz slowly knelt down on his good leg, and was about to grabbed his weapons when I used [Force Pull] on them, and brought them to me. As Pre Viz watches his weaponsnd into my possession, he fell andid on his back, while staring at me. I activated the Darksaber, and started admiring it. "This de is magnificent." I said "The Darksaber is about the exact same size as a Shoto Lightsaber, which makes it perfect for my Jar''Kai form." "It looks like its my defeat. Now that you own the Darksaber, you are now the new Secret Mandalore of the Death Watch"ughed Pre Viz "No, I am the Secret Mandalore of the Death Knights."" I said "What??" said Pre Viz "From this day onward, the Death Watch shall be known as the Death Knights, and all Mandalorian Warriors in the Death Knights shall be called Mandalorian Knights." I said "I see, Knights."ughed Pre Viz as he looked up at the ceiling "I had so much nned for the future, just so I could bring back glory to Mandalore and the Mandalorians." "Don''t worry, you and your Mandalorians will gain glory and honor." I said "Also don''t be obsess on the Mandalore. Sure, it''s the home of your ancestors but now it''s a dying and inhospitable, that has no value and can''t support life anymore thanks to all of the wars your people waged. You should move on and focus on the future, and once I conquer the Gxy, I can give you a brand new that is hospitable and able to support life If you want, you can also name that New Mandalore, as a symbol of hope for the future of the Mandalorian people or you can also continue on with your ancestor''s nomadic lifestyle going from to by patrolling my Empire and keeping Order from within it. If you and your people keep trying to stick to the old ways, the Mandalorians will be no more, your people need a new path to follow, and that path is with my Empire." "You might be right, my people have been obsessing over Mandalore and trying to keep it and the Mandalorian people true to our past self for so long that we have basically killed our because of all of the wars, we wage." said Pre Viz "And now we are fighting among ourselves, the Mandalorians of the Old Ways against Duchess Satine Kryze and her New Mandalorians of the Pacifist Ways but we are Mandalorians, we are warriors, its in our bloods to fight." "If you want to fight so bad, fight for me, fight for a better future your people, fight for a noble cause." I said while I held both my palms out towards using [Force Heal] on Pre Viz. "What are you doing?" said Pre Viz while trying to get up I used the [Force Telekinesis] to stop him from getting up, and to hold him down "I am healing you, I don''t want my Commander of the Death Knights to die on me." I said "You need to lead your men into battle for me, and fight for the glory of my Empire and your Mandalorian Knights. What do you say, why don''t you fight for me and gain glory and honor while you do it." "You have beaten me inbat, and proven yourself and earn the right to lead us as the new Secret Mandalore." said Pre Viz "So, as a Mandalorian, I will honor the Way, and fight for you, my Mandalore." YOUTUBE VIDEO WINNER: Hello, everyone, I have tallied the votes up, and there were people who voted for more than one games, but the clear winner is KOTOR 1 & 2. I n on holding a Live Stream of KOTOR 1 on Saturday 8 PM Taiwan Time for Star Wars Saturday. If you want, you cane join me in my live stream and vote for what you want me to do in the game. Chapter 77: Gathering the Members Chapter 77: Gathering the Members ''Ding'' [Title Gained - Secret Mandalore] [Effect: 1) Improves your affinity with anyone who calls themselves, Mandalorians 2) Increases your strength, speed, and agility by 10%] ''What, I can gain titles'' I thought ''Did I gained any titles before and if I did, why wasn''t I notified by the system. I should check out how these titles workter '' "I am healing you, I don''t want my Commander of the Death Knights to die on me." I said "You need to lead your men into battle for me, and fight for the glory of my Empire and your Mandalorian Knights. What do you say, why don''t you fight for me and gain glory and honor while you do it." "You have beaten me inbat, and proven yourself and earn the right to lead us as the new Secret Mandalore." said Pre Viz "So, as a Mandalorian, I will honor the Resol''nare, and fight for and obey my Mandalore''smands. I also would like to see if you will be able to establish your Empire or not. It should be fun following you on your war path, we will be like the Neo-Crusaders of Mandalore the Ultimate to you." "No, you will be better than those Neo-Crusaders, who were nothing but raiders who loved piging and destroying the lives of the innocent." I said "You will follow the Resol''nare and follow a whole new Code, the Code of the Mandalorian Knights. I will introduce this Code, to the Death Knights when you are all gather together at your hideout in the mines." "You even know where are hideout is? How?" asked Pre Viz "I learned everything through the Force, it told me everything I need to know." I said "With the knowledge given to me from the Force, I will use this knowledge to help me unite this Gxy, and establish my Empire and expand it further into the Unknown Regions of space." "Now, that seems unfair." said Pre Viz "Ok, you should be fine now but you will still have some small cracked bones and bruises but I believe that should be no big deal for you." I said "And you should be able to handle that small amount of pain." I stopped using [Force Telekinesis] and Pre Viz sat up then he stood up slowly, and moved his body around to get a feel of his condition. "Yeah, this amount of pain is nothing to a Mandalorian." said Pre Viz who knelt on one knee in front of me "My Mandalore, what is youmand?" "I see, you have no thoughts of backing out of our agreement." I said "That''s good." "Of course. ording to my ancestor''s words, only the strongest warrior has the right to lead the Death Wat...guess its the Death Knights now." said Pre Viz "Also I have my integrity and honor as a Mandalorian, so I will follow you, but once I am strong enough, I will challenge you and one day gain back the title of Secret Mandalore." "I wee the challenge, my Commander." I said "Now, lead me to the headquarters and hideout of our Death Knights. I want to see my Mandalorian Knights andy down the new Code, I have created for them" "Yes, Mandalore." said Pre Viz repsectfully Pre Viz walks off to the side and headed to his hidden armory in the wall, and took out amunicator. and pressed a button "Gather all members, I have an important announcement." said Pre Viz "Yes, sir." said someone from themunicator "Mandalore, I have issued an order to gather all members of the Death Wa...Knights, and I will introduce them to you, and announce you as their new Mandalore." said Pre Viz "Please follow me, Mandalore." Pre Viz press on another part of the wall, which opened up to reveal a hidden elevator. We both got in, and Pre Viz pressed a button and the elevator''s doors closed and it started heading down. "Do you have anything else you want done, Mandalore?" asked Pre Viz "No, but I do want a head count of all of our members." I said "Do you know how many men and women we have in the Death Knights?" "Yes, I do." said Pre Viz "I don''t know the ratio of men and women though, but I do know we have around 400 Mandalorians on Concordia and we have 200 Mandalorians out in space, funding our organization through bounty hunting. The 200 Mandalorians who aren''t here, will be able to connect to us and hear the announcement through holopad." "So, a total of 600 Mandalorian Knights, that''s a good start." I said "You must of worked really hard to get that many Mandalorians to join you." "Thanks but it was easy." said Pre Viz "Thanks to the Duchess actions of exiling all of the Mandalorians who wouldn''t give up their warrior ways, it was easy to recruit a lot of Mandalorians into our organization, and that number is still rising since each day." "We should focus on increasing our numbers and increase their training. We need to train the Death Knights to fight as an army" I said "Also have you had anymunication with Bo-Katan Kryze and her Nite Owls?" "No, I haven''t" said Pre Viz "I know that she came to Concordia with her Nite Owls but I felt that trying tomunicate with and get them to join us would of been to risky to do since Bo-Katan is still Duchess Satine''s sister, and she might even warn her sister about us. I am slowly gathering Mandalorians to join us and I don''t want to take that risk by contacting Bo-Katan, since I don''t want to ruin everything I have done until now" "Bo-Katan telling her sister will not happen without a doubt since I know that Bo-Katan is proud of the Mandalorian''s martial history, but she probably won''t join us now since she won''t ept me as the new Secret Mandalore since I am an outsider and not a Mandalorian." I said "But you defeated me fair and square in a duel, she should be honor-bound to serve you. " said Pre Viz "Should I try and trick her and her Nite Owls into joining us?" "Maybe." I said "Do you think, if I defeat her in a duel that she will ept me as the Secret Mandalore?" "I don''t know, if you what you said is true and she won''t ept you as Mandalore even though you wield the Darksaber, she probably still won''t ept you even if you defeat her." said Pre Viz "But we can never know unless we try it." "That is true, and if that doesn''t work out I can use myst resort." I said "But I really hope I don''t have to use myst resort on Bo-Katan." "Yourst resort?" said Pre Viz "What is yourst resort?" "That''s a secret." I said "But with it, she would be a puppet in the palm of my hand, but I don''t like using it on good people unless I have to, fsince it would be for the greater good of the gxy." The elevator doors open and I walk out into a lit mine tunnel, followed by Pre Vi who then led the way down the mine tunnel. "Were you going to use thisst resort on me if I didn''t gave up the Mandalore title and Darksaber to you?" asked Pre Viz "Yes, I was." I said "But I am d you didn''t make me do it, and I am happy that you stayed true and honorable." "I am a Mandalorian." said Pre Viz "Just like the Canons of Honor says ''Honor is Life, for without no Honor one may as well as be dead.''" "That''s good." I said "I do like the Canons of Honor but I find that its iplete and incorrect in some parts, which is why I rewrote them for the Death Knights." "You rewrote the Canons of Honor?!" said Pre Viz "Yes, most of it will be the same though but there will be some additional things added, and a little change to another part of it." I said "I believe I have perfected the Canons of Honor. Also I will keep the Resol''nare the same since it is perfect the way it is." "Ok" said Pre Viz "So you say you perfected the Canons of Honor, I am curious about what you changed and added to it." "There will also be some newws as well which I won''t tolerate being broke no matter what, now that I am Mandalore." I said "And there will be death for anyone who breaks myws." "Yes." said Pre Viz "Since you are the Mandalore, you are able to change and createws but don''t change everything since we True Mandalorians take great pride in our Ways, Laws, Codes and History." "Don''t worry, you will still be able to keep true to your Martial History and continue fighting in battles and wars, its just that you will be doing it for me and for a righteous cause." I said Chapter 78: The Mandalorian Knights Codex Chapter 78: The Mandalorian Knight''s Codex "Don''t worry, you will still be able to keep true to your Martial History and continue fighting in battles and wars, its just that you will be doing it for me now." I said "I will make sure that the Mandalorians can stay true to their martial beliefs." "That''s good then." said Pre Viz "As long as you let us Mandalorians stay true to our core martial beliefs then I believe that my men will follow you willing, and not just because they are honor-bound." "I think so too." I said thinking about how my new title ''Secret Mandalore'' helps increase my affinity with Mandalorians. After a few miles of walking down the mine, we arrived at an entrance into hideout and headquarters of the former Death Watch, now the Death Knight''s headquarters. I can see a lot of Mandalorians gathered in messy square formations in an open field, and waiting like basic trained soldiers in an army. We stopped at the entrance, and I started admiring the Mandalorians who will be my new soldiers and army. I have always admired and adored the armor of both the Clones and Mandalorians in my past live. "It looks like you have just started training these Mandalorians to behave like an army which will be good for the future of my Holy Mandalorian Army." I said smiling behind my mask "But they are still a little messy, and will need to continue there training as an army." "Holy Army??" said Pre Viz "Yes, all of my armies will have Holy in their names since their mission is a Holy and Sacred mission." I said "The Mandalorians will eventually be my third Holy Army." "Three Armies???" said Pre Viz "You already have two armies at your disposable?" "Yes, I do." I said "And with the Death Knights and once the Death Knights gathered enough Mandalorians, I will be able to create a third Holy army, the Holy Mandalorian Army, with all my armies at full strength, I will then wage a Holy Crusade against the Gxy and then unite it under my Holy Banner" "Hahahah, I guess me and my men joining you is a greatest opportunity we will ever have."ughed Pre Viz "And with three armies at your disposable, you will be able to wage the greatest war in the history of the Gxy and be the first one to ever conquer all of the Gxy." I could tell through the Force, that Pre Viz''s blood was boiling for action and was excited at the thought of fighting the greatest war ever. "Not just yet, my armies are still small at the moment but with time, they will grow to be enormous and unstoppable." Iughed "And I will be the Holy Emperor of the Holy Gctic Empire." "Even though you aren''t a Mandalorian in name, you are still like us Mandalorians." said Pre Viz "I can respect that, why don''t you just be a Mandalorian in name as well?" "That''s ok, I am an Holy Imperial" I said "Holy Imperial?" said Pre Viz "Yes and every citizen in the Gxy will be an Imperial along with theirality." I said For example, Mandalorians will known as Imperial Mandalorians, Coruscantis will be Imperial Coruscantis." "Ok, I get it." said Pre Vizlsa "So as the Emperor of my future Empire, my nationality will only be known as Holy Imperial." I said "Now, lets get going. We need to introduce these Mandalorians to their new Mandalore." "Yes, Mandalore." said Pre Viz We walk up in front of all of the Mandalorians standing at attention, and walked up a make shift stage. We stopped right in middle of the stage and turned and looked at all of the Mandalorians here. "My brothers and sisters attention." said Pre Viz "I have an announcement for all of you to hear. My ancestor, Torr Viz said ''To ensure we would be led by the most powerful, I decreed that any warrior could challenge the Secret Mandalore for leadership of Death Watch''. And I have lost the challenge for leadership, so I am no longer the ''Secret Mandalore''. Now, let me introduce you to your new Mandalore." Pre Viz stepped aside and I walked forward. There was a hugemotion through the crowd of Mandalorians, and a lot of gossiping and whispers "Attention, my brothers and sisters." I said "Before we continue I shall let you know that I am not a Mandalorian." When I said that, there was another hugemotion through the crowd. "But like Tor Viz once said ''any warrior can challenge for leadership'' so the leader has to be the strongest, not the strongest Mandalorian so race or species doesn''t matter at all as long as they are the strongest because only the strongest shall rule this organization." I said "Since I have defeated Pre Viz in a duel, I am now your Mandalore and you are honor-bound by the Resol''nare to rally to my cause." "Only a Mandalorian should be the Mandalore" cried out a Mandalorian who step out of formation. A few other Mandalorians were about to also step out and agree with that Mandalorian when I then used [Force Choke] on the Mandalorian who stepped out of formation. He began floating in the air. His legs were dangling, and he was started choking and grabbing at the air around his neck, unable to grab anything or stop the choking. All the Mandalorians were shocked and the ones who were about to agree with the choking Mandalorian stopped and stayed in ce, while Pre Viz remained silent and watched. I took the Darksaber from my belt and held in up above my head and activated while I continued choking the Mandalorian who wanted to go against me. "The Darksaber is in my possession, and since I ow wield the Darksaber, I am Mandalore." I said Pre Viz stepped forward. "He has defeated me in battle, and I can testify that he is the strongest one of us all in singlebat and he is basically a Mandalorian except in name." said Pre Viz "Our new Mandalore has told me about his cause that he wants us to rally to and after talking with him about it, I believe he can lead us Mandalorians to a new, glorious and prosperous future so I am willing to follow him, and you should follow him with me." Pre Viz stepped back and let me take the stage again "You have heard it from Pre Viz himself and he has epted me as the new Mandalore, so you should as well." I said "Now, who else is against me bing Mandalore." There was no answer, just dead silence. "So do you ept me as your new Mandalore!" I yelled "YES, MANDALORE!" yelled the Mandalorians Soon, the Mandalorian who was choking was struggling slower and slower. I stopped the [Force Choke] and the Mandalorian dropped to the ground and he started coughing and gasping for air at the same time. "Now, get back in formation." I said to the coughing Mandalorian The coughing Mandalorian quickly stood up and got back in formation "Now as the Mandalore, I have decided to rename our organization from the Death Watch to Death Knights, and I dere that all Mandalorians Warriors shall be now known as Mandalorian Knights instead." I said "And I will not tolerate any kind of terrorism or assassinations on my watch, for these methods are the methods of scum, criminals and the weak. Do you understand?" "YES, MANDALORE!" yelled the Mandalorians "Also I am changing the Canons of Honors to the Mandalorian Knight''s Codex" I said "The Codex will be this: Strength is life, for with strength one can protect his love ones, n and people. Righteousness is life, for protecting the weak and innocent is what is honorable and right. Honor is life, for with no honor one may as well be dead. Loyalty is life, for without one''s n and people one has no purpose. Death is life, one should die as they have lived." The Mandalorians remained silent but they started looking at each other and whispering about the new Codex. "This Codex has most of the old Canons of Honor and a few changes and additions because I felt that the Mandalorians need to be more civilized in this modern time while also keeping true with their Martial History." I said "I created this Codex because I believe that with this Codex, the Mandalorian people can prosper while also continuing their fighting ways. With this Codex, the people of the gxy will see you in a brand new light. Instead of fearing you and hating you, they wille to instead idolize and worship you as heroes of the Gxy." When the Mandalorians heard about the fact that people might idolize and worship them as heroes, they be interested in that, and wondered what that would be like. "Mandalorians shouldn''t use cowardly, pathetic, and scum like methods such as terrorism or assassinations. You shouldn''t behave like raider scums who bully the weak and innocent. That just makes you pathetic and dishonorable. Do you wish to tarnish your honor by doing these things?" I said "What do you want my brothers and sisters, do you want your honor intact or do you want dishonor? Now choose!" "HONOR! HONOR! HONOR!" cried out all of the Mandalorians "GOOD!" I yelled out "I promise you this. I will give you the honor and glory you so deserve. I will give you the battles and strength you so desire! This I promise!" "MANDALORE! MANDALORE! MANDALORE! MANDALORE!" cheered the Mandalorians AUTHOR''S NOTE: Sorry for thete upload but I wasn''t feeling so welltely because of my vination shot but now I am better and back to writing and making videos for Youtube. I hope you enjoy this chapter, I think it turned out pretty good. Chapter 79: Future of the Death Knights Chapter 79: Future of the Death Knights "GOOD!" I yelled out "I promise you this. I will give you the honor and glory you so deserve. I will give you the battles and strength you so desire! This I promise!" "MANDALORE! MANDALORE! MANDALORE! MANDALORE!" cheered the Mandalorians as they raise their fists into the air. I used my hands to motion the crowd to quiet down. Soon the Mandalorians quieted down, and were staring at me with respect. "I know that there will be those who will not ept me as Mandalore, just because they see me as an outsider just like that Mandalorian before." I said "If you don''t like the idea of me being Mandalore, you may challenge me to a duel. If I lose, I won''t be Mandalore and I will leave forever but if you lose, you will have no choice but to ept me as your new Mandalore. Now, are there any challengers?" No one stepped forward "No challengers, then. Good, so you ept me as your Mandalore" I said "Now, you may go back and continue with your daily lives. In due time, I will call you to fight in wars that have never been seen before." I stepped back and turned to Pre Viz. "Take me the Command Center of the hideout." I said to Pre Viz "We need to discuss the future of our organization." "Follow me." said Pre Viz who led me off the stage. In the distance, there was a group of curved-roofed mining buildings. Soon, we arrived and entered the group of mining buildings. Inside I could see holocharts, holographicmunication stations and other high tech technology used for mining. Pre Viz led me into the center of the buildings which was converted into a Command Center with a holomap device in the middle of the room surround by a few metal chairs. I sat down at the biggest andfiest chair which was obviously meant for the leader. I started looking at the holomap, and was thinking. Pre Viz then sat down in the chair next to me on my left side. "Mandalore, are you sure you don''t want to train and use some Mandalorians as assassins?" said Pre Viz "Trained in the right way, some Mandalorian Assassins will be very useful for your future Empire." "There is no need. A Mandalorian Assassin might be skilled but they would never be as excellent as the Assassin that I have at my side already." I said "Also I have won the hearts of most of the Mandalorians here by promising to give them honor, and turning them into assassins will be going against their honor, since a lot of people find assassinations to be dishonorable. I will never betray the promises that I make to my people." "Only one assassin? You will need more than one if you want to build an empire and defeat your enemies and who is this assassin?" asked Pre Viz "His name is HK-47, he is the best assassin droid that was ever built but he has a personality chip w but his skills make up for that little w. Plus his mission sess rate is pretty good at 99%" I said "Also don''t worry about the number of assassins I have at the moment since I will have more built in the future." "So you n on only using Assassin Droids tomit your assassinations then?" asked Pre Viz "Yes, I will only use Assassin Droids for my Shadow Reapers." I said "Shadow Reapers?" said Pre Viz "Is that going to be the name for your assassin group of Assassin Droids?" "Yes, they will be the ones who reap the lives of my enemies from the shadows and then they will disappear into the shadows, leaving no trace behind." I said "Why are you so set on using Assassin Droids?" asked Pre Viz "I still believe a Mandalorian Assassin would be much better than a droid, sure droids can be logical and tactical but a Mandalorian Assassin can also be the same and unlike droids, a Mandalorian can adjust to changes in dangerous situations." "Do you want me to break my promise to my people!!" I said angrily while mming my fist on my armrest. "Don''t bring this up again unless you want me to get angry." "Yes, Mandalore." said Pre Viz "I just wanted to give my opinion on this matter." "I don''t mind you giving me your opinions and advice but when I give my word to my people, my word is my bond, and my bond is as strong as Beskar steel, so that bond will never break." I said "Do you understand? I don''t like the thought of you asking me to break the bond I just created with my Mandalorian people." "I understand." said Pre Vizlsa "I won''t bring this up again." "Also you don''t have to worry to much since my future HK-series Assassin Droids can easily adjust to changes in any kind of dangerous situation." I said "The HK-series Assassin Droids are the best Assassin Droids that were ever built." "Why have I never heard of this HK-series before?" asked Pre Viz while thinking "Because the technology to produce them was lost through time but I know where to find this lost technology, and thest remaining HK Assassin Droid that is active is my HK-47" I said "Now enough about my assassins, we need to discuss the future of the Death Knights." "Yes, Mandalore." said Pre Viz "What do you think we should do?" "First off, I know you have been mining Beskar from these mines so you should mainly focus on mining as much Beskar as you can." I said "I want to be able to equipment all of our Mandalorian Knights with Beskar armor as soon as possible." "Of course, with Beskar armor we Mandalorians will be an unstoppable force." said Pre Viz "Also I want to you have a Mandalorian Armorer imbed some beskar in my armor for me while they fix my armor" I said while looking at my damaged armor with shrapnel in it and a bunch of scratch and dents. "Make sure the beskar doesn''t affect the mobility and flexibility of my movements." "Yes, I can have it done by tomorrow morning." said Pre Viz I then started to take off my torso armor and ced it on top of the holmunicator in the middle of the room. I then took off my armored gloves and armor wrist guards and ced them next to my torso armor. Finally, I took off my mask and turned it around to look at it. It was full of scratches and one big and long gash down the right side of the mask. There were even cobweb of cracks in the visor ''Good thing, my visor did break and got it my eye then I would of died.'' I thought "A KID!!" cried out Pre Viz "I am no kid." I said "I am 16." "I can''t believe it." said Pre Viz who was holding his head with one of his hand. "I can''t believe I was defeated by someone nearly half my age." "Just think, I am half your age now and I was able to defeat you." I said "Imagine how powerful I will I be once I am as old as you." "You are right, you were able to defeat me at such a young age, and once you be my age you will probably be the strongest person in the Gxy, and no one will be able to kill you unless they send a battalion of soldiers to kill you." said Pre Viz who realized what I was saying. "Now, my next order of business is that we need to recruit more Mandalorians to our Organization" I said "So, you need to focus on mining Beskar and recruit more people to our group. Only focus on these two things ok." After I was done talking, my holmunicator started beeping. I unhooked the holmunicator from my belt and press the answer button. Appearing was a hologram of B1-AC-130. "Greetings, Holy Emperor." said B1-AC-130 "I have arrived with Lucrehulk 1." "Good, have you stayed hidden?" I asked "Roger, roger." said B1-AC-130 "We have arrived and weren''t detected by any scanners. I had the Lucrehulk 1 stationed nearby the Concordia moon but far enough not to be detected by anyone, your Holiness." "Good, send down a transport shuttle with the supplies and equipment I asked for to my location." Imand "Roger, roger." said B1-AC-130 "I will have the supplies sent down as soon as possible." I press the button on the holmunicator and the hologram disappear and I hook it back onto my belt. "A Battle Droid?" said Pre Viz "Please, don''t tell me that is one of your armies is made out of those pieces of junk B1s." "Trust me, the B1s that I have are no ordinary B1s." I said "How are they different from any other piece of junk battle droid?" asked Pre Viz "Simple, I have upgraded their software and their intelligence so they are no longer stupid, and now they have autonomous thinking as well. With their improved intelligence theirbat skills will improve the more battles they survive and the more training they have." I said "Also I upgraded their targeting software, with their new targeting software, their uracy rate has increase to almost 90%." "That is impressive that you were able to do that." said Pre Viz "But I still think that B1 Battle Droids are useless. How many B1 Battle Droids do you have?" "Right now, my Holy Droid Army consist of 300 C-9979nding crafts, 9000 Vulture Droid Starfighters, 9000 Trade Federation troop carriers, 3300 Multi-Transports, 37,500 Armored Assault Tanks, 1,974,,000 B1 Battle Droids and 300 Droidekas." I said "It''s only a small army right now, but I n on acquiring more in the future." "Holy shit, you call that a small army." said Pre Viz "With that army, I could easily conquer Mandalore back from Duchess Satine." "It is small. Too small." I said "I need bigger armies, big enough for me to conquer this gxy and save it from the Unknown." "Save it from the Unknown?" said Pre Viz "Yes, space is a big ce, and their are many different kinds of alien species out there especially in the Unknown Regions and beyond those regions." I said "You many think the Jedi are your greatest enemies but they are not, they will be our future allies in the future against the greater threats, a greater enemy that the Gxy needs to fight against." Chapter 80: Getting the Supplies and Equipment Chapter 80: Getting the Supplies and Equipment "Yes, space is a big ce, and their are many different kinds of alien species out there especially in the Unknown Regions and beyond those regions." I said "You many think the Jedi are your greatest enemies but they are not, they will be our future allies in the future against the greater threat, a greater enemy that the Gxy needs to fight against but the only way to defeat them is to unite the Gxy under one banner, my banner." "A greater enemy!" said Pre Viz with a look of excitement. "Looks like you are excited at the mention of a powerful enemy." I said "Of course, Mandalore." said Pre Viz "We, True Mandalorians always wish to prove our strength through battle against a powerful enemy and now that you tell me that their is a enemy more powerful than the Jedi, it gets my blood boiling." "Calm down, the threat isn''t here just yet." I said "The greater enemy wille for us in the future." "Yes, Mandalore." said Pre Viz "What is this greater enemy that we will be facing?" "They are known as the Yuuzhan Vong, they are a nomadic religious zealot alien species who believe and view mechanical technology as sphemy." I said "They will kill anyone that uses and destroy anything that is mechanical technology. They hate everything from simple machines to droids because they believe machines and mechanical technology are a polluting influence." "Then how are they a threat to the Gxy?" said Pre Viz "Since they don''t have any kind of mechanical technology, how can they even travel space and mostly how will they be able fight against us? We could properly kill them real easily" "Being overconfidence will be your downfall if you think you can defeat the Yuuzhan Vong. Even though they don''t use mechanical technology, they still have technology such as deadly weapons and starships, they are just made differently." I said "There technology is very innovated and unique, since their technology revolves around gic engineering and being made purely organic." "WHAT?!" said Pre Viz "So all of their weapons and starships are organic then? That is weird" "There technology maybe weird but it also is very deadly." I said "You will learn more about them once theye and invade us." "When will theye?" asked Pre Viz "Why don''t we just do a pre-emptive atta..." As Pre Viz was asking questions, he was interrupted by a female Mandalorian running in. I quickly use [Force Pull] to pull and put back on my Revan Mask since I only nned on letting Pre Viz see my face. Since showing my face to him was a way I can gain his recognition and trust. "Mandalore, Sir Viz. There are four Trade Federation Transport ships approaching our location." said the Mandalorian "What are your orders?" "Oh, looks like the supplies and equipment are here already." I said "That AC-130 works really fast and efficiently, maybe I should upgrade him some more and promote him from Captain to Commander. He has been very useful to metely." ''Maybe I can download every strategy and tactic there is in it''s AI processor?'' I thought ''I could probably even make AC-130 superior and better then the ST-series Super Tactical Droids. I will do it ater time then'' I decided to stop thinking about that and decide to go and check the supplies and equipment. "Now, let''s check out your new supplies and equipment." I said heading out of the mining buildings "Yes." said Pre Viz who then follows after me and he was followed by the female Mandalorian that came in. Once we got outside, I can see four Trade Federation Transport Ships in the distance approaching my location. They soon arrived andnded in a open area in the mining crater. As soon as the transportsnded, the loading ramps quickly came down, then B1-AC-130 came down and started issuingmands. "Ok, everyone. Quickly and carefully unload all of the supplies and equipment, the Emperor needs them. Make sure you don''t damaged anything or I will make you do some intense training with General HK-47." said B1-AC-130 "Training with General HK-47!!!" cried the B1s "Roger, roger. We will do it quickly and carefully so please don''t make us train with General HK-47. " As soon as I heard that I was confuse. ''What the Hell?'' I thought ''When did HK-47 suddenly be a General? Also howe they are scared of HK-47? What did he do to them?'' I stopped thinking about that and I soon approach B1-AC-130, and when B1-AC-130 noticed my approached, he stopped what he was doing and knelt down on one knee with it''s head down. "My Holy Emperor, it is so wonderful to see you again." said B1-AC-130 who then looks up at me "I have been looking forward to gazing upon your holy and glorious presence, my Holy Emperor." When all of the other B1s heard B1-AC-130 mention my arrival, they all stopped what they were doing and knelt on one knee as well and stared at me and started to shout. "GREETINGS, TO THE HOLY EMPEROR!" cried out the B1s "LONG LIVE THE HOLY EMPEROR!" I know that droids can express emotions but when B1-AC-130 and the other B1s shouted out and looked at me with their gazes, I had a tingling feeling that went down my spine that they were gazing at me with fanatical gazes of worship, like I was there god or something. ''I didn''t program these droids to be so fanatical, just loyal to me and to obey my everymand.'' I thought ''Did they gain some kind of weird personality quirk when I upgraded them with the Force. I know that they had weird personality quirks during the Clone Wars. I might have to check that outter and see if their new personality quirks will be a problem.'' I started feeling some people gazing at me, so I looked around and found quite a few Mandalorians standing still and staring at us. I coughed "Ok, ok." I said "Get up and get the equipment and supplies unloaded." "Roger, roger." said B1-AC-130 "You heard the Holy Go...Emperor. Get everything unloaded now." "Roger, roger." said the rest of the B1s who then stood back up and got back to work. "What were you about to call me?" I asked puzzled "It is nothing my Holy Emperor." said B1-AC-130 "Here are the list of supplies and equipment that is being unloaded." ''I really need to get them checked out.'' I thought ''I am sure he was about to call me Holy God'' B1-AC-130 passed me a holopad andI took it from him and did a quick scan of it. "Looks like everything is here." I said I then handed the holopad to Pre Viz. "Here." I said "This is the list of supplies and equipment I am giving you so you can mine Beskar more quickly that way we can create more Beskar Armor for our Mandalorian Knights." Pre Viz starting looking through the list disyed on the holopad. "100 Modified DLC-13 mining droids, 100 of thetest Mining Lasers, 1 Mining Guild excavation driller and 1 month worth of rations." read Pre Viz "With all of this new equipment and all of the old mining equipment that was abandoned here, we should be able to mine Beskar more quickly and get enough to Beskar to make armor for most of our brothers and sisters in a year or it might take longer but we will have to take in ount for the Mandalorians who will join us in the future, so it might take longer than that and we don''t have enough Forges and Armorers to craft the Beskar Armor." After Pre Viz was done looking through the list, he started thinking and calcting about the current task of mining Beskar and how to get every Mandalorian equipped with Beskar Armor. "The Armorer problem can be solved if we have our current Armorers take on more apprentices to train to be Armorers while at the same time we can try and find some more Armorers to recruit." said Pre Viz "The only other problem is we don''t have a lot of Forges. Mandalore, do you think it''s possible for you to get your hands on some Forges, so that we can forge more armor quickly" "Maybe." I said "I believe we can easily buy some Forges but we should save our funds for the future activities our groups, so we can just steal the Forges that we...no wait a minute, I can probably get use a few free Forges through my powerful connections." "A few free Forges, but they cost quite a bit of credits." said Pre Viz "Who is your contact?" "He is a powerful Merchant who I have under my thumb." Iughed "Let''s go and contact him now." I rushed off back to the mining buildings in the center of the mine crater with Pre Viz following behind. Once inside, I quickly went to the holmunication device and started it up. I quickly typed a few things and made a call. I waited for the call to be picked up. "Mandalore, who are you calling?" asked Pre Viz "My puppet." I said "My puppet will be able to get us some free Forges for you." "Your puppet?" said Pre Viz What do you mean when you say..." Before Pre Viz could ask finish his question, the call was picked up and a hologram instantly appeared. The hologram was of Viceroy Gunray. "My Emperor, how may I be of service?" said Viceroy Gunray AUTHOR''S NOTE: Come check out mytest video on Youtube. It is a Star Wars The ck Series Unboxing Video. The item I am unboxing is pretty awesome and amazing if I say so myself. Chapter 81: Wait for our Prey Chapter 81: Wait for our Prey Before Pre Viz could ask finish his question, the call was picked up and a hologram instantly appeared. The hologram was of Viceroy Gunray. "My Emperor, how may I be of service?" said Viceroy Gunray "Isn''t that the Viceroy, I heard he was arrested and imprisoned by the Republic." said Pre Viz "I see you made bail already." I said "Yes, I did. It cost me a pretty little penny too." said Viceroy Gunray "But because of the Republic''s corruption and my connections, I was able to get the bail cheaper then anyone else would but I still have to go to court and get mywyers to convince the court to dere me innocent." "Where are you now?" I asked "I am on a Lucrehulk cargo freighter heading back to Cato Neimoidia as we speak. Why?" said Viceroy Gunray "I am in need of some Forges that have the ability to melt Beskar." I said "Do you have any Forges like that?" "Hmmm, Forges that can melt Beskar, those are really rare but let me check." said Viceroy Gunray as he activated hisputer which was apart of his desk The Viceroy starts typing and searching hisuter. It wasn''t until almost a whole minute went by that the Viceroy finally turns back to the hologram of me and speaks. "I found what you needed, sire." said Viceroy "After searching our merchandise list, we do in fact have a total of 10 Forges that can melt Beskar." "Are you able to give them to me for free?" I asked "I am unable to do that because Forges that can melt Beskar are very very expensive, and if I give them to you for free, then that would make my position as Viceroy of the Trade Federation unstable with some of the other members." said Viceroy Gunray "Especially after losing the Battle of Naboo, some members of the Federation are doubting my abilities as Viceroy so I need to take care of them. And I am sorry to say that someone has already bought the Forges and they are being delivered as we speak" "That''s ok, just give me the location of these Forges, and we can just go and ''acquire'' them for ourselves then." I said "Yes, sire." said Viceroy Gunray "I am sending you the details now." The data was soon transferred to the holmunication station, which I then transferred onto a datapad. I sat down and started looking through the datapad while Pre Viz looked over my shoulder and did the same. "From the information, the 10 Forges are being transported by a Lucrehulk LH-3210 Cargo Freighter which is guarded by 200 OOM-series Battle Droids and there are only 10 Neimoidians onboard who each have 10 living bodyguards for a total of 50 bodyguards protecting them." I said "I would of thought that they would use OOM-series Droids as bodyguards instead of actual people since it costs a whole lot less." "Well, some Neimoidians prefer to have bodyguards who havebat experience and who can make quick decisions in battle." said Viceroy Gunray "So some Neimoidians like to hire ex-soldiers as their bodyguards and don''t mind the cost of hiring them." "I see, that is kind of true. Also the Cargo Freighter is also escorted by 4 TF (Trade Federation) Superfreighter, with 100 B1s on each Superfreighter" I said "Too bad that the Forge isn''t being transported by a Lucrehulk Battleship then I could of ''acquire'' a lot more droids for my droid army. Oh well, I shouldn''t be too greedy. ''Acquiring'' these 600 droid and 5 more starships will be a good little addition to my droid army. Pre Viz, we will need some Mandalorian Knights to go get you your brand new Forges." "Yes, Mandalore." smiled Pre Viz "What is the n?" "We are going to use the Lucrehulk Battleship that we have with us, and use it to trick the Neimoidians toe to us." I said "We will send a distress signal from the ship and then the Neimoidians wille to us and once they are close enough, we will send out a jamming signal and virus, shutting down most of their systems and droids, then I will lead a squad of Mandalorians to kill the bodyguards but make sure you capture all the Neimoidians alive. Once that is done, the 10 Forges are as good as ours." "Why capture them alive, we can''t ransom them for any money since they will have seen us and know that they were captured by Mandalorians." said Pre Viz "Don''t worry about that." Iughed "Once I have a ''good talking'' with them, they will be my puppets and they will help financially support our Death Knights." "Really?" said Pre Viz "Well, if you say so then I will trust you on this." "Good." I said "Gunray, thanks for the info, you can go now." "Thank you, sire." said Viceroy Gunray "I hope to be of more help to you in the future." I then hung up the holocall and turn to Pre Viz. "Now Pre Viz, go get your best people for our little raid." I said "We need to hurry up now since they are passing by a nearby star system in about 2 hours. So get it done in 30 minutes" "Yes, Mandalore." bowed Pre Viz who then runs out of the mining buildings to gather his top people for the raid. I shut my eyes and leaned back in my chair and took a quick nap while waiting for Pre Viz. After 30 minutes, I opened my eyes when I felt Pre Vizlsa presence. "Sir, I was able to gather 20 of my best people that were avable." said Pre Viz "Let''s get going then." I said As soon as I got outside, I spotted 20 Mandalorians, 11 males and 9 females, waiting in a square formation. I walk in front of them. I stood still with both of my hands behind my back. "Brothers and Sisters, today you have a very important mission which will help the future of the Death Knights." I said "I am expecting this mission to be easy, but you can never tell what will happen on a mission so I want you to be careful and make sure you don''t die." "YES, MANDALORE!" shouted the 20 Mandalorians "Good, because everyone of you is important for the future of the Death Knights." I said "Now for the mission, we will be heading to a nearby star system where a Trade Federation Cargo Freighter is transporting 10 Forges to a client. Those Forges are what we need to to steal so we can create Beskar Armor for our Brothers and Sister. Now follow me." I started to head towards the TF Transports which have been unloaded. "Holy Emperor, we have finished unloading everything." said B1-AC-130 "We are your orders." "Good, get all of the B1s on board, we are heading to this locations." I said while handing the holopad with the coordinates of where the Trade Federation ships where going to passby. "When can we arrive at those coordinates?" B1-AC-130 took a look at the holopad and started thinking. "Holy Emperor, if we rush as fast as possible, we should be able to get to these coordinates in an hour or so." said B1-AC-130 "Good, let''s go." I said as I walked aboard the TF Transport while Pre Viz and the 20 Mandalorians followed behind me "ALL B1s HURRY AND BOARD THE TRANSPORTS NOW!!" said B1-AC-130 "YOU HAVE LESS THEN 1 MINUTE, OR I HAVE YOU SCRAPPED BY GENERAL HK-47." "HURRY" cried the B1s "QUICKLY, QUICKLY!" As soon as the B1s heard themand, they quickly rush on board the TF Transports and where able to finish boarding in 20 seconds. The ramps came up and the TF Transports lifted off and headed back to the Lucrehulk Battleship. B1-AC-130 activated a holmunicator and appearing was a hologram of a OOM-series Battle Droid. "What can I do for you, AC-130?" asked the OOM droid. "OOM-341, I am sending you coordinates." said B1-AC-130 " The Holy Emperor wants us to get to that location as fast as possible, so once the Transports havended in Lucrehulk 1 , have the Lucrehulk 1 immediately head to those coordinates. Make sure we get there in an hour." "Roger, roger." said OOM-341 The holmunicator went nk and B1-AC-130 put it away. B1-AC-130 quickly head to where I was sitting with Pre Viz sitting next to me and the Mandalorians either sitting, standing or just leaning against a wall. "Holy Emperor, I have sent the coordinates to Lucrehulk 1, and once wend in thending bay, it will immediately take off." said B1-AC-130 "Good job, once we finished this mission and we are back on Naboo make sure you remind me to upgrade and promote you." I said "Roger, roger." said B1-AC-130 "What is the n for the mission, sire." Once B1-AC-130 asked for details in the mission n, the 20 Mandalorians turned their heads to me. "The n is simple, we will send out a distress signal, and the TF fleet that we are going to raid will stop by and see what is wrong. Once, they approach us, and openmunications with us, we will send a virus to shut down all Battle Droids on all 5 ships." I said "Once the Battle Droids are disabled, we will start jamming theirmunications, and then the Mandalorians will board the Cargo Freighter and kill the Bodyguards and capture the Neimoidians alive, then the 10 Forges on board will be ours. Do you understand the n?" "Yes, Mandalore!" cried out the 20 Mandalorians -An hourter- I was in the Command Center of Lucrehulk 1, and we just arrived at our destination. "Holy Emperor, we have arrived at the given coordinates." said OOM-341 "Should I activate the distress signal now?" "Do it." I said "Also shut down our engines, and power. Use emergency power to keep things going." "Roger, roger." said OOM-341 "Power and Engine are shut down. Distress Signal Activated." "Now, we just have to wait for our prey toe." I said Chapter 82: Let there be bloodshed Chapter 82: Let there be bloodshed "Do it." I said "Also shut down our engines, and power. Use emergency power to keep things going." "Roger, roger." said OOM-341 "Power and Engine are shut down. Distress Signal Activated." "Now, we just have to wait for our prey toe." I said After 30 minutes of waiting, a Trade Federation fleet arrived before us. Just like the information given to us by Viceroy Gunray, there was only a Lucrehulk Cargo Freighter and 4 Trade Federation Superfreighters. "Holy Emperor, they are hailing us." said OOM-341 "Would you like for me to answer?" "Yes, go ahead." I said "Remember to stall them long enough so that our virus can effect their systems." "Roger, roger." said OOM-341 OOM-341 then opened upmunication with the other ship. A hologram then popped up with another OOM-series Battle Droid. "Hello, this is OOM-980. We have received your distress signal" said OOM-980 from the Lucrehulk Cargo Freighter "What seems to be the problem?" "Hello OOM-980, I am OOM-341. Thank you foring to our rescue" said OOM-341 "You see, our ship was in transport of some very valuable merchandise when we were attacked by a group of pirates of unknown origins but we were luckily able to repel them but now our ship''s power generators and engines were damaged and we are now stuck here." "I see, you are lucky enough to be able to survive then, OOM-341." said OOM-980 "I will inform our Commander at once to see what he wants to do." After a few seconds, a Neimoidianes into picture and projected through the hologram. "OOM-341, I am Commander Luku Dund of this Trade Federation Fleet." said Luku Dund "Where is your Commander? I would like to speak with your Commander." "Uh, my Commander is currently injured from the pirate attack and he is in the medical bay receiving treatment as we speak." said OOM-341 "While the Commander is being treated, I am currently Acting Commander." "A droid as Acting Commander?" said a puzzled Luku Dund "When did a OOM droid''s program get upgraded enough to be able to act as Acting Commander?" "My old program was reced with a prototype program to see how efficient a OOM-series Battle Droid can be as a Commander." said OOM-341 "Commander! Something is happening!" cried out OOM-980 "Our systems are shutting down! A virus has somehow been uploaded on to ourputers and now everything is..." Before OOM-980 could finish his sentence, he was shut down along with all of the other droids on all 5 starships. "What is going on!?" yelled Luku Dund "What is the meaning of this!?" "Jam their long-rangemunications now!" Imanded "Jamming now!" replied OOM-341 "Long-range Communication has been jammed." "You sted droid, what is the meaning of this!?" yelled Luku Dund "OOM-341, step back" Imanded "Roger, roger." said OOM-341 who then stepped out of the way I then walked in front of themunication device, and a hologram of myself appeared in front of Luku Dund. "Who the hell are you!?" cried Luku Dund "Do you know what the hell you are doing? You are offending and practically dering war against the Trade Federation!" "Commander Luku Dund, I advise you and your fellow Neimoidians to surrender peacefully along with your bodyguards. Please, do not resist us or their will be bloodshed." I said "Who the hell do you think you are?" said Luku Dund "I am a member of the Trade Federation and what you are doing is an action of war against the Trade Federation and you will pay the cost of anger us." Luku Dund then turns his head to someone off screen. "Someone go get the bodyguards, and tell them to go do their job so they can earn their pay!" yelled Luku Dund "I wanted to do this peacefully but looks like you are insistent on having blood spilt." I said with a cold tone "So be it, let there be bloodshed." "Pre Viz, lead our Brothers and Sisters in capturing that ship." Imanded "Yes, Mandalore." said Pre Viz who then rushes off to the hangar bay. -Pre Viz''s POV- I rush off quickly to the hangar bay because it was a order given to me by the new Mandalore and because I am excited to finally be able to fight in a real battle once again. It''s been so long since Ist fought in an actual battle and killed any enemies, all because of that pacifist Duchess. I soon arrived at the hangar bay where I can spotted my fellow Mandalorians Knights, waiting for the go ahead. "Brothers and Sisters, it''s time for us to finally head off to battle." I cried out "HOORAH" cried out the 20 Mandalorians "In this battle, we will be facing 50 ex-soldiers who like all of us have experience war. I know that some of you haven''t fought in battle for quiet awhile, and some of you are getting a little rusty but so are the 50 ex-soldier bodyguards who you will be facing." I said "This fight will help you sharpen your battle senses. If you want to survive, just remember your training and you will survive. For Mandalore, For Glory!!!" "For Mandalore, For Glory! For Mandalore, For Glory! For Mandalore, For Glory!" chanted the 20 Mandalorians. "Now, let''s head to battle!" I cried out I board a TF Transport with my fellow Mandalorian Brothers and Sisters, heading off to our first long awaited battle. Once everyone was onboard, the B1 Pilot had the loading ramp closed and then it lifted off. ''Hopefully those 50 ex-soldiers can put up a fight, if they can''t then this wouldn''t be any fun'' I thought After a minute, wended in the enemy cargo freighter. The loading ramp started to lower which was when everyone then put our backs to the wall, 10 Mandalorians and myself on one wall and another 10 against the other wall. Once the loading ramp was fully lowered, we were out of sight and no one could see us in the TF Transport. I slowly poke my head out for a quick peek outside of the Transport. I slowly looked around and I couldn''t see anyone in the hangar bay. I switched my visor to heat vision, and I still couldn''t see anyone hiding. I switched my visor back to normal vision. I motion everyone with hand signals to follow me. Before going out, I unholstered my two WESTAR-35s, while the others unholstered their WESTAR-35 or GALAAR-15 sters. I slowly crept out of the Transport, and into the hangar bay while keeping an eye on my surroundings in case of an ambush. I then ran behind a cargo container for cover, while the others did the same. I look out from behind the cargo container to check the surroundings once again. "Does anyone see anything?" I whispered into themunicator in my helmet. "Nothing, sir" replied the Mandalorians I then switch the my helmet visor over to electromaic vision to spot any traps. Once he was looking at his surroundings with the electromaic vision, he spotted some hiddenser trip mines. "Everyone be careful there are 1,2,3,...6ser trip mines in the hangar." I said "Now follow me." "Yes, sir" said the Mandalorians I then lead the way through the cargo bay avoiding the traps set up by the ex-soldier bodyguards We soon arrive at the entrance into a corridor leading into the center of the ship. I and the rest of the Mandalorians stood against the walls on each side of the door. I signal for the Mandalorian on the other side of the doors to open it up. Once the door opened up, ster fire startsing through the door. After 10 seconds of ster fire, it stopped. "Where are the pirates?" said a voice down the corridor "I don''t know." said another voice "Should we send someone to check it out?" said a thrid person "Are you stupid? That is basically suicide." said a fourth person "We should just hold our position, and wait to hear from the others to see what is going on with them." From what I could hear, there are at least 5 people bunkered down the hallway waiting for anyone to appear. If I guess correctly from the blueprints of the ship, there are 4 more corridors, and each one will have 5 guards for each for a total of 25 guards, while the other 25 are probably guarding the Neimoidians. "Everyone, activate your shield gauntlets and get ready to charge in." Imanded while activating my shield gauntlet "There should only be 5 guards down the hallway." Everyone activated their shield gauntlets, got ready to charge in. "On my count, 3..2..1..GO!" I shouted Everyone charges into the hallway. The hallway was big enough to fit 5 people in a row. So I took the lead with four other Mandalorians, with two on each of my sides. We held up our shield gauntlets up and held out our sters and waited to fired at the guards down the hallway who took a peek. When one of the guards here the noise, he took a quick peek out from his cover and spotted us. "WHAT THE FUCK!!!" cried the guard "THEY AREN''T PIRATES, THEY''RE MAN..." Before he could finish his sentence, I shot him in the head. "Fire!!!"manded one of the guards The other four guards then came out of hiding and started firing but we would blocked the ster fire with our shield gauntlets and our beskar armor would protect us if we were hit. "FUCK, MANDALORIANS!!" cried out one of the bodyguards. "RUN!" cried another bodyguard When the guards realized who was attacking them, it was toote, and they were all urately shot in their heads by us. "That''s 5 down, 45 more to kill." I said AUTHOR''S NOTE: Hello everyone, I hope you are enjoying my fanfic novel. Just want to let you all know that I am going to be taking an Open Water Scuba Diving Course next month to be a Certified Scuba Diver. It''s going to be 3 days but it shouldn''t have any effect of my novel writing. I am going to try and post Scuba Diving videos and more Travel Videos of my time in Taiwan, so you guys can see what I am up to. I should have a video of my Discover Scuba Diving lesson posted up by tonight or tomorrow on my YouTube if you want to check that out. Youtube: Jerid in Taiwan Chapter 83: Gaining XP through... Chapter 83: Gaining XP through... "Pre Viz''s POV- "FUCK, MANDALORIANS!!" cried out one of the bodyguards. "RUN!" cried another bodyguard When the guards realized who was attacking them, it was toote, and they were all urately shot in their heads by us. "That''s 5 down, 45 more to kill." I said "Now, you ten will go down these corridors. Your mission is to ambush and kill the guards who are waiting to ambush us at the other four entrances. Got it." "Yes, sir." said the ten Mandalorians who then rush off down a different corridor. "The rest of you will follow me and head to the ship''s bridge to capture the Neimoidians. Remember the Mandalore wants them captured alive." I said "No killing except for the bodyguards, you can do whatever you want with them but if you kill any of the Neimoidians and ruin the Mandalore''s ns, I will personally kill you myself." The Mandalorians remain silent and nodded their heads in agreement. "Good, now let''splete the mission given to us by the Mandalore." I said while rushing towards the bridge, followed by the 10 Mandalorians. While rushing down the corridor, I got to thinking. ''I don''t know why but for some reason I am bing morepliant with obeying the new Mandalore.'' I thought ''For some reason, I feel like he is like my fellow brother who has fought side by side with me in countless battles. I know that he has defeat and I am honor-bound to follow him but I know that I usually wouldn''t be this loyal to someone who has taken my ce as Secret Mandalore but for some reason it feels right that he is the new Mandalore, this feeling is soplicated. Maybe he has great charisma or something'' After all of theplex thinking about this feeling, I shook my head to be focus. ''I need to keep my mind on the battlefield, if I get distract like that again in the middle of a serious battle., I could get myself killed'' I thought to myself. Soon, my Mandalorian Brother and Sisters have arrive at corridor that leads to the entrance to the bridge. "Hold" I said at the same time I held my fist up I activated my thermal imaging in my visor and took a peek around the corner and down the hallway. Through the door, I spotted 30 thermal signatures. 5 thermal signatures hiding in a corner while the rest were behind some consoles and aiming weapons at the only entrance that leads into the bridge. "Now this will be tough." I said while switching my visor back to normal vision. I started to look around the corridor, when I spotted the venttion panels that goes along the top of the walls in the hallway. ''Those venttion panels should have air ducts that lead into the bridge.'' I thought ''I just got a wild idea, that just might work.'' I quickly turn around to the other Mandalorians "Did anyone bring any smoke grenades with them?" I asked the Mandalorians. "I did, sir." said a female Mandalorian "I also have some as well" said a male Mandalorian "How many do you each got?" I asked "I got about 6 smoke grenades, sir." answered the female Mandalorian "Will that be enough?" "I also have 4 smoke grenades, sir." said the male Mandalorian "Good, that should be just enough for my n to work. You see the venttion panels right next to the door, I want you both to throw your smoke grenades them, and make sure there are 5 in each one, so the smoke can spread equally. While the grenades are being thrown, you will connect this datapad to the door console, it has codes to open up the st doors." I said "After waiting for 20 seconds, the bridge should be almost full of smoke by then, then we will charge in with our thermal imaging activated, kill the bodyguards and capture the Neimoidians. If it all goes ording to my n, then it will be a quick and easy victory. Now lets go!" "Yes, sir" said the male and female Mandalorian We all run down the corridor. Once we were down the corridor, the male and female Mandalorian hold up their sters and shot open the venttion panels and proceeded to activate the smoke grenades and throw them in while another Mandalorian was connecting the datapad to the door console. "Activated your thermal imaging now." Imanded We all activated their thermal imaging in our visors, After the smoke grenades were thrown, we waited and the 20 seconds quickly pass by. "Now, open the door and charge in with your sters and shield gauntlets up!" Imanded. The Mandalorian with the datapad opened up the door. Once the door was open tons of smoke starteding out through it. We all charged in and started shooting the bodyguards who were coughing and wheezing from the smoke. In less than a minute, all 25 bodyguards were killed with headshots. ''It''s kind of sad, I would really love to kill these guards head on in battle but I can''t disrupt the Mandalore''s n." I thought Soon, the smoke was clearing the room thanks to the open door and after 2 minutes, there was barely any smoke left in the room. We all deactivated our thermal imaging. I looked around the bridge until I spotted the targets, the 5 Neimoidians are in the corner, on their knees, coughing and wheezing from the smoke. "You five, go and tie up the Neimoidians" Imanded "Yes, sir" said the five Mandalorians. Soon, the 5 Neimoidians were tied up and dragged over to me. I waited for a bit for them to stop coughing and wheezing. Soon there was no more smoke in the room, and the Neimoidians stop coughing and wheezing. They then opened up their eyes to see us. "What the...You''re Mandalorians!" cried out Commander Luku Dund "The Mandalorians should be a pacifist race now because of the Duchess of Mandalore! You are dering war against the Trade Federation by doing this! You will pay for this transgression and barbaric action against us, you savage animals. We will make you and your people suffer. Your Duchess will not be happy with this." I got tired of his lip so p Luku Dund "How dare you hit me, after this it is over, I will make you pay." said Luku Dund "I will make sure that the Trade Federation makes your people and go into debt, then we will catch everyone woman and child and I will make sure that they are sold as sex ve to pay back the debt, and every man will be ve miners in the harshest mines that we own." "SHUT UP!" I shouted "I grow tired of your lip." I press my WESTAR-35 ster against Luku Dund''s head which made him quickly shut up. "The Duchess isn''t our leader." I said "Our leader is the Mandalore and if it wasn''t for the fact that our leader has ns for you, I would of killed you by now." I walked over to the holmunicator and started to call the Lucrehulk 1. -Pre Viz''s POV End- While waiting for news from Pre Viz, I was sitting in the Command Chair on the bridge of Lucrehulk 1, and looking out the giant window on the bridge. While staring outside at the enemy ship, I received a system notification. [You have gained 5 XP through your soldiers] "Huh??" I said "Is something the matter, my Emperor?" asked OOM-341 who was stationed at the Holmunicator. "It''s nothing." I replied OOM-341 then turned back to the Holmunicator ''I gained 5 XP from my soldiers?'' I thought ''Now this is such amazing information.'' ''System, how does gaining XP through my Soldiers work?'' I asked in my mind [Host, you are able to gain 1 XP from each kill made by a soldier in your Armies] said the System ''So does that mean once I have a big enough army, I can send them across the gxy to kill my enemies and gain a butt load of XP?'' I asked [Sorry to say this but you are unable to do that.] replied the System [You can only gain XP from your soldiers who are in close proximity of you, approximately a 50 mile radius around you. The Creator made it so that you can be Overpowered through me but The Creator didn''t want it to be too easy for you since The Creator knowns that too much cheats can be kind of boring.] ''Now that is too bad'' I thought ''I could of gain XP and leveled up a lot faster if I could do that but I guess that The Creator/God is correct since too much cheating will make life in this Universe a little boring, and having a little bit of a Challenge is what makes life so exciting.'' While thinking, I received more System Notifications [You have gained 25 XP through your Soldiers] [You have gained 5 XP through your soldiers] [You have gained 5 XP through your soldiers] [You have gained 5 XP through your soldiers] [You have gained 5 XP through your soldiers] [Exp: 303,250 / 350,000] ''Well the XP isn''t much but its better then no XP at all'' I thought "My Emperor, we are receiving a call from the enemy ship." said OOM-341 "That''s a good sign, it must mean that Pre Viz has already taken control of the ship." I said "That took less than 10 minutes, now that is pretty impressive but I should of expect as much from a race of warriors." "Would you like me to open up themunication?" asked OOM-341 "Open Communications" Imanded OOM-341 pressed a button and a hologram of Pre Viz appears "Mandalore, we havepleted the mission. The 5 Neiomoidians are now captured and tied up." said Pre Viz "We now await for your arrival." TITLE: Gaining XP through my soldiers Chapter 84: New Puppets Chapter 84: New Puppets "Would you like me to open up themunication?" asked OOM-341 "Do it" I said OOM-341 pressed a button and a hologram of Pre Viz appears "Mandalore, We havepleted the mission. The 5 Neiomoidians are now captured and tied up." said Pre Viz "We now await for your arrival." "Good job, Pre Viz" I said "I am very happy that you were able toplete your mission so quickly." "Of course, this kind of mission is a piece of cake for us Mandalorians but it was kind of boring." said Pre Viz "Please give us a harder mission next time, so we can have a challenge." "I will keep that in mind." I said "I will leave now and I will be there soon." OOM-341 then turn off the holmunicator. I stood up from the Command Chair "Get a transport ready for me." Imanded "I will get that..." said OOM-341 But before OOM-341 could finished what he was saying, B1-AC-130 quickly stood in front of me, blocking my view of OOM-341 and OOM-341 view of me. "I have already gotten a shuttle ready and waiting for you, my Emperor." said B1-AC-130 "Good job on anticipating that, AC-130" I said "Thank you, my Emperor." said B1-AC-130 "I try my best to be as useful to you as possible." "O...ok" I said "Well, let''s go check out my new ship and make some puppets." I then exited the bridge "Roger, roger." said B1-AC-130 who followed after me. We soon arrived at the hangar and waiting for me was a Sheathipede-ss transport shuttle that was a shuttle mainly used by the Neimoidians. I entered the shuttle and soon we were taking off and heading towards my new Lucrehulk Cargo Freighter. We soonnded in the hangar of the Cargo Freighter. Once the loading ramp was lowered, I can see 16 Mandalorians waiting for me, standing in two lines, each line on each side of the loading ramp, making a pathway for me to walk. "All Hail Mandalore" they yelled as soon as they saw me I walked down the pathway, and stopped at thest two Mandalorians in the pathway. "Any casualties?" I asked "No casualties, Mandalore. We didn''t receive even a scratch or broke a sweat" said one of the Mandalorians "It was an easy battle, not much of a challenge. It wasn''t enough to be called a warm up" "Alright, let''s go to the bridge." I said After five minutes of walking, we arrive at the bridge and in the middle of the bridge was Pre Viz and 4 other Mandalorians guarding the tied up Neimoidians. "Mandalore" saluted Pre Viz and the other four Mandalorians "As soon as the Neimoidians saw me, they started whispering among themselves. "No talking!" yelled Pre Viz Commander Luku Dund then faced and stared at me. "What are your demands, you barbarian savage." said Commander Luku Dund "Is it money you want? We can give you 10 million Gctic Credits. If you want, we can even get you ves as well. What''s your preference; Women, men, girls or even boys. We can get you anything as long as you let us go, then we can put everything behind us" "Shut your trap!" said an angry Pre Viz who then ps Luku Dund "I find what you said to very distasteful, especially thest bit about ves." I said "I am starting to want to kill you but that will disrupt my ns, so I will simply tell you what I want. What I want isn''t money but your souls." "Our souls?!" cried out the 4 Neimoidians behind Luku Dund who became frighten "Not really." Iughed "But you should take a look at your faces, its hrious." "If you don''t want money, or ves, what do you want?" said Luku Dund "If you let us go and tell us what you and we will get you anything you want." "I only want two things." I said "One, I want the ten Forges being transported by this ship." "Take them, they are yours." said Luku Dund "What''s your second demand?" "Two, I want 5 new Financial ves." I said "I will also be taking all of your money and using it to help me finance my Empire and my conquest of the gxy." "WHAT! NEVER!" cried the 5 Neimoidians "You will never have all of our money. We worked too hard to just give it all to a savage barbarian." "Who said you ever had a choice in this matter." Iughed "Don''t worry, you will soon be more then willing to serve me and hand over all of your money to me. Everyone leave except for Pre Viz!" "Yes, Mandalore!'' replied the 20 Mandalorians who then left the bridge and shut the st doors behind them. "Why did you want me to stay?" asked Pre Viz "I am going to show you, one of my many powers." I said "Why would you do that?" asked Pre Viz "So you can trust me." I said "And so you can see what will happen to those you betray me." I then ces my hand on top of one of the Neimoidian''s heads. "WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO TO ME!" cried the Neimoidian The Neimoidian tried to get away his head away from my hand but it was useless since I was clutching his head pretty firmly. "PLEASE LET ME GO" cried the Neimoidian "I WILL GIVE YOU WHATEVER YOU WANT!" I started using [Mind Control] on the Neimoidian and thanks to the [Ring of Control] I am wearing, I am able to mind control being''s with slightly strong wills. "NOOOOOooooo...." cried the Neimoidian who felt something stirring inside his mind. But soon his screams died down, and until he stopped screaming, and was silent. I took out my lightsaber and skillfully cut the ropes that were tying him up. The Neimoidians stood up. "Mandalore, why did you cut him free?" asked a puzzled Pre Viz who puts his hand on his holstered WESTAR-35, just in case the Neiomoidians was desperate enough to charge the Mandalore. Just like Pre Vizlsa, the Neimoidians were also confused by my actions of freeing one of theirpatriots. The Neimoidian then got on his knees and bowed down to me "My Holy Emperor, this lowly ve is ready to serve you with all of my might." said the Neimoidian. "What the hell are you saying!!" cried out Luku Dund "Get up! Get up now!" But the Neimoidian paid no mind to Luku Dund''smands and stayed in a bowing position. "What did you do to him?" said Pre Viz who was a little startled by the Neimoidians change. "I merely took control of his mind so that he will be a loyal ...servant to my future Empire." I said "I have heard stories past down by my ancestors on how the Jedi and Sith can manipte people''s minds but that is only possible to do that with people with a weak will and mind." said Pre Viz "And I know for a fact that a Neimoidian''s will and mind are not weak." "That is because I use the full force of the Force." I said "Unlike the Jedi and the Sith, who each only use one side of the Force, I used the Force in its entirety, not just one part of it." "I still don''t really understand all of this Force talk, but I understand from the stories I have been told as a kid that the Jedi say that they represent the Light Side of the Force, while the Sith is suppose to represent the Dark Side of the Force." "Correct, they both use half of the Force but I use all of the Force. They restrict themselves by doing this which makes them weak." I said "They both believe that their is a Light and Dark Side to the Force when that is untrue, in fact the Force is neutral and it''s the Force user who is either Good or Evil." "Okay, okay. I get it, so you can stop lecturing me on the Sides of the Force." said Pre Viz "The only thing I need to understand is that the Force will be very helpful for us in our future battles, especially your [Mind Control] trick especially with traitors. I can now understand why you showed me this power. " "Yes, my [Mind Control] powers can be very useful but I don''t really like using my [Mind Control] powers on those who are good and righteous but for those who are bad or evil or anyone who betrays me I don''t mind using it on them." I said "Like these Neiomoidians, they are bad people. They are willing to bankrupt a and capture all of it''s citizen and sell them as ves, just to line their pockets with more credits. I find that behavior disgusting and dishonorable." "I see." said Pre Viz "Sounds like you really hate the idea of very. Will you ouw very in your future Holy Empire?" "Yes, and No." I said "I hate the idea of people kidnapping people and selling them off as ve, so I want to ouw that kind of very but I will allow Crime ves, making low level criminals into ves." "That is a smart idea, since crime does happen a lot in the Gxy and there is no shortage of criminals in the Gxy, you can have a huge vebor force from just using criminals." said Pre Viz "WHAT THE HELL ARE YOU TWO TALKING ABOUT!?" shouted Luku Dund "I almost forgot about you." said Pre Viz "We need to wrap this up before anyonees by this area." I said as I approach Luku Dund. "No, no, no. Get away from me." cried Luku Dund "Please don''t turn me into a mindless puppet like him. I promise you I am willing serve you willingly if you just don''t do that to me." "Sorry, you have no choices in this matter." I said as I used [Force Pull] to drag Luku Dund towards me and grabbed on to the top of his head and started using [Mind Control]. "NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO"cried Luku Dund Soon, all five Neimoidians became mindless puppets in the palm of my hand. Chapter 85: Lets head back Chapter 85: Let''s head back "Sorry, you have no choices in this matter." I said as I used [Force Pull] to drag Luku Dund towards me and grabbed on to the top of his head and started using [Mind Control]. "NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO"cried Luku Dund Soon, all five Neimoidians became mindless puppets in the palm of my hand. "We greet the Holy Emperor" said Luku Dund and the 4 Neimoidians bowing on one knee. "It''s kind of scary seeing this." said Pre Viz "You didn''t use this on me, did you?" "No, I didn''t ." I said "You still have your free will, while these 5 do not. You aren''t calling, the Holy Emperor are you?" "True, I still have my free will but for some reason, I feel that I am bingpliant to you." said Pre Viz "It''s probably because I have such great charisma." I said jokingly. When I said that, Pre Viz gave me a ''what the hell are you saying'' look. "Can you be a little serious." said Pre Viz "Ok, ok. Enough joking around but if I told you to kill yourself right now, would you?" I asked "No, I wouldn''t." said Pre Viz "Then you aren''t Mind Controlled." I said "Because anyone under my [Mind Control] will do what ever I say." "OK, I am willing to except that then." said Pre Viz "Now, let''s get back to my n." I said turning to Luku Dund and the 4 Neimoidians "You five will each transfer 10 million credits to Pre Viz." "50 million credits!" shouted out Pre Viz "That kind of money will be of great help support our Order. We can buy new and improved weaponry, rations, tools and many other things." "Of course, that''s why I am having the money transferred to you so you can help increase and improve our ." I said "So, when you report this incident, you will tell your superiors that your 50 mercenary bodyguards turned out to be pirates who gained your trust just to robbed you and ransom you for your money. They were somehow able to disable all of the B1s but you don''t know how they did it" "Yes, my Emperor." replied the 5 Neimoidians "Once you get back to Pure Neimoidia and report to your superiors, you will begin to support and help Viceroy Gunray in increasing his power in the Trade Federation." I said "Yes, Emperor." said the 5 Neimoidians "We will put you in an escape pod." I said "Luku, once we are gone with the Lucrehulk and the 4 Superfreighters, I want to you to activate the escape pod''s distress signal, ok?" "Yes, my Emperor. I understand" said Luku Dund with dead fish like eyes "Good" I said I then used the Force to open the st Doors of the Bridge. Stay at attention were the Mandalorians, waiting for their nextmand. "Take these 5 to an escape pod andunch it into space." Imanded "Will do , sir." said two Mandalorians who stepped forward for the job. They then escorted the 5 Neimoidians away, while I stared out of the Bridge''s window with Pre Viz standing not far away from me. After staring into space for a few seconds, I walked over and ced my hand on a nearby console, and activated [Mechu-deru]. I started the reactivation process of all of the B1s while at the same time reprogramming them to follow me. After a whole minute, all B1s are reactivated. ''I don''t have enough time to upgrade them so I will have to do that at ater time when i get back to Naboo.'' I thought The Battle Droid, OOM-980 started walking over to me. "Greetings, my Emperor. I am OOM-980." said OOM-980 "What are your orders?" "Once an escape pod has beenunch from cargo bay, I want you to set a course for a location nearby the Concordia Moon." I said "Make sure it''s far away enough so that the Mandalore Government can''t detect our ships." "Roger, roger." said OOM-980 OOM-980 walks over to amunication station and opened a short-distance broadcast to the 4 Superfrieghters. "Set a course for a location nearby Concordia that is out of radar range of Mandalore onc3e you detect aunched escape pod " said OOM-980 "Roger, roger" said a B1 pilot droid and other droids through themunication station. Soon, an escape pod wasunched and all 5 captured Trade Federations started to fly away from that area. -1 hour and 30 minutester - Soon arrive near Concordia "My Holy Emperor, we have..." said OOM-980 But before OOM-980 could finish his sentence, he was pushed aside by B1-AC-130 "My Holy Emperor, we have arrive near Concordia, as youmanded." said B1-AC-130 "We have also remained undetected from Mandalore." I decided to ignore B1-AC-130''s behavior and obsession with being the only B1 droid to talk to me since we more important matters at hand. "Good, I want all of the 10 Forges aboard this ship to be transported to location that you previous transported supplies to." I said "Roger, roger" said B1-AC-130 "I will have it done, and I will supervise it personally to make sure none of the B1s mess up." B1-AC-130 then runs off to get the 10 Forges unloaded. "Sir, that battle droid is really a strange, I have seen many droids in my life with some strange behaviour but that droids behavior is the strangest I have ever seen." said Pre Viz "If you find that strange then you will be shocked when you meet HK-47." Iughed "HK-47? Isn''t that the assassin droid you told me about which was the greatest assassin droid ever created." said Pre Viz "I probably didn''t say it was the greatest assassin droid but that probably isn''t so far from the truth." I said "Anyway, once you meet HK-47, you will soon understand what strange behavior for a droid truly is." "YIf you say so but now you are making me really curious about this HK-47"" said Pre Viz "Hopefully one day I will get to see this strange droid." "You will definitely get the chance one day in the future." I said "But first, you should head back to Concordia and try to increase numbers of our recruits. You need to make the Order of the Death Knights be stronger and more powerful, which shouldn''t be too hard with the 50,000,000 credits and the 10 Forges that are in our hands." "Yes, you are right about it being easy." said Pre Viz "With ourtest gained spoils and thetest mining equipment provided by you, I estimate that we can gain enough strength to conquers in 5 years time." "You should go now. I am looking forward to seeing the Death Knights be bigger and stronger, the next time Ie and visit" I said while tossing the holopad with the transferred credits to Pre Viz. Pre Viz caught the holopad. "Yes, Mandalore." said Pre Viz "Just you wait, I will make sure that the Death Knights be the strongest army under yourmand, and once again the people of the Gxy will know that the greatness and strength of the Mandalorian people." "That''s good, dream big." I said Pre Viz then left the Bridge and headed to the Hangar Bay with the rest of the Mandalorians who were waiting in the Corrirdor. I sat down in the Command Chair and waited. After waiting for an hour, B1-AC-130 came running back onto the Bridge. "My Emperor, I havepleted the task given to you but it took longer then expected." said B1-AC-130 bowing on one knee "I am truly sorry for making you wait so long, please punish me for disappointing you and making you wait." "It''s ok, AC-130." I said "Don''t worry about it." "Thank you, my Emperor, for your holy forgiveness and generosity." said AC-130 ''Ok, AC-130 is really bing like a religious fanatic now.'' I thought ''What the hell went wrong with him when I upgraded him?'' "It''s fine" I said while my upper lip was twitching "I want you to take these 5 ships back to Naboo, and on the way back make sure that you erase all of the data and get rid of any evidence that proves that these ships and droids once belonged to the Trade Federation. If you can, try and upgrade the ships so they can be battleships." "Yes, my Emperor." said B1-AC-130 I stood up from my chair, and ce out my hand and activated [Force Travel] and walked through the ck portal appeared and I arrived in the cockpit of the Defender which was still on Concordia. "Let''s head back." I said "Dia and Padme are probably missing me by now." Soon, I took control of the Defender. The Defender lifts off the grounds and flies into the sky, and as the Defender was about to reach space, I activated [Force Travel] and I flew the Defender into the ck portal, disappearing from Concorida Space. AUTHOR''S NOTE: Hello everyone. I am happy to say that this chapter is released today because I almost didn''t finish this chapter today. The reason why I almost did publish the chapter today was because during the weekend, I was very busy with my Open Water Scuba Diving Course so I didn''t have alot of time to write my chapter but thankfully I work on in on Monday and today. If you would like to see some of the things I did and saw during my Scuba Diving Course, check out thetest video on my Youtube Channel: Jerid in Taiwan Chapter 86: Unwelcomed Guest Chapter 86: Unweed Guest Soon, I took control of the Defender. The Defender lifts off the grounds and flies into the sky, and as the Defender was about to reach space, I activated [Force Travel] and I flew the Defender into the ck portal, disappearing from Concorida Space. A portal appears in the space near Naboo, and the Defender flies out of it. "I am back" I said while staring at Naboo but I then soon took notice of there being more ships in Naboo space then usual. There were 3 new Lucrehulk ships, which might be the Battleship or Cargo Freighter versions, and 20 TF Superfreighters in Naboo Space, and they were facing my 5 Lucrehulk Battleships that were guarding Naboo. "Why is the Trade Federation here again." I said I then quickly flew the Defender pass the Trade Federation ships, while passing them, the Trade Federation tried to hail me but I ignored them, so instead they sent a message. "Unidentified Starship, stop where you are and go back to where you came from" said a Battle Droid "I repeat. Unidentified Starship, stop where you are and go back or we will force you to stop." I ignored their threats and continued to flying by and down to Naboo to see what was going on down there. Just as I was about to pass them by, the Trade Federation thenunched 40 Vulture droid starfighters from their Hangar Bay to stop me from continuing to fly down. --On one of my Lucrehulk -- "The Holy Emperor has returned" said OOM-911 "Openmunications with our Emperor, so I can personally inform him of the situation down below." "Sir...the enemy isunching starfighters...and they are heading towards our Emperor!!!" said a pilot droid "WHAT!!!" shouted OOM-911 who then press a button on a console openingmunication with the other 4 Lucrehulk Battleships "All Battleships, the enemy is aiming at our Emperor,unch all starfighters and protect him at all cost!!!" --End-- In response to this action, I watch as my 5 Lucrehulk Battleships startedunching waves and waves of Vulture Droid Starfighters. --Trade Federation POV-- "Captain, the enemy isunching all of their starfighters." said a OOM Battle Droid "What are your orders?" "What the hell are they doing?" said the Neimoidian Captain while staring out at the enemy Vulture starfighters appearing in waves. "Should we continue after and attack the Unidentified Starship or should I give the order for our starfighters to return to the hangar bay?" "Have them return." sighed the Neimoidian Captain "But sure, we outnumber them." said another OOM Battle Droid "We can take them down with some sacrifices." "You dumb droid! We may outnumber them with our two Battleships and 20 Superfreighters but they have 6 Battleships and over 9,000 Vulture Starfighters on board them. We are outgunned and no match for them." The OOM droids to the window and starts counting while point at the ships "1...2...3...4...5" said the OOM Battle Droid" But sir, I only count 5 Battleships, sir" "That''s the problem, you dumb droid. We don''t know if they are hiding thatst Battleship so they can sneak up behind us for a surprise attack or if it went off somewhere." said the Neimoidian Captain "The smart move right now is to be patient and not to attack because we will definitely lose, and I don''t want to die and losing all of our ships will be a waste of money." "Roger, roger" said the OOM Battle Droids --Trade Federation POV End-- Soon, the 40 Trade Federation Vulture Starfighters retreated, while 7,500 of my own Vulture Starfighters started escorting me down to the. Once I was in Naboo''s atmosphere, the Vulture Starfighters stopped escorting me and went back to the ships. After 5 minutes, I was able tond in the Theed Hangar, and I swiftly headed out of the ships, down the Defenders and into the hangar, where Captain Panaka was waiting for me with a few guards and a worried look. "What is going on?" I asked him once I was off the Defender''s ramp. "A Representative of the Trade Federation is here to get back their property." replied Captain Panaka "The Queen has been stalling them for a couple of days while waiting for your return so you can handle this matter since she said that the ships and droids are now your property, and she won''tply with their demands." "I see, now I know why there are so many Trade Federation ships in space." I asked "Whose authority is he representing?" "He is here on the behalf of the Duceroy, the second-inmand of the Trade Federation." said Captain Panaka "I am pretty sure that the Viceroy didn''t give permission for this." I said "You are right about that." said Captain Panaka "From what I know and the intel I could gather on short notice, the Duceroy and the Viceroy are part of different parties, and I believe the Duceroy might be trying to upstage the Viceroy and hopefully impeach him and be Viceroy himself." "I see, I see." I said while rubbing the chin of my mask. "Let''s go. "Take me to our unwanted guest." "He is in the Throne Room, he is trying to force the Queen to give everything back to them." said Captain Panaka "It''s a good thing that Supreme Chancellor Palpatine is with her. He is trying to delegate and ease the situation as we speak." "Palpatine is still here?" I asked "Yes, he is." said Captain Panaka "When he heard about the Neimoidian Representativeing, he decided to stay and help the Queen. He is such a great guy, staying on Naboo to help his home." "Let''s hurry, please lead the way." I said We quickly walk out of the Theed Hangar and rushed off to the Throne Room. A few minutester, we were about to enter the Throne Room when I had us stopped outside the Throne Room so I could hear what was going on and see how Padme was handling herself. I then heard someone talking in an angry voice. "Queen Amid, you have kept me waiting for a full day now!" said the Neimoidian Representative "You better give us back our property or their will be dire consequences for stealing our property!" "Stealing your property? I did no such thing." said Padme "We also have no stolen property." "Yes, you do! You have our ships in your space guarding yours and our droids on yours patrolling and doing reconstruction work!" said the Neimoidian Representative "Now, give us back our stolen property, or we will take this up in court." "Queen Amid, why don''t we try and make apromise. How about this we will give them back some of their property and they will forgive all of Naboo''s Debts and even pay for the damages inflicted by them with interest added and in the future they will give Naboo a permanent discount on things bought through them." said Supreme Chancellor Palpatine "Though we will have to hold onto the Battleships since they have been illegally modified." "I will notpromise with the people who illegally blockaded and invaded my." said Padme "Our blockade was perfectly legal, you werete behind your payments so we decided to take action and set up a blockade you until you paid us back and so you wouldn''t run away from your debt." said the Neimoidian Representative "You might try and make the blockade sound legal through your twisted words but sending troops down to our, invading our cities, and rounding up our people into camps is an act of war. These actions are illegal ording to thews of the Republic, there is no way for you twist these actions as legal." said Padme "The Viceroy probably sent his troops down because he was probably afraid of you running away from the debt you owe us, so he probably had no choice but to send down troops to keep an eye of you." said the Neimoidian Representative "I will ask nicely only one more time, little girl. Return our property or I will make you suffer the consequences of your actions." "I am sure the Supreme Senate Court will see things differently especially with you threatening me and my people now." said Padme "With all of the evidence gathers and this conversation being recorded as more evidence, I am pretty sure that the Courts will announce a guilty verdict on Viceroy Gunray and the Trade Federation''s War Crimes. Soon you and your Trade Federation will be singing a different tone and once you are found guilty, your Trade Federation will suffer the consequences and our debt will be no more because of your crimes against Naboo, so you better watch how you behave in front of me and the Supreme Chancellor or you will suffer even more consequences for your actions." "Don''t get ahead of yourself you stupid little girl." said the Neimoidian Representative angrily "The Trade Federationmitted no war crimes against Naboo, everything that had happen on Naboo is not the fault of the the Trade Federation because Viceroy Gunray acted separately from the Trade Federation, so the Federationmitted no crimes against Naboo, and if there is a guilty party, it is all on Viceroy Gunray." AUTHOR''S NOTE: Hello everyone, sorry for thete chapter upload but life is still busy for me. The Cram School aka Buxiban that I work at, is preparing for our yearly Halloween Concert and I also had to mark exams for a couple of sses. I have also created a Twitch ount as well: Jerid_in_Taiwan, if you want to check it out. I am also nning on holding a Just Chat Live Stream on my Twitch ount for Sundays at 11 PM my time while I am writing my next chapter, so if you want to talk or ask question to the author of this awesome fan fic while he is writing it,ing join me on Sunday at 11 PM Taiwan time. Twitch: Jerid_in_Taiwan Chapter 87: Doctrine of the Old Republic Chapter 87: Doctrine of the Old Republic "Don''t get ahead of yourself you stupid little girl." said the Neimoidian Representative angrily "The Trade Federationmitted no war crimes against Naboo, everything that had happen on Naboo is not the fault of the the Trade Federation because Viceroy Gunray acted separately from the Trade Federation, so the Federationmitted no crimes against Naboo, and if there is a guilty party, it is all on Viceroy Gunray." "The Courts will definitely not see it that way." said Padme "Its already known that multiple Trade Federation Officials were aboard the former vessel known as the Saak''ak with Viceroy Gunray. There is also the holopad with the recording of the Trade Federation''s dealings with a Sith Lord that I provide to the Senate" "A recording that is obviously fake and created by you and your Officials to tarnished our good reputation, and make us into viins'' when we are obviously honest businessmen and women. Another reason why the recording is fake is because it is a known fact that the Jedi hunted down and killed all of the Sith along time ago" said the Neimoidian Representative. "And so what if there were a few officials from the Trade Federation on aboard the Saak''ak, that basically means nothing, just that we have a few bad apples in our government that''s all. You should also have some bad apples in your government as well. There is no concrete proof or evidence that the Trade Federation invaded Naboo andmitted war crimes." When Padme heard how the Neimoidian Representative was twisting the information to make it seems like the Trade Federation was innocent. Padme started to squeeze her fists in angry because if they were able to get away with their crimes against her people, then she knowns that she would have failed as Queen and worst of all, she would fail her people. "The Courts will definitely not fall for your twisted words and lies." said Padme "Justice and Righteousness will always prevail in the end, and the Courts will see to that your Trade Federation will get the punishment, it justly deserves for your crimes." "Enough of your nonsense, you naive little girl. My words aren''t twisted and I tell no lies." said the Neimoidian Representative with confidence "We, the Trade Federation are innocent and we havemitted no crime but you on the other hand have, by stealing Trade Federation property, so let us to get back to the matter at hand and have you stop falsely using us. Now give us back everything you stole from us, you little thief and we might , just might think of extending your payment date of your debt or we can do this the hard way" "You better behave yourself, you greedy little worm." I said while walking into the Throne Room with Captain Panaka and his guards following right behind "Or I will put you in your ce, painfully." "Who...the hell...are you." said the Neimoidian Representative "And did you just call me a worm just now, how dare you insult a great Representative of the Trade Federation." "Who am I?" I said "I am the owner of the ships and droids around and on Naboo." "What did you just say!...So it wasn''t the Nabooians you stole our property but you. You are the thief." shouted the Neimoidian Representative "Also how dare you im the property of the Trade Federation as yours. I will give you the same choice that I gave the naive little Queen earlier. Give us back our property or face dire consequences and the anger of the Trade Federation." "What are talking about, it''s no longer your property." I said whileughing "ording to the Acquisition of Lesser Wars Doctrine of the Old Republic, any allied that wages an illegal or legal war against another allied or an independent, and loses and gets any of their property captured during the Lesser War will no longer have a im to the said property, and the said property from then on will belong to the winning party of the Lesser War." "You can''t be serious"ughed the Neimoidian Representative "Are you actually an idiot or something. Are you really stating a Doctrine to me that was created by a bygone government that has fallen and is no more. If you haven''t heard, we aren''t in the the Old Republic, we are in the Gctic Republic, so now or doctrine you read off to me from a fallen government has no power against me or the Trade Federation." "True, we are in the Gctic Republic. The Old Republic and Gctic Republic aren''t the same thing and are totally different governments." I said "But the Gctic Republic did rise from ashes of the Old Republic and some government officials from the Old Republic became officials of the Gctic Republic of today. And instead of created brand new sets ofws and doctrines, they decided to adopted and integrated a lot of the Old Republic''sws and doctrines into the Gctic Republic which even includes the Acquisition of Lesser Wars Doctrine." "WHAT! How can that be?" cried out the Neimoidian Representative "This is impossible, how can that Doctrine still exist and how the hell were you able to find it?!" "It was easy in fact, I just had thousands of B1s looking up all of thews and doctrines of the Gctic Republic that would benefit me in this situation, it did take them a long time though because since the creation of the Gctic Republic, lots of Laws and Doctrines have be created and thankfully the Doctrine was forgotten and was never amended or taken out of practice." Iughed "So let''s get back to the main show shall we. By the power of Acquisition of Lesser Wars Doctrine, I am now the new owner of all of the ships and droids that were once yours." "No no no no no." cried out the Neimoidian Representative "Those ships and droids are rightfully ours, and we want them back" "Sorry but the ording to thews and doctrine of the Republic, they aren''t." Iughed "This can''t be happening!" the Neimoidian Representative cried "All of that money used on those ships and droids, wasted, just like that. I know, we will just take this up in court, and then you will have to hand back our property." "Sure, you can do that but I will be the winner in the end because of the Acquisition of Lesser Wars Doctrine, and you will just be wasting even more money on legal fees." Iughed "So, I suggest you leave now before I make you leave." The Neimoidian Representative clutches his head, and tries to think of something quickly then he remember a point in his early conversation with Padme. He then calms down, looks at me with a wide grin on his face. That smile of his made me want to just p it off of his face. "Well, we never waged a war against Naboo, so this ancient Doctrine is meaningless."ughed the Neimoidian Representative "So, the ships and droids are still the Trade Federation''s rightful property." "You say that you didn''t wage a war on Naboo huh. Then what do you call sending down an army of Battle Droids, having them marched into Naboo cities and them destroying Naboo buildings." I said calmly "Those actions sound just like acts of war to me and any sane person." "The sending down of Battle Droids and marching into the cities is to make sure that none of the Naboo Government Officials run away from Naboo''s debt. As for the damaged buildings, there must of been some kind of error in the droids programming." said the Neimoidian Representative "You could of easily of stopped any Government Official from running away with just your blockade. There was no need to send down Battle Droids." I said "So the reasoning behind sending down troops is now invalid and no more. With that reasoning gone, it will then be seen in the eyes of the court as an act of war, and the Doctrine of Lesser War Acquisition will still be in effect." "DAMN! Stop refuting my arguments and just hand us back our property" shouted the Neimoidian Representative "Let me think about it real quick." I said while pretending to think "How about....no." "You better watch yourself punk." said the Neimoidian Representative in anger "Why should I?" Iughed "Let me give you a word of advice, , punk. You should be very very careful because the Gxy is a big and dangerous ce where anything can happen." said the Neimoidian Representative "You never know what can happen to you or the ones loved ones, you know." "Then you should also be very careful as well." I smirked "Someone like you, who is very rich is very prone to pirates and bandits who will rob and kill you without any hesitation." "Are you threatening me, you punk" said the Neimoidian Representative "Why of course not. I am just trying to give you a word of advice like you given me." I smirked "I really really don''t like you." said the Neimoidian Representative "Looks like you can''t handle a taste of your own medicine huh." Iughed "WHY YOU...." said the Trade Representative before he stopped talking when he heard some nking echoes "What is that noise?" The Neimoidian started looking around for the source of the noise. Soon, two long lines of B1 Battle Droids started marching into the Throne Room, and started encircling the room and soon the room was filled with B1s in a circle with their backs against the walls. "What is the meaning of these battle droids being here!!" cried out a worried Neimoidian Representative "I believe it is time for you to leave." I said "And it''s like you said, the Gxy is a big and dangerous ce, so please let my B1s escort you back safely to your shuttle." AUTHOR''S NOTE: I would like to give a special thank you to Dergan23 for show up to my Twitch Live Streamst night, and I would like to say it was real fun chatting with you. I hope to see and chat with you again soon. I also hope to see and chat with my other fans as well. An another thank you to Redacted for following me and chatting with mest week. Chapter 88: Scared Representative Leaves Chapter 88: Scared Representative Leaves "What is the meaning of these battle droids being here!!" cried out a worried Neimoidian Representative "I believe it is time for you to leave." I said "And it''s like you said, the Gxy is a big and dangerous ce, so please let my B1s escort you back safely to your shuttle." "NO!" cried out Neimoidian Representative The Neimoidian Representative realized that he was losing his cool a lot today because of me and he knows that him losing his cool was a bad image for the Trade Federation so he decided to calm himself down a little. "I mean no thank you. Thank you for the offer but its ok." replied the Neimoidian Representative "I can have my droidse down to escort me back to my ship." The Neimoidian Representative quickly took out a portable holmunicator with shaky hands because he is a little scared with my Battle Droids surrounding him and when he was about to activate it, I used [Force Pull] to pull it out of his hands and into my hand before he could openmunications with his ship. "What is the meaning of this!" said the Neimoidian Representative with a tinge of fear in his voice "I am deeply sorry but we can not allowed that to happen." I said "We don''t want another Trade Federation Official to issue another invasion against Naboo. So we can not allow you to have any of your Battle Droids on Naboo, so why not just let my droids take you back. I assure you that they are well behaved." "No, that is fine. There is no need for an escort." said the Neimoidian Representative "I will head back now then but I will be back to get our payment for your debt." "I am sorry to say this but the Senate Court has decided that Naboo''s Debt will be put on hold because of the matter with Viceroy Gunray''s little actions against Naboo." said Palpatine "So the Trade Federation will not able to to collect any payment from Naboo until the Court makes a final decision on this matter." "DAMN IT" said the Neimoidian Representative The Neimoidian Representative turns to leave. "Dear Representative." I said "WHAT DO YOU WANT!" shouted out the Neimoidian Representative "I am truly worried for your safety, if you don''t want my droids to escort you back to your ship safely, why don''t I personally escort you myself." I said The Neimoidian Representative started to see me to be a very scary person and wanted to get as far away from me as possible because he had a feeling that if I had the chance, I would do something bad to him, which he was corret about. "That won''t be needed." cried out the Neimoidian Representative He then quickly storms out of the Throne Room and was soon out of sight with some of hispatriots who were standing off to the side. "That''s good, run away with your tails between your legs." I said softly to myself I then turn to Padme "Your Majesty, I am happy to see you again." I said "Jerid, I am also happy to see you again." said Padme in her calm queen voice "I would like to thank you for your help just now. The Trade Federation''s Representative was a real headache to deal with and he wouldn''t leave no matter what I try to say to him." "That'' ok, your Majesty. You are still inexperience with dealing with scumbags like that Representative, you only need time and practice to get better at dealing with scumbags." I said "I can help teach you if you would like." "That would be a great help to me." said Padme who smiled a little before going back to her stoic face. "If you want help in learning more about politics and negotiations, I am more than willing to help out." smiled Palpatine "And Jerid, I have to say I am very impressed with the way you handled that Representative. I also learned that you are a powerful Force User, and you yed a big role in saving Naboo. I would like to thank you for saving my homeworld. I also could really use a powerful Force user with skills like yours on my side who can help me out with corrupt politicians and other tasks. Would you like to work for me after your contract with the Queen is over?" "I am sorry, Supreme Chancellor, but I won''t be able help you out because after I leave Naboo, I will be very busy with some important tasks that I mustplete." I said When Padme heard me talking of me leaving Naboo, she became sadden but even though she didn''t show it on her face, I was able to tell through the Force. Padme quickly got her emotions in order and turned to Palpatine. "Thank you for the offer but I wouldn''t want to disturb you and take time away from your very busy schedule, Supreme Chancellor. You have more important matter to do then teach me about politics. I will have Jerid teach me." said Padme "Also you will have a lot more on your te in the future with you trying to clean up the Senate and make the Republic a better ce for everyone." "If that is what you want your Highness." said Palpatine "But just know that my offer is always open for you anytime you want it." "Thank you, and now if you will excuse me, I will be heading back to my quarters for I am tired after all of the harassment from the Trade Federation Representative." said Padme Padme got up and walk out of the Throne Room with her Handmaidens while I stayed behind. Palpatine turns to me. "My friend, may we chat?" asked Palpatine "What can I do for the Supreme Chancellor?" I asked "Are you really sure you don''t want to work for me? I am even willing to give you a high paying sry." said Palpatine "You would also be doing the Republic a great favor by working for me. You will also be helping me make the Republic and the Gxy a better ce for all." "I am sorry but I still have to continue to decline your offer." I said "Besides the important tasks that I have to do will help me make the Gxy a better ce." "I see, then I wish you the best of luck inpleting your tasks and good luck in your adventures." said Palpatine who then walks away and out of the Throne Room. I could tell that he was upset about me declining to work for him. I can''t be sure why he wants me to work for him but I do have two pretty sure ideas of why. The first reason is to keep me close so he can watch my every move and make sure I don''t mess up anymore of his future ns. The second is to try to corrupt me and convert me into his new Sith Apprentice. Who knows it might even be both of those reasons. ''Just you wait Palpatine, all of your ns wille crumbling down.'' I thought in my head ''I can''t wait to see his face when that happens.'' I then headed out of the Throne Room and towards Padme''s Quarters I soon arrive outside Padme''s Quarters. Also outside are two Handmaidens standing guard at the door. I approach the door but then the Handmaidens held out one of their arms to make an X to stop me from approaching the door. "Master Jerid, the Queen is tired from thesest two days from stalling the Trade Federation Representative." said one Handmaiden "Please let the Queen rest. She hasn''t had a good nights sleep these past few days." said the other Handmaiden "I understand." I said "Thank you two for looking after her." "There is no need for thanks, Master Jerid." said the two Handmaidens "It is our duty to serve the Queen. We should be the ones thanking you. Not only have you saved Naboo but you have help us and the Queen in our time of need. Especially your help in getting rid of that pesky and annoying Representative" "It''s no problem." I said "I will head back to my Quarters to rest. Have a good night, you two." I head back to my Quarters to rest. Soon, I was at the door to my quarters when the door suddenly opened up and rushing out was R2-D4. "Master, you are back." said R2-D4 "I missed you so much. How could you leave me behind and go on adventures without me" "It''s good to see you too, R2-D4." I said "I am sorry for leaving you here by yourself but don''t you have HK to keep youpany?" "HK is so boring though, all he talks about are different ways to kill meatbags. It is really annoying to listen to him sometimes so I decided to make myself useful and help HK train your Droid Army by making the Droids learn Battle Strategies and Tactics." said R2-D4 "When did you learn Battle Strategies and Tactics?" I asked "I hacked into someputers and I downloaded all War Strategies and Tactics that have ever been created in the Gxy." said R2-D4 "Now 1/10 of my memory bank is full and half of the Droid army understands some of the information I taught them." "That''s amazing." I said "With your help, my droid army will be one of the greatest armies in the Gxy." "It was nothing Master." said R2-D4 "Alright R2-D4, it is night time and I will head to bed now." I said "Okey-dokey, Master." said R2-D4 "I will go and inspect the Droid Army then and make sure they aren''t cking off." R2-D4 then heads off, and I enter my room and jump onto the bed. I slowly closed my eyes and drifted into a deep sleep. Chapter 89: Inspecting the Troops Chapter 89: Inspecting the Troops R2-D4 then heads off, and I enter my room. I took off my clothes and mask. I then jump onto the bed butt naked. I slowly closed my eyes and drifted into a deep sleep. -The Next Morning- The sun starts rising in the horizon and shining through my bedroom window. The sunrays starts rising and rising until they shone on my closed eyes, waking me up. I cover my eyes with my hand and sit up from my bed. I jumped out of bed and walked to the bathroom for a quick shower. After the shower, I quickly got dressed and exited out of my bedroom. When I opened my door, Governor Bibble was waiting outside. I stepped out of my room and the door closes behind me. "Governor Bibble, what can I do for you?" I asked "I would like to say thank you for driving the Trade Federation Representative away. Thanks to you, the Queen can be at ease and she will able to rest a little bit easier now that you are back." said Governor Bibble "The Queen was really worried about you. She would sometimes stare into the sky for a long time." "I see, thank you for telling me." I said "Also are the Trade Federation ships still in Naboo Space?" "Sadly, yes. They are still in our space." said Governor Bibbe "But the good news is that thanks to your ships, they are being kept at bay. And knowing how greedy the Neimoidian are, they won''t do anything that will cause them to lose any money so they will probably keep their distance and not take any action against us and hopefully they will leave soon" "That''s good." I said ''Just in case, I should upgrade the Vulture Droids with the Force, that way they will have an edge over the Trade Federation''s Vulture Droids'' I thought ''Maybe, just maybe the Vulture Droids will give me a big surprise when I upgrade them with the Force. I am looking forward to it, I just hope they don''t develop a weird personality trait like the B1s.'' "Is the Queen still asleep?" I asked "Yes, she is." said Governor Bibble "Even with the Trade Federation Representative showing up and causing some ruckus, the other were able to get all official dealing done ahead of schedule, so the Queen can rest today. I will inform the Handmaidens to prepare some vacation apparel for her and then she can start her vacation tomorrow, then I will leave her in your capable hands. "You don''t worry about a thing, she will have a Company of B1s guarding her and a toon of Vulture Droids in the sky securing a 20 mile radius centered around the Varykino Vi." I said "She will be well protected and safe from any harm." "I am happy and relieved to hear that." said Governor Bibble "I need to go now, I have some documents that need to be looked over and signed, so I will see youter." Governor Bibble turns away and leaves. "Since Padme is resting today, what should I do?" I said while thinking "I know I should check out how the training of my Droid Army and the Naboo Security Force is going. I just have to figure out where they are training. " "I know where they are training, Master." said R2-D4 I jumped in shock and turned around to see R2-D4 standing right next the door into my bedroom. "How long have you been there?" I asked "I have been here all night, Master." said R2-D4 "Why?" I asked "Silly Master, to protect you of course." said R2-D4 "I saw the recordings of what happened yesterday and I was afraid that those pesky bugs would try and send an assassin after you, so I guarded you and had the security around the Pce tighten." "I see, you didn''t need to do that you know but thank you anyway R2-D4." I said "Anything for you, Master." said R2-D4 "Now follow me and I will take you were the Droid Army is training with the Naboo Security Force." I followed R2-D4 through the Pce. Through the pce, a few servants and guards would stop and wave and say hello, and R2-D4 would say hello back. Once outside and R2-D4 goes up to a nearby Security Force Hovercar with two Security Officers in it. "Hey, why if it isn''t R2-D4." said the Security driver of the Hovercar happily. "Hey Mil, how is the wife?" asked R2-D2 "She is good, she just gave birth to a beautiful daughter yesterday." said the Security driver happily. "That''s good, have you decided on a name?" asked R2-D2 "We decided to name her after the Queen, so my baby daughter is now named Padme." smiled the Security driver. "That''s a wonderful choice." said R2-D4 While this scene was unfolding, I was just stared at it with confusion just like how confuse I was in the hallways of the pce. How and when the hell did R2-D4 get so friendly with everyone but I decided to ignore it. "Are you going to the Training Grounds again?" asked a Security Officer in the passenger seat "Yes, I am. I am taking my Master there." said R2-D4 When the two Security Officers heard R2-D4 they noticed me behind R2-D4 and immediately recognized me. They quickly jumped out of the hovercar and saluted me. "Good morning, sir." said the two Security Officers with deep respect in their voices. "We are honored to meet the ''Savior of Naboo''. It is our greatest pleasure and honor to be able to give you a ride.." "Thank you" I said I used [Force Jump] to jump into the back of the hovercar then R2-D4 use it''s minijets to fly into the hovercar and dropped right down next to me. "Let''s go" cheered R2-D4 "Yes, sirs." said the two Security Officers who climbed back into the hovercar. Once everyone was in, we hovered down the street and out of the city. "Why and how did you get so friendly with everyone?" I asked "Silly Master, I was a little lonely without you so I decided to make some friends and since you would be gone for a week it was easy peasy" said R2-D4 "And How. It was easy, I just went up to each person I saw and asked them if they wanted to be my friend. Tehehe. Now I have over 450 friends" I palmed my face with my hand when I heard R2-D4 make a cuteish tehehe sound. ''What kind of droid acts cute and says ''tehehe'' like a teenage girl'' I thought with my face in my palm ''Why are all of the Droids I have so weird.'' "Silly Master, why are you hitting yourself?" asked R2-D4 "I...it...it''s nothing RED." I said "So where are the troops?" "They are training at a town that was abandoned a long time ago." said R2-D4 "HK thought it was an ideal location to train both troops in warfare and CQC Combat in a town or city." "That is a brilliant idea." I said - 30 minutester- I soon could hear a lot of ster fire off in the distance going off. As we continue to get closer to the town, the ster fire also continued. After awhile we arrived at the outskirts of the abandoned town, where my Droid Army was besieging the town in some trenches and behind barricades. I then turned my attention to the town, and I could se some people through the windows of of the abandoned buildings, which were the Naboo Security Force. The Security Force was firing back at the Droid Army but the Droid Army was too far away to get a good shot but once in awhile a stun st from a sniper would hit one of the Security Officers, stunning them and knocking them out. I then notice HK-47 giving outmands to the Droid Army. "Enjoyment: Good, good. Continue firing and make these lowly meatbags suffer. Make them understand the might and superiority of Droids. Muahahahaha." said HK-47 ''What is with that viinousugh'' I thought ''I have a feeling that one day these droid might give me a big headache.'' "Enjoyment: Once we make them suffer enough, we will march into the city, clear and secure each building." said HK-47 "Take no survivors and leave no meatbag standing. Muhahahaha." "ROGER,ROGER!!!!!" cried out all of the B1s which made super loud. I palmed my face again. ''Why, just why are all of my droids weird.'' I thought ''At least the Droid Army is getting good training done.'' I started inspecting the Droid Army and notice a big improve, instead of using the massive assault tactics that the B1s were designed for, the B1s were digging underground trenches and above ground barricades to use as shields and hide from ster fire. They even duck and cover, and use other tactics. The B1s were acting like regr humanoid soldiers who fought while hiding behind cover. A B1 runs up to HK-47 and whispers some words to HK. HK then turns around and sees me. HK walks quickly to me. "Query: Master, what brings you here?" asked HK-47 "I am here to inspect the troops." I said "I want to see how much my army and the Naboo Security Force have improved. Tell me how has the training been going?" Chapter 90: Taking.....(Title At End) Chapter 90: Taking.....(Title At End) "Query: Master, what brings you here?" asked HK-47 "I am here to inspect the troops." I said "I want to see how much my army and the Naboo Security Force have improved. Tell me how has the training been going?" "Answer: The Droid Army is showing massive improvementpared to the time before me training, Master." said HK-47 "And thanks to you upgrading them, their motor abilities have improve and their cognitive thinking is better and now they aren''t idiotic pieces of junks. They are now useful pieces of junk." "I see, and the Naboo Security Force?" I asked "Answer: The meatbags have slightly improved but they are still practically worthless." said HK-47 "Statement: If I wanted to, I could take control of this town and annihte all of the enemy in less than an hour with probably only 15% casualties on our side but I know how little troops we have so I decided to n for the future practice and try out strategies that will prevent our troops from being destroyed and with us not having any casualties." "That is a good idea, since we don''t have arge army or any factories to produce battle droids for us at the moment, we need to prevent our army from losing any troops." I said "But I do have a n to get us a factory that will produce armies for us for in the future." "Statement: That is excellent, Master." said HK-47 "Suggestion: We should build an army of HK Droids. That way the Droid Army will be the mightiest and perfect army of your Empire." "Uh...I will have to think about it." I said not giving HK an answer ''The idea of creating an army of HK Droids isn''t a bad idea. This army would probably give my enemies, a fright but give me, a headache.'' I thought '' An army of HK droids would look awesome and badass but it would be a giant headache if they all have HK-47''s weird personality traits, but I could probably give the HK army a less headache inducing like personality with my [Mechu-deru] powers.'' "Query: Would you like to personally takemand of the Army, Master?" asked HK-47 "Sure, I will takemand." I said ''This will be good practice for me when Imand my armies in actual warfare in the future'' I thought ''The only kind of practice I had atmanding an army was when I yed the game series and game but a game and real life will be entirely different from each other.'' HK took out a Holoprojector Map of the town and the surrounding area. "Statement: The town has been surrounded. Thanks to Thermal Scans, we have located the enemy forces, which are divided into 50 squads with 10 men in each squad for a total of 500 enemy troops. The 50 squads are hiding in 50 different buildings but they choose buildings near each other so they can help each other if one of them is attacked" said HK-47 "They also have ambush sites set up at all four entrances into the town." "I see" I said as I studied the HoloMap. "Do we have any Sheathipede-ss transport shuttle on the Lucrehulks?" HK-47 checks his Holopad. "Answer: We have a total of 12 transport shuttles" said HK-47 "Also do we have any blueprints of the sewage system of the town?" I asked "Answer: We do not but it shouldn''t be too hard to get them." said HK-47 HK-47 then points to a nearby B1 Battle Droid "Command: You get us the blueprints of the sewage system of this town." said HK-47 "You have two minutes or else you will face my wrath." "Roger, Roger" said the B1 in a scared voice The B1 then runs off in a hurry but then trips but gets up quickly and continues to run. The scared Droid then runs into a tent which seems is being used as a temporary Command Center. As I look into the entrance way of the tent, I can spot a bunch of devices inside. "What did you do to make the Battle Droids so scared of you?" I asked "Statement: I did nothing, Master. I just gave these worthless pieces of junk some great training and gave them a little motivation and incentive to make them better killing machines of war, hehehehehe." said HK-47 "Well, whatever then. As long as the Battle Droids get trained and be the perfect soldiers." I said ignoring HK-47''s evilugh. "Just don''t get any of them destroyed with your training methods." "Statement: Of course, I would never destroy any of these useful pieces of junks since they are needed for your conquest of this world. And don''t worry about the training, Master because with my methods, these useful pieces of junk will be amazing pieces of junk." said HK-47 Soon, the B1 that went to get the Sewer System blueprints came back. "Statement: Good, you had 10 seconds left but next time be faster." said HK-47 "But Ipleted the assignment in under 2 minutes."ined the B1 "Angry: Are you back talking to me." said HK-47 "If I said you had 2 minutes then you should try andplete it in 1 minute. You are wasting the Master''s time." "No, sir." said the B1 "Roger, roger." "Statement: Good, now upload the sewer blueprints into the HoloMap." said HK-47 "Roger, roger" said the B1 in a depressed and defeated voice Soon, the sewer system below the town appeared on the map. I started to study theyout of the town and sewer system. After 20 seconds, I came up with a n to take the town. "Looks like not far away from here there are a few ces we can enter into the sewer system and get under the town." I said "Evaluation: Sneak attacking from below is an excellent idea, Master. These meatbags will not see iting." said HK-47 "We won''t just be attacking from below, I want you send 12 Squads of B1s away and have the 12 transport shuttles we have toe down to pick them up." I said "Then the shuttles will take them back into space anding back down over the town so the Security Forces won''t be able to see the shuttlesnding on the roofs and dropping off the Battle Droids. At the same time as the Droids being dropped off, we will have Droidsmencing their attack from the sewer." "Continuation: That is even better, Master. A Pincer Attack from above and below, these meatbags won''t know what hit them." said HK-47 "Correct, they won''t see what''sing." I said "Statement: I am looking forward to seeing the expression on these stupid meatbags'' faces." said HK-47 "How long until we canmence the sneak attack?" I asked HK-47 "Calcting: I estimated it to take at least 7 to 12 minutes for the Droids to get into position." said HK-47 "Ok, while that is happening,we will draw their fire and attention by attacking the city." I said "I will lead a Battalion of B1s. Also do we have any energy riot shields?" "Statement: Let me check." said HK-47 who then takes out a Holopad and types and scrolls through information on it. "Answer: Yes, we do have energy riot shields. We have a total of 1,000 shields. It looks like they were meant to go to a bunch of prisons." "Good for us. I should really thank the Trade Federation for all of these great gifts." Iughed. "Now HK, I want you to get my Droid Battalion equipped with those shields. Once equipped, I will divide my Battalion into 4 Companies of 250, and we will march onto the town at all four entrances at the same time, which will give the Droids sneaking from above and below plenty of opportunity to take out the enemy force while my Battalion is distracting them." "Statement: I am amazed by your n. We will easily achieve victory with this n" said HK-47 "I sometimes forget that you meatbags are not always useless bags of meat that can be killed easily with squeeze of my fists." "Huh" I said "Retraction: Did I say that out loud? I apologize, Master. While you are a meatbag, you are still my great and powerful Master." said HK-47 "Oops, I said it again. I am sorry, Master. I do admire you greatly, unlike other meatbags, and I do like you and I tolerate those you are close to while I do hate all other meatbags." "You don''t have to try and cover yourself." I said "I understand and I know you don''t mean any offence, lets just focus on the n, andmence the battle shall we." "Agreement: Yes, let''s get the n into motion." said HK-47 who then types on a Holopad. "I just sent direct orders to the Battalion Commander of the 1st Assault Battalion, and told him that you willmand the Battalion in battle. The Battalion Commander will be here soon to lead you to the 1st Assault Battalion." Soon, a B1 droides running towards us and stops in front of me and bows on one knee. "Greetings to the Holy Emperor." said the B1 Droid "I am Battalion Commander B1-AC-169. I am here to take you to the 1st Assault Battalion. I am happy and honored to be given the chance to follow you into battle." TITLE: Taking Command of the Army Chapter 91: Form...(Title at the End) Chapter 91: Form...(Title at the End) "Greetings to the Holy Emperor." said the B1 Droid "I am Battalion Commander B1-AC-169. I am here to take you to the 1st Assault Battalion. I am happy and honored to be given the chance to follow you into battle." "Good, lead me to the Battalion then." I said "HK-47, get two Droid toons in position to sneak attack and the Energy Riot Shields transported to the 1st Assault Battalion." Statement: I will have the Riot Shields transport to you in 8 minutes, Master" said HK-47 "And the two toons in position for the sneak attack in 11 minutes." "Good, but hold off on the sneak attack until the 1st Assault Battalion attacks and draws the attention of the enemy forces. Once, we attack the town, you canmence the sneak attack" Imanded "Now AC-169, take me to the Battalion." "Answer: Yes, Master" said HK-47 "Roger, roger." said B1-AC-169 "Follow me, your Holiness." B1-AC-169 then leads the way, while I follow behind him. B1-AC-169 leads me away from the battlefield. We soon arrive at a Battalion of B1s standing in square formations. "We have arrive, your Holiness." said B1-AC-169 "When I received the orders from General HK, Imanded my Battalion to move away from the battlefield and get in formation. I hope you don''t mind that I did that." "That''s ok." I said "We just need to wait now for the Energy Riot Shields to arrive." I said "And once they do arrive, I will have all of the B1s equiped with one shield each. " "Roger, roger" said B1-AC-169 After 8 minutes of waiting, a transport ship soon descends from the sky, andnds a little ways away from were the 1st Assault Battalion was in formation. Once itnded, B1 droids starteding out while carrying crates after crates off of the transport and putting them down in from of the Battalion. Soon, 50 crates, full of 20 energy shields each was all loaded off the transport, and the B1s that unloaded it, went back into the transport ships and took off. "ATTENTION!!!"I shouted All of the B1s focused their attention on me. "Today, I will be leading you into a practice battle." I said while taking out a deactive energy shield "First off, I want each of you toe forward and get one of these." I activated the energy shield to show it to the B1s. "These are Energy Shields, and we will be using them to march into the town to capture while at the same time eliminate the enemy forces with two different droid teams who will be doing a sneak attack on the enemy force." I said "Now get yourselves equipped with a shield." Droids started to orderly line up in front of the 50 crates. They quickly grabbed a deactivated energy shield and went back into formation. After 6 minutes, all of the B1s were carrying a Energy Shield in one hand and an E-5 ster rifle in the other hand. "Now, I will be teaching you a Formation that will be helping us attack the town and hopefully decrease the probability of any damage and casualties on our side if you do it correctly and perfectly." I said "Roger, roger" said all of the B1s After a few minutes of exining the Formation to the B1s and a little bit of a practice run in forming the Formation which the B1s were able to do perfectly, the B1s were ready forbat. "Now, follow me to Victory!" I said as I walk towards the town. The B1s started to follow me in a single marching column towards the town. They had their energy shields activated and held to their left side and E-5 sters at the ready on their right. As we were marching towards the town, I started to remember a scene from the movie, Revenge of the Sith, where Darth Vader and his 501st Legion marches onto the Jedi Temple, I loved that scene even though it led to a sad ending, the only reason I loved that scene was because of how epic it was seeing the Clone Troopers marching up those steps with that epic sounding music ying in the background. It was an epic and awesome scene that I could never forget. The B1s with their shields and sters, marching gave me that same impression as that scene ''It would totally be cool if that music from the scene was ying during this march.'' I thought All of a sudden, that same song I was thinking of and wishing was ying, was actually ying. ''What the hell'' I thought as I continued to walk and look around. I notice that none of the B1s could hear the music so I still continued walking forward. ''How in hell is this song ying?'' I thought The System''s panel appears as I walk. {Answer: Through the System} said the System {With the System, you y and listen to any song that originated from Star Wars Universe or Movies. Kind of like an iPod from your old World} ''I see. Well it kind of spooked me when you just suddenly started ying the song, so next time please inform me of stuff like this before doing it.'' ''I said in my head {Ok but you were the one who was wishing for the song to be ying to make your march to be totally cool.} said the System. {Do you wish for the song to stop?} I decided to ignored the System''s backtalking and answer it. ''No, keep ying it.'' I thought ''It''s kind of getting me more pumped up for this battle.'' We soon arrived 1 mile away from one of the entrances into the town. "Now, split into four teams and go to your assigned positions." Imanded The 1st Assault Battalion splits into four Companies with 250 B1s in each. The 3 Companies started to march off to their assigned positions. Each position was a mile away from and facing an entrance into the town. After 8 minutes, I was getting a call on my portable HoloCommunicator from the other 3 Companies. I answered the call, and appearing were the 3 B1 Captains of the 3 Companies. "We are in position." said the B1 Captains "Good, good." I said "Now,mence the attack!" I closed the HoloCommunicator. I turned my head to the Droid Company I was leading. I took out my two electric training sabers our from my Space Ring and activated them "Now, follow me to Victory!" I yelled I started walking towards the town with my sabers facing downward and with the B1 Company right behind me. Soon, we were almost half a mile from the town when the Naboo Security Force in the buildings spotted us and started to shoot at us but they were missing their shots. "Form Testudo Formation!" I yelled When I said that, the B1s started to quickly get into action. The first row of droids put their energy in front of themselves, cover all of their bodies. The droids in the back ranks ced their shields over their heads and ovepping with the other shields. And finally the droids on the sides put their shields sideways to protect the sides of the Formation.. It took the droids only 7 seconds to get into Testudo Formation. We continued to march onto the town. The Testudo Formation is known for its great protection from range attacks but the only drawback to this Formation was that it required the people using it to move in unison, and because of that their speed was sacrificed, but because my droids were the ones using it now, they didn''t need to sacrifice their speed so they were able continue marching at the same speed as before. I continued to lead the B1s closer and closer to town, as we got closer, the Naboo Security Force''s uracy improved and they were now able to hit the Formation but thanks to the energy shields, there was no damage to any of the B1s. There were a couple shots that wereing to me, but I used the training sabers to deflect the shots. After awhile the Security Force Officers soon notice that none of their shots were having any effect on the Testudo Formation. -Inside a Room with 10 Security Force Officers "Damn it, those shields are cheating!" cried of a Security Officer "Captain, none of our shots are having any effect on those shields, what are your orders?" The Security Captain takes out some binocrs and peeked out the window. He spots the droids in the Testudo Formation and he then spots me leading the Formation without any cover or protection. "It''s...Jerid, the Savior of Naboo!? He is the one who is leading the Formation!?" cried out the Security Captain. "What, really" cried out a Security Officer who peeks out another window. "I can''t believe I can get to see the Savior of Naboo again. "Why are you so excited! We are facing the Savior of Naboo, which means we are going to lose this War Game." said another Security Officer "Sir, what should we do?" The Security Captain starts thinking. TITLE: Form Testudo Formation Author''s Note: I have started to slowly write an original Novel but don''t worry my fans, the Original Novel will not get in the way of this Novel and I won''t be publishing my Original Novel until I stockpiled at least 100 Chapters so it might take awhile. Chapter 92: Marching into Town Chapter 92: Marching into Town "Why are you so excited! We are facing the Savior of Naboo, which means we are going to lose this War Game." said another Security Officer "Sir, what should we do? Should we retreat?" The Security Captain starts thinking. "Aim for Savior Jerid."manded the Security Captain "REALLY!?" said a few Security Officers in shock "Yes, focus all of your fire on Savior Jerid. We will fight back or die trying. I don''t want to feel the shame I felt the day where we lost Naboo to the Trade Federation again."manded the Security Captain "If our ster fire fails, grab some shock grenades and once they get close enough to us, hurl them at that shield formation. With how tight that formation is, with a few grenades, we can take out a whole bunch of those droids, maybe even half." "YES, SIR!" shouted the Security Officers They aimed at Jerid and started firing. -End of Security Officer''s POV- As we marched closer and closer to town, the Security Force''s aim and uracy got better and better. They even started to focus their fire on me but most of shots their shots missed me by like 20 feet. Also whoever gave themand to focus their fire on me made a smart move because if you take out the leader of the army, the army will be have no one tomand them and usually an army will be disorderly and chaotic without their leader but the only mistake in this move was that I can easily deflect their shots with my training sabers. The Droid Company keep marching towards the town while I continued to deflect ster shots, once we got close enough the Security Force started shooting grenades at us. When I spotted the grenades in the air, I quickly put up my hands and used [Force Push] to send back the grenades into the buildings. "FUCK!" cried a Security Officer "GRENADES!" cried another Security Officer I then heard a few bangs. "CHARGE!" Imanded as I started running. When I started running, so did the B1s and even though they were running, they were able to stay in Testudo Formation while running. As we charged towards the town, the remaining Security Forces in the two buildings that made up the entrance into town started firing at us again. -Security Force POV- In one the buildings, the Security Captain got up while hold his head and leaning against the wall. "Status Report!" shouted the Security Captain once he was able to stable himself. "5 men are down, and 6 of us including you sir, are what remains of our squad." said a Security Officer The Security Captain then quickly check outside and spotted Jerid and his Company of Droids running towards the town''s entrance. "Quickly start shooting again!" yelled the Security Captain "They are about to enter the town!" The Security Captain unholstered his Security S-5 Heavy ster pistol and started firing out the window at the Droid Shield Formation. The remaining Security Officers got up and aimed their CR-2 heavy ster pistol out the window as well but it was toote, Jerid and his Company of Droids entered the town. The Security Captain quickly takes out a HoloCommunicator and contacts someone, then a hologram of a hooded figure appears. "Commander, the town has just been breached." said the Security Captain "A Company of B1s with Energy Shields have entered the town and the one leading them is Jerid, the Savior of Naboo. What are your..." Before the Security Captain could finish his sentence, the door into the room was kicked open and B1s started charging into the room while shooting. The Security Captain and Officers tried to fight back but they were instantly shot down, they weren''t even able to put up a fight. Once all the Security Forces were down, the B1s came in and started to secure the room by shooting the down Security Forces a second time. Once the room was secured, a B1 Sergeant came inside. "Good, you made sure to double tap the enemy forces and make sure they are down for the count." said the B1 Sergeant "General HK will be happy to learn that you are using the skills and precious knowledge he taught you to good use." "Thank you, Sir." said the B1 Squad "Now, let''s head down and secure the building and then we can meet up with His Holiness." said the B1 Sergeant "Roger, roger." said the B1 Squad The B1 squads in both buildings started to clear the buildings while heading down, then they met another B1 squad that was clearing the building from the bottom. -Security Force''s POV End- Once we were in town, I had the B1 Company halt in their tracks between the two buildings where the Security Forces were barricaded in. I looked up at the buildings and inspected the buildings, when I heard shots being fired inside and the screams of the Security Force. "Looks like the pincer attack was sessful." I said happily B1-AC-169es out of the Formation. "Sir, what are your orders?" asked B1-AC-169 "Should we help the B1 Squads secure the buildings?" "That won''t be necessary." I said "Let''s move on. Move forward and stay in Testudo Formation!" "Roger, roger!" said the B1 Company B1-AC-169 got back in Formation. After a minute of slow marching forward into the town, we were approaching a crossroads. I held my fist up to motion the B1s to halt. I started to use the Force to feel the surroundings around the crossroads and I felt the presence of four people on the left and right roads. "B1-169" I whispered B1-AC-169 thenes out of the Formation again. "Sir, what are your orders?" asked B1-AC-169 "I want you to go scout ahead at the crossroads" I said "I felt the presence of four people, two on the left and two on the right, they might have a barricade there with two turrets, so be careful. "Roger, roger." said B1-AC-169 "I will be back soon." B1-AC-169 then runs into one of the buildings and quickly went to a window. B1-AC-169 then peeked it''s head out of the window and looked down both roads but then B1-AC-169 quickly pulls it''s head back in and falls on it''s butt when a shockser hit the building causing a loud bang, but thankful it was a shockser which caused no explosion but if it was a regrser then the wall would be gone and B1-AC-169 would have some damage. B1-AC-169 jumps up and quickly runs back. I see B1-AC-169 running out of a building anding to back and it soon approaches me. "What was that explosion I heard?" I asked "Sir, there are two Gian heavy patrol speeder which both have been outfitted with a hood-mounted heavy cannon." said B1-AC-169 "The cannons have the ability to prate the shell of an Armored Assault Tank. It''s a good thing that this is only a war game so it was only a shockser if it was a regr round, then I would of been severely damaged." "I see, so they are using cannons for a sneak pincer attack at the crossroads." I said "Who ever thought of this is pretty clever but they made a major mistake in using vehicles in town." I used the Force, to check the crossroads again and found that they stayed in ce. "Ok, looks like they are staying were they are, and waiting." I said "B1-169, I want you to send 4 squads out, have them split into two teams and go into those two buildings. I pointed at two 5 story buildings that meet the corner of the crossroads. "Have them go onto the roof top and then fire down below at the speeders." -Security Officer in Gian Speeder''s POV- One of the Security Officer in one of the speeders took out a HoloCommunicator and activated it. A hologram of a hooded female figure appeared. "Commander." saluted the Security Officer "A B1 found out our location but we were unable to disable it. Should we retreat?" "No." said the hooded Commander "They are probably thinking of a way to counterattack your ambush site so before theye up with anything, rush them and fire at will with the cannons." "Yes, Commander." said the Security Officer who then closes his HoloCommunicator and gave a hand signal to the other speeder. -End POV- Four squads split in two teams then went into the buildings at the crossroads. "As for the rest of you, split into toons and head towards the center of the town through the alleyways." Imanded As the droids split into toons and started rushing into the alleyways, the two Gian Speeders rushed into the center of the crossroads and started firing their cannons at the center of the road. "What the hell!" I shouted While the droids were lucky and on the sides of the road heading into the alleyways, I was still standing in the middle of the road but thankfully through the Force, I was able to predict the path of the shots, so I leaned my body back to the left and the right as I dodged the shots that flew passed me by a few inches. Chapter 93: At the Center Chapter 93: At the Center While the droids were lucky and on the sides of the road heading into the alleyways, I was still standing in the middle of the road but thankfully through the Force, I was able to predict the path of the shots, so I leaned my body back to the left and the right as I dodged the shots that flew passed me by a few inches. ''Wow.'' Jerid thought ''What I just did felt a lot like a Matrix move instead of a Star Wars move.'' The Security Officers who were firing the cannons stopped firing. The Security Officers aimed the cannons at me instead of what they did by firing randomly. One of the cannons then aimed at where I am standing and the other aimed at my body. A Security Officer then stood up in the Gian Speeder. "Surrender at once, there is no where you can run." said the Security Officer "Surrender and we will treat you fairly and with the utmost hospitability we can provide." Jerid had an brilliant and cunning idea. He deactivated his training sabers and holstered them on his belt. "I surrender." Jerid said with his hands raised in the air. Jerid then walks forward with both hands raised but as soon as he took a step forward, the Security Officer took out his ster. "Please halt." said the Security Officer The Security Officer then took out his HoloCommunicator and a female hooded figure appeared once again. "Commander, we have the leader of the enemy army in our sights and cornered." said the Security Officer "He is surrendering himself. I will handcuff him and bring him back to the base for interrogation." "HK is surrendering?" asked the hood female figure confusingly "There is no way HK is surrendering, he would rather be scrapped metal than to surrender to a human being." "No, Commander." said the Security Officer "It''s the Saviour of Naboo, Jerid who is surrendering "You fool!" said the hooded female figure "He isn''t really surrendering, he is probably nning on getting you to take capture him and bring him back to our base so he can attack us from within." "But we would have him in handcuffs and we can lock him in a cell with four guards." said the Security Officer "And he will use the Force to escape, it''s too easy for a Force-user to escape from an ordinary jail cell ." said the hooded female figure "Ok, here is the n. Tell him that you ept his surrender but once he is close enough, I want you fire everything you have at him." "Yes, Commander." said the Security Officer The Security Officer then deactivated his HoloCommunicator and put it away. "Ok, step forward nice and slowly!" yelled the Security Officer "Once you are 20 feet away, I want you to stop then I will have one of my men disarm and handcuff you. Do you understand?" "I understand." Jerid replied but for some reason he was having a weird feeling like some kind of danger is approaching him. As he slowly moved towards the Gian Speeders, the feeling of danger became stronger. Once, he was 20 feet away from the Gian Speeder, the sense of danger was screaming at him. Jerid then uses [Force Speed] to zigzag towards the speeders. Just as he did that, the Gian speeder''s cannon fired at the spot he was at. Jerid unhooks his training sabers and activates them. He jumps onto one of the speeders and and whacks the two Security Officers. The other Gian speeder started backing up really quick but Jerid used [Force Jump] to jump onto it and swung his saber at the driver, knocking him out and making the speeder slow down to a halt. Jerid ces a saber near themanding Security Officer''s neck. "Now, that was pretty mean of you to fire on a surrendering enemy." said Jerid "You were never going to really surrender though." replied the Security Officer "Well, that is true." Jerid said "I was really hoping to do this the easy. I really wanted to be able to get through your defensive lines without fighting my way in, so I could assassinate your leader but looks like I have to do this the hard way."] Jerid then taps him on the neck, zapping him unconscious. ''The droids are probably half way to the center of the town now.'' thought Jerid ''That is the most likely ce to set up a base since it''s were the government building is.'' Jerid then tosses the unconscious Security Officers out of the Gian speeder and started speeding down the road. ''I do have to say that the Security Force is doing a much better job then when the Trade Federation invade, maybe the next time there is an invasion they can hold it off for a week or two.'' thought Jerid ''Maybe I should send HK to Kamino to train the clone army along side Jango Fett. I wonder how the clone army will turn out but I don''t think HK will like that idea.'' As Jerid was speeding down the road, he could see the government building in the distance. ''I can''t believe they haven''t set anymore traps.'' thought Jerid ''They only had two ambush sites at the entrances and that''s it. I wonder what theremander is thinking.'' Jerid then felt a sense of danger through the Force again, so he immediately stopped the speeder. He jumped out of the speeder, and walked forward to find a whole bunch of invisible string at the height of a vehicle. Jerid followed the strings to find that there was a booby trap. There were a dozen rocketunchers aimed out of windows and connect to the string. ''Clever'' thought Jerid ''Who ever designed the defensive line for the town is pretty clever. They decided to set only two ambush sites near the town entrance, and then left a giant gap between the ambush site and the booby trap so the army that invades the town will lower their guards, pretty ingenious.'' Jerid went back to the speeder and used [Force Throw] with one of his training sabers to set off the booby traps, causing the rocketunchers tounch shock grenades. Now that the traps were disabled, Jerid was about to jump back into the speeder when another sense of danger came. "Come on, more" sighed Jerid Jerid then looks around to find the danger but he couldn''t find anything in sight but then he suddenly heard a whooshing noise from above. Jerid looks up to see an artillery shelling down upon his location. "Serious, using artillery against one person." cried Jerid "Now that is a little overkill." Just as the artillery shell was about tond at his location, Jerid then uses [Force Telekinesis] to stop the shell in midair. "It''s going to take much more than that to stop me."ughed Jerid Jerid then moved his head to the side, and sniper st pass by his head. "Now, snipers."ughed Jerid "They are seeing me as an extreme threat don''t they. Now this is going to be fun." A Sniper st then came from behind, and Jerid moved his head again and dodged it. but this sniper shot wasn''t meant to hit him but something else. Jerid saw the sniper st going by and towards the artillery shell. "Oh crap." said Jerid The sniper st hits the artillery shell, causing the artillery shell to explode, releasing a explosion of electricity. "Jerid then quickly ce his arms into an ''x'' in front of him while using [Force Shield]. Thankfully the artillery shell wasn''t a real one because if it was then Jerid would of been sent flying. Soon, the explosion was over, and Jerid stops using [Force Shield] "Now, this is getting fun." shouted Jerid with a voice of excitement. Jerid then starts using [Force Speed] and starts running to the center of the town, while also dodging the multiple sniper sts aimed at him. But soon the sniper fire stopped, Jerid looked at the location of the snipers and found B1s in their spot. Jerid then continues to the center of town. After 10 minutes of running, Jerid was finally in the center of town. At the center was the B1 Battalion that he was in charge of, in Testudo Formation. Battalion Commander B1-AC-169 thenes running out of the formation. "Commander, we have surrounded the Government Building, but we haven''t detected any movement inside." said B1-AC-169 "We tried using Thermal to check inside but the walls are lined with something that prevents us from seeing inside." AUTHOR''S NOTE: Hello everyone, I hope you are doing good. I have been extremely busytely, I would also like to say that I have started writing chapters for two of my Original Novels ideas. One novel already has 4 chapters and my other one has 8 chapters. I have been nning these two novels for a very long time and I hope to be able to stockpile a whole bunch of chapter for the both of them then hopefully I can release them next year and sign them up for Webnovel''s WSA 2022. Also don''t worry, IK will continue my fanfic along with my two original novels. Also, I nned on releasing this chapter yesterday but my inte was down so I couldn''t upload it until now. Chapter 94: End of the War Games Chapter 94: End of the War Games "Commander, we have surrounded the Government Building, but we haven''t detected any movement inside." said B1-AC-169 "We tried using Thermal to check inside but the walls are lined with something that prevents us from seeing inside." "Anything else." asked Jerid "Nothing, we tried everything but we can''t get a reading inside the building." said B1-AC-169 "It''s impossible to tell what''s going on, should we try and send in a scout." "No, need." replied Jerid "I will use the Force to check inside." Jerid then started sensing the environment around him with the Force. He started to spread the Force to the building, and when he started sensing the building, he found nothing, no one was even inside the building, it waspletely empty. "The building is empty." said Jerid "Empty?" said B1-AC-169 "But the enemy should be using the government building as the headquarters for their operations, its the only logical option for them. We even were able to hack into theirmunications and confirmed that the government building is their headquarters " "Send some scouts inside to check it out, they might of ced EMP bombs in the building as a trap." said Jerid But before B1-AC-169 could send any scouts, a whooshing sound came from over head. Everyone looked up and found artillery shells raining down upon them. "Getting inside the buildings! or alleyways" shouted Jerid Soon, every droid was running into the nearby buildings, they were either entering through the doors or jumping through the windows. Some of them entered the alleyways, then the artillery''s shock shellsnded in the streets where the droids once stood. It was lucky that every droid was able to get some cover and out of the way. "Just what is going on?" said B1-AC-169 confusingly "Looks like they knew you hacked theirmunications and theyid a trap for you to walk into." said Jerid "Pretty ingenious, I got to hand it to the person youid out this trap." "Thank you, Master." said a female voice from above Everyone then looked up to find the owner of the voice and everyone saw a hooded female figure with a bunch of Security Force Officers on the roofs of the buildings. Jerid was confused by how they were on the roof because he was sure he didn''t sense any lifeforms nearby but then the answer showed itself to him. A bunch of Royal Naboo Lifters started lifting off and flying away from the rooftops. The hood female figure then took off her hood to reveal Dia, Jerid''s first apprentice. "Did you like my little surprise, Master?" asked Dia "I am pretty surprised." said Jerid "I never knew you were so good at leading troops." "It''s because I have been studying with R3-D4, and I was taught a lot about leading troops and strategies for the battlefield." said Dia "And now Master, surrender or be prepared to be suffer." All of the Security Officers then took out shock grenades, ready to throw them into the alleyway at Dia''smand. "I am truly happy at your rate of growth, my young apprentice." said Jerid "Thank you Master" said Dia "But you should never give your enemies a choice to surrender or not because they can stall for time for a counterattack." chuckled Jerid Dia then understood that her Master had something up his sleeves. "Throw the grenades!"manded Dia But it was toote, he used [Force Travel] below his and the droids feet to instantly fall in and disappear. "Damn, where did he disappeared to?!" cried Dia who began looking around for her missing Master and his droids. "Right behind you" said a voice Dia instantly turns around to see her Master swinging down a training saber towards her head while the droids started shooting the Security Officers. Dia quickly pushed herself backwards off the building and starts jumping down the walls of the alleyway tond on the ground and then runs away. "AC-169, clean this area up." said Jerid "Roger, roger." said B1-AC-169 Jerid then jumps off the roof andnds on the ground. He quickly runs after his apprentice. Dia then looks behind her to see her Master chasing after her. "Damn Master, what was that cheat!?" cried out Dia "You aren''t ying fair, Master! I was going to finally win against you!" "All is fair in love and war, they say." said Jerid "So technically I am not cheating." Dia tries to run faster but her Master was still right behind her. She jumped into a nearby building and run up the stairs and went into a room on the second floor to jump out of a window and back into the streets but no matter what she tried she couldn''t lose her Master. Then a few items dropped from her cape, Jerid quickly recognized them as shock grenades. He then uses [Force Telekinesis] to toss them into a nearby window, and then they went off. "That trick is getting a little old Dia." chuckled Jerid "I know Master" chuckled Dia When Jerid heard Dia chuckling, he had a bad feeling and then Dia quickly stops and turns around. "FIRE!!" shouted Dia who then took out a ELG-3A ster pistol and starts firing shock sts At the same time on the rooftops, Security Officers came out of hiding, all of them were carrying rocketunchers. The Security Officers started firing shock rockets at Jerid as well. Jerid held out both of his hands to his sides, and used [Force Travel] opening to big portals on his right and left, both of which covered his front. The pistol sts and the rockets entered the portals, and then exited two portals that appeared above the Security Forces on the roof, knocking them all out ofmission. "Ahe on, I specially nned this ambush for you when I found out you were here, and you were able to easily ovee it. Master, you are such a meanie." pouted Dia who then runs away again. But before she could run away, the street was blockaded by 2 AAT-1 tanks which then aimed their cannons at her, the tanks were then followed by Droidekas and B1''s. "Dia, you are trapped." said Jerid "Surrender now" "I surrender" sighed Dia who then dropped to the ground to sit down and put her hands up. Just 15 minutester, we were all outside the town at a standby area with the Droid Army and the Security Force members who were all rendered immobile. "How many casualties on our side?" Jerid asked HK-47 "Report: 35 Droids were rendered immobile by the Security Force, while some mild damage was done to 200 droids." said HK-47 "Statement: These useless pieces of junk Droids need more training, I could of easily taken the town all by myself without a scratch on myself." "I think they did pretty well. You can''tpare B1 Droids to you, HK." said Jerid "They weren''t design to be as highly functional and deadly as you. Their manufacturers designed them to cheap, easy to make and disposable." "Statement: That is true, Master." said HK-47 "Their design is severely wed unlike my perfect design with no ws." ''Except for your weird personality traits.'' thought Jerid "Master, you are such a meanie." said Dia as she butted in to the conversation. "How am I mean?" chuckled Jerid "I would of won these war games if you didn''t decided to join the games." pouted Dia "Invalid: You would of not have won, little mea...one." said HK-47 "Even without the Master, I would of won these war games just not as soon." "Oh is that so?" smirked Dia "I believe that I would of wiped the floor with your army with gueri warfare and my ambushes nned." "Invalid: Droids are far superior to organic meatbags, and your meatbag army would of been defeat, unable to stop our win." said HK-47 "Ok you two, calm down." said Jerid "I am happy at the droid army''s progress, so keep up the training and good work HK. Also Dia, I didn''t expect to see you in these war game but I got to say you did really well with your inferior forces. The traps, barricades and ambushes were all good ideas for a weak force like the Security Forces facing a big and better army. Now that they learned from you, what they learned from you will help them incase another invasion takes ce on Naboo." "It was nothing, Master." said Dia "I had R3-D4 give me plenty of private lessons on warfare tactics and strategies. I spent hours on learning warfare and on my own training as well so I could be more helpful to you." "Since you have been working so hard and you have improve greatly not only in yourbat skills but military skills, you can ask for anything as a reward for your hard work." said Jerid "REALLY!" cried out Dia "Yes, really." chuckled Jerid "OK, I wille to youter tonight for my reward." giggled Dia who then quickly ran off somewhere. Jerid chuckled at Dia, and then turned back to continue his conversation with HK4-47 about future ns for the droid army. AUTHOR''S NOTE: Hello everyone, I am sorry for thete update but life has been hectic. I was busy with preparing for my school''s Christmas activities and events. Also on Christmas Eve, my dog got hurt somehow and was bleeding. Don''t worry, he is doing much better. I have also been working on a novel for Webnovel''s WSA for 2022 andpleted 22 chapters so far for it and 5 chapters for another novel I am working on. I also came up with another 3 original novel ideas for a total of 5 novels. So with everything going on, I took a little break from Star Wars but I will try and get back into it. I n on only focusing on my novel for WSA and this fan fic from now on. I n on focusing on one original novel at a time so I won''t get burnt out. Chapter 95: Dias First Time (R18+) Chapter 95: Dia''s First Time (R18+) Later that night after the War Games, Jerid was in the bathroom of his room. He walks out, just finishing taking a shower. He had a luxurious towel wrapped around his waist while he was drying his hair with another towel. He sensed a presence approaching his room. Suddenly, the door opened and in steps Dia, covered in her cloaked. Jerid stares at the beautiful Dia, and notices that she was blushing. Dia then smiled shyly at him. Dia steps closer and with the Force, she was able to close the door and lock it. Jerid began eyeing here up and down. "So, what is the reward you wanted?" teased Jerid while smiling at her. "Master, you definitely know what reward I wanted." said Dia shyly "I won''t know until you tell me what you want." said Jerid in a seductive tone Dia uses [Force Push] to gently push Jerid onto the bed. Jeridnds on his bed while holding himself up with his arms behind him. With one swift motion, Dia takes off her cloak to reveal her old ve bikini outfit, which reveal most of her skin and only covering the most delicate parts. "Master, before you saved me from the life of a ve, I was trained by an elder Twilek ve who taught many techniques and dances to please a man." Said Dia "I hated the thought of doing such things with someone but now if it''s with you, I am more than happy to do them with you." Dia started dancing a dance that Jerid knew about, the belly dance. ''Finally, a lifelong dream to have sx with a Twilek is about toe true'' thought Jerid joyously '' Dia held her arms up in the air, while she started shaking her hps left and right very quickly while also bend up and down with her legs. Soon she started shaking her hps into a figure 8 shape. She started stepping closer and closer to Jerid very slowly while continuing shaking her hps seductively. Soon, she was right in front of him, shaking her hps in a figure 8. Her hps would move in front of his face and then away. His rod in the middle of his legs started rising up from under his towel, making a tent. Jerid couldn''t resist the temptation so he lift up one of his hands and was about to touch her hip but then she twirled away before he could touch it and she continued dancing. Jerid''s hand grabbed nothing but air cause Jerid to have a disappointed look on his face and his hand stayed in the air. When Dia saw Jerid''s expression, she giggled. "Do you like, Master?" said Dia in a seductive voice "Yes, I like." gulped Jerid while enchanted by Dia''s curvy and luscious body The next thing Jerid knew was that while Dia was dancing, she unhooked her ve bra, and toss it to a chair. Dia''s brst were small but perky. Her npps were a light pink color which contrasts with her dark pink color skin making it very rt to look at. Jerid tried to touch them but Dia twirled again away, escaping the grasp of his hand. Dia then unhook her bottom ve pnts, and letting them drop to the floor, so show a shaved crotch area. Jerid gulp as he eyes Dia''s body, from her brst to her crotch and then down her long sinuous legs which appears smooth and graceful as she dances, and seems to go on and on. While Dia had a cool and calm appearance on the outside, inside her heart was thumping madly and a million thoughts about what is about to take ce was shing through her mind. She looked at Jerid and started forward to him once again, and once in front of him, she bend down and started kissing him. Their tongues began ying with each other and exploring each other''s mouth. After a minute of deep kissing, she stopped and knelt down on her knees, she stared at the bulged that was showing through the towel and gulped. She gently and slowly took of his towel covering his rod. Her gently and tinder fingers started stroking and rubbing it slowly and softly, up and down. Soon, she took the tip of his aroused rod into her small and wet mouth. Dia''s tongue danced around his tip. Jerid mnd from the psur causing her to look up at him happily. Dia then ced her hands on his legs to stabilized herself. She began to slowly slide her down his big shaft, engulfing it in her warmth and wet mouth. The psur of her mouth caused Jerid''s rod to stiffen even harder in her mouth. She then started moved her head up and down his rod, at a leisurely pace. Jerid started to pant from the psur of the blowjob. After a few minutes of this, Jerid was unable to hold his ust back any longer. Jerid used his hands to grasped the base of Dia''s lekkus firmly, and he started thrusting his hps forward. Dia felt Jerid k stuffed into her mouth, hitting her in the back of the throat almost causing her to gag, but as Jerid thrust again and again, she started to get used to the feeling of the k thrusting into her mouth. She began to start sukn onto it as it thrust in and out. As Jerid was thrusting into her mouth, it caused Dia''s ample brst to bounce. Soon, Jerid felt a fiery sensation rising up through his rod, and with one final thrust, he reach climax while holding tightly onto Dia''s lekkus, and he exploded inside her wet mouth, mning with such great psur. Dia felt Jerid''s hot salty seman fill up her mouth, gushing into her throat. Jerid began to slowly remove his k from between her lips little by little. After his k was out of her mouth, Dia made sure to keep her lips shut and shallowed. As she swallowed, she felt a warm feeling all the way down her throat. Dia spotted some drops of smn still left on Jerid''s k. She leaned forward and started kn the head and down the shaft. Jerid was still snstv from the psur of climax and when Dia started kn, it caused Jerid to shudder while also clench his toes and mning very loudly. Dia then finished cleaning up, and looked up at Jerid, who then picked her up and tossed her yfully onto the bed. Jerid then uses [Force Heal] on himself to fully recover his stamina, causing his k rise straight up once again. Jerid opened up her legs, and began pressing his k against her vn. Dia gasped loudly when Jerid''s k began to slid it''s 6 inches of meat into her for the very first time, causing some blood to appear between her legs. Dia has never experienced this kind of pain before, it hurt, it hurt a lot but she didn''t ask for it to stop because she could feel that she was now connect to her Master and this make her extremely happy. As Jerid started to slowly move in and out of her, she could feel both pain and psur from it, so her hands clenched the bedsheets. Dia looks up at Jerid who was on top of her and managed to smile at him. She raised her right hand and stroke his left cheek lovingly. Jerid then leans down and started kissing her small rounded brsts tenderly. As Jerid was kissing her brsts, his kiss reached her erected npps, and he ces his lips over her left npp and started kn and sukn it softly. Dia felt an unknown psur she has never felt before. She quickly ced a hand on the back of his head, and pressed his head down to keep him suckling her npp. As he continued suckling her brsts, he started thrusting his k, quicker and harder. Dia could feel her crotch bing moist and the pain of her first time started to fade away slowly with each thrust of Jerid''s k. After ten minutes, Dia could feel waves of psur rippling through out her entire body from each thrust. She widened her legs to make easier for Jerid to move. Jerid stopped suckling her brsts and started kissing her lips firmly. Jerid that sat upright, causing their lips to part. Sweat began forming and trickling down both of their bodies. "Master, faster! Harder!" mnd Dia loudly. Jerid starting plunging into her harder and faster, causing her mns to be louder than before. Dia could feel the stiffness of Jerid''s k, and it felt so wonderful. His smooth and rapid thrust, ramming into her over and over caused her to feel so much psur that it was overwhelming. The psur was causing her to twisted in great ecstasy. The sight of Dia''s twisting and mning gave Jerid great psur and motivated him to go faster and harder until it he felt the rising heating up through his k. Jerid gripped Dia''s hps tightly and started thrusting faster until he reached the maximum speed he could thrust. Dia was also reaching her limit like Jerid was. While Jerid was thrusting, Dia was ying with her hst, rubbing her left npps between her thumb and forefinger. Soon, it was time to release. With one final thrust and m, Jerid climaxed, shooting his seed into her and flooding her vn. At the same time as Jerid''s climax, Dia felt intense waves of psur that sent a tingling sensation down her entire body, making her scream from great psur. Jerid felt to the side, panting from the psur they both just felt. "Master, that was amazing" panted Dia "Yes, it was out of this world." said Jerid panting ''DING'' [Hidden Mission - Not a Virgin : Completed] [Reward: Ying-Yang Force Mediation Technique] AUTHOR''S NOTES: Hello everyone, sorry for thete reply but writing a sx scene is a lot harder then I thought. I have also been busy, dating again. Also having sx is a whole lot easier then writing about it I tell you.. I had trouble wondering if it was too rt or not rt enough so I battle with myself but now it''spleted. The Novel will be updated first on this website. Come back and continue reading tomorrow, everyone!